Engineering, Procurement and

Construction (EPC) Contract

Agreementfor

Petlad – Bhadran Gauge Conversion (22.50km) work of All

civil engineering works (Earthwork, Blanketing, Retaining
Wall / Boundary Wall/ Side Drain, Major Bridges, Minor
Bridges and LHS/RUB, LCs, Construction of Station
Buildings, Platform, Subways cover over Platforms, Staff
Quarters, Passenger Amenities, Circulating Area, approach
roads, Offices, Service Buildings, watering, Sanitation,
protection works etc. and Supply of 50 mm Machine Crushed
Stone Ballast, Complete track works including linking of Track
works in connection with Gauge Conversion work between
Petlad - Bhadran (22.50 kms) of Vadodara Division on
Western Railway.

WESTERN RAILWAY

VADODARA

Signattuurree Not
Signature Not
Verified
N
VeortifVieedrified
iiggiittaalllyyssigned
Digitally
D sigi gnneeddbby
yy
b
N
AN AR
NARENDRA
JA END A RGAANESHARSINGH
S G
BHADORIYA
DIaNt e G:H20 D
B2H3A.04O.0 R7IY A
Date:
17:D 15a:t2023.04.10
e1:12I0S2T3.04 3 .0
110 17
7
R:e 0a 5:s1o2
16:32:48
1 6 4nI:S IS RTERPeSa-sConR:IS
IIST
T
IReason:
LRoEcP P S -
atSio-C R
n:R NI
ISew Delhi
IREPS-CRIS
Location: New
Location: NewDe llhi
Delhi
 Contents

PART I
Preliminary

1 Definitions and Interpretation 4

1.1 Definitions 4
1.2 Interpretation 4
1.3 Measurements and arithmetic conventions 6
1.4 Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies 7
1.5 Joint and several liability 7

PART II
Scope of the Project

2 Scope of the Project 10

2.1 Scope of the Project 10

3 Obligations of the Contractor 11

3.1 Obligations of the Contractor 11
3.2 Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements 12
3.3 Employment of foreign nationals 13
3.4 Contractor’s personnel 13
3.5 Advertisement on Railway Project 14
3.6 Contractor’s care of the Works 14
3.7 Electricity, water and other services 14
3.8 Unforeseeable difficulties 14
3.9 Training of Authority’s personnel 15
3.10 Safety at work site 15

4 Obligations of the Authority 16

4.1 Obligations of the Authority 16
4.2 Maintenance and operation of the existing facilities 17
4.3 Environmental and Forest Clearances 17
4.4 Machinery and equipment 18
4.5 Electricity transmission lines] 19
4.6 Disconnection for modification of existing signalling
and telecommunication works 19
4.7 Provision of Power Blocks and Traffic Blocks] 19

5 Representations and Warranties 21

ii
5.1 Representations and warranties of the Contractor 21
5.2 Representations and warranties of the Authority 22
5.3 Disclosure 23

6 Disclaimer 24
6.1 Disclaimer 24
PART III

Construction
Performance Security 26
7.1 Performance Security 26
7.2 Extension of Performance Security 27
7.3 Appropriation of Performance Security 27
7.4 Release of Performance Security 27
7.5 Retention Money 27

8 Right of Way 29
8.1 The Site 29
8.2 Handing over of the Project Site 29
8.3 Damages for delay in handing over the Site 30
8.4 Site to be free from Encumbrances 31
8.5 Protection of Site from encroachments 31
8.6 Special/temporary Right of Way 32
8.7 Access to the Authorityand the Authority’s Engineer 32
8.8 Geological and archaeological finds 32

9 Utilities and Trees 33

9.1 Existing utilities and roads 33
9.2 Shifting of obstructing utilities 33
9.3 New utilities 33
9.4 Felling of trees 34

10 Design and Construction of the Railway Project 35

10.1 Obligations prior to commencement of Works 35
10.2 Design and Drawings 36
10.3 Construction of the Railway Project 39
10.4 Extension of time for completion 41
10.5 Incomplete Works 42
10.6 Equipment specificMaintenance Manual 42

11 Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision 43

11.1 Qualityof Materials and workmanship 43
11.2 Quality control system 43
11.3 Methodology 44
11.4 Inspection and technical audit by the Authority 44
11.5 External technical audit 44

iii
11.6 Inspection of construction records 44
11.7 Monthly progress reports 44
11.8 Inspection 45
11.9 Samples 45
11.10 Tests 45
11.11 Examination of work before covering up 46
11.12 Rejection 46
11.13 Remedial work 47
11.14 Delays during construction 47
11.15 Quality control records and Documents 47
11.16 Video recording 48
11.17 Suspension of unsafe Construction Works 48

12 Completion Certificate 49
12.1 Tests on completion 49
12.2 Provisional Certificate 49
12.3 Completion of Part-2 Punch List items 50
12.4 Completion Certificate 51
12.5 Rescheduling of Tests 51
12.6 Delayed authorisation 51

13 Change of Scope 52
13.1 Change of Scope 52
13.2 Procedure for Change of Scope 52
13.3 Payment for Change of Scope 54
13.4 Restrictions on Change of Scope 54
13.5 Power of the Authority to undertake works 54

14 Traffic Regulation 55
14.1 Traffic regulation bythe Contractor 55

15 Defects Liability 56
15.1 Defects Liability Period 56
15.2 Remedy and rectification of Defects and deficiencies 56
15.3 Cost of remedying Defects 57
15.4 Contractor’s failure to rectify Defects 57
15.5 Contractor to search cause 57
15.6 Extension of Defects Liability Period 58

16 Authority’s Engineer 59
16.1 Appointment of the Authority’s Engineer 59
16.2 Duties and functions of the Authority’s Engineer 59
16.3 Authorised signatories 60
16.4 Instructions of the Authority’s Engineer 60
16.5 Determination by the Authority’s Engineer 60
16.6 Remuneration of the Authority’s Engineer 61

16.7 Replacement of the Authority’s Engineer 61

iv
16.8 Interim arrangement 61

PART IV
FinancialCovenants

17 Payments 63
17.1 Contract Price 63
17.2 Advance Payment 63
17.3 Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works 64
17.4 Stage Payment Statement for Works 65
17.5 Stage Payment for Works 65
17.6 Payment of Damages 66
17.7 Time of payment and interest 66
17.8 Price adjustment for the Works 67
17.9 Restrictions on price adjustment 94
17.10 Final Payment Statement 94
17.11 Discharge 95
17.12 Final Payment Certificate 95
17.13 Change in law 95
17.14 Correction of Interim Payment Certificates 96
17.15 Authority’s claims 96
17.16 Bonus for early completion 96

18 Insurance 97
18.1 Insurance for Works 97
18.2 Notices to the Authority 98
18.3 Evidence of Insurance Cover 98
18.4 Remedy for failure to insure 98
18.5 Waiver of subrogation 98
18.6 Contractor’s waiver 99
18.7 Cross liabilities 99
18.8 Accident or injury to workmen 99
18.9 Insurance against accident to workmen 99
18.10 Application of insurance proceeds 99
18.11 Compliance with policy conditions 100

Part V
FORCE MAJEURE AND TERMINATION

19 Force Majeure 102

19.1 Force Majeure 102
19.2 Non-Political Event 102
19.3 Indirect Political Event 103
19.4 Political Event 103
19.5 Duty to report Force Majeure Event 104
19.6 Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement 104

19.7 Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event 105

19.8 Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event 105

v
19.9 Dispute resolution 106
19.10 Excuse from performance of obligations 106

20 Suspension of Contractor’s Rights 107

20.1 Suspension upon Contractor Default 107
20.2 Authority to act on behalf of Contractor 107
20.3 Revocation of Suspension 107
20.4 Termination 107

21 Termination 109
21.1 Termination for Contractor Default 109
21.2 Termination for Authority Default 111
21.3 Right of Authority to Determine the Contract 111
21.4 Requirements after Termination 112
21.5 Valuation of Unpaid Works 112
21.6 Termination Payment 112
21.7 Other rights and obligations of the Parties 113
21.8 Survival of rights 114

PART VI
Other Provisions

22 Assignment and Charges 116

22.1 Restrictions on assignment and charges 116
22.2 Hypothecation of Materials or Plant 116

23 Liability and Indemnity 117

23.1 General indemnity 117
23.2 Indemnity by the Contractor 117
23.3 Notice and contest of claims 118
23.4 Defence of claims 118
23.5 No consequential claims 119
23.6 Survival on Termination 119

24 Dispute Resolution 120

24.1 Conciliation of Disputes 120
24.2 Dispute Adjudication Board 120
24.3 Standing Arbitral Tribunal 122

25 Miscellaneous 125

25.1 Governing law and jurisdiction 125

25.2 Waiver of immunity 125
25.3 Delayed payments 125
25.4 Waiver 126
25.5 Liability for review of Documents and Drawings 126

25.6 Exclusion of implied warranties etc. 126

vi
25.7 Survival 127
25.8 Entire Agreement 127
25.9 Severability 127
25.10 No partnership 127
25.11 Third Parties 128
25.12 Successors and assigns 128
25.13 Notices 128
25.14 Language 129
25.15 Counterparts 129
25.16 Confidentiality 129
25.17 Copyright and Intellectual Property rights 129
25.18 Limitation of Liability 130

26 Definitions 131
26.1 Definitions 131

Schedules

A Site of the Project 141

1 The Site 141
Annex-I: Site 142
Annex-II: Dates for providing Right of Way 153
Annex-III: Plan and Profile 156
Annex-IV: Environmental and Forest Clearances 162

B Development of the Railway Project 163

Annex-I: Description of the Railway Project 164

C Project Facilities 323

1 Project Facilities 323
2 Description of Project Facilities 324

D Specifications and Standards 349

1 Construction 349
2 Design Standards 349
3 Latest Version 350
4 Terms used in Manuals 350
5 Absence of specific provisions 350
6 Alternative Specifications and Standards 350

Annex-I: Specifications and Standards for Construction 418

Annex-II: Time Schedule for review of drawings by the Authority 420

E Applicable Permits 425

1 Applicable Permits 425

F Form of Bank Guarantee 426

Annex-I: Form of Guarantee for Performance Security 426

vii
Annex-II: Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money 429
Annex-III: Form of Guarantee for Advance payment 432

G Contract Price Weightages 435

H Drawings 449
1 Drawings 449
2 Additional drawings 449
Annex-I: List of Drawings 450

I ProjectCompletion Schedule 453

1 Project Completion Schedule 453
2 Project Milestone-I 453
3 Project Milestone-II 453
4 Project Milestone-III 453
5 Scheduled Completion Date 453
6 Extension of time 454

J Tests on Completion 455

1 Schedule for Tests 455
2 Tests 455
3 Agency for conducting Tests 456
4. Completion Certificate 456
457
K Provisional Certificate/ Completion Certificate
1. Provisional Certificate 457
2. Completion Certificate 457

L Selection of Authority’s Engineer 458

1 Selection of Authority’s Engineer 458
2 Terms of Reference 458
Annex-I: Duties & Responsibilities of Authority’s Engineer 460

M Forms of Payment Statements 465

1 Stage Payment Statement for Works 465
2 Contractor’s Claim for Damages 465

N Insurance 466
1 Insurance during Construction Period 466
2 Insurance for Contractor’s Defects Liability 466
3 Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property 466

viii
4 Insurance to be in joint names 467

O Provision of Traffic Blocks and Power Blocks 468

P Machinery and equipment 469

Appendices
I List of bid specific clauses 473
A. Clauses with non-numerical footnotes 473
B. Clauses with curly { } brackets 473
C. Clauses with blank spaces 473

II List of project specific clauses 475

A. Clauses with serially numbered footnotes 475
B. Clauses with square parenthesis 475

ix
 Part I
Preliminary

1
 ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into on this the _ day of 2023

BETWEEN

1 The President of India, represented by Chief Project Manger Construction, Western

Railway, Vadodara, and having its principal offices at Pratapnagar Railway
Colony, Vadodara -390004, Gujarat State, India, (hereinafter referred to as the
“Authority” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its administrators, successors and assigns) of One Part;

AND

2 {……………………} means the selected bidder having its registered office at

……………, (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor” which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors and
permitted assigns) of the Other Part.

WHEREAS:

(A) The Authority has the responsibility to develop, operate and maintain the Indian
Railways in the territorial jurisdiction of the Petlad – Bhadran Gauge Conversion on
Vadodara Division of Western4 Railway zone5.

(B) The Authority had resolved to undertake the Gauge Conversion railway line between
Petlad and Bhadran in the Vadodara Division of Western Railway zone on
Engineering, Procurement, Construction (“EPC”) basis in accordance with the terms
and conditions to be set forth in an agreement to be entered into.

(C) The Authority had prescribed the Technical and Financial terms and conditions, and
invited Request for Participation (RFP) No. DY.CE/C/I/BRC/PTD-BDRN/EPC/01
dated from the bidders for undertaking the Project.

(D) After evaluation of the bids received, the Authority had accepted the bid of the selected
bidder and issued its Letter of Acceptance No. *** dated *** (hereinafter called the
“LOA”) to the selected bidder for construction of the above railway line at the
Contract Price specified hereinafter, requiring the selected bidder to inter alia:

(i) deliver to the Authority a legal opinion from the legal counsel of the selected
bidder with respect to the authority of the selected bidder to enter into this
Agreement and the enforceability of the provisions thereof, within 10 (ten)
days of the date of issue of LOA; and

(ii) execute this Agreement within 60 (Sixty) days of the date of issue of LOA.

(E) The Contractor has fulfilled the requirements specified in Recital (D) above;

2
Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements
set forth in this Agreement, the sufficiency and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Authority hereby covenants to pay the Contractor, in consideration of the obligations
specified herein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the
provisions of the Agreement at the times and in the manner specified by the Agreement and
intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

3
 ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

The words and expressions beginning with capital letters and defined in this
Agreement (including those in Article 26) shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
have the meaning ascribed thereto herein, and the words and expressions defined in the
Schedules and used therein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Schedules.

1.2 Interpretation

1.2.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) references to any legislation or any provision thereof shall include amendment
or re-enactment or consolidation of such legislation or any provision thereof so
far as such amendment or re-enactment or consolidation applies or is capable of
applying to any transaction entered into hereunder;

(b) references to laws of India or Indian law or regulation having the force of law
shall include the laws, acts, ordinances, rules, regulations, bye laws or
notifications which have the force of law in the territory of India and as from
time to time may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or re-enacted;

(c) references to a “person” and words denoting a natural person shall be

construed as a reference to any individual, firm, company, corporation, society,
trust, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership
(whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the above
and shall include successors and assigns;

(d) the table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not affect, the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

(e) the words “include” and “including” are to be construed without limitation and
shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation” or “but not limited to”
whether or not they are followed by such phrases;

(f) references to “construction” or “building” include, unless the context

otherwise requires, survey and investigation, design, developing, engineering,
procurement, supply of plant, materials, equipment, labour, delivery,
transportation, installation, processing, fabrication, testing, and commissioning
of the Railway Project, including maintenance during the Construction Period,
removing of defects, if any, and other activities incidental to the construction
and “construct” or “build” shall be construed accordingly;

(g) references to “development” include, unless the context otherwise requires,

construction, renovation, refurbishing, augmentation, up-gradation and other

4
 activities incidental thereto during the Construction Period, and “develop” shall
be construed accordingly;

(h) any reference to any period of time shall mean a reference to that according to
Indian standard time;

(i) any reference to day shall mean a reference to a calendar day;

(j) reference to a “business day” shall be construed as reference to a day (other

than a Sunday) on which banks in the State are generally open for business;

(k) any reference to month shall mean a reference to a calendar month as per the
Gregorian calendar;

(l) references to any date, period or Project Milestone shall mean and include such
date, period or Project Milestone as may be extended pursuant to this
Agreement;

(m) any reference to any period commencing “from” a specified day or date and
“till” or “until” a specified day or date shall include both such days or dates;
provided that if the last day of any period computed under this Agreement is
not a business day, then the period shall run until the end of the next business
day;

(n) the words importing singular shall include plural and vice versa;

(o) references to any gender shall include the other and the neutral gender;

(p) “lakh” means a hundred thousand (100,000) and “crore” means ten million
(10,000,000);

(q) “indebtedness” shall be construed so as to include any obligation (whether

incurred as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(r) references to the “winding-up”, “dissolution”, “insolvency”, or

“reorganisation” of a company or corporation shall be construed so as to
include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of the
jurisdiction in which such company or corporation is incorporated or any
jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on business
including the seeking of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution,
arrangement, protection or relief of debtors;

(s) save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any reference, at any
time, to any agreement, deed, instrument, licence or document of any
description shall be construed as reference to that agreement, deed, instrument,
licence or other document as amended, varied, supplemented, modified or
suspended at the time of such reference; provided that this Sub-clause(s) shall
not operate so as to increase liabilities or obligations of the Authority hereunder
or pursuant hereto in any manner whatsoever;

5
 (t) any agreement, consent, approval, authorisation, notice, communication,
information or report required under or pursuant to this Agreement from or by
any Party or the Authority Engineer shall be valid and effective only if it is in
writing under the hand of a duly authorised representative of such Party or the
Authority Engineer, as the case may be, in this behalf and not otherwise;

(u) the Schedules and Recitals to this Agreement form an integral part of this
Agreement and will be in full force and effect as though they were expressly
set out in the body of this Agreement;

(v) references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses, Provisos or Schedules in

this Agreement shall, except where the context otherwise requires, mean
references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses, Provisos and Schedules
of or to this Agreement; reference to an Annex shall, subject to anything to the
contrary specified therein, be construed as a reference to an Annex to the
Schedule in which such reference occurs; and reference to a Paragraph shall,
subject to anything to the contrary specified therein, be construed as a reference
to a Paragraph of the Schedule or Annex, as the case may be, in which such
reference appears;

(w) the damages payable by either Party to the other of them, as set forth in this
Agreement, whether on per diem basis or otherwise, are mutually agreed
genuine pre-estimated loss and damage likely to be suffered and incurred by
the Party entitled to receive the same and are not by way of penalty (the
“Damages”); and

(x) time shall be of the essence in the performance of the Parties’ respective
obligations. If any time period specified herein is extended for the reasons
specified in the Agreement, such extended time shall also be of the essence.

1.2.2 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, any Documentation required
to be provided or furnished by the Contractor to the Authority shall be provided free of
cost and in three copies, and if the Authority is required to return any such
Documentation with its comments and/or approval, it shall be entitled to retain two
copies thereof.

1.2.3 The rule of construction, if any, that a contract should be interpreted against the parties
responsible for the drafting and preparation thereof, shall not apply.

1.2.4 Any word or expression used in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined or
construed in this Agreement, bear its ordinary English meaning and, for these
purposes, the General Clauses Act, 1897 shall not apply.

1.3 Measurements and arithmetic conventions

All measurements and calculations shall be in the metric system and calculations done
to 2 (two) decimal places, with the third digit of 5 (five) or above being rounded up
and below 5 (five) being rounded down.

6
1.4 Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies

1.4.1 This Agreement, and all other agreements and documents forming part of or referred to
in this Agreement are to be taken as mutually explanatory and, unless otherwise
expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, the priority of this Agreement and
other documents and agreements forming part hereof or referred to herein shall, in the
event of any conflict between them, be in the following order:

(a) this EPC Agreement; and

(b) all other agreements and documents forming part hereof or referred to herein,

i.e. this Agreement at (a) above shall prevail over the agreements and documents at (b).

1.4.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 1.4.1, in case of ambiguities or discrepancies

within this Agreement, the following shall apply:

(a) between two or more Clauses of this Agreement, the provisions of a specific
Clause relevant to the issue under consideration shall prevail over those in
other Clauses;

(b) between the Clauses of this Agreement and the Schedules, the Clauses shall
prevail and between Schedules and Annexes, the Schedules shall prevail;

(c) between any two Schedules, the Schedule relevant to the issue shall prevail;

(d) between the written description on the Drawings and the Specifications and
Standards, the latter shall prevail;

(e) between the dimension scaled from the Drawing and its specific written
dimension, the latter shall prevail; and

(f) between any value written in numerals and that in words, the latter shall
prevail.

1.5 Joint and several liability

1.5.1 If the Contractor has formed a Consortium/Joint Venture of two or more persons for
implementing the Project:

(a) these persons shall, without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement, be
deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Authority for the performance
of the Agreement; and

(b) the Contractor shall ensure that no change in the composition of the
Consortium/Joint Venture is effected without the prior consent of the
Authority.

1.5.2 Without prejudice to the joint and several liability of all the members of the
Consortium/Joint Venture, the Lead Member shall represent all the members of the
Consortium/Joint Venture and shall at all times be liable and responsible for
discharging the functions and obligations of the Contractor. The Contractor shall

7
ensure that each member of the Consortium/Joint Venture shall be bound by any
decision, communication, notice, action or inaction of the Lead Member on any matter
related to this Agreement and the Authority shall be entitled to rely upon any such
action, decision or communication of the Lead Member. The Authority shall have the
right to release payments solely to the Lead Member and shall not in any manner be
responsible or liable for the inter se allocation of payments among members of the
{Consortium/Joint Venture}}.

8
 Part II
Scope of the Project

9
 ARTICLE 2
SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

2.1 Scope of the Project

Under this Agreement, the scope of the Project (the “Scope of the Project”) shall
mean and include:

(a) Construction of the Railway Project on the Site set forth in Schedule-A and as
specified in Schedule-B together with provision of Project Facilities as specified
in Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth
in Schedule-D, with Contractor’s own Material Supplies including Main
line sleepers wide base, Turnout sleepers, Special sleepers (for SEJ/Guard
Rails,/LXings etc), Points (switches) & Crossings with all matching
fastening components, Glued Joints, H-beam/Composite sleepers over
Girder Bridges, SEJs, Guard rails, Check Rails, fishplates, welding
portions, etc., as per laid down specifications.

(b) Rails, except those covered in Clause 2.1(a) above shall be supplied by the
Authority free of cost.

(c) Performance and fulfilment of all other obligations of the Contractor in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement and matters incidental thereto or necessary
for the performance of any or all of the obligations of the Contractor under this
Agreement.

10
 ARTICLE 3

OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

3.1 Obligations of the Contractor

3.1.1 Subject to and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Contractor shall
undertake the survey, investigation, design, engineering, procurement, and
construction of the Railway Project and observe, fulfil, comply with and perform all its
obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.

3.1.2 The Contractor shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits
(including renewals as required) in the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement.

3.1.3 Save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or Applicable Laws, as the
case may be, the Contractor shall, in discharge of all its obligations under this
Agreement, conform with and adhere to Good Industry Practice at all times.

3.1.4 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Railway Project,
occurring on or after the Appointed Date and until the date of Provisional Certificate,
with respect to the Works completed prior to the issuance of the Provisional Certificate
and/or Completion Certificate, with respect to the Works referred to in the Punch List,
at its own cost, save and except to the extent that any such loss or damage shall have
arisen from any default of the Authority or on account of a Force Majeure Event in
which case the provisions of Article 19 shall apply.

3.1.5 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Railway Project during
the Defects Liability Period at its own cost, to the extent that such loss or damage shall
have arisen out of the reasons specified in Clause 15.3.

3.1.6 The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, in addition to and not in derogation
of its obligations elsewhere set out in this Agreement:

(a) make, or cause to be made, necessary applications to the relevant Government

Instrumentalities with such particulars and details as may be required for
obtaining Applicable Permits set forth in Schedule-E and obtain and keep in
force and effect such Applicable Permits in conformity with Applicable Laws;

(b) procure, as required, the appropriate proprietary rights, licences, agreements

and permissions for Materials, methods, processes, know-how and systems
used or incorporated into the Railway Project;

(c) make reasonable efforts to maintain harmony and good industrial relations
among the personnel employed by it or its Sub-contractors in connection with
the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(d) ensure that its Sub-contractors comply with all Applicable Permits and
Applicable Laws in the performance by them of any of the Contractor’s
obligations under this Agreement;

11
 (e) always act in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and
not cause or fail to do any act, deed or thing, whether intentionally or
otherwise, which may in any manner be in violation of any of the provisions of
this Agreement;

(f) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Authority in the implementation and
operation of the Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

(g) ensure that the Contractor and its Sub-contractors comply with the safety and
welfare measures for labour in accordance with Applicable Laws and Good
Industry Practice;

(h) keep, on the Site, a copy of this Agreement, publications named in this
Agreement, the Drawings, Documents relating to the Project, Change of Scope
Orders and other communications sent under this Agreement, and provide
access to all these documents at all reasonable times to the Authority Engineer
and its authorised personnel;

(i) cooperate with other contractors employed by the Authority and with personnel
of any other public authority; and

(j) not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the public, or
the access to and use and occupation of all the existing facilities within the
Right of Way, irrespective of whether they are public or in the possession of
the Authority or of others.

(k) to provide reasoned comments on any information relating to the contractor’s

activities under or pursuant to the agreement, which the Authority may publish.

3.1.7 The Contractor shall undertake all necessary superintendence to plan, arrange, direct,
manage, inspect and test the Works.

3.2 Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

3.2.1 The Contractor shall not sub-contract the Works comprising more than 70% (seventy
per cent) of the Contract Price and shall carry out Works for at least 30% (thirty per
cent) of the total Contract Price directly under its own supervision and through its own
personnel. The Parties expressly agree that for the purposes of computing the value of
sub-contracts under this Clause 3.2.1, the Contract Price shall exclude any sub-contract
for the procurement of goods and equipment like [rails, sleepers and track fittings,
signalling and telecommunication & Power supply equipments]. The Parties agree that
all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement for the entire Railway Project shall
at all time remain with the Contractor. {The Parties agree that the obligations of the
Contractor to carry out Works equal to at least 30% (thirty per cent) of the Contract
Price shall be discharged solely by the Lead Member.}

3.2.2 In the event any sub-contract for Works, or the aggregate of such sub-contracts with
any Sub-contractor, exceeds 5% (five percent) of the Contract Price, the Contractor
shall communicate the name and particulars, including the relevant experience of the
sub-contractor, to the Authority prior to entering into any such sub-contract. Provided,
however, that in any event the Contractor shall communicate the name and particulars

12
 to the Authority for any sub-contract including the relevant experience prior to
entering into any such sub-contract. The Authority shall examine the particulars of the
sub-contractor from the national security and public interest perspective and may
require the Contractor, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the date of
receiving the communication from the Contractor, not to proceed with the sub-
contract, and the Contractor shall comply therewith and shall have no claim
whatsoever on this account.

3.2.3 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 3.2.2, in the event any sub-contract
referred to in Clause 3.2.2 relates to a sub-contractor who has, over the preceding 3
(three) financial years and the current financial year , not undertaken at least one work
of a similar nature with a contract value exceeding 40% (forty per cent) of the value of
the sub-contract to be awarded hereunder and received payments in respect thereof for
an amount equal to at least 80% (eighty per cent) of such contract, the Authority may,
no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the date of receiving the communication
from the Contractor, require the Contractor not to proceed with such sub-contract, and
the Contractor shall comply therewith.

3.2.4 It is expressly agreed that the Contractor shall, at all times, be responsible and liable
for all its obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding anything contained in the
agreements with its Sub-contractors or any other agreement that may be entered into
by the Contractor, and no default under any such agreement shall excuse the
Contractor from its obligations or liability hereunder.

3.2.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Contractor
agrees and acknowledges that it will not assign any work to any contractor/sub-
contractor from a country which shares a land border with India unless such
contractor/sub-contractor is registered with the competent Authority. Contractor will
ensure that such Contractor/sub-contractor fulfils all requirements in this regard and is
eligible to be considered (evidence of valid registration by the competent authority is
enclosed). The Competent Authority for registration will be the Registration Committee
constituted by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT),
India.

3.3 Employment of foreign nationals

The Contractor acknowledges, agrees and undertakes that employment of foreign

personnel by the Contractor and/or its Sub-contractors and their sub-contractors shall
be subject to grant of requisite regulatory permits and approvals including
employment/residential visas and work permits, if any required, and the obligation to
apply for and obtain the same shall and will always be of the Contractor.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, refusal of or
inability to obtain any such permits and approvals by the Contractor or any of its Sub-
contractors or their sub-contractors shall not constitute Force Majeure Event, and shall
not in any manner excuse the Contractor from the performance and discharge of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

3.4 Contractor’s personnel

3.4.1 The Contractor shall ensure and procure that the personnel engaged by it or by its
Sub-contractors for performance of its obligations under this Agreement are at all
13
 times appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective functions
including in conformity with Applicable Laws including the Indian Railway General
and Subsidiary Rules, [the Indian Electricity Rules], and Good Industry Practice.

3.4.2 The Authority Engineer may, for reasons to be specified in writing, direct the
Contractor to remove any member of the Contractor’s or Sub-contractor’s personnel
from the Railway Project. Provided, any such direction issued by the Authority
Engineer shall specify the reasons for the removal of such person.

3.4.3 The Contractor shall, on receiving a direction from the Authority Engineer under the
provisions of Clause 3.4.2, ensure and procure the removal of such person or persons
from the Railway Project with immediate effect. The Contractor shall further ensure
that such persons have no further connection with the Railway Project.

3.4.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for the Security of the Work Site and for keeping
the unauthorized persons off the Site.

3.5 Advertisement on Railway Project

The Contractor shall not use the Railway Project or any part thereof in any manner for
branding or advertising purposes including for advertising any commercial product or
services or companies.

3.6 Contractor's care of the Works

The Contractor shall bear full risk in and take full responsibility for the care of Works,
and of Materials, goods and equipment for incorporation therein, on and from the
Appointed Date and until the date of Provisional Certificate, with respect to the Works
completed prior to the issuance of the Provisional Certificate and/or Completion
Certificate, with respect to the Works referred to in the Punch List, save and except to
the extent that any such loss or damage shall have arisen from any default or neglect of
the Authority.

3.7 Electricity, water and other services

The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring of all power, water and other
services that it may require for the Railway Project.

3.8 Unforeseeable difficulties

Except as otherwise specified in the Agreement:

(a) the Contractor accepts complete responsibility for having foreseen all
difficulties and costs of successfully completing the Works;

(b) the Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen
difficulties or costs; and

(c) the Scheduled Completion Date shall not be adjusted to take account of any
unforeseen difficulties or costs.

14
 For the purposes of this Clause, unforeseeable difficulties include physical conditions
like man-made or natural physical conditions including sub-surface and hydrological
conditions which the Contractor encounters at the Site during execution of the Works.

3.9 Training of Authority’s personnel

3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and complete the training to the personnel of the
Authority in diagnostic, trouble shooting, repairing, operation and maintenance of the
signalling and telecommunication equipment. The number of persons to be trained
shall not exceed 6 (six) and the period of training shall be for a period of 3(Three)
weeks. The training shall be completed before the issuance of the Provisional
Certificate/ Completion Certificate. Before the issue of any handing-over certificate,
the final O & M Manuals, wherever required, shall be submitted by the contractor to
the Authority Engineer.(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

3.9.2 The Contractor shall provide training to the personnel of the Authority in PSI and OHE
The contractor shall provide training at site and depute appropriate instructor(s) for at
least 5 man days (1 week). The number of persons to be trained shall not exceed 6 (six)
and the period of training shall be at least 3(three) weeks. The training shall be
completed before the issuance of the Provisional Certificate/ Completion Certificate.] 6
(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

3.10 Safety at work site

The Contractor and its sub-contractors shall follow the safety instructions and take all
safety measures for workmen and vehicles plying in the work area in accordance with
Applicable Laws, Good Industry Practice and the provisions of this Agreement.

6
Delete it if not applicable.

15
 ARTICLE 4

OBLIGATIONS OF THE AUTHORITY

4.1 Obligations of the Authority

4.1.1 The Authority shall, at its own cost and expense, undertake, comply with and perform
all its obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.

4.1.2 The Authority shall be responsible for the correctness of the Scope of the Project,
Project Facilities, Specifications and Standards and the criteria for Testing of the
completed Works.

4.1.3 The Authority shall, upon receiving the Performance Security under Clause 7.1.1,
provide to the Contractor:

(a) the Right of Way in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 8.2 and 8.3 on
no less than 95% (ninety five per cent) of core land length and 90% (ninety
percent) of non-core land length of the total length of the Railway Project
before appointed date;

(b) No environmental and forest clearances are required under Clause 4.37 before
appointed date; and

(c) approval of the general arrangement drawings (the “GAD”) from concerned
authorities to enable the Contractor to construct road over-bridges, under-
bridges and canal crossings on the Railway Project in accordance with the
Scope, Specifications and Standards, and subject to the terms and conditions
specified in such approval, within a period of 60 (sixty) days from the
Appointed Date.]8

4.1.4 In the event that (i) the Authority does not procure fulfilment of any or all of the
obligations set forth in Clause 4.1.3 within the period specified in respect thereof, and
(ii) the delay has not occurred as a result of breach of this Agreement by the Contractor
or due to Force Majeure, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages in a sum
calculated in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3 of this Agreement and grant
Time Extension in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Damages for delay in approval of
GAD by the road authorities for a particular railway over-bridge or a railway under-
bridge or a canal crossing shall be deemed to be equivalent to the Damages payable
under the provisions of Clause 8.3 for delay in providing Right of Way for a length of
1 (one) kilometre for each such railway over-bridge or railway line under-bridge or
canal crossings, as the case may be.
7
Clause 4.1.3(b) may be suitably modified in the event that all the environmental clearances for the Project
Railway have been received or are not required. It should be clearly stated that all the environmental clearances
for the Project Railway have been received; or such environmental clearances for the Project Railway are not
required.
8
Clause (c) may be omitted if the Project does not include a road over-bridge/under-bridge.

16
4.1.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties
expressly agree that the aggregate Damages payable by the Authority under Clauses
4.1.4, 4.4.3, 8.3 and 9.2 shall not exceed 5% (five per cent) of the Contract Price. For
the avoidance of doubt, the Damages payable by the Authority under the aforesaid
Clauses shall not be additive if they arise concurrently from more than one cause but
relate to the same part of the Railway Project.

4.1.6 The Authority agrees to provide support to the Contractor and undertakes to observe,
comply with and perform, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and Applicable Laws, the following:

(a) upon written request from the Contractor, and subject to the Contractor
complying with Applicable Laws, provide reasonable support to the Contractor
in procuring Applicable Permits required from any Government Instrumentality
for implementation of the Project;

(b) upon written request from the Contractor, provide reasonable assistance to the
Contractor in obtaining access to all necessary infrastructure facilities and
utilities, including water and electricity at rates and on terms no less favourable
than those generally available to commercial customers receiving substantially
equivalent services;

(c) procure that no barriers that would have a material adverse effect on Works are
erected or placed on or about the Railway Project by any Government
Instrumentality or persons claiming through or under it, except for reasons of
Emergency, national security or law and order;

(d) not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner is in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement;

(e) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Contractor in the implementation of
the Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(f) upon written request from the Contractor and subject to the provisions of
Clause 3.3, provide reasonable assistance to the Contractor and any expatriate
personnel of the Contractor or its Sub-contractors to obtain applicable visas and
work permits for the purposes of discharge by the Contractor or its Sub-
contractors of their obligations under this Agreement and the agreements with
the Sub-contractors.

4.2 Maintenance and operation of the existing facilities

The Authority shall undertake the maintenance of the facilities existing prior to the
Appointed Date including railway lines, bridges, structures, electrical, signaling and
communications works within the Right of Way.

4.3 Environmental and Forest Clearances

The Authority represents and warrants that the environmental and forest clearances of
Land mentioned in clause 4.1.3 (a) will be obtained before Appointed Date. In the
event of any delay, the Contractor shall be entitled to Time Extension for the period of

17
 such delay in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4 of this Agreement and
shall also be entitled to Damages calculated as if the Right of Way for and in respect of
such sections of the Railway Project has not been provided in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 8.2 and as a consequence thereof, the Contractor shall be entitled
to Damages under and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3. For the
avoidance of doubt, the present status of environmental and forest clearances is
specified in Schedule-A.9. However regulation, if any, shall be complied by contractor.

4.4 Machinery and equipment

4.4.1 The Authority shall upon receiving a request from the Contractor, provide the
machinery and equipment specified in Schedule P on payment of hire charges at the
monthly rates specified therein. The Parties agree that the monthly rate for each
machine or equipment shall be Exclusive of fuel. The rates are included with operator
for Track Machines whereas the rates of Operator for Other than track machine will be
born by EPC contractor on actual basis as per Schedule - P, which shall be converted
into daily rates taking a month comprising 25 (twenty five) working days. The Parties
further agree that for each machinery or equipment:

(a) The charges shall be payable for a day even if a machine or equipment is used for less than
8 (eight) hours, so long as it has been placed at the disposal of the Contractor and has not
been withdrawn;

(b) the daily rates shall be computed for a shift of 8 (eight) hours taken as one day. By way of
illustration, if the machinery or equipment is used for 16 (sixteen) hours on any day, the
charges payable shall be equal to twice the daily rate; and

(c) for any machinery or equipment which can be used only during the period of a Power
Block or Traffic Block, no payment shall be due or payable for the day on which such
block is not provided to the Contractor.

d) In view of limited availability of Tower Wagons with the Division, Tower

Wagon shall be spared by Railway only for limited work i.e., OHE
adjustment and joint checking. Likewise Rail Crane would only be
provided for OHE work in such situations where Road Crane cannot
reach. (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)
4.4.2 The Contractor shall by notice of at least three weeks convey to the Authority the
particulars of the machinery and equipment required for each day of the following one
month.
4.4.3 In the event that the Authority does not provide any machinery and equipment at the
designated time in pursuance of the provisions of Clause 4.4.1, the Contractor shall be
entitled to Damages in an amount equal twice the rates specified in Schedule-P.
Provided further that the Contractor shall be entitled to Time Extension in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 10.4 if the number of days for which the machinery has
not been provided continuously exceeds 7 (seven) and/ or the total number of days of
not providing the machinery exceed 15 (fifteen) days in a period of 03 months.10

18
4.5 Electricity transmission lines
The Authority shall procure the Applicable Permits and right of way for the erection,
installation, and energisation of the transmission lines required for operating the
Railway Project. All the applicable permits and right of way for erection, installation
and energisaiton of the transmission lines required for operating the Railway Project
will be obtained by the EPC Contractor and shall Authority assist for obtaining the
required permits. (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)
4.6 Disconnection for modification of existing signalling and telecommunication
works (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)
The Contractor shall on requirement of disconnection of a particular subsystem for
modification in the existing signalling and telecommunication system at railway
stations, level crossing gates and interlocked sections, inform the Authority Engineer
by notice of at least one week of its readiness for commissioning and the Authority
Engineer shall obtain the requisite approvals from the Authority for the required
disconnections. All such work requiring disconnection of existing signalling systems
shall be executed under supervision of Authority Engineer or his representative. The
Parties expressly agree that in the event of any default in providing such disconnection,
the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages at the rate of Rs.1,000 (Rupees one
thousand) per day. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no interruption/ disturbance
to operational circuits in such cases of modification of signalling and telecom systems.
4.7 Provision of Power Blocks and Traffic Blocks
4.7.1 The Authority shall provide Power Block or Traffic Block or both to enable the
Contractor to undertake the construction of overhead equipment, or such other work as
may be determined by the Authority Engineer.

4.7.2 The Contractor shall, in consultation with the Authority Engineer, submit a weekly
programme of Blocks, commencing from Monday, with a notice of at least 1 (one)
week and the Authority Engineer shall convey the approved weekly programme to the
Contractor no less than 3 (three) days prior to the start of such week.
4.7.3 The minimum period for which a Power Block or Traffic Block shall be provided to
the Contractor shall not be less than two hours, period being counted from the time the
track is placed at the disposal of the Contractor and until it is cleared by the Contractor.
Provided, however, that a Power Block or Traffic Block, as the case may be, of shorter
duration may be provided with mutual consent of the Parties.

4.7.4 The aggregate period of Power Block and Traffic Block to be provided to the
Contractor during the Construction Period is specified in Schedule-O. The
Contractor shall organise its work so as to complete all Construction Works within
such aggregate period. However, this aggregate period may be increased by the
Authority Engineeer on Contractor’s request, if the same is considered justified and
reasonable under the prevailing circumstances.

4.7.5 In the event of any change in the schedule of Power Block or Traffic Block or both, as
the case may be, the Authority shall inform the Contractor by a notice of not less than
24 (twenty four) hours. Provided, however, that no such notice shall be required in
case of a breakdown, accident, law and order disturbance, natural calamity or any other
unusual occurrence or Emergency.

19
4.7.6 In the event a Power Block or Traffic Block, as the case may be, is not provided for
any day in accordance with the confirmed programme, the Contractor shall be
compensated by providing an additional Power Block or Traffic Block of equal time
during the same week or the following week. The Parties expressly agree that in the
event of any default in providing such additional blocks for compensating the
Contractor, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages at the rate of Rs.1,000
(Rupees one thousand) per day for each hour which has not been provided as required
hereunder and until such hour is provided during any of the 6 (six) following weeks.

4.7.7 The Contractor shall be entitled to undertake the Construction Works within the
aggregate period specified in Schedule-O. Provided, however, that in the event the
aggregate period utilised by the Contractor exceeds the period specified in Schedule-O
and the extra time granted thereto under clause 4.7.4 if any, the Contractor shall pay to
the Authority hourly charges at the rate specified therein.

20
 ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1 Representations and warranties of the Contractor

The Contractor represents and warrants to the Authority that:

(a) it is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of India, and has full
power and authority to execute and perform its obligations under this
Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby;

(b) it has taken all necessary corporate and other actions under Applicable Laws to
authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to validly exercise
its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable
against it in accordance with the terms hereof, and its obligations under this
Agreement will be legally valid, binding and enforceable obligations against it
in accordance with the terms hereof;

(d) it is subject to the laws of India, and hereby expressly and irrevocably waives
any immunity in any jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or matters arising
there under including any obligation, liability or responsibility hereunder;

(e) the information furnished in the Bid and as updated on or before the date of this
Agreement is true and accurate in all respects as on the date of this Agreement;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not conflict
with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or accelerate
performance required by any of the terms of its memorandum and articles of
association or any Applicable Laws or any covenant, contract, agreement,
arrangement, understanding, decree or order to which it is a party or by which
it or any of its properties or assets is bound or affected;

(g) there are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending or, to its
knowledge, threatened against it at law or in equity before any court or before
any other judicial, quasi-judicial or other authority, the outcome of which may
result in the breach of this Agreement or which individually or in the aggregate
may result in any material impairment of its ability to perform any of its
obligations under this Agreement;

(h) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or decree of any court or any legally binding order of any
Government Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on
its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement and no fact or
circumstance exists which may give rise to such proceedings that would

(i) adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(j) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects and has not been
21
subject to any fines, penalties, injunctive relief or any other civil or criminal

22
 liabilities which in the aggregate have or may have a material adverse effect on
its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(k) no representation or warranty by it contained herein or in any other document

furnished by it to the Authority or to any Government Instrumentality in
relation to Applicable Permits contains or will contain any untrue or misleading
statement of material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary
to make such representation or warranty not misleading;

(l) no sums, in cash or kind, have been paid or will be paid, by it or on its behalf,
to any person by way of fees, commission or otherwise for securing the
contract or entering into this Agreement or for influencing or attempting to
influence any officer or employee of the Authority in connection therewith;

(m) all information provided by the {selected bidder/ members of the

Consortium/Joint Venture} in response to the RFP or otherwise, is to the best
of its knowledge and belief, true and accurate in all material respects; and

(n) nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship or
obligation between the Authority and any Sub-contractors, designers,
consultants or agents of the Contractor.

5.2 Representations and warranties of the Authority

The Authority represents and warrants to the Contractor that:

(a) it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated herein and
that it has taken all actions necessary to execute this Agreement, exercise its
rights and perform its obligations, under this Agreement;

(b) it has taken all necessary actions under Applicable Laws to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

(c) it has the financial standing and capacity to perform its obligations under this
Agreement;

(d) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable
against it in accordance with the terms hereof;

(e) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or any decree of any court or any legally binding order of any
Government Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on
the Authority’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(f) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects;

(g) it has good and valid right to the Site and has the power and authority to grant
the Right of Way in respect thereof to the Contractor; and

23
 (h) it shall have procured, as on the Appointed Date, Right of Way and
environment clearances such that the Contractor can commence construction
forthwith on 95% (ninety five per cent) of the core land length and 90% of non-
core land length of the Railway Project.

5.3 Disclosure

In the event that any occurrence or circumstance comes to the attention of either Party
that renders any of its aforesaid representations or warranties untrue or incorrect, such
Party shall immediately notify the other Party of the same. Such notification shall not
have the effect of remedying any breach of the representation or warranty that has been
found to be untrue or incorrect nor shall it adversely affect or waive any obligation of
either Party under this Agreement.

24
 ARTICLE 6
DISCLAIMER

6.1 Disclaimer

6.1.1 The Contractor acknowledges that prior to the execution of this Agreement, the
Contractor has, after a complete and careful examination, made an independent
evaluation of the Request for Proposal (RFP), Scope of the Project, Specifications and
Standards, Site, local conditions, physical qualities of ground, subsoil and geology,
traffic volumes, suitability and availability of access routes to the Site and all
information provided by the Authority or obtained, procured or gathered otherwise,
and has determined to its satisfaction the accuracy or otherwise thereof and the nature
and extent of difficulties, risks and hazards as are likely to arise or may be faced by it
in the course of performance of its obligations hereunder. Save as provided in Clause
4.1.2 and Clause 5.2, the Authority makes no representation whatsoever, express,
implicit or otherwise, regarding the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and/or
completeness of any assessment, assumptions, statement or information provided by it
and the Contractor confirms that it shall have no claim whatsoever against the
Authority in this regard.

6.1.2 The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts to have satisfied itself as to the
correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price.

6.1.3 The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts the risk of inadequacy, mistake or
error in or relating to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above and hereby
acknowledges and agrees that the Authority shall not be liable for the same in any
manner whatsoever to the Contractor, or any person claiming through or under any of
them, and shall not lead to any adjustment of Contract Price or Scheduled Completion
Date.

6.1.4 The Parties agree that any mistake or error in or relating to any of the matters set forth
in Clause 6.1.1 above shall not vitiate this Agreement, or render it voidable.

6.1.5 In the event that either Party becomes aware of any mistake or error relating to any of
the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above, that Party shall immediately notify the
other Party, specifying the mistake or error.

6.1.6 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all risks relating to the Project shall
be borne by the Contractor; and the Authority shall not be liable in any manner for
such risks or the consequences thereof.

25
 Part III
Construction

26
 ARTICLE 7

PERFORMANCE SECURITY
7.1 Performance Security

7.1.1 The Contractor shall, for the performance of its obligations hereunder, provide to the
Authority, within 30(Thirty) days of issue of LOA, an irrevocable and unconditional
Bank Guarantee (the “Performance Security”), for an amount equal to 5% (Five
per cent), of the Contract Price from a Bank in the form set forth in Annex-I of
Schedule-F and Performance Security is required to be got vetted from Law
Branch of Railway.

The Performance Security shall be valid until 60 (sixty) days of the expiry of the
Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1. Until such time the Performance
Security is furnished by the Contractor pursuant hereto and the same comes into effect,
the ‘Bid Security’ shall remain in force and effect, and upon such furnishing of the
Performance Security, the Authority shall release the Bid Security to the Contractor.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Contractor shall
provide, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the expiry of the Performance Security
for the Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1, a Performance Security in
respect of the extended Defects Liability Period, as specified in Clause 15.1.2, for an
amount equal to 5% (Five per cent) of the estimated cost of the Structures, Important
Bridges, if any, comprising a new technology not currently in use in the Railways and
the interlocking and telecom switching equipment as specified in Schedule B.
7.1.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties
agree that in the event of failure of the Contractor to provide the Performance Security
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1.1 and within the time specified therein
or such extended period as may be provided by the Authority, in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 7.1.3, the Authority shall encash the Bid Security and appropriate
the proceeds thereof as part-Damages, and thereupon all rights, privileges, claims and
entitlements of the Contractor under or arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed
to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the concurrence of the Contractor,
and this Agreement shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual agreement of
the Parties along with further levy of the Liquidated Damages equivalent to the
stipulated ‘Performance Security’, which shall be recoverable from contractor’s
pending/future dues with IR in any of the ongoing/future contracts.
7.1.3 In the event the Contractor fails to provide the Performance Security within 30
(Thirty) days of the issue of LOA as provided in Clause 7.1.1 above, the Contractor
may seek extension of time for a period not exceeding a further 30 (Thirty) days on
payment of damages for such extended period equivalent to a sum calculated at the
rate of 0.002% (zero point zero zero two percent) of the Contract Price for each day
of delay until the Performance Security is provided.

12
It is different from Retention Money.

27
7.2 Extension of Performance Security
The Contractor may initially provide the Performance Security for a period of 2 (two)
years; provided that it shall procure the extension of the validity of the Performance
Security, as necessary, at least 2 (two) months prior to the date of expiry thereof. Upon
the Contractor providing an extended Performance Security, the previous Performance
Security shall be deemed to be released and the Authority shall return the same to the
Contractor within a period of 7 (seven) business days from the date of submission of
the extended Performance Security.
7.3 Appropriation of Performance Security
7.3.1 Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority shall, without prejudice to its
other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to en cash and appropriate
from the Performance Security the amounts due to it as Damages for the Contractor
Default.
7.3.2 Upon such encashment and appropriation from the Performance Security, the
Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days thereof, replenish, in case of partial
appropriation, to its original level the Performance Security, and in case of
appropriation of the entire Performance Security provide a fresh Performance Security,
as the case may be, and the Contractor shall, within the time so granted, replenish or
furnish fresh Performance Security as aforesaid failing which the Authority shall be
entitled to terminate the Agreement in accordance with Article 21. Upon such
replenishment or furnishing of a fresh Performance Security, as the case may be, the
Contractor shall be entitled to an additional Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days for
remedying the Contractor Default, and in the event of the Contractor not curing its
default within such Cure Period, the Authority shall be entitled to encash and
appropriate such Performance Security as Damages, and to terminate this Agreement
in accordance with Article 21.
7.4 Release of Performance Security
The Authority shall release the Performance Security within 60 (sixty) days of the
expiry of the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects Liability Period, as the
case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Parties agree
that the Authority shall not be obliged to release the Performance Security until all
Defects identified during the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects Liability
Period, as the case may be, have been rectified.
7.5 Retention Money13
7.5.1 From every payment for Works due to the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 17.5, the Authority shall deduct 6% (six per cent) thereof as
guarantee money for performance of the obligations of the Contractor during the
Construction Period (the “Retention Money”) subject to the condition that the
maximum amount of Retention Money shall not exceed 5% (five per cent) of the
Contract Price.
7.5.2 Upon occurrence of a Contractor’s Default, the Authority shall, without prejudice to its
other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to appropriate the relevant
amounts from the Retention Money as Damages for such Contractor’s Default.

13
This is different from Performance Security

28
7.5.3 The Contractor may, upon furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional bank guarantee
substantially in the form provided at Annex-II of Schedule-F, require the Authority to
refund the Retention Money deducted by the Authority under the provisions of Clause
7.5.1. Provided that the refund hereunder shall be made in tranches of not less than
0.5% (zero point five percent) of the Contract Price. Further, the Retention money
may be deposited as Bank Guarantee, issued by Scheduled commercial Bank after
signing of Contract Agreement, but before payment of first payment bill. Provided
further that validity of Bank Guarantee shall be extended from time to time depending
upon extension of Contract granted.

7.5.4 Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the
Authority shall discharge the bank guarantees, if any, furnished by the Contractor
under the provisions of Clause 7.5.3 and refund the balance of Retention Money
remaining with the Authority after adjusting the amounts appropriated under the
provisions of Clause 7.5.2 and the amounts refunded under the provisions of Clause
7.5.3.

7.5.5 The Parties agree that in the event of Termination of this Agreement, the Retention
Money and the bank guarantees specified in this Clause 7.5 shall be treated as if they
are Performance Security and shall be reckoned as such for the purposes of
Termination Payment under Clause 21.6.

29
 ARTICLE 8
RIGHT OF WAY

8.1 The Site

The site of the Railway Project (the “Site”) shall comprise the site described in
Schedule-A in respect of which the Right of Way shall be provided by the Authority to
the Contractor. The Authority shall be responsible for:

(a) acquiring and providing Right of Way on the Site in accordance with the
alignment plan, Longitudinal section, Yard Plans/ESP and electrification
sectioning diagram finalised by the Authority and attached with this document,
free from all encroachments and encumbrances, and free access thereto for the
execution of this Agreement;

This Right of Way will not include completely free access to locations where
working may affect safety of train traffic (i.e. relay room, locations boxes etc). In
such cases, right of work will be arranged by the Authority Engineer on written
request made by contractor at least 7 days in advance, if such request is reasonable.

(b) obtaining environmental clearance and forest clearance for the Railway Project. In
this project no environmental and forest clearances is required. For
avoidance of any doubt it is clarified that the Contractor shall
himself procure environmental clearances for activities undertaken
by him such as ballast crushing, quarrying etc.

(c) However, if any structures and all other encumbrances etc are found in Right of
Way the contractor will clear entire site of the project and payment will be made as
per Schedule and if not covered in any schedule then payment will be made as
change of scope or within the USSOR Items / NS items as provided vide Schedule
-G

8.2 Handing over of the Project Site

8.2.1 The Authority Representative and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of
providing the Performance Security by the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 7.1, jointly inspect the Site and prepare a joint memorandum
containing an inventory of the Site including the vacant and unencumbered land,
buildings, structures, road/ railway works, trees and any other immovable property on
or attached to the Site. Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2.3, such memorandum
shall have appended thereto an Appendix (the “Appendix”) specifying in reasonable
detail those parts of the Site to which vacant access and Right of Way has not been
given to the Contractor. Signing of the memorandum, in 2 (two) counterparts (each of
which shall constitute an original), by the authorised representatives of the Parties shall
be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of handing over of the Right of Way to the
Contractor for discharging its obligations under and in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement and for no other purpose whatsoever.

30
 For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that subject to the provisions of Clauses
8.2.2 and 8.2.3, whenever the Authority is ready to provide Right of Way for any part
or parts of the Site included in the “Appendix”, it shall by notice inform the
Contractor, of the proposed date and time when the Authority Representative and the
Contractor shall inspect the specified parts of the Site, and prepare a memorandum
which shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of handing over of such Right of
Way to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 8.2.1.

8.2.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Clause 8.2, the Authority
shall specify the parts of the Site, if any, for which Right of Way shall be provided to
the Contractor on the dates specified in Schedule-A. Such parts shall also be included
in the Appendix prepared in pursuance of Clause 8.2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Parties expressly agree that the Appendix shall in no event contain Sections of the
Railway Project the cumulative length of which exceeds 5% (Five per cent) of the core
land length and 10% (Ten percent ) of the non-core land length of the Railway
Project.

8.2.3 The Authority shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor, in respect of the land
included in the Appendix, by the date specified in Schedule-A for each part of the Site
referred to therein, but in no case later than 180 (one hundred and eighty) days of the
Appointed Date, and in the event of delay for any reason other than Force Majeure or
breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, it shall pay to the Contractor, Damages in
a sum calculated in accordance with Clause 8.3.

8.3 Damages for delay in handing over the Site

8.3.1 In the event the Right of Way to any part of the Site is not provided by the Authority
on or before the date(s) specified in Clause 8.2 for any reason other than Force
Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, the Authority shall pay
Damages to the Contractor in a sum calculated in accordance with the following
formula for and in respect of those parts of the core land to which the Right of Way
has not been provided:

Amount of Damages in Rs. per day per km = ₹ 3000/-

In the event that any Damages are due and payable to the Contractor under the
provisions of this Clause 8.3.1 for delay in providing the Right of Way, the Contractor
shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 10.4, be entitled to Time Extension equal to
the period for which the Damages have become due and payable under this Clause
8.3.1, save and except that:

(a) if any delays involve time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive; and

(b) such Time Extension shall be restricted only to the Works which are affected
by the delay in providing the Right of Way.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Damages specified
hereunder and the Time Extension specified in Clause 10.4 shall be restricted only to
failure of the Authority to provide the Right of Way for and in respect of the width of
the Site required for Works in accordance with the Good Industry Practice.

31
8.3.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Contractor
expressly agrees that Works on all parts of the Site for which Right of Way is granted
within 180 (one hundred and eighty) days of the Appointed Date, or with respect to the
parts of the Site provided in Schedule-A, no later than the date(s) specified therein, as
the case may be, shall be completed before the Scheduled Completion Date and shall
not qualify for any Time Extension under the provisions of Clause 8.3.1.

8.3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Authority
may at any time withdraw any part of the Right of Way and the Works forming part of
this Agreement, subject to such Works not exceeding an aggregate value, such value to
be determined in accordance with Schedule-G, equal to 5% (five per cent) of the
Contract Price.

Provided that if Right of Way has not been provided within 240 (two hundred and
forty) days of the Appointed Date, for commencing construction on any part of the Site
included in the Appendix, the affected Works shall be deemed to be withdrawn under
the provisions of this Clause 8.3.3 unless the Parties agree to the contrary, and such
Works shall not be computed for the purposes of the aforesaid ceiling of 5% (five per
cent) of the Contract Price hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that
such deemed withdrawal of Works hereunder shall be without prejudice to the
Contractor’s entitlement to Damages under Clauses 4.1.4, 8.3 and 9.2.

8.3.4 In the event of withdrawal of Works under Clause 8.3.3, including deemed withdrawal
of Works, the Contract Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to 95% (ninety five
per cent) of the value of the Works withdrawn and the Contractor shall not be entitled
to any other compensation or Damages for the withdrawal of Works, including their
deemed withdrawal, save and except for Damages as provided under Clause 4.3.

Provided that if any Works are withdrawn after commencement of the Construction of
such Works, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor 100% (one hundred) of the fair
value of the work done, as assessed by the Authority Engineer:

8.4 Site to be free from Encumbrances

Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2, the Site shall be made available by the
Authority to the Contractor pursuant hereto free from all Encumbrances and
occupations and without the Contractor being required to make any payment to the
Authority on account of any costs, compensation, expenses and charges for the
acquisition and use of such Site for the duration of the Project Completion Schedule.
For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the existing rights of way, easements,
privileges, liberties and appurtenances to the Site shall not be deemed to be
Encumbrances. It is further agreed that, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement,
the Contractor accepts and undertakes to bear any and all risks arising out of the
inadequacy or physical condition of the Site.

8.5 Protection of Site from encroachments

On and after signing the memorandum and/or subsequent memorandum referred to in

Clause 8.2.1, and until the issue of the Provisional Certificate, the Contractor shall
maintain a round-the-clock vigil over the Site and shall ensure and procure that no
encroachment thereon takes place. During the Construction Period, the Contractor
32
 shall protect the Site from any and all occupations, encroachments or Encumbrances,
and shall not place or create nor permit any Sub-contractor or other person claiming
through or under the Agreement to place or create any Encumbrance or security
interest over all or any part of the Site or the Project Assets, or on any rights of the
Contractor therein or under this Agreement, save and except as otherwise expressly set
forth in this Agreement. In the event of any encroachment or occupation on any part of
the Site, the Contractor shall report such encroachment or occupation forthwith to the
Authority and undertake its removal at its own cost and expenses.

8.6 Special/temporary Right of Way

The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for any special or temporary right of
way required by it in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall obtain at
its cost such facilities on or outside the Site as may be required by it for the purposes
of the Railway Project and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.7 Access to the Authority and the Authority Engineer

8.7.1 The Right of Way given to the Contractor hereunder shall always be subject to the
right of access of the Authority and the Authority Engineer and their employees and
agents for inspection, viewing and exercise of their rights and performance of their
obligations under this Agreement.

8.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure, subject to all relevant safety procedures, that the
Authority has unrestricted access to the Site during any Emergency.

8.8 Geological and archaeological finds

It is expressly agreed that mining, geological or archaeological rights do not form part
of this Agreement with the Contractor for the Works, and the Contractor hereby
acknowledges that it shall not have any mining rights or interest in the underlying
minerals, fossils, antiquities, structures or other remnants or things either of particular
geological or archaeological interest and that such rights, interest and property on or
under the Site shall vest in and belong to the Authority or the concerned Government
Instrumentality. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent its
workmen or any other person from removing or damaging such interest or property
and shall inform the Authority forthwith of the discovery thereof and comply with such
instructions as the Authority or the concerned Government Instrumentality may
reasonably give for the removal of such property. For the avoidance of doubt, it is
agreed that any reasonable expenses incurred by the Contractor hereunder shall be
reimbursed by the Authority. It is also agreed that the Authority shall procure that the
instructions hereunder are issued by the concerned Government Instrumentality within
a reasonable period.

33
 ARTICLE 9
UTILITIES AND TREES

9.1 Existing utilities and roads

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Contractor shall ensure
that the respective entities owning the existing roads, right of way, level crossings,
structures, or utilities on, under or above the Site are enabled by it to keep them in
continuous satisfactory use, if necessary, by providing suitable temporary diversions
with the authority of the controlling body of that road, right of way or utility.

9.2 Shifting of obstructing utilities

9.2.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with Applicable Laws and with the proactive
support & assistance of the Authority, cause shifting of any utility (including electric
lines, water pipes and telephone cables) to an appropriate location or alignment, if such
utility or obstruction adversely affects/ infringes the execution of Works in accordance
with this Agreement. The actual cost of shifting/relocation of such utilities, as
approved and communicated/demanded by the entity owning such utility, shall be paid
by the Authority directly to the entity. In the event of any delay in such shifting by the
entity owning the utility beyond a period of 180 (one hundred and eighty) days from
the date of notice by the Contractor to the entity owning the utility and to the
Authority, the Contractor shall be entitled to Damages in a sum calculated in
accordance with the formula specified in Clause 8.3.1 for the period of delay, and to
Time Extension in accordance with Clause 10.4 for and in respect of the part(s) of the
Works affected by such delay; provided that if the delays involve any time overlaps,
the overlaps shall not be additive.

9.2.2 For the existing utilities owned by Railways, where the shifting thereof can take place
only after certain works for enabling its shifting have been completed by the
Contractor, the Authority shall, undertake and complete its shifting within 180 (one
hundred and eighty) days after the Contractor has notified the Authority of the
completion of the enabling works. In the event of delay in shifting the utility, beyond
the aforesaid period of 180 (one hundred and eighty) days, the Contractor shall be
entitled to Damages for the period of delay in accordance with the provisions of this
Clause 9.2.1. Alternatively Authority may entrust the shifting of these utilities as a
change of scope or within the scope of USSOR or NS(Non-Schedule) items are
provide vide Schedule-G (Execution of USSOR2019/DSR-2018 Vol-I and VolII(with
multiplying factor 0.95 for DSR) Items / NS items, which is not covered in any
schedule. This entrusting of shifting of utilities would be binding on the contractor.

9.3 New utilities

9.3.1 The Contractor shall allow, subject to such conditions as the Authority may specify,
access to, and use of the Site for laying telephone lines, water pipes, electric cables or
other public utilities. Where such access or use causes any financial loss to the
Contractor, it may require the user of the Site to pay compensation or damages as per
Applicable Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that use of the Site under this
Clause 9.3 shall not in any manner relieve the Contractor of its obligation to construct

34
 and maintain the Railway Project in accordance with this Agreement and any damage
caused by such use shall be restored forthwith at the cost of the Authority.

9.3.2 In the event the construction of any Works is affected by a new utility or works
undertaken in accordance with this Clause 9.3, the Contractor shall be entitled to a
reasonable Time Extension in accordance with Clause 10.4 for and in respect of the
part(s) of the Works affected by such delay; provided that if the delays involve any
time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive.

9.4 Felling of trees

The Authority shall assist the Contractor to obtain the Applicable Permits for felling
of trees to be identified by the Authority for this purpose if and only if such trees
cause a Material Adverse Effect on the construction of the Railway Project. The cost
of such felling and of the compensatory plantation of trees, if any, shall be borne by
the Contractor as stipulated in Schedule -B Para 1.16. . In the event of any delay in
felling thereof for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor; it shall be excused
for failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder if such failure is a direct
consequence of delay in the felling of trees. The Parties hereto agree that the felled
trees shall be deemed to be owned by the Authority and shall be disposed in such
manner and subject to such conditions as the Authority may in its sole discretion
deem appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that if any felling of
trees hereunder is in a forest area, the Authority shall assist the EPC contractor in
procuring the applicable limit within the time specified in the Agreement; and for any
period of delay in providing the Applicable Permits, the EPC contractor shall be
entitled to Time Extension as provide under Caluse 9.2.1

35
 ARTICLE 10
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY PROJECT

10.1 Obligations prior to commencement of Works

10.1.1 Within 20 (twenty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall:

(a) appoint its representative, duly authorised to deal with the Authority in respect
of all matters under or arising out of or relating to this Agreement;

(b) appoint a design director (the “Design Director”) who will head the
Contractor’s design unit and shall be responsible for surveys, investigations,
collection of data, and preparation of preliminary and detailed designs;

(c) undertake and perform all such acts, deeds and things as may be necessary or
required before commencement of Works under and in accordance with this
Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and

(d) make its own arrangements for quarrying and procurement of materials needed
for the Railway Project under and in accordance with Applicable Laws and
Applicable Permits.

10.1.2 The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of this Agreement, appoint an
engineer (the “Authority Engineer”) to discharge the functions and duties specified in
this Agreement, and shall notify to the Contractor the name, address and the date of
appointment of the Authority Engineer forthwith.

10.1.3 Within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit to the
Authority and the Authority Engineer a programme/CPM Charts & Bar Charts (the
“Programme”) for construction of Works, developed using networking techniques
and giving the following details:

Part I Contractor’s organisation for the Project, the project execution plan indicating
arrangements for design and construction i.e. engagement of design
consultants, project phasing and sub-contracting etc., environmental
management plan, Quality Assurance Plan including design quality plan, traffic
management and safety plan covering safety of users and workers during
construction, Contractor’s key personnel, and equipment.

Part II Programme for completion of all stages of construction given in Schedule-G

and Project Milestones of the Works as specified in Project Completion
Schedule set forth in Schedule-I. The Programme shall include:

(a) the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works,
including the anticipated timing of design and stages of Works;

(b) the periods for reviews under Clause 10.2; and

(c) the sequence and timing of inspections and tests specified in this
Agreement.

36
 The Contractor shall submit a revised programme whenever the previous programme is
inconsistent with the actual progress or with the Contractor’s obligations.

Part III Monthly cash flow forecast for the Project

Provided, however, that the Authority may, within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt of the Programme, convey its comments to the Contractor stating the
modifications, if any, required for compliance with the provisions of this Agreement,
and the Contractor shall carry out such modifications, to the extent required for
conforming with the provisions of this Agreement.

10.1.4 The Contractor shall plan the project work by keeping Schedule-G into consideration
in order to maximise the cash flow and progress. However the Authority Engineer
may modify/break up any of the the stage payment schedule (payment milestones)
during execution if the same is considered essential to speed up the progress or if the
contractor is not able to achieve a particular payment milestone due to the
reasons/delays attributable to the Authority or due to the factors beyond the control of
Contractor or to any unforeseen circumstances.

10.1.5 Procurement of items should be planned by the Contractor in consultation with the
Authority Engineer. Procurement plan should be prepared in such a manner that those
materials which have limited shelf life may be procured in a staggered manner so that
materials are utilised/consumed well before its expiry. If the material/product does not
remain of required specifications at the time of its actual use, the same will be replaced
by the Contractor with materials confirming to Specifications at his own cost.

10.2 Design and Drawings

10.2.1 Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the Specifications and
Standards set forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the Contractor requires any relaxation
in design standards due to restricted Right of Way in any section or unforeseen issues,
the alternative design criteria for such section shall be provided for review/approval of
the Authority Engineer.

10.2.2 The Contractor shall appoint a proof checking consultant at its cost (the “Proof
Consultant”) after proposing to the Authority a panel of 3 (three) names of qualified,
reputed and experienced firms and Authority will select one Proof Consultant from the
above panel, provided, however, that if none of the name proposed in the panel is
acceptable to the Authority and the reasons for the same are furnished to the
Contractor, the Contactor shall propose to the Authority a revised panel of 3 (three)
more names for obtaining the consent of the Authority. The Contractor shall also
obtain the consent of the Authority for two key personnel of the Proof Consultant who
shall have adequate experience and qualifications with respect to the main components
of the Railway Project. The Authority shall, within 30 (thirty) days of receiving a panel
from the Contractor, either convey its decision with reasons, to the Contractor, and if
no such decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor may proceed with
engaging of the Proof Consultant of its own choice. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Parties agree that no firm or person having any conflict of interest shall be engaged for
this purpose. The Parties further agree that any assignments completed at least three
years prior to the appointment hereunder shall not be reckoned for the purposes of
conflict of interest.
37
10.2.3 The Proof Consultant shall:

(a) evolve a systems approach with the Design Director so as to minimise the time
required for approval of final designs and construction drawings; and

(b) examine the designs expeditiously and wherever necessary raise

observations/ seek clarifications etc. as deemed appropriate and refer back
the drawings within 15 days for rectifications/clarifications, and finally proof
check and endorse/counter-sign the detailed calculations, drawings and
designs, which have been approved by the Design Director.

10.2.4 In respect of the route control chart, the following shall apply: (NOT INCLUDED IN
THIS CONTRACT)

(a) route control chart and Signalling interlocking Plan

(i) The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Authoritys Engineer all
route control charts conforming to the ESP/SIPs, within a period of 3
(three) months from the Appointed Date;

(ii) The Authority Engineer shall review the signalling interlocking plan
and route control chart within two weeks and submit it with its
comments to the Authority for its approval; and

(iii) The Authority shall communicate the signalling interlocking plan and
route control chart as approved by it within a period not exceeding
2(two) months from the date of submission of the route control chart by
the Contractor. Such period of two months shall exclude any time that is
taken by the Contractor in providing clarifications or modifications in
response to any communication from the Authority.

10.2.5 In the event of delay by the Contractor in submitting route control chart, as the case
may be, within the period specified in Clause 10.2.4 for any reason other than Force
Majeure or the delay attributable to the Authority, the Contractor shall pay Damages to
the Authority in a sum equal to 0.001% (zero point zero zero one percent) of the
Contract Price for each day of delay. (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT)

10.2.6 In the event of delay by the Authority in providing to the Contractor the approved
route control chart, within the period specified in Clause 10.2.4 for any reason other
than Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, the Authority shall
pay Damages to the Contractor in a sum equal to 0.001% (zero point zero zero one
percent) of the Contract Price for each day of delay, and shall also grant Time
Extension in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4. (NOT INCLUDED IN
THIS CONTRACT)

10.2.7 In regard to Contractor’s obligations with respect to the design and Drawings of the
Railway Project as set forth in Schedule-H, the following shall apply:

(a) The Contractor shall prepare and submit, with reasonable promptness and in
such sequence as is consistent with the Project Completion Schedule, 3 (three)
copies each of the design and necessary Drawings, duly approved/signed by the

38
 Design Director and certified/signed by the Proof Consultant, to the Authority
Engineer for review. Provided, however, that in respect of Important Bridges,
Major Bridges, Structures, railway stations and yards, the Authority Engineer
may require additional drawings for its review in accordance with Good Industry
Practice;

(b) by submitting the Drawings for review to the Authority Engineer, the Contractor
shall be deemed to have represented that it has determined and verified that the
design and Drawings are in conformity with stipulated Specifications and
Standards, the Applicable Laws, statutory stipulations and Good Industry
Practice;

(c) within 21 (twenty one) days of the receipt of the Drawings, the Authority
Engineer shall review the same and convey its observations to the Contractor
with particular reference to their conformity or otherwise with the Scope of the
Project and the Specifications and Standards. Beyond the said period of 21
(twenty one) days, the Contractor shall not be obliged to await the observations
of the Authority Engineer on the Drawings submitted pursuant hereto and may
begin or continue Works at its own discretion and risk; Provided, however, that
in case of Important Bridges, Major Bridges, Structures, interlocking and
telecom switching equipment and any other specified item the aforesaid period
of 21 (twenty one) days may be extended as per the time limit as indicated in
Annexure-II of Schedule-D;

(d) if the aforesaid observations of the Authority Engineer indicate that the
Drawings are not in conformity with the Scope of the Project or the
Specifications and Standards, such Drawings shall be revised by the Contractor
in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement and resubmitted to the
Authority Engineer for review. The Authority Engineer shall give its
observations, if any, within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the revised Drawings. In
the event the Contractor fails to revise and resubmit such Drawings to the
Authority Engineer for review as aforesaid, the Authority Engineer may cause
the payment for the affected works to be withheld under and in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 17.5.4. If the Contractor disputes any decision, direction
or determination of the Authority Engineer hereunder, the Dispute shall be
resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedure;

(e) no review and/or observation of the Authority Engineer and/or its failure to
review and/or convey its observations on any Drawings shall relieve the
Contractor of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement in any manner
nor shall the Authority Engineer or the Authority be liable for the same in any
manner; and if errors, omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies or
other Defects are found in the Drawings, they shall, along with the affected
Works, be corrected at the Contractor's cost, notwithstanding any review under
this Article 10;

(f) the Contractor shall be responsible for delays in submitting the Drawings, as set
forth in Schedule-H, caused by reason of delays in surveys and field
investigations, and shall not be entitled to seek any relief in respect thereof from
the Authority; and

39
 (g) the Contractor warrants that its designers, including any third parties engaged by
it, shall have the required experience and capability in accordance with Good
Industry Practice and it shall indemnify the Authority against any damage,
expense, liability, loss or claim, which the Authority might incur, sustain or be
subject to arising from any breach of the Contractor’s design responsibility
and/or warranty as set out in this Clause.

10.2.8 Any cost or delay in construction arising from the review by the Authority Engineer
shall be borne by the Contractor.

10.2.9 Works shall be executed in accordance with the Drawings provided by the Contractor
in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 10.2 and the observations of the
Authority Engineer thereon as communicated pursuant to the provisions of Clause
10.2.7. Such Drawings shall not be amended or altered without prior written notice to
the Authority Engineer. If a Party becomes aware of an error or defect of a technical
nature in the design or Drawings, that Party shall promptly give notice to the other
Party of such error or defect.

10.2.10 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall furnish
to the Authority and the Authority Engineer a complete set of as-built Drawings, in 2
(two) hard copies and in its editable digital format or in such other medium or manner
as may be acceptable to the Authority, including an as-built survey illustrating the
layout of the Railway Project and setback lines, if any, of the buildings and structures
forming part of Project Facilities,and shall hand them over to the Authority against
receipt thereof.

10.2.11 The Contractor shall also appoint a safety consultant (the “Safety Consultant”) after
proposing to the Authority a panel of 3 (three) names of qualified and experienced
consultants having minimum 10 years experience in ensuring safety at work site from
whom the Authority may choose 1 (one) to be the Safety Consultant. Provided,
however, that if the panel is not acceptable to the Authority and the reasons for the
same are furnished to the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose to the Authority a
revised panel of 3 (three) names for obtaining the consent of the Authority. The
Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Authority for additional two key
personnel of the Safety Consultant who shall have at least 5 years experience in
ensuring safety at work site. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving
a proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its decision, with reasons, to the
Contractor, and if no such decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor
may proceed with engaging of the Safety Consultant. The Safety Consultant shall:

(a) evolve a system approach for undertaking a safety audit of the Railway
Project during construction phase ; and

(b) proof check the detailed safety plan covering all aspects of including safety of
Users, workers and equipment.

10.3 Construction of the Railway Project

10.3.1 The Contractor shall construct the Railway Project as specified in Schedule-B and
Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Schedule-D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct positioning of all parts
40
 of the Works, and shall rectify any error in the positions, levels, dimensions or
alignment of the Works. For works involving existing yards, the non-interlocking
programme for each yard shall be drawn by the Authority Engineer and provided to the
Contractor. The Contractor and the Authority Engineer, within a period of 30 days,
will discuss the same and issue a jointly agreed NI programme. The execution of work
during the non-interlocking period will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The
work during non-interlocking period in yards will be executed directly under the
supervision of Railways, however, the timely completion of NI working will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The [600th (six hundredth) day] from the Appointed
Date shall be the scheduled completion date (the “Scheduled Completion Date”) and
the Contractor agrees and undertakes that the construction shall be completed on or
before the Scheduled Completion Date, including any extension thereof, in which case
the Scheduled Completion Date will be the extended date as per the time extension
granted.

10.3.2 The Contractor shall construct the Railway Project in accordance with the Project
Completion Schedule set forth in Schedule-I. In the event that the Contractor fails to
achieve any Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date within a period of 30
(thirty) days from the date set forth in Schedule-I, unless such failure has occurred due
to Force Majeure or for reasons attributable to the Authority, it shall pay Damages to
the Authority in a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero point zero five per cent) of
the Contract Price for delay of each day reckoned from the date specified in Schedule -
I and until such Project Milestone is achieved or the Works are completed; provided
that if the period for any or all Project Milestones or the Scheduled Completion Date is
extended in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the dates set forth in
Schedule-I shall be deemed to be modified accordingly and the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply as if Schedule-I has been amended as above; provided further
that in the event the Works are completed within or before the Scheduled Completion
Date including any Time Extension, the Damages paid under this Clause 10.3.2 shall
be refunded by the Authority to the Contractor, but without any interest thereon. For
the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that recovery of Damages under this Clause 10.3.2
shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Authority under this Agreement
including the right of Termination thereof. The Parties further agree that Time
Extension hereunder shall only be reckoned for and in respect of the affected Works as
specified in Clause 10.4.2.

10.3.3 The Authority shall notify the Contractor of its decision to impose Damages in
pursuance of the provisions of this Clause 10.3. Provided, however, that no deduction
on account of Damages shall be effected by the Authority without taking into
consideration the representation, if any, made by the Contractor within 20 (twenty)
days of such notice. The Parties expressly agree that the total amount of Damages
under Clause 10.3.2 shall not exceed 10% (ten percent) of the Contract Price.

10.3.4 Certain works, which are executed in the vicinity of running track, may require prior
sanction of Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) before execution of such works
are taken up by the Contractor. Authority Engineer will advise such works to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to prepare and submit applications to
Authority Engineer for obtaining sanction of CRS at least 60 (sixty) days in advance of
commencing a work that requires prior sanction of CRS.

41
10.4 Extension of time for completion

10.4.1 Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement for and in respect of
extension of time, the Contractor shall be entitled to extension of time in the Project
Completion Schedule (the “Time Extension”) to the extent that completion of any
Project Milestone is or will be delayed by any of the following, namely:
(a) delay in providing the Right of Way, [approval of GAD by road / canal
authorities,] environmental/ forest clearances, or [signalling interlocking plan]
and route control chart in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) Change of Scope, unless an adjustment to the Scheduled Completion Date has
been agreed under Article 13;
(c) occurrence of a Force Majeure Event;
(d) any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the Authority,
the Authority’s personnel or the Authority’s other contractors on the Site; and
(e) any other cause or delay which entitles the Contractor to Time Extension in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
10.4.2 The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) business days from the occurrence of an
event or circumstance specified in Clause 10.4.1, inform the Authority Engineer by
notice in writing, with a copy to the Authority, stating in reasonable detail with
supporting particulars, the event or circumstances giving rise to the claim for Time
Extension in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided that the
period of 15 (fifteen) business days shall be calculated from the date on which the
Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the occurrence of such an
event or circumstance.

Provided further that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this

Agreement, Time Extension shall be due and applicable only for the Works which are
affected by the aforesaid events or circumstances and shall not in any manner affect
the Project Completion Schedule for and in respect of the Works which are not
affected thereby.

10.4.3 In the event of the failure of the Contractor to issue to the Authority Engineer a notice
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.2 within the time specified therein,
the Contractor shall not be entitled to any Time Extension and shall forfeit its right for
any such claims in future. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of failure of the
Contractor to issue notice as specified in this Clause 10.4.3, the Authority shall be
discharged from all liability in connection with the claim.

10.4.4 The Authority Engineer shall, on receipt of a claim in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 10.4.2, examine the claim expeditiously within the time frame specified
herein. In the event the Authority Engineer requires any clarifications to examine the
claim, the Authority Engineer shall seek the same within 15 (fifteen) days from the
date of receiving the claim. The Contractor shall, on the receipt of the communication
of the Authority Engineer requesting for clarification, furnish the same to the Authority

42
 Engineer within 10 (ten) days thereof. The Authority Engineer shall, within a period of
30 (thirty) days from the date of receipt of such clarifications, forward in writing to the
Contractor its determination of Time Extension. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
agree that the Authority Engineer shall, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, notify the Contractor of the aforesaid Time Extension no later than 30
(thirty) days from the date of receipt of the Contractor’s claim for Time Extension or
the date of receipt of the clarification from the Contractor, as the case may be.

Provided that when determining each extension of time under this Clause 10.4, the
Authority Engineer shall review previous determinations and may increase, but shall
not decrease, the total Time Extension.

10.4.5 If the event or circumstance giving rise to the notice has a continuing effect:

(a) the detailed claim shall be considered as interim;

(b) the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after the close of each month,
send further interim claims specifying the accumulated delay, the extension of
time claimed, and such further particulars as the Authority Engineer may
reasonably require; and

(c) the Contractor shall send a final claim within 30 (thirty) days after the effect of
the event or the circumstance ceases.

Upon receipt of the claim hereunder, the Authority Engineer shall examine and
determine the same in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.4 within a period
of 30 (thirty) days of the receipt thereof.

10.5 Incomplete Works

In the event the Contractor fails to complete the Works in accordance with the Project
Completion Schedule, including any Time Extension granted under this Agreement,
the Contractor shall endeavour to complete the balance work expeditiously and shall
pay Damages to the Authority in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 for
delay of each day until the Works are completed in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. Recovery of Damages under this Clause shall be without prejudice to
the rights of the Authority under this Agreement including the right to termination
under Clause 21.1.
10.6 Equipment specific Maintenance Manual
No later than 90 (ninety) days prior to the Project Completion Date, the Contractor
shall, in consultation with the Authority Engineer, evolve an equipment specific
maintenance manual for equipment based on a new technology not currently in use in
the Railways (the “Maintenance Manual”) for the regular operation and maintenance
of such equipment in conformity with safety requirements, Good Industry Practice and
manufacturer’s manuals and instructions and shall provide 10 (ten) hard copies and 2
(two) compact discs thereof to the Authority Engineer.

43
 ARTICLE 11
QUALITY ASSURANCE, MONITORING AND SUPERVISION

11.1 Quality of Materials and workmanship

11.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the Construction, Materials and workmanship are in
accordance with the requirements specified in this Agreement, Specifications and
Standards and Good Industry Practice.

11.1.2 The Contractor warrants that all Materials shall be new, unused, not reconditioned and
in conformity with Specification and Standards, Applicable Laws and Good Industry
Practice, and that the Contractor shall not use any materials which are generally
recognised as being deleterious under Good Industry Practice.

11.2 Quality control system

11.2.1 The Contractor shall establish a Quality ControlMechanism, Quality Assurance Plan
(the “Quality Assurance Plan”or“QAP”), Material Testing Plan (the “Material
Testing Plan”or“MTP”) and Method Statements for execution of works (the “Method
Statements ”or“MS”) in consultation of Authority Engineer.

11.2.2 The Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, submit to the
Authority Engineer its Quality Control Mechanism, QAP, MTP and MS which shall
include the following:

(a) organisation, duties and responsibilities, procedures, inspections and

documentation;

(b) quality control mechanism including sampling and testing of Materials, tests
required during the execution of works and frequencies by Contractor and
Authority Engineer, standards, acceptance criteria, testing facilities, reporting,
recording and interpretation of test results, approvals, check list for site
activities, and proforma for testing and calibration in accordance with the
Specifications and Standards and Good Industry Practice; and

(c) internal quality audit system. The Contractor shall carry out internal audits of
the Quality management System regulary, and at least once every 6 months.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a report listing the results of each
internal audit within 7 days of completion. Each report shall include, where
appropriate, the proposed measures to improve and/or rectify the Quality
Management System and/or its implementation.

The Authority Engineer shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of
21 (twenty-one) days of receipt of the QAP stating the modifications, if any, required,
and the Contractor shall incorporate those in the QAP to the extent required for
conforming with the provisions of this Clause 11.2.

44
11.2.3 The Contractor shall procure all documents, apparatus and instruments, fuel,
consumables, water, electricity, labour, Materials, samples, and qualified personnel as
are necessary for examining and testing the Project Assets, Materials and workmanship
in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan.

11.2.4 The cost of testing of Construction, Materials and workmanship under this Article 11
shall be borne by the Contractor.

11.3 Methodology

The Contractor shall, at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the commencement of any
construction activity, submit to the Authority Engineer for review the Method
Statement proposed to be adopted for executing the Work, giving details of inspection
checklist, quality parameters, equipment to be deployed, traffic management and
measures for ensuring safety. The Authority Engineer shall complete the review and
convey its comments, if any, to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from
the date of receipt of the proposed method statement from the Contractor. The
Contractor shall revise the method statements by incorporating these comments or else
will advise the Authority Engineer reasons for not/partially including the same.

11.4 Inspection and technical audit by the Authority

The Authority or any representative authorised by the Authority in this behalf may
inspect and review the progress and quality of the construction of Works and issue
appropriate directions to the Authority Engineer and the Contractor for taking remedial
action in the event the Works are not in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.

11.5 External technical audit

At any time during construction, the Authority may appoint an external technical
auditor to conduct an audit of the quality of the Works. The findings of the audit, to the
extent accepted by the Authority, shall be notified to the Contractor and the Authority
Engineer for taking remedial action in accordance with this Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide all assistance as may be required by the auditor in the conduct
of its audit hereunder. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Clause 11.5, the
external technical audit shall not affect any obligations of the Contractor or the
Authority Engineer under this Agreement.

11.6 Inspection of construction records

The Authority shall have the right to inspect the records of the Contractor relating to
the Works.

11.7 Monthly progress reports

During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after
the close of each month, furnish to the Authority and the Authority Engineer a monthly
report on the progress of Works and shall promptly give such other relevant
information as may be required by the Authority Engineer along with all resources
deployed and all problems faced during work.

45
11.8 Inspection

11.8.1 The Authority / Authority Engineer and its authorised representative shall at all times:

(a) have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which natural
Materials are being obtained for use in the Works; and

(b) during production, manufacture and construction at the Site and at the place of
production, be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and test the Materials and
workmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture of Materials.

11.8.2 The Contractor shall give the Authority Engineer and its authorised agents access,
facilities and safety equipment for carrying out their obligations under this Agreement.

11.8.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit a monthly inspection report (the “Inspection
Report”) to the Authority and the Contractor bringing out the results of inspections
and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or deficiencies.
For the avoidance of doubt, such inspection or submission of Inspection Report by the
Authority Engineer shall not relieve or absolve the Contractor of its obligations and
liabilities under this Agreement in any manner whatsoever.

11.9 Samples

The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials and relevant
information to the Authority Engineer for review:

(a) manufacturer’s test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials;

and

(b) samples of such other Materials as the Authority Engineer may require.

11.10 Tests

11.10.1 For determining that the Works conform to the Specifications and Standards, the
Authority Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried
out tests, at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified in this
Agreement, and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance.
The Contractor shall submit the schedule for performing such tests to the Authority
Engineer well in adavance and not less than 7 days prior to conducting such tests.
The Contractor shall, with due diligence, carry out all the tests in accordance with
the Agreement and furnish the results thereof to the Authority Engineer. Of the total
tests for each category or type to be undertaken by the Contractor under the
provisions of this Agreement and Good Industry Practice, the Authority Engineer or
his authorised representative may witness or participate in such tests conducted or
cause to be conducted by the Contractor. Documentation of test records to be
maintained by Contractor and Authority Engineer or his authorised representative
shall scrutinize 100% Testing records of all tests conducted as per existing
guidelines of Indian Railways and Indian Road Congress. A copy of such tests
records shall be provided to the Authority Engineer.

46
11.10.2 In the event that results of any tests conducted under this Clause 11.10 establish any
Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Contractor shall carry out remedial
measures and furnish a report to the Authority Engineer in this behalf. The Authority
Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out tests to
determine that such remedial measures have brought the Works into compliance with
the Specifications and Standards, and the procedure shall be repeated until such
Works conform to the Specifications and Standards. For the avoidance of doubt, the
cost of such tests and the remedial measures in pursuance thereof shall be solely
borne by the Contractor.

11.10.3 Visual and physical test: The Authority‟s Engineer shall conduct a visual and
physical check of construction to determine that all works and equipment forming
part thereof conform to the provisions of this Agreement. The physical tests shall
be as per the codes, manual & extent guidelines and will be randomly test checked
by Authority or Authority Representative to ascertain the quality.

11.11 Examination of work before covering up

In respect of the work which the Authority Engineer is entitled to examine, inspect,
measure or test before it is covered up or put out of view or any part of the work is
placed thereon, the Contractor shall give notice to the Authority Engineer whenever
any such work is ready and before it is covered up. The Authority Engineer shall then
either carry out the examination, inspection or testing without unreasonable delay, or
promptly give notice to the Contractor that the Authority Engineer does not require to
do so. Provided, however, that if any work is of a continuous nature where it is not
possible or prudent to keep it uncovered or incomplete, the Contractor shall notify the
schedule of carrying out such work to give sufficient opportunity, not being less than 3
(three) business days’ notice, to the Authority Engineer to conduct its inspection,
measurement or test while the work is continuing. Provided further that in the event the
Contractor receives no response from the Authority Engineer within a period of 3
(three) business days from the date on which the Contractor’s notice hereunder is
delivered to the Authority Engineer, the Contractor shall be entitled to assume that the
Authority Engineer would not undertake the said inspection.

11.12 Rejection

11.12.1 If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any Plant,

Material, design or workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Authority Engineer may reject
such Plant, Material, design or workmanship by giving notice to the Contractor, with
reasons. The Contractor shall then promptly make good the Defect and ensure that the
rejected item complies with the requirements of this Agreement.

11.12.2 If the Authority Engineer requires the Plant, Material, design or workmanship to be
retested, the tests shall be repeated on the same terms and conditions, as applicable in
each case. If the rejection and retesting cause the Authority to incur any additional
costs, such costs shall be recoverable by the Authority from the Contractor and may be
deducted by the Authority from any monies due to be paid to the Contractor.

47
11.12.3 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time on account of rectifying
any Defect or retesting as specified in this Clause 11.12.

11.12.4 No examination, inspection, measurement or testing of any Plant, Material, design or

workmanship by the Authority Engineer or its failure to convey its observations or to
examine, inspect, measure or test shall relieve the Contractorof its obligations and
liabilities under this Agreement in any manner nor shall the Authority be liable for the
same in any manner.

11.13 Remedial work

11.13.1 Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the Authority Engineer may instruct
the Contractor to:

(a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which are not in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) remove and re-execute any work which is not in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement and the Specification and Standards; and

(c) execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Railway
Project, whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise;
provided that in case of any work which is required on account of a Force
Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 19.6 shall apply.

11.13.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the instructions issued by the Authority Engineer
under Clause 11.13.1, within the time specified in the Authority Engineer’s notice or as
mutually agreed, the Authority Engineer may advise the Authority to have the work
executed by another agency. The cost so incurred by the Authority for undertaking
such work shall, without prejudice to the rights of the Authority to recoverDamages in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, be recoverable from the Contractor
and may be deducted by the Authority from any monies due to be paid to the
Contractor.

11.14 Delays during construction

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 10.3.2, in the event the Contractor does
not achieve any of the Project Milestones within the time period stipulated in Schedule
- I or the Authority Engineer shall have reasonably determined that the rate of progress
of Works is such that Completion of the Railway Project is not likely to be achieved by
the end of the Scheduled Completion Date, it may notify the same to the Contractor,
and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of such notice, by a communication
inform the Authority Engineer in reasonable detail about the steps it proposes to take
to expedite progress and the period within which it shall achieve the Project
Completion Date.

11.15 Quality control records and Documents

The Contractor shall hand over to the Authority Engineer a copy of all its quality
control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is issued pursuant to
Clause 12.2.

48
11.16 Video recording

During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall provide to the Authority for every
calendar quarter, a video recording, which will be compiled into a 3 (three) hour digital
video disc or any substitute thereof, covering the status and progress of Works in that
quarter. The video recording shall be provided to the Authority no later than 15
(fifteen) days after the close of each quarter after the Appointed Date.

11.17 Suspension of unsafe Construction Works

11.17.1 Upon recommendation of the Authority Engineer to this effect, or on its own volition
in cases of emergency or urgency, the Authority may by notice require the Contractor
to suspend forthwith the whole or any part of the Works if, in the reasonable opinion of
the Authority Engineer or the Authority, as the case may be, such work threatens the
safety of the Users and or other persons on or about the Railway Project.

11.17.2 The Contractor shall, pursuant to the notice under Clause 11.17.1, suspend the Works
or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as may be specified by the
Authority and thereupon carry out remedial measures to secure the safety of suspended
works, the Users, other persons and vehicles on or about the Railway Project including
pedestrians. The Contractor may by notice require the Authority Engineer to inspect
such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Authority recommending
whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked. Upon receiving the
recommendations of the Authority Engineer, the Authority shall either revoke such
suspension or instruct the Contractor to carry out such other and further remedial
measures as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Authority, and the
procedure set forth in this Clause 11.17 shall be repeated until the suspension
hereunder is revoked.

11.17.3 Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.6, all reasonable costs incurred for maintaining
and protecting the Works or part thereof during the period of suspension (the
“Preservation Costs”), shall be borne by the Contractor; provided that if the
suspension has occurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Authority,
the Preservation Costs shall be borne by the Authority.

11.17.4 If suspension of Works is for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Authority
Engineer shall determine any Time Extension to which the Contractor is reasonably
entitled.

49
 ARTICLE 12
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

12.1 Tests on completion

12.1.1 No later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of the Railway Project or a
part thereof, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Authority Engineer the
documents required for seeking approval of the Commissioner of Railway Safety in
accordance with the provisions of the Railways Opening for Public Carriage of
Passenger Rules, the Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual, the Indian
Railways Manual of A.C. Traction, as the case may be, and notify the Authority
Engineer of its intent to subject the Railway Project to Tests. After ensuring and
procuring that the documents required to be submitted to the Commissioner for
Railway Safety meet the requirements of Applicable Laws, the Authority
Engineer shall, in consultation with the Contractor, determine the date and time
of each of the Tests, and inform the Authority who may designate its
representative to witness the Tests. The Contractor shall provide such assistance as
the Authority Engineer may reasonably require for conducting the Tests. For
avoidance of doubts, the parties agree that in the event of the Contractor and the
Authority Engineer failing to mutually agree on the dates for conducting the Tests, the
Contractor shall fix the dates by giving not less than 10 (ten) days’ notice to the
Authority Engineer.Authority will carry out tests on completion within 30 days of
receiving request from contractor. And if Authority Engineer fails to carry out test
within 30 days, the Authority will pay damage to Contractor @ 0.02% of the payment
pending for want of test per day.

12.1.2 All Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Schedule-J at the cost and expense of
the Contractor; provided,however, that the trial running on railway track shall be
undertaken at the cost and expense of the Authority. The Authority Engineer shall
observe, monitor and review the results of the Tests to determine compliance of the
Railway Project with Specifications and Standards and if it is reasonably anticipated or
determined by the Authority Engineer during the course of any Test that the
performance of the Railway Project or Section or any part thereof, does not meet the
Specifications and Standards, it shall have the right to suspend or delay such Test and
require the Contractor to remedy and rectify any Defect or deficiency. Upon
completion of each Test, the Authority Engineer shall provide to the Contractor and
the Authority copies of all Test data including detailed Test results. For the avoidance
of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Authority Engineer may require the
Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out additional Tests, in accordance with
Good Industry Practice, for determining the compliance of the Railway Project thereof
with the Specifications and Standards.

12.2 Provisional Certificate

12.2.1 Upon completion of Tests, the Authority Engineer shall satisfy itself that the Tests
have been successful and the Railway Project is fit for opening to traffic. A list of
outstanding items signed jointly by the Authority Engineer and the Contractor
(called the “Punch List”) shall be prepared in two parts. The part -1 showing the
critical/safety items and the part-2 showing non-critical/non-safety items. The
Authority Engineer may issue a Provisional Certificate to the Contractor and the

50
 Authority in the form set forth in Schedule-K (the “Provisional Certificate”),
provided the items figuring in the Punch List of critical/safety items (part-1) have
been fully completed/attended to. The items figuring in the Punch List (part-2) of
non-critical/non-safety should be completed by contractor in a time frame as
stipulated in Clause 12.3.

12.2.2 Upon issuance of the “Provisional Certificate”, the Authority Engineer shall forward to
the Authority (i) copies of all Test data including Test results, and (ii) the documents
submitted by the Contractor for seeking approval of the Commissioner of Railway
Safety in accordance with the provisions of the Railways Opening for Public Carriage
of Passenger Rules, the Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual/ or the Indian
Railways Manual of A.C. Traction, Indian Railways Signal Engineering Manual,
Indian Railways Telecom Manual as the case may be, for obtaining authorisation from
the Commissioner for Railway Safety.

12.2.3 The Contractor shall assist the Authority during inspection and tests to be conducted
by the Commissioner of Railway Safety for determining compliance of the Railway
Project with Applicable Laws and the provisions of this Agreement.

12.2.4 The Defects Liability Period for the Railway Project shall commence from the date of
issue of the Provisional Certificates.

12.2.5 The Parties hereto expressly agree that the Authority Engineer may also issue a “part
Provisional Certificate” for part of the Railway Project ready for
commissioning/opening subject to the provisions of Clauses 12.1 and 12.2 applying
mutatis mutandis. The issuance of the part-provisional certificate will however not
absolve the contractor in any manner of its obligations to complete the remaining
part of Railway Project.

12.2.6 The risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works in the Railway Project or
part thereof, as the case may be, and the care and custody thereof shall pass from the
Contractor to the Authority upon issuance of Provisional Certificate for the Railway
Project or part thereof.

12.3 Completion of Part-2 Punch List items

All items figuring in the part-2 of Punch List shall be completed by the Contractor
within 90 (ninety) days of the date of issuance of the Provisional Certificate for that
part and for any delay thereafter, other than for reasons solely attributable to the
Authority or due to Force Majeure, the Authority shall be entitled to recover
Damages from the Contractor to be calculated and paid for each day of delay until
all items are completed, at the rate of 0.2% (zero point two per cent) of the cost of
completing such items as estimated by the Authority Engineer. Subject to payment
of such Damages, the Contractor shall be entitled to a further period not exceeding
120 (one hundred and twenty) days for completion of the part-2 Punch List items.
For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that if completion of any item in the part-2
of Punch List is delayed for reasons attributable to the Authority or due to Force
Majeure, the completion date thereof shall be determined by the Authority Engineer
in accordance with Good Industry Practice, and such completion date shall be
deemed to be the date of issue of the Provisional Certificate for the purposes of
Damages, if any, payable for such item under this Clause 12.3.
51
12.4 Completion Certificate

12.4.1 Upon completion of all items in the Punch List (part-1 as well as part-2) and
issuance of authorisation by the Commissioner of Railway Safety and compliance of
all CRS observations pertaining to Contractor if any, the Authority Engineer shall
issue forthwith to the Contractor and the Authority; a completion certificate
substantially in the form set forth in Schedule-K (the “Completion Certificate”)
separately in respect of each Provisional Certificate issued. For Avoidance of doubt,
Completion Certificate may also be issued for part-commissioing of Project.

12.4.2 Upon receiving the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall remove its equipment,
materials, debris and temporary works from the Site, which are not required any more
for the Project, within a period of 15 (fifteen) days thereof, failing which the Authority
may remove or cause to be removed, such equipment, materials, debris and temporary
works and recover from the Contractor an amount equal to 120% (one hundred and
twenty per cent) of the actual cost of removal incurred by the Authority.

12.5 Rescheduling of Tests

If the Authority Engineer certifies to the Authority and the Contractor that it is unable
to issue the Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate, as the case may be,
because of events or circumstances on account of which the Tests could not be held or
had to be suspended, the Contractor shall be entitled to re-schedule the Tests and hold
the same as soon as reasonably practicable.

12.6 Delayed authorisation

In the event of delay in issuance of authorisation by the Commissioner of Railway

Safety beyond a period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of completioion of all
safety/critical items of punch list, the Contractor shall be entitled to interest for the
period of delay at a rate equal to 3% (three percent) above the Bank Rate on the
payment due for integrated testing and commissioning as specified in Schedule-G.

52
 ARTICLE 13
CHANGE OF SCOPE

13.1 Change of Scope

13.1.1 The Authority may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, require the Contractor to make modifications or alterations to the Works
(“Change of Scope”) before the issue of the Completion Certificate either by giving an
instruction or by requesting the Contractor to submit a proposal for Change of Scope
involving additional cost or reduction in cost. Any such Change of Scope shall be
made and valued in accordance with the provisions of this Article 13.

13.1.2 Change of Scope shall mean:

(a) change in specifications of any item of Works;

(b) omission of any work from the Scope of the Project except under Clause 8.3.3;
provided that, subject to Clause 13.5, the Authority shall not omit any work
under this Clause in order to get it executed by any other entity; or

(c) any additional work, Plant, Materials or services which are not included in the
Scope of the Project, including any associated Tests on completion of
construction.

(d) Variation in the quantities of certain items (positive or negative) necessitated

due to any change(s) in the L-Section/Alignment/ESPs of the Project with
respect to those attached with this document

13.1.3 If the Contractor determines at any time that a Change of Scope will, if adopted,
(i) accelerate completion, (ii) reduce the cost to the Authority of executing,
maintaining or operating the Railway Project, (iii) improve the efficiency or value to
the Authority of the completed Railway Project, or (iv) otherwise be of benefit to the
Authority, it shall prepare a proposal with relevant details at its own cost. The
Contractor shall submit such proposal, supported with the relevant details including the
amount of reduction in the Contract Price, if any, to the Authority to consider such
Change of Scope. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such
proposal, either accept such Change of Scope with modifications, if any, and initiate
proceedings therefor in accordance with this Article 13 or reject the proposal and
inform the Contractor of its decision. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that
the Contractor shall not undertake any Change of Scope without a Change of Scope
Order being issued by the Authority, save and except any Works necessary for meeting
any Emergency.

13.2 Procedure for Change of Scope

13.2.1 In the event of the Authority determining that a Change of Scope is necessary, it may
direct the Authority Engineer to issue to the Contractor a notice specifying in
reasonable detail the works and services contemplated thereunder (the “Change of
Scope Notice”).

53
13.2.2 Upon receipt of a Change of Scope Notice from Authority Engineer, the Contractor
shall, with due diligence, provide to the Authority Engineer such information as is
necessary, together with preliminary documentation in support of:

(a) the impact of the Change of Scope on the Project Completion Schedule, if the
works or services are required to be carried out during the Construction Period;
and

(b) the options for implementing the proposed Change of Scope and the effect, if
any, each such option would have on the costs and time thereof; including the
following details:

(i) breakup of the quantities, unit rates and cost for different items of work;

(ii) proposed design for the Change of Scope; and

(iii) proposed modifications, if any, to the Project Completion Schedule of

the Railway Project.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that, subject to the provisions
of Clause 13.4.2, the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased, as the case may
be, on account of Change of Scope.

13.2.3 The Contractor’s quotation of rates/costs for the Change of Scope shall be determined
on the following principles:

(A) The rate for various items to be executed through change of scope order shall be
estimated on the basis of analysis of rates (AOR) of [Zonal Railway, CORE, which
ever is applicable] for item other than building works and as per CPWD’s AOR for
building works and by applying the prevailing market rates of various input
construction materials, labour, machinery and T & P.

(B) In case AOR of any items is not available in [Zonal Railway’s or CORE’s AOR] then
such rates shall be determined as per prevailing market rates in accordance with Good
Industry Practice by the Authority Engineer.

13.2.4 Upon reaching an agreement, the Authority shall issue an order (the “Change of Scope
Order”) requiring the Contractor to proceed with the performance thereof. In the event
that the Parties are unable to agree, the Authority may:

(a) issue a Change of Scope Order requiring the Contractor to proceed with the
performance thereof at the rates and conditions approved by the Authority till
the matter is resolved in accordance with Article 24; or

(b) proceed in accordance with Clause 13.5.

13.2.5 The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and Tests, shall
apply mutatis mutandis to the works undertaken by the Contractor under this Article
13.

54
13.3 Payment for Change of Scope

Payment for Change of Scope shall be made in accordance with the payment schedule
specified in the Change of Scope Order.

13.4 Restrictions on Change of Scope

13.4.1 No Change of Scope shall be executed unless the Authority has issued the Change of
Scope Order save and except any Works necessary for meeting any Emergency.

13.4.2 Unless the Parties mutually agree to the contrary, the total value of all Change of
Scope Orders shall not exceed 25% (twenty five per cent) of the Contract Price.

13.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 13, no change arising from any
default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement
shall be deemed to be Change of Scope, and shall not result in any adjustment of the
Contract Price or the Project Completion Schedule.

13.5 Power of the Authority to undertake works

13.5.1 In the event the Parties are unable to agree to the proposed Change of Scope Orders in
accordance with Clause 13.2, the Authority may, after giving notice to the Contractor
and considering its reply thereto, award such works or services to any person on the
basis of open competitive bidding from amongst bidders who are pre-qualified for
undertaking the additional work; provided that the Contractor shall have the option of
matching the first ranked bid in terms of the selection criteria, subject to payment of
2% (two per cent) of the bid amount to the Authority$, and thereupon securing the
award of such works or services. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the
Contractor shall be entitled to exercise such option only if it has participated in the
bidding process and its bid does not exceed the first ranked bid by more than 10% (ten
percent) thereof. It is also agreed that the Contractor shall provide assistance and
cooperation to the person who undertakes the works or services hereunder, but shall
not be responsible for rectification of any Defects and/or maintenance of works carried
out by other agencies.

13.5.2 The works undertaken in accordance with this Clause 13.5 shall conform to the
Specifications and Standards and shall be carried out in a manner that it should not
cause any disruption to the Project and also minimise adverse effect to main
contractor. The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and
Tests, shall apply mutatis mutandis to the works carried out under this Clause 13.5.

$
The Authority shall transfer 75% (seventy five percent) of the amount so received to the first ranked bidder
whose bid shall have been matched by the Contractor.

55
 ARTICLE 14
TRAFFIC REGULATION

14.1 Traffic regulation by the Contractor

14.1.1 The Contractor shall take all the required measures and make arrangements for the
safety of any persons and vehicles on or about the Site during the construction of the
Railway Project or a Section thereof in accordance with Good Industry Practice, and
Applicable Laws. It shall provide, erect and maintain all such barricades, signs,
markings, flags, and lights as may be required by Good Industry Practice for the safety
of the traffic using any public roads or access along or across the Section under
construction.

14.1.2 All works shall be carried out in a manner creating least interference to traffic passing
along or across the Railway Project or a Section thereof. The Contractor shall ensure
that proper passage is provided for the traffic. Where it is not possible or safe to allow
traffic on the existing road or passage, a temporary diversion of proper specifications
shall be constructed by the Contractor at its own cost. The Contractor shall take prior
approval of the Authority Engineer for any proposed arrangement for traffic regulation
during Construction, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

14.1.3 In the event any construction work is required to be executed in close proximity of an
existing operating system of Railways, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the
safety of such system in accordance with the provisions of the ‘Compendium of
Instructions on Safety at work Sites’ issued by the Authority and Good Industry
Practice.

56
 ARTICLE 15
DEFECTS LIABILITY

15.1 Defects Liability Period

15.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all the Defects and deficiencies, except usual
wear and tear in the Railway Project or any part thereof, till the expiry of a period of 2
(two) years commencing from the date of Provisional Certificate or expiry of a period
18 (eighteen) months from the date of Completion Certificate, whichever is later(the
“Defects Liability Period”).

15.1.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Defects Liability Period for
and in respect of any Structure or Important Bridge specified in Schedule B, or
interlocking and telecom switching equipment comprising a new technology shall be
deemed to be extended by a further period of 2 (two) year after the expiry of the
Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1.]Defect Liability Period shall also
cover the extensions covered under clause 15.6

15.1.3 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Contractor shall be
responsible for making arrangement for signing of agreement for AMC of SCADA as
per clause 3.9 of Annexure - I (Schedule-B) between OEM/Approved SCADA vendor
and concerned Railway/Division 6 months prior to defects liability period as defined in
15.1.1. In the event that the Contractor fails to make above Arrangement, the Authority
shall be entitled to remedy the defects and deficiency of the Contractor in Accordance
with the clause 15.4 or may extend the Defects Liability Period in accordance with
clause 15.6.1.

15.1.4 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Contractor shall be
responsible for making arrangement for signing of agreement for AMC of EI system
/Axle Counters/ Automatic Train protection system between OEM/Approved vendor
and concerned Railway/Division 6 months prior to defects liability period as defined in
15.1.1. for duaration of Defect liability period including extended defect liability
period. In the event that the Contractor fails to make above Arrangement, the Authority
shall be entitled to remedy the defects and deficiency of the Contractor in Accordance
with the clause 15.4 or may extend the Defects Liability Period in accordance with
clause 15.6.1. (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT)

15.2 Remedy and rectification of Defects and deficiencies

15.2.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.2.2, the Contractor shall repair or
rectify all Defects and deficiencies observed by the Authority Engineer during the
Defects Liability Period within a period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of notice
issued by the Authority Engineer, or within such reasonable period as may be
determined by the Authority Engineer at the request of the Contractor, in accordance
with Good Industry Practice. For the purpose of this clause, the time period of 15 days
shall be applicable only to those Defects and Deficencies which are not affecting train
operations of safety. For any defect noticed affecting train operation of train safety, the
Contrator shall arrange to rectify it within such reasonable period as may be
determined by the Authority Engineer. If the Contrator is not able to rectify any fault

57
 as decided by the Authority Engineer, the Authority will be at full liberty to make its
own efforts to get such defects rectified at Contractor’s cost.

15.2.2 During a period of 2 (two) months from the date of issuance of Completion Certificate,
the Contractor shall retain sufficient staff and spares at Project for procuring prompt
replacement, installation or re-installation of any defective parts of (a) the SCADA
system; (b) traction sub-stations and switching posts and (c) EI system /Axle Counters/
Automatic Train protection system. The spares for the purpose of this clause, shall be
separate from any spares supplied within the scope of the Project.

15.3 Cost of remedying Defects

For the avoidance of doubt, any repair or rectification undertaken in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 15.2, including any additional tests, shall be carried out by the
Contractor at its own risk and cost, to the extent that such rectification or repair is
attributable to:

(a) the design of the Project;

(b) Works, Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with this
Agreement and the Specifications and Standards;

(c) improper maintenance during construction of the Railway Project by the

Contractor; or

(d) failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation under this
Agreement.

15.4 Contractor’s failure to rectify Defects

In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify such Defect or deficiency
within the period specified in Clause 15.2, the Authority shall be entitled to get the
same repaired, rectified or remedied at the Contractor’s cost so as to make the Railway
Project conform to the Specifications and Standards and the provisions of this
Agreement. All costs consequent thereon shall, after due consultation with the
Authority and the Contractor, be determined by the Authority Engineer. The cost so
determined, and an amount equal to 20% (twenty percent) of such cost as Damages,
shall be recoverable by the Authority from the Contractor and may be deducted by the
Authority from any monies due to the Contractor.

15.5 Contractor to search cause

15.5.1 The Authority Engineer may instruct the Contractor to examine the cause of any
Defect in the Works or part thereof before the expiry of the Defects Liability Period.

15.5.2 In the event any Defect identified under Clause 15.5.1 is attributable to the Contractor,
the Contractor shall rectify such Defect within the period specified by the Authority
Engineer, and shall bear the cost of the examination and rectification of such Defect.

15.5.3 In the event such Defect is not attributable to the Contractor, the Authority Engineer
shall, after due consultation with the Authority and the Contractor, determine the costs
incurred by the Contractor on such examination and notify the same to the Contractor,
58
 with a copy to the Authority, and the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of such
costs by the Authority.

15.6. Extension of Defects Liability Period

15.6.1 The Defects Liability Period shall be deemed to be extended till the identified Defects
under Clause 15.2 have been remedied.

15.6.2 Any Materials or Works with Defects identified under Clause 15.2 and replaced or
repaired during the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects Liability Period,
as the case may be, would be further warranted for a period of twelve (12) months
from the date of completion of such repair or replacement.

15.6.3 The Contractor shall upon termination or expiry of this Agreement or upon expiry of
the Defects Liability Period, assign any outstanding benefit in respect of any
subcontract or any warranty, to the Authority or to such other person as the Authority
may direct.

59
 ARTICLE 16
AUTHORITY ENGINEER

16.1 Appointment of the Authority Engineer

16.1.1 The Authority shall appoint a railway engineer / Project Management Consultancy
(PMC), to be the engineer under this Agreement (the “Authority Engineer”).

16.1.2 The appointment of the Authority Engineer shall be made no later than 30 (Thirty)
days from the date of this Agreement. The Authority shall notify the appointment or
replacement of the Authority Engineer to the Contractor.

16.1.3 The staff of the Authority Engineer shall include suitably qualified engineers and other
professionals who are competent to assist the Authority Engineer to carry out its
duties.

16.2 Duties and functions of the Authority Engineer

16.2.1 The Authority Engineer shall perform its duties and discharge its functions in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and substantially in accordance with
the duties and responsibilities set forth in Annex 1 of Schedule L, but subject to
obtaining prior written approval of the Authority before determining:

(a) any Time Extension;

(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;

(c) the Termination Payment;

(d) providing Power Block or Traffic Block or necessary disconnections to the

Contractor;

(e) approval of signalling & interlocking plan and route control chart; and
alterations in ESP if essentially required;

(f) approval of disconnections for modification of signalling and telecom works,

or

(g) any other matter which is not specified in (a) to (f)above and which creates an
obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs.5,000,000
(Rupees fifty lakh).

16.2.2 No decision or communication of the Authority Engineer shall be effective or valid

unless it is accompanied by an attested true copy of the approval of the Authority for
and in respect of any matter specified in Clause 16.2.1.

16.2.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once every
month, to the Authority in respect of its duties and functions assigned to him for the
project. Such reports shall be submitted by the Authority Engineer within 10 (ten) days
of the beginning of every month.

60
16.2.4 A true copy of all communications sent by the Authority to the Authority Engineer and
by the Authority Engineer to the Authority shall be sent forthwith by the Authority
Engineer to the Contractor.

16.2.5 A true copy of all communications sent by the Authority Engineer to the Contractor and
by the Contractor to the Authority Engineer shall be sent forthwith by the Authority
Engineer to the Authority.

16.3 Authorised signatories

The Authority Engineer will designate and notify to the Contractor up to 2 (two)
persons under him to sign for and on behalf of the Authority Engineer, and any
communication or document required to be signed by the Authority Engineer shall be
valid and effective only if signed by any of the designated persons; provided that the
Authority Engineer may, by notice in writing, substitute any of the designated persons
by any of its employees.

16.4 Instructions of the Authority Engineer

16.4.1 The Authority Engineer may issue to the Contractor instructions for remedying any
Defect. The Contractor shall take such instructions from the Authority Engineer only.

16.4.2 The instructions issued by the Authority Engineer shall be in writing. However, if the
Authority Engineer issues any oral instructions to the Contractor, it shall confirm in
writing the oral instructions within 2 (two) working days of issuing them.

16.4.3 In case the Contractor does not receive the confirmation of the oral instructions within
the time specified in Clause 16.4.2, the Contractor shall seek the written confirmation
of the oral instructions from the Authority Engineer and shall obtain acknowledgement
from the Authority Engineer of the communication seeking written confirmation. In
case of failure of the Authority Engineer to reply to the Contractor within 2 (two) days
of the receipt of the communication from the Contractor, the Contractor may not carry
out the instruction.

16.5 Determination by the Authority Engineer

16.5.1 The Authority Engineer shall consult with each Party in an endeavour to reach
agreement wherever this Agreement provides for the determination of any matter by
the Authority Engineer. If such agreement is not achieved, the Authority Engineer
shall make a fair determination in accordance with this Agreement having due regard
to all relevant circumstances. The Authority Engineer shall give notice to both the
Parties of each such agreement or determination, with supporting particulars.

16.5.2 Each Party shall give effect to each agreement or determination made by the Authority
Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided, however, that
if any Party disputes any instruction, decision, direction or determination of the
Authority Engineer, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute
Resolution Procedure as per article 24.

61
16.6 Remuneration of the Authority Engineer

The remuneration, cost and expenses of the Authority Engineer shall be borne by the
Authority.

16.7 Replacement of the Authority Engineer

16.7.1 The Authority may, in its discretion, replace the Authority Engineer at any time, but
only upon appointment of another Authority Engineer in accordance with Clause 16.1.

16.7.2 If the Contractor has reasons to believe that the Authority Engineer is not discharging
its duties and functions in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, it may
make a written representation to the Authority and seek replacement of the Authority
Engineer. Upon receipt of such representation, the Authority shall hold a tripartite
meeting with the Contractor and Authority Engineer and make best efforts for an
amicable resolution of the Dispute. After due consideration, The Authority will decide
about the replacement of Authority Engineer or otherwise. However , if Contractor is
not satisfied with decision of Authority, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance
with Depute Resolution Procedure as per article 24.In the event that the Authority
Engineer is to be replaced, the Authority shall appoint forthwith another Authority
Engineer in accordance with Clause 16.1.

16.8 Interim Arrangement

In the event that the Authority has not appointed an Authority Engineer, or the
Authority Engineer so appointed has relinquished its functions, the Authority may, in
the interim, designate and authorise any person to discharge the functions of the
Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, save and
except that such person shall not exercise any functions relating to review, comment,
approval or inspection as specified in this Agreement for and in respect of the
Authority Engineer, and such functions shall be discharged as and when an Authority
Engineer is appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided,
however, that nothing contained in this Clause 16.8 shall in any manner restrict the
rights of the Authority to enforce compliance of the provisions of this Agreement.

62
 Part IV
Financial Covenants

63
 ARTICLE 17
PAYMENTS

17.1 Contract Price

17.1.1 The Authority shall make payments to the Contractor for the Works on the basis of the
lump sum price accepted by the Authority in consideration of the obligations specified
in this Agreement for an amount of Rs 194,74,06,280.00/- (Rs. One Hundred Ninty
Four Crore Seventy Four Lakh Six Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Only) (the
“Contract Price”), which shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. The Parties further agree that save and except as
provided in this Agreement, the Contract Price shall be valid and effective until issue
of Completion Certificate.

17.1.2 The Contract Price includes all duties, taxes, royalty, and fees that may be levied in
accordance with the laws and regulations in force as on the Base Date on the
Contractor’s equipment, Plant, Materials and supplies acquired for the purpose of this
Agreement and on the on the Works undertaken under this Agreement. Nothing in this
Agreement shall relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to pay any tax including
any tax that may be levied in India on profits made by it in respect of this Agreement.

17.1.3 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted for any change in duties, taxes etc. specified in
Clause 17.1.2 above, save and except as specified in Clauses 17.8 and 17.13.

17.1.4 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen difficulties
or costs, unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

17.1.5 Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Contract Price covers all the
Contractor’s obligations for the Works under this Agreement and all things necessary
for the Construction thereof and for the rectification of any Defects in the Railway
Project.

17.1.6 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in Indian Rupees.

17.2 Advance Payment

17.2.1 Upon receiving request from Contractor, the Authority shall make an advance payment
(the “Advance Payment”), upto 10% (ten percent)14 of the Contract Price, for
mobilisation expenses and for acquisition of equipment, which shall carry simple
interest at the rate of Bank Rate plus 4% per annum and shall be made in two
instalments of upto maximum 5% (five per cent) of the contract price each.

17.2.2 The Contractor may apply to the Authority for the first instalment of the Advance
Payment at any time after the Appointed Date, along with an irrevocable and
unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred

14
For large value and complex projects, the Advance Payment may be increased from 10% (ten per cent) to upto
15% (fifteen per cent) of the Contract Price.

64
 and ten per cent) of such instalment, substantially in the form provided at Annex-III of
Schedule-F, to remain effective till the complete and full repayment thereof.

17.2.3 At any time, after 60 (sixty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor may apply
to the Authority for the second instalment of the Advance Payment along with an
irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to
110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such instalment, substantially in the form
provided at Annex-III of Schedule-F, to remain effective till the complete and full
repayment thereof along with proof of utilization of 1st instalment.

17.2.4 The instalments of Advance Payment shall generally be paid by the Authority to the
Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of its respective requests in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 17.2.

17.2.5 The Advance Payment shall be recovered through proportionate deductions to be made
in the Interim Payments Certificates issued in accordance with the provisions of Clause
17.5.2. Deductions of Advance Payment shall commence from the Interim Payment
Certificate in which the cumulative interim payments certified shall have reached 50%
(fifty percent) of the Contract Price. The total amount recovered in each Interim
Payment Certificate shall be equal to 30% (thirty per cent) of the amount of interim
payment due and payable under such Interim Payment Certificate, and interest on the
amount being recovered to be calculated from the date of disbursement of the Advance
Payment to the date of recovery until the entire Advance Payment together with
interest is recovered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that in the event the
total payment specified in any Interim Payment Certificate exceeds the limit of 50%
(fifty per cent) of the Contract Price, the proportionate of recovery hereunder shall be
restricted to the amount exceeding 50% (fifty per cent) of the Contract Price. By way
of illustration, the Parties agree that if the first recovery of say, Rupees ‘x’ is made
after 20 (twenty) months from the date of 1st (first) instalment of the Advance
Payment, the interest will be recovered on Rupees ‘x’ for a period of 20 (twenty)
months; and when the next recovery is made in the following month for say, Rupees
‘y’, interest on Rupees ‘y’ will be computed for a period of 21 (twenty one)
months.The Parties further agree that no payments in excess of 90% (ninety per cent)
of the Contract Price shall be released until the Advance Payment, including interest
thereon, has been fully recovered.

17.2.6 If the Advance Payment has not been fully repaid prior to Termination under Clause
19.7 or Article 21, as the case may be, the whole of the balance then outstanding shall
immediately become due and payable by the Contractor to the Authority. In the event
of Termination due to Contractor’s Default, the Advance Payment shall be deemed to
carry interest at an annual rate of 4% (four per cent) above the Bank Rate from the date
of Advance Payment to the date of recovery by encashment of bank guarantee for the
Advance Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid interest shall be payable
on each instalment of the Advance Payment, regardless of whether the instalment or
any part thereof has been repaid to the Authority prior to Termination.

17.3 Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works

17.3.1 The Authority shall make interim payments to the Contractor, as certified by the
Authority Engineer on completion of a Stage, for a length, number or area as specified,

65
 and valued in accordance with the proportion of the Contract Price assigned to each
item and its stage and payment procedure in Schedule-G.

17.3.2 The Contractor shall base its claim for interim payment for the stages completed till
the end of the month for which the payment is claimed, valued in accordance with
Clause 17.3.1, supported with necessary particulars and documents in accordance with
this Agreement.

17.3.3 Any reduction in the Contract Price arising out of Change of Scope or the Works
withdrawn under Clause 8.3, as the case may be, shall not affect the amounts payable
for the items or stage payments thereof which are not affected by such Change of
Scope or withdrawal. For the avoidance of doubt and by way of illustration, the Parties
agree that if the amount assigned to Important Bridges and/or Major Bridges is reduced
from Rs.100 crore to Rs. 80 crore owing to Change of Scope or withdrawal of Works,
as the case may be, the reduction in payment shall be restricted to the relevant
payments for Important Bridges and/or Major Bridges and the payment due in respect
of all other stage payments under the item Important Bridges and/or Major Bridges
shall not be affected in any manner. The Parties further agree that the adjustments
arising out of the aforesaid modifications shall be carried out in a manner that the
impact of such modifications is restricted to the said Change of Scope or withdrawal,
as the case may be, and does not alter the payments due for and in respect of items or
stage payments which do not form part of such Change of Scope or withdrawal.

17.4 Stage Payment Statement for Works

The Contractor shall submit a statement (the “Stage Payment Statement”), in 3

copies, by the 7th (seventh) day of a month to the Authority Engineer in the form set
forth in Schedule-M, showing the amount calculated in accordance with Clause 17.3 to
which the Contractor considers itself entitled for the completed stage(s) of Works. The
Stage Payment Statement shall be accompanied with the progress reports and any other
supporting documents. The Contractor shall not submit any claim for payment of
incomplete stages of work. In the event that there is no claim for a month in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 17.4, the Contractor shall submit a nil
claim to the Authority Engineer.

17.5 Stage Payment for Works

17.5.1 Within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the Contractor
pursuant to Clause 17.4, the Authority Engineer shall broadly determine the amount
due to the Contractor and recommend the release of 80 (eighty) percent of the amount
so determined as part payment against the Stage Payment Statement, pending issue of
the Interim Payment Certificate (IPC) by the Authority Engineer. Within 5 (five) days
of the receipt of recommendation of the Authority Engineer as above, the Authority
shall make electronic payment directly to the Contractor’s bank account.

17.5.2 Within 20 (twenty) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred to in
Clause 17.4, the Authority Engineer shall determine and shall deliver to the Authority
and the Contractor an IPC certifying the amount due and payable to the Contractor,
after adjusting the payments already released to the Contractor against the said
statement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the IPC shall specify all

66
 the amounts that have been deducted from the Stage Payment Statement and the
reasons therefor.

17.5.3 In cases where there is a difference of opinion as to the value of any stage, the opinion
of the Authority Engineer shall prevail and interim payments shall be made to the
Contractor on this basis; provided that the foregoing shall be without prejudice to the
Contractor’s right to raise a Dispute.
17.5.4 The Authority Engineer may, for reasons to be recorded, withhold from payment:
(a) the estimated value of work or obligation that the Contractor has failed to
perform in accordance with this Agreement and in respect of which the
Authority Engineer had notified the Contractor; and
(b) the estimated cost of rectification of any Works which have not been
constructed in accordance with this Agreement.

17.5.5 Payment by the Authority shall not be deemed to indicate the Authority acceptance,
approval, consent or satisfaction with the work done.

17.5.6 In the event the amounts released by the Authority under Clause 17.5.1 exceed the
amount finally determined by the Authority Engineer pursuant to Clauses 17.5.2 to
17.5.4, the difference thereof shall be accounted for in the next IPC.

17.6 Payment of Damages

17.6.1 The Contractor as well as the Authority may claim Damages due and payable to it in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

17.6.2 The Authority Engineer shall verify and check the claim and issue the IPC within 20
(twenty) days of the receipt of the claim under Clause 17.6.1, after making adjustments
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Authority shall pay to the
Contractor the amount due under such IPC within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the
date of the submission of the claim under this Clause 17.6. In the event of the failure
of the Authority to make payment to the Contractor within the specified time, the
Authority shall be liable to pay to the Contractor interest thereon and the provisions of
Clause 17.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis thereto.

17.7 Time of payment and interest

17.7.1 The Authority shall pay to the Contractor any amount due under any payment
certificate issued by the Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this
Article 17, or in accordance with any other clause of this Agreement as follows:

(a) Payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Stage Payment Statement by the Contractor to the Authority
Engineer for certification in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.4 for
an IPC; provided, however, that in the event the IPC is not issued by the
Authority Engineer within the aforesaid period of 30 (thirty) days, the
Authority shall pay the amount shown in the Contractor’s Stage Payment
Statement and any discrepancy therein shall be adjusted in the next payment
certificate; and

67
 (b) payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Final Payment Certificate for Works along with the discharge
submitted to the Authority Engineer for certification in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 17.12.

17.7.2 In the event of failure of the Authority to make payment to the Contractor within the
time period specified in this Clause 17.7, the Authority shall be liable to pay to the
Contractor interest at a rate equal to the Bank Rate plus 3%, calculated at quarterly
rests, on all sums remaining unpaid from the date by which the same should have been
paid, calculated in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.7.1 (a) and (b) and till
the date of actual payment.

17.8 Price adjustment for Works

17.8.1 The amounts payable to the Contractor for Works shall be adjusted in accordance with
the provisions of this Clause 17.8.
17.8.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 17.8.3, the amounts payable to the Contractor for
Works shall be adjusted in the IPC issued by the Authority Engineer for the increase or
decrease in the index cost of inputs for the works, by the addition or subtraction of the
amounts determined by the formulae specified in Clause 17.8.4.
17.8.3 To the extent that any compensation or reimbursement for increase or decrease in costs
to the Contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other Clauses in this
Agreement, the costs and prices payable under this Agreement shall be deemed to
include the amounts required to cover the contingency of such other increase or
decrease of costs and prices.

17.8.4 The Contract Price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and prices of
labour, Materials, fuel and lubricants, equipment, Machinery, Plant and other Materials
or inputs in accordance with the principles, procedures andformulae specified below:15

(a) Price adjustment shall be applied on completion of the specified stage of the
respective item of work in accordance with Schedule-G. The 1st Quarter will
start from Bid Due date month;

(b) Adjustment for each item of work/stage shall be made separately;

15
The following changes may be made for project specific cases:
(a) For project which includes both (i) civil and track works, and (ii) signalling and telecommunication
works, re-tain paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h); and delete paragraphs (i), (j) and (k) relating to
electrification works.
(b) For project for signalling and telecommunication works only, delete paragraphs (c), (d), (e) relating to
civil works and track works, renumber paragraphs (f), (g) and (h) as (c), (d) and (e) respectively; and
change reference to sub-paragraph (h) to sub-paragraph (e) in the renumbered paragraphs; and delete
paragraphs (i), (j) and (k) relating to electrification works.
(c) For electrification works only, delete paragraphs (c), (d), (e) relating to civil works and track work,
delete paragraphs (f), (g) and (h) relating to signalling and telecom works; renumber paragraphs (i), (j)
and (k) relating to electrification works as (c), (d) and (e) respectively; and also change reference to sub-
paragraph (k) to sub-paragraph (e) in the renumbered paragraphs.

68
(c) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the
work done for civil and track work:

EW = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
earthwork;

BRIMP = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Important Bridges;

BR = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the items Major
Bridges, Minor Bridges, RCC box/pipe culverts, Flyovers, RUB, and ROB in
accordance with Schedule-G;

TRK = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the itemTrack
Works;

TUNL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the items
Tunnel;

OEW = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Other
Engineering Works;

INVCIV = Value of work done for under the item inventory;

INTGTESTCIV = Value of work done for the item integrated testing and
commissioning of the Railway Project.

(d) Price adjustment for change in costs of civil and track work shall be paid in
accordance with the following formula:

(i) VEW= 0.85 EW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PF

x (Fi –Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x
(OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(ii) VBRIMP = 0.85 BRIMP x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci –

Co)/Co + PS x (Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi –Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi –
MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iii) VBR = 0.85 BR x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS

x (Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi –
MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iv) VTRK = 0.85 TRK x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co +

PS x(Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi –Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi –
MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo + PR x (Ri -
Ro)/Ro];

(v) VTUNL = 0.85 TUNL x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS

x (Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo
+ POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo + PXLP x (XLPi – XLPo)/XLPo];

69
 (vi) VOEW = 0.85 OEW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co +
PS x(Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x ((MACHi –
MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(vii) VINVCIV = 0.85 INVCIV x [PR x (Ri – Ro)/Ro + POTH x (OTHi -

OTHo)/OTHo]; and

(viii) VINTGTESTCIV = 0.85 INTGTESTCIV x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo =

POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

Where

VEW = Increase or decrease in the cost of earthwork during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specifiedin
sub-paragraph (e);

VBRIMP = Increase or decrease in the cost of Important Bridgesduring the

period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components
as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

VBR = Increase or decrease in the cost of Major Bridges, Minor Bridges,

Flyovers, RCC box/pipe culverts ROB/RUB) during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (e);

VTRK = Increase or decrease in the cost of track works during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (e);

VTUNL = Increase or decrease in the cost of tunnels during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (e);

VOEW = Increase or decrease in the cost of Other Engineering Works during

the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

VINVCIV = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory during the period

under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (e);

VINTGTESTCIV = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and

commissioning during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

PC, PF, PLB, PMACH, POTH, PR, PS and PXLP are the percentages of cement, fuel
and lubricants, labour, Plant Machinery and tools, other materials, rails, steel/
components (including strands and steel cables), and explosives respectively for the
relevant item as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

70
Co = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for sub-group Cement, Lime
& Plaster for the month of the Base Month;

Ci = The WPI for sub-group Cement, Lime & Plaster for the average price index of the
3 months of the quarter under consideration;

Fo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and

Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for group Fuel & Power for
the month of the Base Month

Fi = The WPI for group Fuel & Power for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India, published by
Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, (hereinafter called “CPI”)
for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;

MACHo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for category- k
“Manufacturing of Machinery for Mining, quarrying and construction’ under (R)
Manufacturing of Machinery and Equipment for the month of the Base Month;

MACHi = The WPI for category- k “Manufacturing of Machinery for Mining,

quarrying and construction’ under (R) Manufacturing of Machinery and Equipment
for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;

OTHo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for all commodities for the
month of the Base Month;

OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;

Ro = The Price for Rails (60kg) published by the Bhilai Plant of the Steel Authority of
India for the month of the Base Date;

Ri = The Price for Rails (60kg) published by the Bhilai Plant of the Steel Authority of
India for the month which is three months prior to the month to which the IPC relates;

So = Rate of RINL for Rebar 8 mm (coil) as published on their website for the month
of the Base Month;

Si = Average rate of RINL for Rebar 8 mm (coil) as published on their website for the
3 months of the quarter under consideration;

XLPo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for explosives for the month
of the Base Month; and
71
XLPi = The WPI for explosives for the average price index of the 3 months of the
quarter under consideration.

72
 (e) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract Price:

(I) For Civil Engineering Works

Component Major Bridges/ Integrated

engineering
Earthwork
flyovers/ Minor testing and

Important

Inventory
works
Track

Tunnels
Bridges, CC commissioning

Bridges

works
Other
box/pipe culverts,
ROB/RUB
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Cement (PC) - - 10% - - 10% - -
Explosives - - - - - - - -
(PXLP)
Fuel and 25% - 15% 35% - 15% 15% 15%
lubricants (PF)
Labour (PLB) 15% - 10% 15% - 10% 20% 20%
Machinery 35% - 20% 20% - 20% 30% 50%
and Plants
(PMACH)
Other 10% - 10% 15% - 10% 20% -
Materials
(POTH)
Rail (PR) - - - - - - - -
Steel - - 20% - - 10% - -
(PS)
Fixed 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Total 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% 100%

72
(f) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the
work done for signalling and telecommunication works: (NOT INCLUDED
IN THIS CONTRACT)
SIGWK = Value of signalling works for a stage payment of the item
signalling works;

INVSIG = Value of inventory for signalling works for a stage payment of the
item inventory for signalling works;

INTGTESTSIG = Value of integrated testing and commission for signalling

works of the Railway Project;

COMWK= Value of telecommunication works for a stage payment of the

item telecommunication works;

INVCOM = Value of inventory for telecommunication works for a stage

payment of the item inventory for telecommunication works; and

INTGTESTCOM = Value of integrated testing and commission for

telecommunication works of the Railway Project.

(g) Price adjustment for changes in cost of signalling works and

telecommunication works shall be paid in accordance with the following
formula: (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT)

(i) VSIGWK = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo +

POFC x (OFCi – OFCo)/OFCo + PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x
(OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo + S30C x (P30Ci – P30Co)/ P30Co + S24C x
(P24Ci – P24Co)/ P24Co + S19C x (P19Ci – P19Co)/ P19Co + S12C x
(P12Ci – P12Co)/ P120Co + S9C x (P9Ci – P9Co)/ P9Co + S6C x
(P6Ci – P6Co)/ P6Co + S4C x (P4Ci – P4Co)/ P4Co + S2C x (P2Ci –
P2Co)/ P2Co + S12C2.5 x (P12C2.5i – P12C2.5o)/ P12C2.5o + S2C2.5
x (P2C2.5i – P2C2.5o)/ P2C2.5o + S2C25 x (P2C25i – P2C25o)/
P2C25o + QC x (PQCi – PQCo)/ PQCo ;

(ii) VINVSIG = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo +

POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iii) VINTGTESTSIG = 0.85 INTGTESTSIG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo

+ POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iv) VCOMWK = 0.85 COMWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/

ELEXo + POFC x (OFCi – OFCo)/OFCo + PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo
+ POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo + S30C x (P30Ci – P30Co)/ P30Co
+ S24C x (P24Ci – P24Co)/ P24Co + S19C x (P19Ci – P19Co)/ P19Co
+ S12C x (P12Ci – P12Co)/ P120Co + S9C x (P9Ci – P9Co)/ P9Co +
S6C x (P6Ci – P6Co)/ P6Co + S4C x (P4Ci – P4Co)/ P4Co + S2C x
(P2Ci – P2Co)/ P2Co + S12C2.5 x (P12C2.5i – P12C2.5o)/ P12C2.5o

73
 + S2C2.5 x (P2C2.5i – P2C2.5o)/ P2C2.5o + S2C25 x (P2C25i –
P2C25o)/ P2C25o + QC x (PQCi – PQCo)/ PQCo+ PCEQP x (CEQPi
– CEQPo)/CEQPo];

(v) VINVCOM = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo

+ PCEQP x (CEQPi – CEQPo)/CEQPo + POTH x (OTHi -
OTHo)/OTHo]; and

(vi) VINTGTESTCOM = 0.85 INTGTESTCOM x [PLB x (LBi –

LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo].

Where

VSIGWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling works during the

period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINVSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory for signalling

during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINTGTESTSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and

commissioning of signalling works of the Railway Project during the period
under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VCOMWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of communication works

during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINVCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory for

telecommunications works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(h);

VINTGTESTCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing

and commissioning of telecommunication works of the Railway Project
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (h);

PCEQP, PELEX, PIC, PLB, POFC, and POTH are the percentages of
communication equipment, electronics, PVC insulated cables, labour, optical
fibre cables, and other materials respectively;

CEQPo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of

Commerce and Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for
communication equipmentfor the month of the Base Month ;

CEQPi = The WPI for communication equipment for the average price index
of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;

74
ELEXo = The WPI for electronics for the month of the Base Month;

ELEXi = The WPI for electronics for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;

P30Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation

Clause for size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P30Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S30C = Percentage of size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P24Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P24Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S24C = Percentage of size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P19Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P19Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S19C = Percentage of size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P12Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C = Percentage of size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P9Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P9Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S9C = Percentage of size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P6Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P6Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S6C = Percentage of size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P4Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P4Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.

75
S4C = Percentage of size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P2Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C = Percentage of size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P12C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C2.5 = Percentage of size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern
the price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and
telecommunication works.
P2C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C2.5 = Percentage of size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern
the price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and
telecommunication works.
P2C25i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable
P2C25o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C25 = Percentage of size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
PQCi = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable.
PQCo = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
QC = Percentage of size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable shall govern the price.

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India,
published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India,
(hereinafter called “CPI”) for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index
of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;

OFCo = The WPI for fibre cables for the month of the Base Month;

OFCi = The WPI for fibre cables for the average price index of the 3 months
of the quarter under consideration;

OTHo = The WPI for all commodities for the month of the Base Month; and

OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration.

76
 (h) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract
Price for signalling and telecommunication works: (NOT INCLUDED IN
THIS CONTRACT)

Component Signalling Telecommunication

Signalling inventory

Telecomm inventory
Telecommunication
and Commissioning

and Commissioning
Integrated testing

Integrated testing
Signalling Works

Works
Electronics
***% ***% _ ***% ***% _
(PELEX)
Communication
Equipment _ _ _ ***% ***% _
(PCEQP)
Optical Fibre
***% _ _ ***% _ _
Cable (POFC)
30C x 1.5 sq
mm signalling ***% _ _ ***% _ _
cable(S30C)
24C x 1.5 sq
mm signalling ***% _ _ ***% _ _
cable (S24C)
19Cx 1.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S19C)
12C x 1.5 sq
mm signalling ***% _ _ ***% _ _
cable (S12C)
9C x 1.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S9C)
6C x 1.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S6C)
4C x 1.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S4C)
2C x 1.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S2C)
12C x 2.5 sq
mm signalling ***% _ _ ***% _ _
cable (S12C2.5)

77
2C x 2.5 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S2C2.5)
2C x 25 sq mm
signalling cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(S2C25)
0.9 mm dia,
6Quad cable ***% _ _ ***% _ _
(QC)
Labour (PLB) ***% _ ***% ***% ***% ***%
Other materials ***% ***% ***% ***% ***% ***%
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

(a) PRICE VARIATION FORMULA FOR SIGNALING & TELECOM

CABLE (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT)
The price payable for signalling cables is variable as per Price Variation
Formula given below:
For Signalling Copper Cables:
Pi= Po+CuF (Cu-Cuo) + CCFcu(CC-CCo) + FeF (Fe-Feo)

For Telecom Copper Cables For Jelly Filled, 0.9 mm dia, 6 quad
cable
Pi= Po+CuF (Cu-Cuo) + AlFcu(Al-Alo) + CCFcu (CC-Cco) + FeF
(Fe-Feo)

For Aluminium Power Cables:

Pi= Po+AlF (Al-Alo) + CCFAl(CC-CCo) + FeF (Fe-Feo)

Where,
Pi= Price payable per KM as adjusted in accordance with Price variation
clause.
Po= Price per KM of cable as per Purchase order.
CuF= Variation factor for Copper
Cuo= Price of copper Rod in Rs. Per MT
CCFCu= Variation factor for PVC Compound for Copper Signalling &
Telecom cable
CCo= Price of PVC Compound in Rs. Per MT
AlF= Variation factor for Aluminium
Alo= Price of EC grade LME Aluminium rods (Properzi rods) in Rs. Per
MT.
CCFAl = Variation factor for PVC Compound for Aluminium power
cable
FeF= Variation factor for Steel
Feo= Price of Steel for Armour (Flat strip 4 mm. x 0.8mm/ Round
1.4mm dia) in Rs. Per MT

78
 (Prices per MT for Cuo, CCo, Feo, Alo as applicable on the 1st
working day of the month, one month prior to the deadline for
submission of bids. The above prices and indices are as published by
IEEMA vide circular reference no. IEEMA (PVC) /CABLE --/--/--
one month prior to the deadline for submission of bids.)

Cu= Price of Copper Rod in Rs. Per MT.

CC= Price of PVC Compound in Rs. Per MT.
Fe= Price of Steel for Armouring (Flat strip 4mm x 0.8 mm/ Round
1.4mm dia) in Rs. Per MT.
Al = Price of EC grade LME Aluminium rods (Properzi rods) in Rs. Per
MT.
(Prices per MT for Cu, CC, Fe, Al as prevailing on 1 stworking day of
the calendar month covering the date One month prior to the date of
inspection call letter will be applicable for the calculation of updated
price. The above prices and indices are as published by IEEMA vide
circular reference no. IEEMA (PVC) /CABLE --/--/-- one month
prior to the date of inspection.)
The value of variation factors for copper, steel and PVC Compound are
different for different sizes of signalling cables. Accordingly, the PVC
formula for some of the types of signalling cable is as given under:-
Underground Railway Signalling Cable unscreened and armoured copper
conductor
(i) Size 30 C x 1.5 sq.mm.
P30Ci=P30Co+0.391(Cu-Cuo)+0.557(CC-CCo)+0.425(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, price of steel flat strip of size 4mmx0.8mm is to be taken
into consideration.
(ii) Size 24C x 1.5 sq.mm
P24Ci= P24Co+0.313(Cu-Cuo)+ 0.481 (CC-CCo)+0.398(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel flat strip of size 4mmx0.8mm is to be
taken into consideration.
(iii) Size 19C x 1.5 sq.mm
P19Ci= P19Co+0.248(Cu-Cuo) + 0.395(CC-CCo)+0.343(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel flat strip of size 4mmx0.8mm is to be
taken into consideration.
(iv) Size 12C x 1.5 sq.mm
P12Ci=P12Co+0.157(Cu-Cuo) + 0.277(CC-CCu)+0.289(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.
(v) Size 9C x 1.5 sq.mm
P9Ci= P9Co+0.117(Cu-Cuo)+0.241(CC-CCu)+0.383(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.
(vi) Size 6Cx 1.5 sq.mm
P6Ci= P6Co+0.078(Cu-Cuo)+0.199(CC-CCu)+0.329(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.

79
 (vii) Size 4Cx1.5 sq.mm
P4Ci=P4Co+0.052(Cu-Cuo)+0.152(CC-CCo)+0.277(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.
(viii) Size 2C x 4 sq.mm(multistrand)
P2Ci= P2Co+0.073(Cu-Cuo)+0.156(CC-CCo)+0.3(Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.
(ix) Size 12C x 2.5 sq.mm
P12C2.5i= P12C2.5o+0.282 (Cu-Cuo)+0.371 (CC-CCo)+0.342 (Fe-
Feo)
For armouring, value of steel flat strip of size 4mmx0.8mm is to be
taken into consideration.
(x) Size 2C x 2.5 sq.mm
P2C2.5i= P2C2.5o+0.047 (Cu-Cuo)+0.139 (CC-CCo)+0.277 (Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel wire size 1.4mm dia is to be taken into
consideration.
(xi) Size 2C x 25 sq.mm PVC insulated, armoured, Aluminium power cable
P2C25i= P2C25o+0.146 (Al-Alo)+0.303 (CC-CCo)+0.306 (Fe-Feo)
For armouring, value of steel flat strip of size 4mmx0.8mm is to be
taken into consideration.
(xii) For Jelly filled, 0.9mm dia, 6 quad cable
PQCi = PQCo + 0.135 (Al-Alo) + 0.139 (Cu-Cuo) + 0.515 (CC-Cco)
+ 0.693 (Fe-Feo).
For PVC Compound Grade CW-22, is to be taken into consideration.

(i) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the
work done for electrification works:
OHE = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Overhead Equipment Work;
SP = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Switching Posts;
TRANSBOO = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item Booster Transformer;
TRANSAUX = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item Auxiliary Transformer;
TSS = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Traction Sub Station;
TLOH = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
High Voltage Transmission Line Overhead including monopole;
TLUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Underground High Tension Cable Transmission Line;

80
 BAY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Bay
Augmentation work at Grid Sub-Station/Terminal arrangement at TSS;
SCADA = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
SCADA;
ELEGWK = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
various electrical general services works;
MODHTPWRLINE = Value of work done for the completion of a stage
under the item modification of HT power lines and crossings (raising of
height);
MODHTLTOUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under
the item modification of HT power lines and crossings to underground
(replacement by underground cabling);
MODLTLTOUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under
the item modification of LT power lines and crossings to under ground
(replacement by underground cabling);
EXTNLTPWRSPLY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage
under the item extension/augmentation of power supply for CLS work;
EXTNPWRSUPLY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage
under the item extension/augmentation of general power supply;
MODELETRICAL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage
under the item modification to existing electrical works;
INVELECTRICAL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage
under the item inventory electrical;
SIGMOD = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Signalling System Modification;
INVSIG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
signalling inventory;
TESTSIG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
integrated testing and commissioning;
COMMOD = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item Telecommunications modifications;
INVCOM = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
telecommunication inventory;
TESTCOM = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item integrated testing and commissioning; and
CIVENG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Civil Engineering works.
(j) Price adjustment for changes in cost for electrification works shall be
paid in accordance with the following formula:
(i) VOHE = 0.85 OHE x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co
+ PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PCU x (CUi – CUo)/CUo + PINS x
(INSi – INSo)/ INSo];

81
 (ii) VSP = 0.85 SP x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co +
PSWGR x (SWGRi – SWGRo)/SWGRo];
(iii) VTRANSBOO = 0.85 TRANSBOO x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo +
PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PTR x (TRi – TRo)/TRo];
(iv) VTRANSAUX = 0.85 TRANSAUX x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo +
PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PTR x (TRi – TRo)/TRo];
(v) VTSS = 0.85 TSS x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PTR (TRi –
TRo)/TRo + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo +
PSWGR x (SWGRi – SWGRo)/SWGRo];
(vi) VTLOH = 0.85 TLOH x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x (SSTi –
SSTo)/SSTo + PCOND x (CONDi – CONDo)/CONDo + PC x (Ci –
Co)/ Co + PINS x (INSi – INSo)/ INSo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)OTHo];
(vii) VTLUG = 0.85 TLUG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PPC x (PCi –
PCo)/PCo];
(viii) VBAY = 0.85 BAY x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x (SSTi –
SSTo)/SSTo + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PCU x (CUi – CUo)/CUo];
(ix) VSCADA = 0.85 SCADA x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PELEX x
(ELEXi – ELEXo)/ELEXo];
(x) VELEGWK = 0.85 ELEGW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x
(OTHi – OTHo)OTHo];
(xi) VMODHTPWRLINE = 0.85 MODHTPWRLINE x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo +PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xii) VMODHTLTOUG = x0.85 MODHTLTOUG x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xiii) VMODLTLTOUG = 0.85 MODLTLTOUG x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xiv) VEXTNLTPWRSPLY = 0.85 EXTNLTPWRSPLY x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xv) VEXTNPWRSUPLY = 0.85 EXTNPWRSUPLY x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)OTHo];
(xvi) VMODELETRICAL = 0.85 MODELETRICAL x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xvii) INVELECTRICAL = 0.85 INVELECTRICAL x [POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xviii) VSIGMOD = 0.85 SIGMOD x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PELEX x
(ELEXi – ELEXo)/ELEXo + PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo +POTH x
(OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xix) VINVSIG = 0.85 INVSIG x [POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];

82
(xx) VTESTSIG = 0.85 TESTSIG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x
(OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xxi) VCOMMOD = 0.85 COMMOD x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo +
PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ELEXo + POFC x (OFCi –
OFCo)/OFCo];
(xxii) VINVCOM = 0.85 INVCOM x [POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xxiii) VTESTCOM = 0.85 TESTCOM x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH
x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo]; and
(xxiv) VCIVENG = 0.85 x VCIVENG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PS x
(Si – So)/So + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/
OTHo].
Where
VOHE = Increase or decrease in the cost of Over Head Equipment and other
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSP = Increase or decrease in the cost of Switch Post and other related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTRANSBOO = Increase or decrease in the cost of booster transformer and
other related works during the period under consideration due to changes in
the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTRANSAUX = Increase or decrease in the cost of auxiliary transformer
and other related works during the period under consideration due to changes
in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTSS = Increase or decrease in the cost of Traction Sub-Station and other
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTLOH = Increase or decrease in the cost of overhead transmission line and
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTLUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of underground high voltage
transmission line and related works during the period under consideration
due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (k);
VBAY = Increase or decrease in the cost of bay augmentation work at grid
sub-station/ terminal arrangement at TSS and related works during the period
under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSCADA = Increase or decrease in the cost of SCADA and related works
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VELEGWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of various electrical general
services works and related works during the period under consideration due

83
to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(k);
VMODHTPWRLINE = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of
HT power lines and crossings (raising of height) and related works during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VMODHTLTOUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of HT
power lines and crossings to under ground (replacement by underground
cabling) and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(k);
VMODLTLTOUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of LT
power lines and crossings to under ground (replacement by underground
cabling) and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(k);
VEXTNLTPWRSPLY = Increase or decrease in the cost of
extension/augmentation of power supply for CLS work and related works
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VEXTNPWRSUPLY = Increase or decrease in the cost of
extension/augmentation of general power supply and related works during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VMODELETRICAL = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification to
existing electrical works and related works during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VINVELECTRICAL = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory
electrical during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates
for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSIGMOD = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling system
modification and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(k);
VINVSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling inventory during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTESTSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of SCADE and related works
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VCOMMOD = Increase or decrease in the cost of communication and
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);

84
VINVCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of telecommunication
inventory during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates
for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTESTCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and
commissioning and related works during the period under consideration due
to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph
(k);
VCIVENG = Increase or decrease in the cost of civil engineering and related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
PC, PCOND, PCU, PELEX, PINS, PLB, POFC, PSWGR, , PPC, and PSST
are the percentages of cement, conductor, copper wire, electronic items,
insulators, labour, fibre optic cables, electrical switch gears, PVC insulated
cable and structural steelrespectively for the relevant item as specified in sub-
paragraph (k);
Co = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce
& Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for cement,
lime, plasterfor the month of the Base Month;
Ci = The WPI for cement, lime, plaster for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;
CONDo = Aluminium LME SELLER Settlement Price including
Premium for AL Ingots and Customs duty published by IEEMA for the
month of the Base Month;
CONDi = Aluminium LME SELLER Settlement Price including
Premium for AL Ingots and Customs duty published by IEEMA for the
average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
CUo = Copper: (Cu) Price of copper wire rod published by IEEMA for
the month of the Base Month;
CUi= Copper: (Cu) Price of copper wire rod published by IEEMA for
the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
ELEXo = The WPI for Manufacture OF Electronic Components for the
month of the Base Month;
ELEXi = The WPI for Manufacture OF Electronic Components for the
average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
INSo = The WPI for insulators for the month of the Base Month;
INSi = The WPI for insulators for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India,
published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India,
(hereinafter called “CPI”) for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index
of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

85
OFCo = The WPI for optical fibre cables for the month of the Base Month;
OFCi = The WPI for optical fibre cables for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;
OTHo = The WPI for all commodities for the month of the Base Month;
OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;
PCo = The WPI for PVC insulated cable for the month of the Base Month;
PCi = The WPI for PVC insulated cable for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;
So = The WPI for steel (rods) for the month of the Base Month;
Si = The WPI for steel (rods) for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;
SSTo = Price for BLOOMS-Retail (SBLR) 150mmx150mm published by
IEEMA for the month of the Base Month;
SSTi = Price for BLOOMS-Retail (SBLR) 150mmx150mm published by
IEEMA for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under
consideration;
SWGRo = The WPI for MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT for the month of the Base Month;
SWGRi = The WPI for MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter
under consideration;
TRo = The WPI for transformers for the month of the Base Month; and
TRi = The WPI for transformers for the average price index of the 3 months
of the quarter under consideration.

P30Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation

Clause for size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P30Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S30C = Percentage of size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P24Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P24Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S24C = Percentage of size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P19Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P19Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.

86
S19C = Percentage of size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P12Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C = Percentage of size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P9Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P9Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S9C = Percentage of size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P6Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P6Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S6C = Percentage of size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P4Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P4Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S4C = Percentage of size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P2Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C = Percentage of size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
P12C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C2.5 = Percentage of size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern
the price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and
telecommunication works.
P2C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C2.5 = Percentage of size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern
the price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and
telecommunication works.

87
P2C25i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price
variation Clause for size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable
P2C25o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C25 = Percentage of size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the
price adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication
works.
PQCi = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable.
PQCo = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
QC = Percentage of size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable shall govern the price

88
 (k) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract Price for electrification works:

(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

(i) For OHE, TSS, SP, Booster Transformer stations, Auxiliary transformer stations:

Component Over Head Equipment except Switch Posts Booster Tracking sub stations except Auxiliary OHE other works,
other work except Transformer Commissioning and charging transformer commissioning and
commissionin Station stations charging of TSS, SP,
Foundation, mast Stringing of g and Transformers All works Booster
erection, bracket, catenary charging, except trans- Transformer
erection, and contact formers stations, auxiliary
insulators wire transformer stations

Labour (PLB) 9.51% 4% 10.7% - - - 14.19% 100%

Cement (PC) 15.90% - 9.98% - - - - -

Structural 56.71% - - - - - - -
steel (PSST)

Insulators 5.25% - - - - - - -
(PINS)

Copper wire - 96% - - - - - -

(PCU)

Transformer _ - - - - - 85.81% -
(PTR)

Electrical - - 18.39% - - - - -
Switch Gear
(PSWGR)

Total 100% 100% 100% - - 100% 100%

89
90
 (ii) For transmission lines overhead, underground high tension cable transmission line, bay augmentation work at Grid Sub-station etc.,
various electrical general services works and modification of HT power lines and crossings (raising of height): (NOT APPLICABLE
IN THIS CONTRACT)

Component Transmission lines Underground high Bay augmentation Various Modification of Commissioning of
overhead including tension cable work at grid sub- electrical HT power lines transmission lines overhead,
monopole except transmission line station/ terminal underground high tension
commissioning except arrangement at
general and crossings cable transmission line, bay
commissioning TSS services (raising of augmentation work.
works height)
Labour (PLB) ***% ***% ***% 79.80% ***% 100%

Structural steel ***% - ***% - ***% -

Cement (PC) ***% - ***% - - -

Conductor ***% - -
(PCOND)

PVC Insulated - ***% - - - -

Cable (PIC)

Copper wire - - ***% - - -

(PCU)

Insulators ***% - - - - -
(PINS)

Other items ***% - - 20.20% ***% -

(POTH)

Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

91
 (iii) For SCADA, modification of HT power lines and crossings to under ground (replacement by underground cabling), modification of LT
power lines and crossings to under ground (replacement by underground cabling except commissioning, Extension/augmentation of power
supply for CLS work, extension/augmentation of general power supply, modification to existing electrical works:

Component SCADA except Modification of HT Modification of LT Extension/ Extension/ Modification to Commissioning of

com-missioning for power lines and power lines and augmentation of augmentation of existing electrical SCADA,
the Division crossings to under crossings to under power supply for general power works Modification of HT
ground ground CLS work except supply power lines,
(replacement by (replacement by commissioning Modification of LT
underground underground power lines, and
cabling) except cabling except Extension/
commissioning commissioning augmentation of
power supply for
CLS work

Labour (PLB) ***% ***% ***% ***% ***% ***% 100%

Electronics **% - - - - - -
(PELEX)

PVC Insulated - ***% ***% * * * -

Cable (PIC)

Fibre Cable - - - - - - -
(POFC)

All other ***% ***% ***% ***% ***% ***% -

commodities
(POTH)

Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

92
 (iv) For modification of signalling works, modification of telecommunications works,
inventory for electrification. Signalling and telecommunication works; and integrated
testing and commissioning of the electrification, signalling and telecommunication
works: (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT)

Component Modification Modification of Inventory for Integrated testing

of signalling telecommunications electrification. and
works works signalling and commissioning of
telecommunication electrification.
works signalling and
telecommunication
works
Labour ***% ***% - ***%
(PLB)
Electronics ***% ***% - -
(PELEX)
30C x 1.5 - -
sq mm
***% ***%
signalling
cable(S30C)
24C x 1.5 - -
sq mm
signalling ***% ***%
cable
(S24C)
19Cx 1.5 sq - -
mm
signalling ***% ***%
cable
(S19C)
12C x 1.5 - -
sq mm
signalling ***% ***%
cable
(S12C)
9C x 1.5 sq - -
mm ***% ***%
signalling
cable (S9C)
6C x 1.5 sq - -
mm ***% ***%
signalling
cable (S6C)
4C x 1.5 sq - -
mm ***% ***%
signalling
cable (S4C)
2C x 1.5 sq - -
mm ***% ***%
signalling
cable (S2C)
12C x 2.5 ***% ***% - -
sq mm

93
signalling
cable
(S12C2.5)
2C x 2.5 sq - -
mm
signalling ***% ***%
cable
(S2C2.5)
2C x 25 sq - -
mm
signalling ***% ***%
cable
(S2C25)
0.9 mm dia, - -
6Quad ***% ***%
cable (QC)
Fibre Cable - ***% - -
(POFC)
All other ***% ***% ***% ***%
commodities
(POTH)

Total 100% 100% 100% 100%

17.8.5 In case an IPC relates to a month which is within 3 (three) months from the Base
Date, no price adjustment shall be applicable.

17.9 Restrictions on price adjustment

Price adjustment shall be due and payable only in respect of the stages of Works
for which the Stage Payment Statement has been submitted by the Contractor no
later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of the applicable Project Milestone or the
Scheduled Completion Date, as the case may be, including any Time Extension
granted therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, in the event of submission of any Stage Payment Statement
after the period specified herein, price adjustment shall be applicable only until
the date of the respective Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date, as
the case may be.

17.10 Final Payment Statement

17.10.1 Within 60 (sixty) days of receiving the Completion Certificate under Clause 12.4,
the Contractor shall submit to the Authority Engineer six copies of a final
payment statement (the “Final Payment Statement”), with supporting
documents, in the form prescribed by the Authority Engineer:

(a) the summary of Contractor’s Stage Payment Statements for Works as

submitted in accordance with Clause 17.4;

(b) the amounts received from the Authority against each claim; and

94
 (c) any further sums which the Contractor considers due to it from the
Authority.

If the Authority Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the Final
Payment Statement, the Contractor shall submit such further information as the
Authority Engineer may reasonably require.The Authority Engineer shall deliver
to the Authority:

(i) an IPC for those parts of the Final Payment Statement which are not in
dispute, along with a list of disputed items which shall then be settled in
accordance with the provisions of Article 24; or

(ii) a Final Payment Certificate in accordance with Clause 17.15, if there are
no disputed items.

17.10.2 If the Authority Engineer does not prescribe the form referred to in Clause
17.10.1 within 7 (Seven) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate,
the Contractor shall submit the statement in such form as it deems fit.

17.11 Discharge

Upon submission of the Final Payment Statement under Clause 17.10, the
Contractor shall give to the Authority, with a copy to the Authority Engineer, a
written discharge confirming that the total of the Final Payment Statement
represents full and final settlement of all monies due to the Contractor in respect
of this Agreement for all the Works arising out of this Agreement, except for any
monies due to either Party on account of any Defect. Provided that such
discharge shall become effective only after the payment due has been made in
accordance with the Final Payment Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 17.12.

17.12 Final Payment Certificate

17.12.1 Within 30 (thirty) days after receipt of the Final Payment Statement under Clause
17.10, and the written discharge under Clause 17.11, and there being no disputed
items of claim, the Authority Engineer shall deliver to the Authority, with a copy
to the Contractor, a final payment certificate (the “Final Payment Certificate”)
stating the amount which, in the opinion of the Authority Engineer, is finally due
under this Agreement or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, before issuing
the Final Payment Certificate, the Authority Engineer shall ascertain from the
Authority all amounts previously paid by the Authority, all sums due to the
Authority, and the balance, if any, due from the Authority to the Contractor or
from the Contractor to the Authority, as the case may be.

17.12.2 The Authority shall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.7, pay to the
Contractor the amount which is specified as being finally due in the Final
Payment Certificate.

17.13 Change in law

17.13.1 If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor suffers any additional costs in the
execution of the Works or in relation to the performance of its other obligations
under this Agreement, the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date
it becomes reasonably aware of such addition in costs, notify the Authority with a
copy to the Authority Engineer of such additional costs due to Change in Law.

95
17.13.2 If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor benefits from any reduction in
costs for the execution of this Agreement or in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, either Party shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date it
becomes reasonably aware of such reduction in costs, notify the other Party with
a copy to the Authority Engineer of such reduction in costs due to Change in
Law.

17.13.3 The Authority Engineer shall, within15 (fifteen) days from the date of receipt of
notice from the Contractor or the Authority, as the case may be, determine any
addition or reduction to the Contract Price, as the case may be, due to the Change
in Law.

17.14 Correction of Interim Payment Certificates

The Authority Engineer may by an Interim Payment Certificate make any

correction or modification in any previous Interim Payment Certificate issued by
the Authority Engineer.

17.15 Authority’s claims

If the Authority considers itself to be entitled to any payment from the Contractor
under any Clause of this Agreement, it shall give notice and particulars to the
Contractor 20 (twenty) days before making the recovery from any amount due to
the Contractor, and shall take into consideration the representation, if any, made
the Contractor in this behalf, before making such recovery.

17.16 Bonus for early completion

In the event that the Project Completion Date occurs prior to the Scheduled
Completion Date, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive a payment of bonus
equivalent to 0.03% (zero point zero three per cent) of the Contract Price for each
day by which the Project Completion Date precedes the Scheduled Completion
Date, but subject to a maximum of 5% (five per cent) of the Contract Price.
Provided, however, that the payment of bonus, if any, shall be made only after
the issue of the Completion Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
agree that for the purpose of determining the bonus payable hereunder, the
Contract Price shall always be deemed to be the amount specified in Clause
17.1.1, and shall exclude any revision thereof for any reason.

96
 ARTICLE 18
INSURANCE

18.1 Insurance for Works

18.1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost the insurances specified
in Schedule-N and as per the requirements of Applicable Laws.

18.1.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.6, the Contractor shall, in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement, be liable to bear the cost of any loss or damage
that does not fall within the scope of this Article 18 or cannot be recovered from
the insurers.

18.1.3 Subject to the exceptions specified in Clause 18.1.4 below, the Contractor shall
fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority from and against any
and all losses, damages, costs, charges and/or claims with respect to:

(a) the death of or injury to any person; or

(b) the loss of or damage to any property;

that may arise out of or in consequence of any breach by the Contractor of this
Agreement during the execution of the Works or the remedying of any Defects
therein.

18.1.4 Notwithstanding anything stated above in Clause 18.1.3, the Authority shall fully
indemnify the Contractor from and against any and all losses, damages, costs,
charges, proceedings and/or claims arising out of or with respect to

(a) the use or occupation of land or any part thereof by the Authority;

(b) the damage to property which is the unavoidable result of the execution
and completion of the Works, or the remedying of any Defects therein, in
accordance with this Agreement; and

(c) the death of or injury to persons or loss of or damage to property resulting

from any act or neglect of the Authority, its agents, servants or other
contractors, not being employed by the Contractor.

Provided, that in the event of any injury or damage as a result of the contributory
negligence of the Contractor, the Authority shall be liable to indemnify the
Contractor from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges,
proceedings and/or claims to the extent proportionate to the liability of the
Authority, its servants or agents or other contractors not associated with the
Contractor in such injury or damage.

18.1.5 Without prejudice to the obligations of the parties as specified under Clauses
18.1.3 and 18.1.4, the Contractor shall maintain or effect such third party
insurances as may be required under Applicable Laws.

18.1.6 The Contractor shall provide to the Authority, within 30 days of the Appointed
Date, evidence of professional liability insurance maintained by its Design

97
 Director and/or consultants to cover the risk of professional negligence in the
design of Works. The professional liability cover shall be for a sum of not less
than [3% (three per cent)] of the Contract Price and shall be maintained until the
end of the Defects Liability Period.

18.2 Notice to the Authority

No later than 15 (fifteen) days after the date of this Agreement, the Contractor
shall by notice furnish to the Authority, in reasonable detail, information in
respect of the insurances that it proposes to effect and maintain in accordance
with this Article 18. Within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such notice, the
Authority may require the Contractor to effect and maintain such other
insurances as may be necessary pursuant hereto, and in the event of any
difference or disagreement relating to any such insurance, the Dispute Resolution
Procedure shall apply.

18.3 Evidence of Insurance Cover

18.3.1 All insurances obtained by the Contractor in accordance with this Article 18 shall
be maintained with insurers on terms consistent with Good Industry Practice.
Within 10(ten) days of obtaining any insurance cover, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Authority notarised true copies of the certificate(s) of insurance,
copies of insurance policies and premia payment receipts in respect of such
insurance, and no such insurance shall be cancelled, modified, or allowed to
expire or lapse until the expiration of at least 45 (forty-five) days after notice of
such proposed cancellation, modification or non-renewal has been delivered by
the Contractor to the Authority. The Contractor shall act in accordance with the
directions of the Authority.

18.3.2 The Contractor shall procure and ensure the adequacy of the insurances at all
times in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

18.4 Remedy for failure to insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force all insurances for which it is
responsible pursuant hereto, the Authority shall have the option to either keep in
force any such insurances, and pay such premia and recover the costs thereof
from the Contractor, or in the event of computation of a Termination Payment,
treat an amount equal to the Insurance Cover as deemed to have been received by
the Contractor. If either the Contractor or the Authority fails to comply with any
condition of the the insurances effected under the contract, the Party so failing to
comply shall indemnify the other Party against all direct losses and claims
(including legal fees and expenses) arising from such failure.

18.5 Waiver of subrogation

All insurance policies in respect of the insurance obtained by the Contractor

pursuant to this Article 18 shall include a waiver of any and all rights of
subrogation or recovery of the insurers thereunder against, inter alia, the
Authority, and its assigns, successors, undertakings and their subsidiaries,
Affiliates, employees, insurers and underwriters, and of any right of the insurers
to any set-off or counterclaim or any other deduction, whether by attachment or
otherwise, in respect of any liability of any such person insured under any such

98
 policy or in any way connected with any loss, liability or obligation covered by
such policies of insurance.

18.6 Contractor’s waiver

The Contractor hereby further releases, assigns and waives any and all rights of
subrogation or recovery against, inter alia, the Authority and its assigns,
undertakings and their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, successors, insurers
and underwriters, which the Contractor may otherwise have or acquire in or from
or in any way connected with any loss, liability or obligation covered by policies
of insurance maintained or required to be maintained by the Contractor pursuant
to this Agreement (other than third party liability insurance policies) or because
of deductible clauses in or inadequacy of limits of any such policies of insurance.

18.7 Cross liabilities

Any such insurance maintained or effected in pursuance of this Article 18 shall

include a cross liability clause such that the insurance shall apply to the
Contractor and to the Authority as separately insured.

18.8 Accident or injury to workmen

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, it is hereby expressly

agreed between the Parties that the Authority shall not be liable for or in respect
of any damages or compensation payable to any workman or other person in the
employment of the Contractor or Sub-contractor, save and except as for death or
injury resulting from any act, omission or default of the Authority, its agents or
servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Authority
from and against all such claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and
expenses whatsoever in respect of the above save and except for those acts,
omissions or defaults for which the Authority shall be liable.

18.9 Insurance against accident to workmen

The Contractor shall effect and maintain during the Agreement such insurances
as may be required to insure the Contractor’s personnel and any other persons
employed by it on the Railway Project from and against any liability incurred in
pursuance of this Article 18 Provided that for the purposes of this Clause 18.9,
the Contractor’s personnel/any person employed by the Contractor shall include
the Sub-contractor and its personnel. Provided further that in respect of any
persons employed by any Sub-contractor, the Contractor's obligations to insure as
aforesaid under this Clause 18.9 shall be discharged if the Sub-contractor shall
have insured against any liability in respect of such persons in such manner that
the Authority is indemnified under the policy. The Contractor shall require such
Sub-contractor to produce before the Authority, when required, such policy of
insurance and the receipt for payment of the current premium within 10 (ten)
days of such demand being made by the Authority.

18.10 Application of insurance proceeds

The proceeds from all insurance claims, except for life and injury, shall be
applied for any necessary repair, reconstruction, reinstatement, replacement,
improvement, delivery or installation of the Railway Project and the provisions

99
 of this Agreement in respect of construction of Works shall apply mutatis
mutandis to the Works undertaken out of the proceeds of insurance.

18.11 Compliance with policy conditions

The Contractor expressly acknowledges and undertakes to fully indemnify the

Authority from and against all losses and claims arising from the Contractor’s
failure to comply with conditions imposed by the insurance policies effected in
accordance with this Agreement.

100
 Part V
Force Majeure and Termination

101
 ARTICLE 19
FORCE MAJEURE

19.1 Force Majeure

As used in this Agreement, the expression “Force Majeure” or “Force Majeure

Event” shallmean occurrence in India of any or all of Non-Political Event,
Indirect Political Event and Political Event, as defined in Clauses 19.2, 19.3 and
19.4 respectively, if it affects the performance by the Party claiming the benefit
of Force Majeure (the “Affected Party”) of its obligations under this Agreement
and which act or event (a) is beyond the reasonable control of the Affected Party,
and (b) the Affected Party could not have prevented or overcome by exercise of
due diligence and following Good Industry Practice, and (c) has Material
Adverse Effect on the Affected Party.

19.2 Non-Political Event

A Non-Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events:

(a) act of God, epidemic, extremely adverse weather conditions, lightning,

earthquake, landslide, cyclone, flood, volcanic eruption, chemical or
radioactive contamination or ionising radiation, fire or explosion (to the
extent of contamination or radiation or fire or explosion originating from
a source external to the Site);

(b) strikes or boycotts (other than those involving the Contractor, Sub-
contractors or their respective employees/representatives, or attributable
to any act or omission of any of them) interrupting supplies and services
to the Railway Project for a continuous period of 24 (twenty-four) hours
and an aggregate period exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year,
and not being an Indirect Political Event set forth in Clause 19.3;

(c) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by
another Non-Political Event;

(d) any judgement or order of any court of competent jurisdiction or statutory

authority made against the Contractor in any proceedings for reasons
other than (i) failure of the Contractor to comply with any Applicable
Law or Applicable Permit, or (ii) on account of breach of any Applicable
Law or Applicable Permit or of any contract, or (iii) enforcement of this
Agreement, or (iv) exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement by
the Authority;or (v) breach of its obligations by the Contractor under its
sub-contracts;

(e) the discovery of geological conditions, toxic contamination or

archaeological remains on the Site that could not reasonably have been
expected to be discovered through a site inspection; or

(f) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

102
19.3 Indirect Political Event

An Indirect Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or
events:

(a) an act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict

or act of foreign enemy, blockade, embargo, riot, insurrection, terrorist or
military action, civil commotion or politically motivated sabotage;

(b) industry-wide or State-wide strikes or industrial action for a continuous

period of 24 (twenty-four) hours and exceeding an aggregate period of 10
(ten) days in an Accounting Year;

(c) any civil commotion, boycott or political agitation which prevents

construction of the Railway Project by the Contractor for an aggregate
period exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year;

(d) failure of the Authority to permit the Contractor to continue with its
Construction Works, with or without modifications, in the event of
stoppage of such work after discovery of any geological or archaeological
finds;

(e) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor to the extent caused by any

Indirect Political Event;

(f) any Indirect Political Event that causes a Non-Political Event; or

(g) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

19.4 Political Event

A Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events by or on
account of any Government Instrumentality:

(a) Change in Law, only if consequences thereof cannot be dealt with under
and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.13;

(b) compulsory acquisition in national interest or expropriation of any Project

Assets or rights of the Contractor or of the Sub-Contractors;

(c) unlawful or unauthorised or without jurisdiction revocation of, or refusal

to renew or grant without valid cause, any clearance, licence, permit,
authorisation, no objection certificate, consent, approval or exemption
required by the Contractor or any of the Sub-contractors to perform their
respective obligations under this Agreement; provided that such delay,
modification, denial, refusal or revocation did not result from the
Contractor’s or any Sub-contractor’s inability or failure to comply with
any condition relating to grant, maintenance or renewal of such clearance,
licence, authorisation, no objection certificate, exemption, consent,
approval or permit;

(d) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by
another Political Event; or

103
 (e) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

19.5 Duty to report Force Majeure Event

19.5.1 Upon occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall by notice
report such occurrence to the other Party forthwith. Any notice pursuant hereto
shall include full particulars of:

(a) the nature and extent of each Force Majeure Event which is the subject of
any claim for relief under this Article 19 with evidence in support thereof;

(b) the estimated duration and the effect or probable effect which such Force
Majeure Event is having or will have on the Affected Party’s performance
of its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) the measures which the Affected Party is taking or proposes to take for
alleviating the impact of such Force Majeure Event; and

(d) any other information relevant to the Affected Party’s claim.

19.5.2 The Affected Party shall not be entitled to any relief for or in respect of a Force
Majeure Event unless it shall have notified the other Party of the occurrence of
the Force Majeure Event as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event no
later than 10 (ten) days after the Affected Party knew, or ought reasonably to
have known, of its occurrence, and shall have given particulars of the probable
material effect that the Force Majeure Event is likely to have on the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement.

19.5.3 For so long as the Affected Party continues to claim to be affected by such Force
Majeure Event, it shall provide the other Party with regular (and not less than
weekly) reports containing information as required by Clause 19.5.1, and such
other information as the other Party may reasonably request the Affected Party to
provide.

19.6 Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement

19.6.1 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure

(a) prior to the Appointed Date, both Parties shall bear their respective Force
Majeure costs.

(b) after the Appointed Date, the costs incurred and attributable to such event
and directly relating to this Agreement (the “Force Majeure costs”) shall
be allocated and paid as follows:

(i) upon occurrence of a Non-Political Event, the Parties shall bear

their respective Force Majeure costs and neither Party shall be required
to pay to the other Party any costs thereof;

(ii) upon occurrence of an Indirect Political Event, all Force Majeure

costs attributable to such Indirect Political Event, and not exceeding the
Insurance Cover for such Indirect Political Event, shall be borne by the
Contractor, and to the extent Force Majeure costs exceed such Insurance

104
 Cover, one half of such excess amount shall be reimbursed by the
Authority to the Contractor for the Force Majeure events; and

(iii) upon occurrence of a Political Event, all Force Majeure costs

attributable to such Political Event shall be reimbursed by the Authority
to the Contractor.

For the avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure costs may include costs directly
attributable to the Force Majeure Event, but shall not include debt repayment
obligations, if any, of the Contractor.

19.6.2 Save and except as expressly provided in this Article 19, neither Party shall be
liable in any manner whatsoever to the other Party in respect of any loss, damage,
cost, expense, claims, demands and proceedings relating to or arising out of
occurrence or existence of any Force Majeure Event or exercise of any right
pursuant hereto.

19.6.3 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event during the Construction Period,
the Project Completion Schedule for and in respect of the affected Works shall be
extended on a day for day basis for such period as performance of the
Contractor’s obligations is affected on account of the Force Majeure Event or its
subsisting effects, as may be determined by the Authority Engineer.

19.6.4 Force Majeure costs for any event which results in any offsetting compensation
being payable to the Contractor by or on behalf of its sub-contractors shall be
reduced by such amounts that are payable to the Contractor by its Sub-
contractors.

19.7 Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event

If a Force Majeure Event subsists for a period of 60 (sixty) days or more within a
continuous period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days, either Party may in its
discretion terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the other
Party without being liable in any manner whatsoever, save as provided in this
Article 19, and upon issue of such Termination Notice, this Agreement shall,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, stand terminated
forthwith; provided that before issuing such Termination Notice, the Party
intending to issue the Termination Notice shall inform the other Party of such
intention and grant 15 (fifteen) days time to make a representation, and may after
the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days period, whether or not it is in receipt of such
representation, in its sole discretion issue the Termination Notice.

19.8 Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event

19.8.1 In the event of this Agreement being terminated on account of a Non-Political

Event, the Termination Payment shall be an amount equal to the sum payable
under Clause 21.5.

19.8.2 If Termination is on account of an Indirect Political Event, the Termination

Payment shall include:

(a) any sums due and payable under Clause 21.5; and

105
 (b) the reasonable cost, as determined by the Authority Engineer, of the Plant
and Materialsprocured by the Contractor and transferred to the Authority
for use in Construction, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity
with the Specifications and Standards;

19.8.3 If Termination is on account of a Political Event, the Authority shall make a

Termination Payment to the Contractor in an amount that would be payable
under Clause 21.6.2 as if it were an Authority Default.

19.9 Dispute resolution

In the event that the Parties are unable to agree in good faith about the occurrence
or existence of a Force Majeure Event, such Dispute shall be finally settled in
accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedure; provided that the burden of
proof as to the occurrence or existence of such Force Majeure Event shall be
upon the Party claiming relief and/or excuse on account of such Force Majeure
Event.

19.10 Excuse from performance of obligations

If the Affected Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform its

obligations under this Agreement because of a Force Majeure Event, it shall be
excused from performance of such of its obligations to the extent it is unable to
perform on account of such Force Majeure Event; provided that:

(a) the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no

longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event;

(b) the Affected Party shall make all reasonable efforts to mitigate or limit
damage to the other Party arising out of or as a result of the existence or
occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and to cure the same with due
diligence; and

(c) when the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its obligations
under this Agreement, it shall give to the other Party notice to that effect
and shall promptly resume performance of its obligations hereunder.

106
 ARTICLE 20
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTOR’S RIGHTS

20.1 Suspension upon Contractor Default

Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority shall be entitled, without

prejudice to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement including its
rights of Termination hereunder, to (a) suspend carrying out of the Works or any
part thereof, and (b) carry out such Works itself or authorise any other person to
exercise or perform the same on its behalf during such suspension (the
“Suspension”). Suspension hereunder shall be effective forthwith upon issue of
notice by the Authority to the Contractor and may extend up to a period not
exceeding 90 (ninety) days from the date of issue of such notice.

20.2 Authority to act on behalf of Contractor

During the period of Suspension hereunder, all rights and liabilitiesvested in the
Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to
vest in the Contractor and all things done or actions taken, including expenditure
incurred by the Authority for discharging the obligations of the Contractor under
and in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been done or
taken for and on behalf of the Contractor and the Contractor undertakes to
indemnify the Authority for all costs incurred during such period.The Contractor
hereby licences and sub-licences respectively, the Authority or any other person
authorised by it under Clause 20.1 to use during Suspension, all Intellectual
Property belonging to or licenced to the Contractor with respect to the Railway
Project and its design, engineering, construction and maintenance, and which is
used or created by the Contractor in performing its obligations under the
Agreement.

20.3 Revocation of Suspension

20.3.1 In the event that the Authority shall have rectified or removed the cause of
Suspensionwithin a period not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of
Suspension, it shall revoke the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the
Contractor under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties
expressly agree that the Authority may, in its discretion, revoke the Suspension at
any time, whether or not the cause of Suspension has been rectified or removed
hereunder.

20.3.2 Upon the Contractor having cured the Contractor Default within a period not
exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of Suspension, the Authority shall revoke
the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the Contractor under this
Agreement.

20.4 Termination

20.4.1 At any time during the period of Suspension under this Article 20, the Contractor
may by notice require the Authority to revoke the Suspension and issue a
Termination Notice. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of
such notice, terminate this Agreement under and in accordance with Article 21 as
if it is a Contractor Default under Clause 21.1.

107
20.4.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the
event that Suspension is not revoked within 90 (ninety) days from the date of
Suspension hereunder, the Agreement shall, upon expiry of the aforesaid period,
be deemed to have been terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties and all
the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such
Termination as if a Termination Notice had been issued by the Authority upon
occurrence of a Contractor Default.

108
 ARTICLE 21
TERMINATION

21.1 Termination for Contractor Default

21.1.1 Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event that any of the
defaults specified below shall have occurred, and the Contractor fails to cure the
default within the Cure Period set forth below, or where no Cure Period is
specified, then within a Cure Period of 60 (sixty) days, the Contractor shall be
deemed to be in default of this Agreement (the “Contractor Default”), unless
the default has occurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the
Authority or due to Force Majeure. The defaults referred to herein shall include:

(a) The Contractor fails to provide, extendor replenish, as the case may be,
the Performance Security in accordance with this Agreement;
(b) subsequent to the replenishment or furnishing of fresh Performance
Security in accordance with Clause 7.3, the Contractor fails to cure,
within a Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days, the Contractor Default for which
the whole or part of the Performance Security was appropriated;
(c) the Contractor does not achieve the latest outstanding Project Milestone
due in accordance with the provisions of Schedule-I, subject to any Time
Extension, and continues to be in default for 45 (forty five) days;
(d) the Contractor abandons or manifests intention to abandon the
construction of the Railway Project without the prior written consent of
the Authority;
(e) the Contractor fails to proceed with the Works in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 10.1 or stops Works for 30 (thirty) days without
reflecting the same in the current programme and such stoppage has not
been authorised by the Authority Engineer;
(f) the Project Completion Date does not occur within the period specified in
Schedule-I for the Scheduled Completion Date, or any extension thereof;
(g) failure to complete the Punch List items within the periods stipulated
therefor in Clause 12.3;
(h) the Contractor fails to rectify any Defect, the non rectification of which
shall have a Material Adverse Effect on the Project, within the time
specified in this Agreement or as directed by the Authority Engineer;
(i) the Contractor subcontracts the Works or any part thereof in violation of
this Agreement or assigns any part of the Works without the prior
approval of the Authority;

(j) the Contractor creates any Encumbrance in breach of this Agreement;

(k) an execution levied on any of the assets of the Contractor has caused a
Material Adverse Effect ;
(l) the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if a trustee or receiver
is appointed for the Contractor or for the whole or material part of its
assets that has a material bearing on the Project;

109
 (m) the Contractor has been, or is in the process of being liquidated,
dissolved, wound-up, amalgamated or reconstituted in a manner that
would cause, in the reasonable opinion of the Authority, a Material
Adverse Effect;
(n) a resolution for winding up of the Contractor is passed, or any petition for
winding up of the Contractor is admitted by a court of competent
jurisdiction and a provisional liquidator or receiver is appointed and such
order has not been set aside within 90 (ninety) days of the date thereof or
the Contractor is ordered to be wound up by a court except for the
purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction; provided that, as part of such
amalgamation or reconstruction, the entire property, assets and
undertaking of the Contractor are transferred to the amalgamated or
reconstructed entity and that the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has
unconditionally assumed the obligations of the Contractor under this
Agreement; and provided that:
(i) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the capability and
experience necessary for the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement; and
(ii) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the financial standing
to perform its obligations under this Agreement and has a credit
worthiness at least as good as that of the Contractor as at the
Appointed Date;
(o) any representation or warranty of the Contractor herein contained which
is, as of the date hereof, found to be materially false or the Contractor is at
any time hereafter found to be in breach thereof;
(p) the Contractor submits to the Authority any statement, notice or other
document, in written or electronic form, which has a material effect on
the Authority’s rights, obligations or interests and which is false in
material particulars;
(q) the Contractor has failed to fulfil any obligation, for which failure
Termination has been specified in this Agreement;
(r) the Contractor has failed to make any payment to the Authority within the
period specified in this Agreement; or

(s) the Contractor commits a default in complying with any other provision
of this Agreement if such a default causes a Material Adverse Effect on
the Project or on the Authority.

21.1.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Authority may have
under this Agreement, upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority
shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to
the Contractor; provided that before issuing the Termination Notice, the
Authority shall by a notice inform the Contractor of its intention to issue such
Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the Contractor to make a
representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days, whether or not
it is in receipt of such representation, issue the Termination Notice.

21.1.3 After termination of this Agreement for Contractor Default, the Authority may
complete the Works and/or procure its completion through any other entity. The
Authority and such entity may, for this purpose, use any Materials, Plant and

110
 equipment, Contractor’s documents and other design documents made by or on
behalf of the Contractor.

21.2 Termination for Authority Default

21.2.1 In the event that any of the defaults specified below shall have occurred, and the
Authority fails to cure such default within a Cure Period of 90 (ninety) days or
such longer period as has been expressly provided in this Agreement, the
Authority shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement (the “Authority
Default”) unless the default has occurred as a result of any breach of this
Agreement by the Contractor or due to Force Majeure. The defaults referred to
herein shall include:

(a) the Authority commits a material default in complying with any of the
provisions of this Agreement and such default has a Material Adverse
Effect on the Contractor;
(b) the Authority has failed to make payment of any amount due and payable
to the Contractor within the period specified in this Agreement;
(c) the Authority has failed to provide, within a period of 180 (one hundred
and eighty) days from the Appointed Date, the environmental clearances
and forest clearancesrequired for construction of the Railway Project;
(d) the Authority repudiates this Agreement or otherwise takes any action
that amounts to or manifests an irrevocable intention not to be bound by
this Agreement; or
(e) the Authority Engineer fails to issue the relevant Interim Payment
Certificate within 60 (sixty) days after receiving a statement and
supporting documents.

21.2.2 Without prejudice to any other right or remedy which the Contractor may have
under this Agreement, upon occurrence of an Authority Default, the Contractor
shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to
the Authority; provided that before issuing the Termination Notice, the
Contractor shall by a notice inform the Authority of its intention to issue the
Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the Authority to make a
representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days, whether or not
it is in receipt of such representation, issue the Termination Notice.

21.3 Right of Authority to Determine the Contract

Notwithstanding anything hereinabove, the Authority shall be entitled to

determine and terminate the contract at any time should, in the Authority’s
opinion, the cessation of work becomes necessary owing to paucity of funds or
from any other cause whatever, in which case it shall be treated as Authority
Default and Termination Payment shall be made as per clause 21.6 below.
Notice in writing from the Authority of such determination and the reasons
therefor shall be conclusive evidence thereof. The termination shall take effect 30
(thirty) days from the date of notice hereunder.

111
21.4 Requirements after Termination

Upon Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this

Article 21, the Contractor shall comply with and conform to the following:

(a) deliver to the Authority all Plant and Materials which shall have become
the property of the Authority under this Article 21;
(b) deliver all relevant records, reports, Intellectual Property and other
licences pertaining to the Works, other design documents and in case of
Termination occurring after the Provisional Certificate has been issued,
the “as built”Drawings for the Works;
(c) transfer and/or deliver all Applicable Permits to the Authority to the
extent permissible under Applicable Laws; and
(d) vacate the Site within 15 (fifteen) days.

21.5 Valuation of Unpaid Works

21.5.1 Within a period of 45 (forty-five) days after Termination under Clause 21.1, 21.2
or 21.3, as the case may be, has taken effect, the Authority Engineer shall
proceed in accordance with Clause 16.5 to determine as follows the valuation of
unpaid Works (the “Valuation of Unpaid Works”):

(a) value of the completed stage of the Works, less payments already made;
and
(b) reasonable value of the partially completed stages of works as on the date
of Termination, only if such works conform with the Specifications and
Standards.

and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or
recoverable, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; and (ii) all taxes due to be deducted at source.

21.5.2 The Valuation of Unpaid Works shall be communicated to the Authority, with a
copy to the Contractor, within a period of 45 (forty five) days from the date of
Termination.

21.6 Termination Payment

21.6.1 Upon Termination on account of Contractor Default under Clause 21.1, the
Authority shall:
(a) encash and appropriate the Performance Security and Retention Money
and in the event the Contractor has failed to replenish or extend the
Performance Security, claim the amount stipulated in Clause 7.1.1, as
agreed pre-determined compensation to the Authority for any losses,
delays andcost of completing the Works, if any;
(b) encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, to the extent of the
outstanding Advance Payment and interest thereon; and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount
equivalent to the Valuation of Unpaid Works after adjusting any other

112
 sums payable or recoverable, as the case may be, in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, and all taxes due to be deducted at source.

21.6.2 Upon Termination on account of an Authority Default under Clause 21.2 or

under Clause 21.3, the Authority shall:

(a) return the Performance Security and Retention Money forthwith;

(b) encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, to the extent of the
outstanding Advance Payment, including interest thereon; and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount equal
to:
(i) Valuation of Unpaid Works;
(ii) the reasonable cost, as determined by the Authority Engineer, of
the Plant and Materials procured by the Contractor and transferred
to the Authority for its use, only if such Plant and Materials are in
conformity with the Specifications and Standards;
(iii) the reasonable cost of temporary works, as determined by the
Authority Engineer; and

shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or recoverable, as
the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) all
taxes due to be deducted at source.

21.6.3 Termination Payment shall become due and payable to the Contractor within 30
(thirty) days of a demand being made by the Contractor to the Authority with the
necessary particulars, after the Valuation of Unpaid Works has been
communicated by the Authority Engineer, and in the event of any delay, the
Authority shall pay interest at the Bank Rate plus 3% (three percent), calculated
at quarterly rests, on the amount of Termination Payment remaining unpaid;
provided that such delay shall not exceed 90 (ninety) days. For the avoidance of
doubt, it is expressly agreed that Termination Payment shall constitute full
discharge by the Authority of its payment obligations in respect thereof
hereunder.

21.6.4 The Contractor expressly agrees that Termination Payment under this Article 21
shall constitute a full and final settlement of all claims of the Contractor on
account of Termination of this Agreement and that it shall not have any further
right or claim under any law, treaty, convention, contract or otherwise.

21.7 Other rights and obligations of the Parties

Upon Termination for any reason whatsoever

(a) property and ownership in all Materials, Plant and Works and the Railway
Project shall, as between the Contractor and the Authority, vest in the
Authority in whole, free from any and all Encumbrances; provided that
the foregoing shall be without prejudice to Clause 21.6;
(b) risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works and the care and
custody thereof shall pass from the Contractor to the Authority; and

113
 (c) the Authority shall be entitled to restrain the Contractor and any person
claiming through or under the Agreement from entering upon the Site or
any part of the Project except for taking possession of materials, stores,
implements, construction plants and equipment of the Contractor, which
have not been vested in the Authority in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement.

21.8 Survival of rights

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement any

Termination pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be without
prejudice to the accrued rights of either Party including its right to claim and
recover money damages, insurance proceeds, security deposits, and other rights
and remedies, which it may have in law or Agreement. All rights and obligations
of either Party under this Agreement, including Termination Payments, shall
survive the Termination to the extent such survival is necessary for giving effect
to such rights and obligations.

114
 Part VI
Other Provisions

115
 ARTICLE 22

ASSIGNMENT AND CHARGES

22.1 Restrictions on assignment and charges

This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Contractor to any person, save and
except with the prior consent in writing of the Authority, which consent the
Authority shall be entitled to decline without assigning any reason.

22.2 Hypothecation of Materials or Plant

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 22.1, the Contractor may pledge or

hypothecate to its lenders, any Materials or Plant prior to their incorporation in
the Works. Further, the Contractor may, by written notice to the Authority, assign
its right to receive payments under this Agreement either absolutely or by way of
charge, to any person providing financing to the Contractor in connection with
the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement. The
Contractor acknowledges that any such assignment by the Contractor shall not
relieve the Contractor from any obligations, duty or responsibility under this
Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all Materials and Plants shall, upon their
incorporation into Works, be free from any and all Encumbrances without the
Authority being required to make any payment to any person on account of any
costs, compensation, expenses and charges for such Materials, Plants and Works.

116
 ARTICLE 23
LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

23.1 General indemnity

The Contractor will indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Authority and
its officers, servants, agents, Government Instrumentalities and Government
owned and/or controlled entities/enterprises, (the “Authority Indemnified
Persons”) against any and all suits, proceedings, actions, demands and third
party claims for any loss, damage, cost and expense of whatever kind and nature,
whether arising out of any breach by the Contractor of any of its obligations
under this Agreement or from any negligence under the Agreement, including
any errors or deficiencies in the design documents, or tort or on any other ground
whatsoever, except to the extent that any such suits, proceedings, actions,
demands and claims have arisen due to any negligent act or omission, or breach
or default of this Agreement on the part of the Authority Indemnified Persons.

23.2 Indemnity by the Contractor

23.2.1 Without limiting the generality of Clause 23.1, the Contractor shall fully
indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority and the Authority
Indemnified Persons from and against any and all loss and/or damages arising out
of or with respect to:

(a) failure of the Contractor to comply with Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits;

(b) payment of taxes required to be made by the Contractor in respect of the

income or other taxes of the Sub-contractors, suppliers and
representatives; or

(c) non-payment of amounts due as a result of Materials or services furnished

to the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors which are payable by the
Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors.

23.2.2 Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this Article 23, the Contractor
shall fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority Indemnified
Persons from and against any and all suits, proceedings, actions, claims,
demands, liabilities and damages which the Authority Indemnified Persons may
hereafter suffer, or pay by reason of any demands, claims, suits or proceedings
arising out of claims of infringement of any domestic or foreign patent rights,
copyrights or other Intellectual Property, proprietary or confidentiality rights with
respect to any materials, information, design or process used by the Contractor or
by the Sub-contractors in performing the Contractor’s obligations or in any way
incorporated in or related to the Project. If in any such suit, action, claim or
proceedings, a temporary restraint order or preliminary injunction is granted, the
Contractor shall make every reasonable effort, by giving a satisfactory bond or
otherwise, to secure the revocation or suspension of the injunction or restraint
order. If, in any such suit, action, claim or proceedings, the Railway Project, or
any part thereof or comprised therein, is held to constitute an infringement and its
use is permanently enjoined, the Contractor shall promptly make every

117
 reasonable effort to secure for the Authority a licence, at no cost to the Authority,
authorising continued use of the infringing work. If the Contractor is unable to
secure such licence within a reasonable time, the Contractor shall, at its own
expense, and without impairing the Specifications and Standards, either replace
the affected work, or part, or process thereof with non-infringing work or part or
process, or modify the same so that it becomes non-infringing.

23.3 Notice and contest of claims

In the event that either Party receives a claim or demand from a third party in
respect of which it is entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this Agreement
(the “Indemnified Party”) it shall notify the other Party (the “Indemnifying
Party”) within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the claim or demand and shall not
settle or pay the claim without the prior approval of the Indemnifying Party,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that
the Indemnifying Party wishes to contest or dispute the claim or demand, it may
conduct the proceedings in the name of the Indemnified Party, subject to the
Indemnified Party being secured against any costs involved, to its reasonable
satisfaction.

23.4 Defence of claims

23.4.1 The Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest,
defend and litigate any claim, action, suit or proceeding by any third party
alleged or asserted against such Party in respect of, resulting from, related to or
arising out of any matter for which it is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, and
reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be indemnified by the Indemnifying
Party. If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to
indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of loss to the full extent provided by
this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at its option, to assume
and control the defence of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, liabilities,
payments and obligations at its expense and through the counsel of its choice;
provided it gives prompt notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnified Party
and reimburses the Indemnified Party for the reasonable cost and expenses
incurred by the Indemnified Party prior to the assumption by the Indemnifying
Party of such defence. The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to settle or
compromise any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding without the prior
written consent of the Indemnified Party, unless the Indemnifying Party provides
such security to the Indemnified Party as shall be reasonably required by the
Indemnified Party to secure the loss to be indemnified hereunder to the extent so
compromised or settled.

23.4.2 If the Indemnifying Party has exercised its rights under Clause 23.3, the
Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim, action,
suit or proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

23.4.3 If the Indemnifying Party exercises its rights under Clause 23.3, the Indemnified
Party shall nevertheless have the right to employ its own counsel, and such
counsel may participate in such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party, when and as incurred, unless:

118
 (a) the employment of counsel by such party has been authorised in writing
by the Indemnifying Party; or

(b) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be
a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified
Party in the conduct of the defence of such action; or

(c) the Indemnifying Party shall not, in fact, have employed independent
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, to assume the
defence of such action and shall have been so notified by the Indemnified
Party; or

(d) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded and specifically
notified the Indemnifying Party either:

(i) that there may be specific defences available to it which are

different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying
Party; or

(ii) that such claim, action, suit or proceeding involves or could have a
material adverse effect upon it beyond the scope of this
Agreement:

Provided that if Sub-clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Clause 23.4.3 shall be
applicable, the counsel for the Indemnified Party shall have the right to direct the
defence of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding on behalf of the
Indemnified Party, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel
shall constitute legal or other expenses hereunder.

23.5 No consequential claims

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23, the

indemnities herein provided shall not include any claim or recovery in respect of
any cost, expense, loss or damage of an indirect, incidental or consequential
nature, including loss of profit, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

23.6 Survival on Termination

The provisions of this Article 23shall survive Termination.

119
 ARTICLE 24

DISPUTE RESOLUTION
24.1 Conciliation of Disputes

24.1.1 All disputes and differences of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in
connection with the contract, whether during the progress of the work or after
its completion and whether before or after the determination of the contract,
shall be referred by the Contractor to the "Authority" through “Notice of
Dispute” provided that no such notice shall be served later than 30 days after the
date of issue of Completion Certificate by the Authority Engineer. Authority
shall, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s “Notice of Dispute”,
notify the name of conciliator(s) to the Contractor. In case Authority fails to fix
Conciliator within 30 days, Contractor shall be free to approach Dispute
Adjudication Board (DAB) for adjudication of Dispute.
24.1.2 The Conciliator(s) shall assist the parties to reach an amicable settlement in an
independent and impartial manner within the terms of contract. If the parties
reach agreement on a settlement of the dispute, they shall draw up and sign a
written settlement agreement duly signed by Authority Engineer, Contractor and
conciliator(s). When the settlement agreement is signed, it shall be final and
binding on the parties. The conciliators shall be paid fee as fixed by Ministry of
Railways time to time, which shall be shared equally by the parties.
24.1.3 The parties shall not initiate, during the conciliation proceedings, any reference
to DAB or arbitral or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the
subject matter of the conciliation proceedings.
24.1.4 The conciliation shall be carried out as per ‘The Arbitration and Conciliation
Act, 1996’ and the proceedings may be terminated as per Section 76 of the
above Act.

24.2 Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB)

24.2.1 A dispute/s if not settled through conciliation, shall be referred to DAB. The
DAB shall consist of a panel of three Retired Railway Officers not below senior
administrative grade (SAG). The DAB shall be formed within 90 days of
signing of Contract Agreement. For this purpose, the Authority will maintain a
panel of DAB members. The complete panel, which shall not be less than five
members, shall be sent by Authority to the Contractor to nominate one member
of the DAB from the panel as Contractor’s nominee within two weeks of receipt
of the panel. On receipt of Contractor’s nominee, the Authority shall nominate
one member from the same panel as Authority’s nominee for the DAB. Both
above nominees shall jointly select presiding member of the DAB from the
same panel.
24.2.2 The appointment of DAB shall be effectuated by way of a tri-partite agreement
among the Authority, Contractor and the respective DAB members. The terms of
the remuneration of each member shall be as fixed by Ministry of Railways from
time to time. Each party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this
remuneration.

120
24.2.3 If one or more of the members appointed refuses to act as DAB member, or is
unable or unwilling to perform his functions as DAB member for any reason
whatsoever or dies or in the opinion of the Authority fails to act without undue
delay, the parties shall terminate the mandate of such DAB member and
thereupon new DAB member shall be appointed in the same manner, as the
outgoing DAB member had been appointed.
24.2.4 The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of
both Parties, but not by the Authority or the Contractor acting alone. Unless
otherwise agreed by both the Parties, the appointment of the DAB (including
each member) shall expire upon expiry of this Contract Agreement.
24.2.5 Before start of DAB proceedings, each DAB member shall give the following
certificate to the Authority and the Contractor:
“I have no any past or present relationship in relation to the subject matter in
dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind. Further, I have
no any past or present relationship with or interest in any of the parties whether
financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to
justifiable doubts as to my independence or impartiality.”
24.2.6 DAB proceedings shall be conducted as decided by the DAB. The DAB shall
give its decision within 90 days of a Dispute referred to it by any of the Parties,
duly recording the reasons before arriving at the decision. The DAB shall decide
the issue within terms and conditions of the contract. This time limit shall be
extendable subject to the Parties mutual agreement.
24.2.7 The DAB decision shall not be binding on both the Parties. In case any party is
not satisfied by the decision of DAB, then the aggrieved party may approach
Standing Arbitral Tribunal for arbitration proceedings. However, even if the
aggrieved party had proceeded for Arbitration as per provisions of this agreement,
75% of award amount, pending adjudication by Standing Arbitral
Tribunal/Court of Law, shall be made by party to other party. In case payment is
to be made by Authority to Contractor, the terms & conditions as incorporated
in the Ministry of Railways letter No. 2016/CE(I)/CT/ARB/3(NITI Aayog)/Pt.
dated 08th Mar,2017 as amended time to time shall be followed. However, in
case Contractor has to pay to the Authority, then 75% of the award amount shall
be deducted by the Authority from the running bills or other dues of the
Contractor, pending adjudication by Standing Arbitral Tribunal/Court of Law.
24.2.8 No dispute shall be referred to Standing Arbitral Tribunal unless the same has
been referred to DAB for adjudication. However, in case DAB is not formed
due to any reason, the disputes can be directly referred to Standing Arbitral
Tribunal to adjudicate the dispute.
24.2.9 In the specific cases of any misconduct by any of the members of the DAB, the
parties shall have the right to specifically bring it to the notice of the DAB such
conduct, through a statement filed with necessary documents in proof of such
misconduct and the DAB, after taking NOTICE of such conduct initiate the
replacement of the member concerned, in the same manner the member to be
replaced was appointed.
24.2.10 Once the decision is given by DAB, DAB cannot review the decision at its own
or on the request of one party, unless both parties agree for review of decision
by DAB.

121
24.2.11 In case DAB decision is not challenged by either party within 180 days of
receipt of decision of DAB, the decision shall be considered as final and parties
would be barred for referring the same to Standing Arbitral Tribunal for
adjudication.
24.2.12 The obligation of the Authority and the Contactor shall not be altered by
reasons of issue being or under reference to DAB.
24.2.13 The DAB shall conduct the proceedings at Ahmedabad or any other convenient
venue which shall be decided by DAB in consultations with parties.
24.2.14 It is a term of this contract that the Parties shall not approach any Court of Law
for settlement of such disputes or differences unless an attempt has first been
made by the parties to settle such disputes or differences through DAB and
Standing Arbitral Tribunal.

24.3 Standing Arbitral Tribunal

24.3.1 The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as per ‘The Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996’. The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a panel of three
Retired Railway Officers not below senior administrative grade (SAG). The
Standing Arbitral Tribunal shall be formed within 90 days of signing of
Contract document. For this purpose, the Authority shall maintain a panel of
arbitrators. The complete panel, which shall not be less than five members, shall
be sent by Authority to the Contractor to nominate one arbitrator from the panel
as Contractor’s nominee within two weeks of receipt of the panel. On receipt of
Contractor’s nominee, the Authority shall appoint above contractor’s nominee
as well as another from the same panel as Authority’s nominee as arbitrators.
Both above arbitrators shall jointly select presiding arbitrator from the same
panel.
24.3.2 If the Contractor fails to select the contractor’s nominee from the panel within
two weeks of the receipt of the said panel, the Authority shall, after giving one
more opportunity to contractor to nominate one as contractor’s nominee within
next two weeks, appoint two arbitrators from the same panel. Both above
arbitrators shall jointly select presiding arbitrator from the same panel.
24.3.3 If one or more of the Arbitrators appointed refuses to act as Arbitrator,
withdraws from his office as Arbitrator, or vacates his office or is unable or
unwilling to perform his functions as Arbitrator for any reason whatsoever or
dies or in the opinion of the Authority fails to act without undue delay, the
parties shall terminate the mandate of such arbitrator and thereupon new
arbitrator shall be appointed in the same manner, as the outgoing arbitrator had
been appointed.
24.3.4 Before start of arbitration proceedings, each appointed arbitrator shall give the
following certificate to the Authority and the Contractor:
“I have no any past or present relationship in relation to the subject matter in
dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind. Further, I have
no any past or present relationship with or interest in any of the parties whether
financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to
justifiable doubts as to my independence or impartiality in terms of The
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.”

122
24.3.5 In the specific cases of any misconduct by any of the members of the
TRIBUNAL, the parties shall have the right to specifically bring it to the notice
of the TRIBUNAL such conduct, through a statement filed with necessary
documents in proof of such misconduct and the TRIBUNAL, after taking
NOTICE of such conduct initiate the replacement of the member concerned, in
the same manner the member to be replaced was appointed.
24.3.6 Each party has to prepare and furnish to Standing Arbitral Tribunal and other
party, once in a every six months, an account giving full and detailed particulars
of all claims, which even after decision of DAB are unsettled, to which the
parties may consider themselves entitled to during the last preceding six
months. If any dispute has arisen as regards execution of the works under the
contract, while submitting the said half yearly claims, the parties shall give full
particulars of such dispute in the said submission. After signing Contract
agreement, within 6 months, the parties shall submit all the claims from date of
award of contract in first submission of claims.
24.3.7 The said communication will be the reference of the dispute to the ARBITRAL
TRIBUNAL appointed under the present agreement.
24.3.8 The parties shall submit all the relevant documents in support of their claims
and the reasons for raising the dispute to the TRIBUNAL.
24.3.9 The said claims of the parties so referred to ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL so far it
relates to the disputed claims, shall be treated as Statement of Claims of the
parties and the ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall call upon the other party to
submit its reply. The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL after giving an opportunity of
being heard to both the parties, decide the dispute within a period of Four
months from the date of communication of the dispute under clause 24.3.6
above. The Arbitral Tribunal will pass a reasoned award in writing, while
deciding the Dispute. Once the award is declared, the Arbitral Tribunal cannot
review the same except what is permissible in terms of provisions contained in
Arbitration and Conciliation Act. The parties shall be entitled to the remedies
under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or any amendment thereof.
24.3.10 The parties agree that all the claims of any nature whatsoever, which the parties
may have in respect of the work of the preceding six months, should be made in
the said Statements of half yearly claims. If the parties do not raise the claim, if
any, arising from the work done in the preceding six months in the statement of
half yearly claim, to Standing Arbitral Tribunal, the parties shall be deemed to
have waived and given up the claims. The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall not
entertain such disputes, which have not been raised in the statement of half
yearly Claim before the Standing Arbitral Tribunal and such claims will stand
excluded from the scope of arbitration and beyond the terms of reference to the
ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL.
24.3.11 The parties agree that where the Arbitral award is for payment of money, no
interest shall be payable on the whole or any part of the money for any period
till the date on which the award is made.
24.3.12 The obligation of the Authority and the Contactor shall not be altered by reasons
of arbitration being conducted during the progress of work. Neither party shall
be suspended the work on account of arbitration and payments to the contractor
shall continue to be made in terms of the contract and /or as awarded (except
when Award is challenged in the Court in which case the payments would be as
per the court's orders )

123
24.3.13 The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall remain in force during the entire period the
PRINCIPAL CONTRACT is in force and until the closure of the PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT with the final no claim certificate, which will be filed with
ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL.
24.3.14 The Arbitral Tribunal shall conduct the Arbitration proceedings at Ahmedabad
or any other convenient venue which shall be decided by Tribunal in
consultation with both parties.
24.3.15 The cost of arbitration shall be borne equally by the respective parties. The cost
shall inter-alia include fee of the arbitrators as per the rates fixed by the Indian
Railways from time to time.
24.3.16 It is a term of this contract that the Contractor shall not approach any Court of
Law for settlement of such disputes or differences unless an attempt has first
been made by the parties to settle such disputes or differences through
conciliation, DAB and Standing Arbitral Tribunal.
24.3.17 Even in case arbitration award is challenged by a party in the Court of Law,
75% of award amount, pending adjudication by Court of Law, shall be made by
party to other party. In case payment is to be made by Authority to Contractor,
the terms & conditions as incorporated in the Ministry of Railways letter No.
2016/CE(I)/CT/ARB/3(NITI Aayog)/Pt. dated 08th Mar,2017 as amended time to
time shall be followed. However, in case Contractor has to pay to the Authority,
then 75% of the award amount shall be deducted by the Authority from the
running bills or other dues of the Contractor, pending adjudication by Court of
Law.
24.3.18 The contract shall be governed by the law for the time being in force in the
Republic of India. In case of any disputes/differences resulting in court cases
between Contractor & Authority, the jurisdiction shall be of Courts at
Ahmedabad only.

124
 ARTICLE 25
MISCELLANEOUS

25.1 Governing law and jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and

governed by the laws of India, and the courts at Ahmedabad shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

25.2 Waiver of immunity

Each Party unconditionally and irrevocably:

(a) agrees that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this

Agreement constitute commercial acts done and performed for
commercial purpose;

(b) agrees that, should any proceedings be brought against it or its assets,
property or revenues in any jurisdiction in relation to this Agreement or
any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, no immunity (whether
by reason of sovereignty or otherwise) from such proceedings shall be
claimed by or on behalf of the Party with respect to its assets;

(c) waives any right of immunity which it or its assets, property or revenues
now has, may acquire in the future or which may be attributed to it in any
jurisdiction; and

(d) consents generally in respect of the enforcement of any judgement or

award against it in any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the
issue of any process in any jurisdiction in connection with such
proceedings (including the making, enforcement or execution against it or
in respect of any assets, property or revenues whatsoever irrespective of
their use or intended use of any order or judgement that may be made or
given in connection therewith).

25.3 Delayed payments

The Parties hereto agree that payments due from one Party to the other Party
under the provisions of this Agreement shall be made within the period set forth
therein, and if no such period is specified, within 30 (thirty) days of receiving a
demand along with the necessary particulars. In the event of delay beyond such
period, the defaulting Party shall pay interest for the period of delay calculated at
a rate equal to Bank Rate plus 3% (three percent), save and except asotherwise
specified in this Agreement. All interest payment under this Agreement shall,
save and except as otherwise specified, be calculated at quarterly rests, and
recovery thereof shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Parties under this
Agreement including Termination thereof.

125
25.4 Waiver

25.4.1 Waiver, including partial or conditional waiver, by either Party of any default by
the other Party in the observance and performance of any provision of or
obligations under this Agreement:

(a) shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent

default hereof or of other provisions of or obligations under this
Agreement;

(b) shall not be effective unless it is in writing and executed by a duly

authorised representative of the Party; and

(c) shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any
manner.

25.4.2 Neither the failure by either Party to insist on any occasion upon the performance
of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any obligation
thereunder nor time or other indulgence granted by a Party to the other Party
shall be treated or deemed as waiver of such breach or acceptance of any
variation or the relinquishment of any such right hereunder.

25.5 Liability for review of Documents and Drawings

Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement:

(a) no review, comment or approval by the Authority or the Authority

Engineer of any Document or Drawing submitted by the Contractor nor
any observation or inspection of the construction of the Railway Project
nor the failure to review, approve, comment, observe or inspect hereunder
shall relieve or absolve the Contractor from its obligations, duties and
liabilities under this Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits; and

(b) the Authority shall not be liable to the Contractor by reason of any
review, comment, approval, observation or inspection referred to in Sub-
clause (a) above.

25.6 Exclusion of implied warranties etc.

This Agreement expressly excludes any warranty, condition or other undertaking

implied at law or by custom or otherwise arising out of any other agreement
between the Parties or any representation by either Party not contained in a
binding legal agreement executed by both Parties.

126
25.7 Survival

25.7.1 Termination shall:

(a) not relieve the Contractor or the Authority, as the case may be, of any
obligations hereunder which expressly or by implication survive
Termination hereof; and

(b) except as otherwise provided in any provision of this Agreement

expressly limiting the liability of either Party, not relieve either Party of
any obligations or liabilities for loss or damage to the other Party arising
out of, or caused by, acts or omissions of such Party prior to the
effectiveness of such Termination or arising out of such Termination.

25.7.2 All obligations surviving Termination shall only survive for a period of 3 (three)
years following the date of such Termination.

25.8 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the Schedules together constitute a complete and exclusive
statement of the terms of the agreement between the Parties on the subject hereof,
and no amendment or modification hereto shall be valid and effective unless such
modification or amendment is agreed to in writing by the Parties and duly
executed by persons especially empowered in this behalf by the respective
Parties. All prior written or oral understandings, offers or other communications
of every kind pertaining to this Agreement are abrogated and withdrawn. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereto agree that any obligations of the Contractor
arising from the Request for Proposal and bid submissions, as the case may be,
shall be deemed to form part of this Agreement and treated as such.

25.9 Severability

If for any reason whatsoever, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes

invalid, illegal or unenforceable or is declared by any court of competent
jurisdiction or any other instrumentality to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be
affected in any manner, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to
agreeing to one or more provisions which may be substituted for such invalid,
unenforceable or illegal provisions, as nearly as is practicable to such invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision. Failure to agree upon any such provisions
shall not be subject to the Dispute Resolution Procedure set forth under this
Agreement or otherwise.

25.10 No partnership

This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association,

joint venture or partnership between the Parties, or to impose any partnership
obligation or liability upon either Party, and neither Party shall have any right,
power or authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on
behalf of, or to act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the
other Party.

127
25.11 Third parties

This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and their
respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement shall
be construed to create any duty to, standard of care with reference to, or any
liability to, any person not a Party to this Agreement.

25.12 Successors and assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the Parties and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.

25.13 Notices

Any notice or other communication to be given by any Party to the other Party
under or in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall:

(a) in the case of the Contractor, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter
delivered by hand to the address given and marked for attention of the
person set out below or to such other person as the Contractor may from
time to time designate by notice to the Authority; provided that notices or
other communications to be given to an address outside Vadodara may, if
they are subsequently confirmed by sending a copy thereof by registered
acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier, be sent by facsimile or e-
mail to the person as the Contractor may from time to time designate by
notice to the Authority;

(b) in the case of the Authority, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter
delivered by hand and be addressed to the [Head of the Authority] with a
copy delivered to the Authority Representative or such other person as the
Authority may from time to time designate by notice to the Contractor;
provided that if the Contractor does not have an office in Vadodara , it
may send such notice by facsimile or e-mail and by registered
acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier; and

(c) any notice or communication by a Party to the other Party, given in

accordance herewith, shall be deemed to have been delivered when in the
normal course of post it ought to have been delivered and in all other
cases, it shall be deemed to have been delivered on the actual date and
time of delivery; provided that in the case of facsimile or e-mail, it shall
be deemed to have been delivered on the working day following the date
of its delivery.

128
25.14 Language

All notices required to be given by one Party to the other Party and all other
communications, Documentation and proceedings which are in any way relevant
to this Agreement shall be in writing and in English language.

25.15 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which, when

executed and delivered, shall constitute an original of this Agreement.

25.16 Confidentiality

The Parties shall treat the details of this Agreement as private and confidential,
except to the extent necessary to carry out obligations under it or to comply with
Applicable Laws. The Contractor shall not publish, permit to be published, or
disclose any particulars of the Works in any trade or technical paper or elsewhere
without the previous consent of the Authority.

25.17 Copyright and Intellectual Property rights

25.17.1 As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Property rights in the Contractor’s Documents and other design
documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor. The Contractor shall be
deemed (by signing this Agreement) to give to the Authority a non-terminable
transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use and communicate the
Contractor’s Documents, including making and using modifications of them.
This licence shall:

(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer)
of the relevant parts of the Works,

(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works
to copy, use and communicate the Contractor’s Documents for the
purposes of completing, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting,
repairing and demolishing the Works, and

(c) in the case of Contractor’s Documents which are in the form of computer
programs and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site
and other places as envisaged by this Agreement, including replacements
of any computers supplied by the Contractor:

25.17.2 The Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf
of) the Contractor shall not, without the Contractor’s consent, be used, copied
or communicated to a third party by (or on behalf of) the Authority for
purposes other than those permitted under this Clause 25.17.

25.17.3 As between the Parties, the Authority shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Property rights in this Agreement and other documents made by (or
on behalf of) the Authority. The Contractor may, at its cost, copy, use, and
obtain communication of these documents for the purposes of this Agreement.
They shall not, without the Authority’s consent, be copied, used or

129
 communicated to a third party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the
purposes of the contract.

25.18 Limitation of Liability

25.18.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works, loss
of profit, loss of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage
which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with this Agreement.

25.18.2 The total liability of one Party to the other Party under and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, save and except as provided in Articles 21 and 23,
shall not exceed the Contract Price. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause shall
not limit the liability in any case of fraud, deliberate default or reckless
misconduct by the defaulting Party.

130
 ARTICLE 26
DEFINITIONS

26.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall, unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof, have the meaning hereinafter respectively assigned to them:

“Accounting Year” means the financial year commencing from the first day of April of
any calendar year and ending on the thirty-first day of March of the next calendar year;

“Advance Payment” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.2.1;

“Affected Party”shallhave the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.1;

“Affiliate” means, in relation to either Party {and/or Members}, a person who controls,
is controlled by, or is under the common control with such Party {or Member} (as used
in this definition, the expression “control” means, with respect to a person which is a
company or corporation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% (fifty
per cent) of the voting shares of such person, and with respect to a person which is not a
company or corporation, the power to direct the management and policies of such
person, whether by operation of law or by contract or otherwise);

“Agreement” means this Agreement, its Recitals, the Schedules hereto and any
amendments thereto made in accordance with the provisions contained in this
Agreement;

“Applicable Laws” means all laws, brought into force and effect by GOI or the State
Government(s) including rules, regulations and notifications made thereunder, and
judgements, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court of record, applicable to
this Agreement and the exercise, performance and discharge of the respective rights and
obligations of the Parties hereunder, as may be in force and effect during the subsistence
of this Agreement;

“Applicable Permits” means all clearances, licences, permits, authorisations, no

objection certificates, consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained or
maintained under Applicable Laws in connection with the construction of the Railway
Project during the subsistence of this Agreement;

“Appointed Date” means that date which is later of:

(a) the 15th day from the date of signing of this Agreement,

(b) the 30th day from the date on which the Contractor has delivered the
Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Article 7;

(c) the date on which the Authority has provided the Right of Way and
environmental and forest clearances of at least 95% (ninety five per cent) of
the core land length and 90% (ninety percent ) of the non core land length of
the Railway Project in conformity with the provisions of Clause 4.3 and 8.2;

“Arbitration Act”means the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and shall include
modifications to or any re-enactment thereof, as in force from time to time;

131
“Authority”shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties hereinabove
as set forth in the Recitals;

“Authority Default”shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.2;

“Authority Engineer” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 16.1;

“Authority Representative” means such person or persons as may be authorised in

writing by the Authority to act on its behalf under this Agreement and shall include any
person or persons having authority to exercise any rights or perform and fulfil any
obligations of the Authority under this Agreement;

“Bank” means a Nationalised bank incorporated in India when a Bank Guarantee for
Advance Payment (Clause 17.2) is to be submitted and a Scheduled Commercial Bank
incorporated in India for all other purposes, or any other bank acceptable to the
Authority;

“Bank Rate” means the rate of interest specified by the Reserve Bank of India from time
to time in pursuance of section 49 of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 or any
replacement of such Bank Rate for the time being in effect;

“Base Date” means the end of the month of EPC tender prior to opening
of Bid Due date

“Base Month” means the month just prior to Bid Due Date month. The Quarter for
applicability of price adjustment shall be commence from next month after Base Month;

“Bid” means the documents in their entirety comprised in the bid submitted by the
selected bidder/Consortium in response to the Request for Proposalin accordance with
the provisions thereof;

[“Bid Security” means the bid security provided by the Contractor to the Authority in
accordance with the Request for Proposal, and which is to remain in force until
substituted bythe Performance Security;]

“Change in Law” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Base Month:

(a) the enactment of any new Indian law;

(b) the repeal, modification or re-enactment of any existing Indian law;
(c) the commencement of any Indian law which has not entered into effect until the
Base Month;
(d) a change in the interpretation or application of any Indian law by a judgement of
a court of record which has become final, conclusive and binding, as compared to
such interpretation or application by a court of record prior to the Base Month; or
(e) any change in the rates of any of the Taxes or royalties that have a direct effect
on the Project;

“Change of Scope”shall have the meaning as set forth in Article 13;

“Change of Scope Notice” shall have the meaning asset forth in Clause 13.2.1;

“Change of Scope Order”shall have the meaning asset forth in Clause 13.2.4;

132
“Completion Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.4;

{“Consortium/Joint Venture” means the Consortium/Joint Venture of entities which

have formed a consortium/joint venture for implementation of this Project;}$

“Construction” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 1.2.1 (f);

“Construction Period”means the period commencing from the Appointed Date and
ending on the date of the Completion Certificate;

“Contract Price” means the amount as specified in Clause 17.1.1;

“Contractor” shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties
hereinabove as set forth in the Recitals;

“Contractor Default” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.1;

“Core Land” means the part of Land essentially needed to open & operationalize the
mainline for traffic including the Land required for laying the mainline tracks and its
Signalling/ Telecom/ Overhead Electrification/ Power Supply Installations,
Operational Buildings(station building, huts, gumties etc), as shown in item No. 3(a)
of Annexure-I of Schedule-A;

“Cure Period” means the period specified in this Agreement for curing any breach or
default of any provision of this Agreement by the Party responsible for such breach or
default and shall:

(a) commence from the date on which a notice is delivered by one Party to the other
Party asking the latter to cure the breach or default specified in such notice;

(b) not relieve any Party from liability to pay Damages or compensation under the
provisions of this Agreement; and

(c) not in any way be extended by any period of Suspension under this Agreement;
provided that if the cure of any breach by the Contractor requires any reasonable
action by the Contractor that must be approved by the Authority or the Authority
Engineer hereunder, the applicable Cure Period shall be extended by the period
taken by the Authority or the Authority Engineer to accord their approval;

“Damages” shall have the meaning as set forth in paragraph (w) of Clause 1.2.1;

“Defect” means any defect or deficiency in Construction of the Works or any part
thereof, which does not conform with the Specifications and Standards;

“Defects Liability Period” shall have the meaning as set forthin Clause 15.1;

“Dispute” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 24.1.1;

$
This definition may be omitted if the Contractor is not a Consortium/Joint Venture.

133
“Dispute Resolution Procedure” means the procedure for resolution of Disputes as set
forth in Article 24;

“Drawings” means all of the drawings, calculations and documents pertaining to the
Railway Project as set forth in Schedule-H, and shall include ‘as built’ drawings of the
Railway Project;

“Document” or “Documentation” means documentation in printed or written form, or

in tapes, discs, drawings, computer programmes, writings, reports, photographs, films,
cassettes, or expressed in any other written, electronic, audio or visual form;

“Emergency” means a condition or situation that is likely to endanger the safety or

security of the individuals on or about the Railway Project, including Users thereof, or
which poses an immediate threat of material damage to the Works or any of the Project
Assets;

“Encumbrances” means, in relation to the Railway Project, any encumbrances such as

mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, security interest, assignment, privilege or
priority of any kind having the effect of security or other such obligations, and shall
include any designation of loss payees or beneficiaries or any similar arrangement under
any insurance policy pertaining to the Railway Project, where applicable herein but
excluding utilities referred to in Clause 9.1;

“EPC”means engineering, procurement and construction;

“Final Payment Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.12.1;

“Final Payment Statement”shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.10.1;

“Force Majeure” or “Force Majeure Event” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
Clause 19.1;

“GAD” or “General Arrangement Drawings” shall have the meaning as set forth in
Clause 4.1.3 (c);

“GOI” or “Government” means the Government of India;

“Good Industry Practice” means the practices, methods, techniques, designs, standards,
skills, diligence, efficiency, reliability and prudence which are generally and reasonably
expected from a reasonably skilled and experienced contractor engaged in the same type
of undertaking as envisaged under this Agreement and which would be expected to result
in the performance of its obligations by the Contractor in accordance with this
Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits in reliable, safe, economical and
efficient manner;

“Government Instrumentality” means any department, division or sub-division of the

Government or the State Government and includes any commission, board, authority,
agency or municipal and other local authority or statutory body, including panchayat,
under the control of the Government or the State Government, as the case may be, and
having jurisdiction over all or any part of the Railway Project or the performance of all
or any of the services or obligations of the Contractor under or pursuant to this
Agreement;

“IEEMA” means Indian Electrical and Electronics Manufactures Association

134
“Important Bridge” means a bridge having a linear waterway of 300 metres or a total
water way of 1000 sqm or more;

“Indemnified Party”means the Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity pursuant to

Article 23 ;

“Indemnifying Party”means the Party obligated to indemnify the other Party pursuant
to Article 23;

“Indirect Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.3;

“Insurance Cover” means the aggregate of the maximum sums insured under the
insurances taken out by the Contractor pursuant to Article18, and includes all insurances
required to be taken out by the Contractor under Clauses 18.1 and 18.9 but not actually
taken, and when used in the context of any act or event, it shall mean the aggregate of
the maximum sums insured and payable or deemed to be insured and payable in relation
to such act or event;

“Intellectual Property” means all patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, get-up,
trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, blue prints, programmes and
manuals, drawings, copyright (including rights in computer software), database rights,
semi-conductor, topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other
intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including
applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or
similar effect anywhere in the world;

“Interim Payment Certificate” or “IPC” means the interim payment certificate issued
by the Authority Engineer for payment to the Contractor in respect of Contractor’s
claims for payment raised in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

{“Lead Member”shall, in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture, mean the member of

such Consortium/Joint Venture who shall have the authority to bind the contractor and
each member of the Consortium/Joint Venture; and shall be deemed to be the Contractor
for the purposes of this Agreement;}$

$
This definition may be omitted if the Contractor is not a Consortium/Joint Venture.

135
“LOA” or “Letter of Acceptance” means the letter of acceptance referred to in Recital
(D);

“Maintenance Manual” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 10.6;

“Major Bridge”means a bridge having a linear waterway of 18 metres or more or which

has a clear opening of 12 metres or more in spans;

“Manuals” shall mean the manuals specified in Schedule-D;

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect of any act or event on the
ability of either Party to perform any of its obligations under and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and which act or event causes a material financial burden
or loss to either Party;

“Materials”are all the supplies used by the Contractor for incorporation in the Works or
for the maintenance of the Railway Project;

“Minor Bridge”means a bridge having a linear waterway of less than 18 metres or

which has a clear opening of less than 12 metres or in spans;

“Non-Core Land” means the Land required for the project line other than the Core-
Land, as shown in item No. 3(b) of Annexure-I of Schedule-A;

“Non-Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.2;

“Parties”means the parties to this Agreement collectively and “Party” shall mean any of
the parties to this Agreement individually;

“Performance Security”shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 7.1;

“Plant” means the apparatus and machinery intended to form or forming part of the
Works;

“Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.4;

“Power Block” means the length of the railway line between two railway stations, on
which the overhead equipment (OHE) is de-energised and earthed to enable the
Contractor to execute construction or maintenance works;

“Programme” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.1.3;

“Project” means the construction and maintenance of the Railway Project in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, and includes all works, services and equipment
relating to or in respect of the Scope of the Project;

“Project Assets” means all physical and other assets relating to (a) tangible assets such
as civil works and equipment including [foundations, embankments, pavements, road
surface, interchanges, bridges, culverts, road over-bridges, drainage works, traffic
signals, sign boards, kilometre-stones, electrical systems, communication systems, rest
areas, relief centres, maintenance depots and administrative offices]; and (b) Project
Facilities situated on the Site;

136
“Project Completion Date” means the date on which the last Completion Certificate is
issued;

“Project Completion Schedule” means the progressive Project Milestones set forth in
Schedule-I for completion of the Railway Project on or before the Scheduled Completion
Date;

“Project Facilities” means all the amenities and facilities to be constructed on the Site,
as described in Schedule-C;

“Project Milestone” means the project milestone set forth in Schedule-I and includes
the Scheduled Completion Date;

“Proof Consultant” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.2.2;

“Provisional Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.2;

“Punch List”shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.2.1;

“Quality Assurance Plan”or“QAP”shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 11.2.1;

“Railway Project” means the Works specified in this Agreement onthe railway line
from *** to *** having a length of *** kms in *** Zone;

“Re.”, “Rs.”or“Rupees”or“Indian Rupees” means the lawful currency of the Republic

of India;

“Request for Proposals” or“RFP”shall have the meaning as set forth inRecital ‘C’;
“Retention Money” shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.5.1;

“Right of Way”means the constructive possession of the Site free from encroachments
and encumbrances, together with all way leaves, easements, unrestricted access and
other rights of way, howsoever described, necessary for construction of the Railway
Project in accordance with this Agreement;

“RINL” means Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited

“Safety Consultant” shall have the meaning as set forth in clause 10.2.11

“Scheduled Completion Date” shall be the date as set forth in Clause 10.3.1;

“Scope of the Project” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 2.1;

“Section” means the portion of the railway line between two block stations;

“Site” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 8.1;

“Specifications and Standards” means the specifications and standards relating to the
quality, quantity, capacity and other requirements for the Railway Project, as set forth in
Schedule-D, and any modifications thereof, or additions thereto, as included in the
design and engineering for the Railway Project submitted by the Contractor to, and
expressly approved by, the Authority;

“Stage Payment Statement” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.4;

137
“Structures” means an elevated railway line or a flyover, as the case may be;

“Sub-contractor”means any person or persons to whom a part of the Works has been
subcontracted by the Contractor and the permitted legal successors in title to such
person, but not an assignee to such person;

“Suspension”shall have the meaning as set forth in Article 20;

“Taxes”means any Indian taxes including excise duties, customs duties, value added tax,
sales tax, local taxes, cess and any impost or surcharge of like nature (whether Central,
State or local) on the goods, Materials, equipment and services incorporated in and
forming part of the Railway Project charged, levied or imposedby any Government
Instrumentality, but excluding any interest, penalties and other sums in relation thereto
imposed on any account whatsoever. For the avoidance of doubt, Taxes shall not include
taxes on corporate income;

“Termination” means the expiry or termination of this Agreement;

“Termination Notice” means the communication issued in accordance with this

Agreement by one Party to the other Party terminating this Agreement;

“Termination Payment” means the amount payable by either Party to the other upon
Termination in accordance with Article 21;

“Terms of Reference” or “TOR” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 16.2.1;

“Tests”means the tests set forth in Schedule-J to determine the completion of Works in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

“Time Extension”shall havethe meaning as set forth in Clause 10.4.1;

“Traffic Block” means the length of railway line between two railway stations, on
which traffic is blockedwith or without OHE being de-energised to enable construction
or maintenance works to be undertaken.

“User” means a person who travels or intends to travel on the Railway Project or any
part thereof on any train or vehicle;

“Valuation of Unpaid works” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.5.1;

“Works” means all works including survey and investigation, design, engineering,
procurement, construction, Plant, Materials, temporary works and other things necessary
to complete the Railway Project in accordance with this Agreement; and

“WPI” means the wholesale price index for various commodities as published by the
Ministry of Commerce and Industry, GOI and shall include any index which substitutes
the WPI, and any reference to WPI shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be
construed as a reference to the WPI published for the period ending with the preceding
month.

138
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED AND
DELIVERED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DAY, MONTH AND YEAR
FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

SIGNED, SEALED AND SIGNED, SEALED AND

DELIVERED DELIVERED

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of

[...***, *** Railway] by: THE CONTRACTOR by:

(Signature) (Signature)

(Name) (Name)

(Designation) (Designation)

In the presence of:

1.

2.

{COUNTERSIGNED and accepted by:

Name and particulars of other members of the Consortium/Joint Venture}

139
Schedules

140
 SCHEDULE - A
(See Clauses 2.1 and 8.1)
SITE OF THE PROJECT

1 The Site

1.1 Site of the Railway Project shall include the land, buildings, structures and track
works as described in Annex-I of this Schedule-A.

1.2 The dates of handing over Right of Way to the Contractor are specified in
Annex-II of this Schedule-A.

1.3 An inventory of the Site including the land, buildings, structures, track works,
trees and any other immovable property on, or attached to, the Site shall be
prepared jointly by the Authority’s Representative and the Contractor, and such
inventory shall form part of the memorandum referred to in Clause 8.2.1 of this
Agreement.

1.4 The alignment plans of the Railway Project are specified in Annex-III.

1.5 The status of the environment clearances and forest clearances obtained or
awaited is given in Annex IV.

141
 Annex - I
(Schedule-A)
EXISTING DETAILS OF PETLAD-BHADRAN SECTION
Petlad – Bhadran section is NG branch line of Vadodara Division of Western Railway.
Petlad is existing dual gauge junction station on Ananad-Petlad-Khambhat BG section
and Petlad –Nadiad NG Section.
At present Petlad – Bhadran section is an isolated NG section. The route after gauge
conversion Bhadran will able to provide BG Rail link to Vadodara, Anand and
Khambhat and this will help people for direct Rail connectivity towards East, West,
North and South, moreover this gauge conversion will full fill the Uni-Gauge policy of
Indian Railways.
The total length of Petlad – Bhadran is 21.39km and the location of Petlad and Bhadran
is situated on the west side of existing Indian Railway Broad Gauge network.

1. Site

The site of the Railway Project comprises the section commencing from Petlad from
Ch.: 36801.12 as the center line of Station Building to Center line of Station Building of
Bhadran Ch.:58195.18 (Total Km 21.39) i.e. including all yards between Petlad to
Bhadran and the alignment pass in Anand & Nadiad District in the State of Gujarat in
Western Railway Zone. The land and other structures comprising the Site are described
below:

At present the proposed section is closed for traffic and the Project alignment starts from
Petlad station existing old NG Line towards Bhadran.

The alignment at present having Nerrow Gauge (NG) Section of Indian Railway
between Petlad to Bhadran and through plain terrain. The proposed railway track will be
classified as “D” route with speed potential of 110 KMPH speed, with an axle load of 25
ton loading for Passenger Services and freight traffic. On the west side of this alignment
an Indian Railway alignment is running between section Anand to Khambhat which is
connecting to Main route of Mumbai-Vadodara-Ahmedabad.

There are 02 Nos. “B” Class stations and 01 Nos “D” Class Stations proposed. The
proposed single main line formation width is 7.85 m and keeping minimum track center
of 5.30 m in yards, cutting, & at the approaches of Major Bridges. The existing bridges
are to be dismantled and the proposed bridges are to be constructed as per 25.0 Ton -
2008 Standard of loading. The maximum Bank height is 7.29 m In the Section 2 Nos.
Major Bridge, 33 Nos. Minor Bridges and 32 Nos. RUB/LHS have been proposed to
eliminate existing level crossing and Nil Nos. Level Crossing are proposed for retention.
Loops shall be clear standing average length of 806 m each. The platform shall be
constructed for length of 445m and provision for future extension of 650m total length
with yard remodeling in future. Facility for DIVYANG Passenger has been proposed as
FOB with Ramp at Bochasan and Bhadran. Total 30 Nos. of various types Staff quarters
has been proposed between Petlad – Bhadran Section. Service Buildings for S&T and
Electrical Department has been proposed in the Gauge Conversion project. The standard
construction will be Group “D” Route.

The land and other structures comprising the Site are described below:

142
2. Route Length
The route length of the Railway Project comprises the section as described below:

S. Name of Name of Start End Length Remarks

No location location To Chainage Chainage (km)
From
`1 Last Dead end of Ch Ch 21.20 Excluding
347.00m Petlad.
Facing Bhadran 538.70m from
Point at station from centre line
Petlad towards East centre of
station side. line of Bhadran
Towards Petlad Station
Bhadran Towards (Opposite
Station Bhadran to
Bochasan
side)

3. a. Core Land

The Site of the Railway Project comprises the land described below:

Land OFFSETS Total

Sr.No Block Section Chainage in Width in REMARKS
Metre LEFT RIGHT Metre
1 PTD-BCHN 37294 12.20 9.15 21.35
2 PTD-BCHN 39029 9.15 8.54 17.69
3 PTD-BCHN 39380 9.15 8.54 17.69
4 PTD-BCHN 39384 9.15 7.62 16.77
5 PTD-BCHN 39996 9.15 7.62 16.77
6 PTD-BCHN 40491 19.52 9.15 28.67
7 PTD-BCHN 40999 16.15 8.54 24.69
8 PTD-BCHN 42097 7.62 7.62 15.24
9 PTD-BCHN 42766 16.16 30.48 46.64
10 PTD-BCHN 42955 10.67 7.62 18.29
11 PTD-BCHN 43005 9.15 7.62 16.77
12 PTD-BCHN 44806 16.42 7.62 24.04
13 PTD-BCHN 44842 9.15 7.62 16.77
14 PTD-BCHN 46818 30.50 45.75 76.25
15 PTD-BCHN 47302 9.75 9.75 19.50
16 PTD-BCHN 47727 13.71 13.71 27.42
17 PTD-BCHN 48201 9.75 9.75 19.50
18 PTD-BCHN 48981 7.62 7.62 15.24
19 PTD-BCHN 49231 7.62 6.09 13.71
20 PTD-BCHN 49261 7.62 7.62 15.24
21 PTD-BCHN 49732 25.60 15.54 41.14
22 PTD-BCHN 49826 26.52 26.52 53.04

143
 23 PTD-BCHN 50068 20.73 20.73 41.46
24 PTD-BCHN 50464 9.75 23.17 32.92
25 PTD-BCHN 50800 23.17 9.75 32.92
26 PTD-BCHN 51234 33.55 10.97 44.47
27 PTD-BCHN 51452 10.97 33.55 44.47
28 PTD-BCHN 51594 7.62 7.62 15.24
29 PTD-BCHN 52047 7.62 45.75 53.37
30 PTD-BCHN 52321 16.15 9.15 25.30
31 PTD-BCHN 52533 9.15 9.15 18.30
32 BCHN-BDRN 52837 7.62 7.62 15.24
33 BCHN-BDRN 55945 16.15 30.50 46.65
34 BCHN-BDRN 56121 7.62 7.62 15.24
35 BCHN-BDRN 58214 15.85 7.62 23.47
36 BCHN-BDRN 58252 7.62 7.62 15.24
37 BCHN-BDRN 59392 7.62 7.62 15.24
38 BCHN-BDRN 59392 45.73 30.50 76.23
39 BCHN-BDRN 59835 30.50 30.50 61.00

4. Details of existing structures and facilities on adjoining railway track

4.1 Permanent Way

Details of the Permanent Way (the existing track has been removed) on the Right of
Way are:

S.
No. No. of km km to Route Minimum and Remarks
railway from km Maximum
line Implantation
(if electrified)

Single 36.801 58.195 21.394 Not applicable. Existing

Line NG Line

4.2 Important Bridges

The Site includes the following Important Bridges:

S. No. Bridge No. Type of Structure No. of Width

and Spans (m)
location Foundati Sub- Superstru with span
(km) on structure cture length
(m)

NIL

144
4.3 Major Bridges
The Site includes the following Major Bridges:

S Type of Structure No. of

. Spans
Bridge No. and
N Sub-
Superstruc with span Width
location (km)
o. Foundation structur length (m)
ture
e (m)

MASON Steel Girder

1 78- 50/313.6 OPEN (Removed 4x5.40 3.15
RY
from the site)

MASON
2 82 - 52/878.5 OPEN Slab 3x6.10 3.65
RY

4.4 Minor Bridges/culverts

The Site includes the following Minor Bridges andculverts:

Type of Structure No. of

Spans
S. Bridge location with span
No. (km)
Sub-
No. Foundation
structure
Superstructure length
(m)

1 60 38/322.1 OPEN MASONRY Steel Girder 1x5.0

2 61 39/25.7 OPEN MASONRY Steel Girder 2x3.0

3 62 39/229.6 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x1.90

4 63 39/623.9 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x1.90

5 64 39/893.2 OPEN MASONRY Arch 2x1.50

6 65 40/213.2 OPEN MASONRY Arch 1x1.80

7 66 40/919.7 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x0.90

8 67 41/297.4 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 1x0.60

145
 Type of Structure No. of
Bridge Spans
S. location with span
No. Sub-
No. (km) Foundation Superstructure length
structure
(m)

9 68 41/748 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x0.50

10 69 42/498.3 OPEN MASONRY Box 1x5.00

11 70 43/243.5 OPEN MASONRY Steel Girder & 2 X 3.65 +

Arch 2X 1.37

12 71 43/841.7 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 1x0.60

13 72 43/862.2 OPEN MASONRY Slab 1x0.70

14 73 44/566.2 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 6x0.80

15 74 45/872.8 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x0.80

16 75 46/849 OPEN MASONRY Arch 1x1.52

17 76 48/529.7 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x1.50

18 77 48/1008.2 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 4x0.75

19 79 50/665.9 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x1.00

20 80 51/70.3 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x0.90

21 81 51/445 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 1x0.60

22 83 53/306.4 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 2x0.90

23 84 53/969.1 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x0.80

24 85 54/188 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 4x0.60

25 86 55/37.8 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 1x0.30

146
 Type of Structure No. of
Bridge Spans
S. location with span
No. Sub-
No. (km) Foundation Superstructure length
structure
(m)

26 87 55/143.1 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 1x1.00

27 88 55/799.2 OPEN MASONRY Steel Girder 1x3.00

28 89 56/178.2 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x1.80

29 90 56/542 OPEN MASONRY Arch 1x1.80

30 91 56/828.1 OPEN MASONRY Arch 3x0.70

31 92 57/504.7 OPEN MASONRY Arch 4x0.70

32 93 57/847.3 OPEN MASONRY Pipe 4x1.00

33 94 58/421.5 OPEN MASONRY Arch 4x0.90

4.5 Tunnels

S. No. Block km from km to Remarks

Section

NIL

4.6 Railway Flyovers

The Site includes the following Railway Fly Over:

S. Block Span
No. Section Bridge No Type of Structure (Nos. × Width
and location length) (m)
(Km)
Foundn Sub- Super-
structure structure

147
 NIL

4.7 Road under-bridges (RUB)/ road over-bridges (ROB)

The Site includes the following RUB (Road under railway line)/ ROB (road over railway
line):

S. Block Bridge No. Type of Structure Span (Nos. × Width ROB/

No. Section and length) (m)/ RUB
location Foundn Super- height (m)
(km) structure

Pile Comp
1 PTD- 36 m 28 m / 7m ROB
46835 foundation girder
BCHN
AT
PRESE
NT

4.8 Railway level crossings

The Site includes the following railway level crossings:

Cla
CHAI ss Mann
LC Locatio ATVU/ Remarks
Sr. No. Block Section N- of ed
AGE
No. n Gat YEAR For elimination
/UM
e

SL- UM
1. PTD-BCHN 39636 56 39km C 40/2012 LHS (RUB)
636m
SL- UM
2. 39882 57 5560/20
PTD-BCHN 39km C
12
LHS (RUB)
882m
SL- UM
3. PTD-BCHN 40295 59 40km C 44/2012 LHS (RUB)
295m
SL- UM
4. 40722 60 160/201
PTD-BCHN 40km C LHS (RUB)
722m 2

SL-
UM
5800/20
5. PTD-BCHN 40936 61 40km C LHS (RUB)
12
936m
SL- UM
6. 41367 62 closed & diverted to
PTD-BCHN 41km C 42/2012
367m RUB
SL- UM
7. PTD-BCHN 41735 63 41km C 18/2012 LHS (RUB)
735m
SL- UM
8. PTD-BCHN 42420 64 42km C 24/2012 LHS (RUB)
420m
SL- UM 160/201
9. PTD-BCHN 42641 65 42km C LHS (RUB)
641m 2

148
10. PTD-BCHN 42953 66 SL- C UM 48/2012 LHS (RUB)

149
 Cla
CHAI ss Mann
LC Locatio ATVU/ Remarks
Sr. No. Block Section N- of ed
AGE No. n YEAR For elimination
Gat /UM
e
42km
953m
SL- UM
11. PTD-BCHN 43435 67 43km C 26/2012 LHS (RUB)
435m
SL- UM
12. PTD-BCHN 43792 68 43km C 40/2012 LHS (RUB)
792m
SL- UM 2698/20
13. PTD-BCHN 44512 69 44km C LHS (RUB)
12
512m
SL- UM
14. PTD-BCHN 45692 71 45km C 42/2012 LHS (RUB)
692m
SL- UM
15. 45905 72 1150/20
PTD-BCHN 45km C
12
LHS (RUB)
905m
SL- UM Closed & Diverted to
16. PTD-BCHN 47305 74 47km C 22/2012
305m ROB
SL- UM
17. 48993 2088/20
PTD-BCHN 75 48km C
12
LHS (RUB)
993m
SL- UM Closed & Diverted to
18. PTD-BCHN 49217 76 49km C 30/2012
217m RUB
SL- UM
19. PTD-BCHN 49775 77 49km C 77/2012 LHS (RUB)
775m
SL- UM
20. PTD-BCHN 50655 78 50km C 38/2012 LHS (RUB)
655m
UM LHS (RUB)
SL-
21. 51832 9546/20
PTD-BCHN 80 51km C
12
832m

SL- Closed & Diverted to

22. BCHN-BDRN 52190 81 52km C UM 14/2012
590m LC NO 80
SL- 1730/201 Closed & Diverted to
23. BCHN-BDRN 53300 82 53km C UM
300m
2 RUB
SL-
24. BCHN-BDRN 53960 83 53km C UM 22/2012 LHS (RUB)
960m
SL-
25. BCHN-BDRN 54150 84 54km C UM 350/2012 LHS (RUB)
150m
LHS (RUB)
SL-
26. BCHN-BDRN 55260 85 55km C UM 14/2012
260m

SL-
27. BCHN-BDRN 55790 86 55km C UM 00/2012 LHS (RUB)
790m

150
 Cla
CHAI ss Mann
LC Locatio ATVU/ Remarks
Sr. No. Block Section N- of ed
AGE No. n YEAR For elimination
Gat /UM
e
SL-
28. BCHN-BDRN 56165 87 56km C UM 00/2012 LHS (RUB)
165m
LHS (RUB)
SL- 8398/201
29. BCHN-BDRN 56522 88 56km SPL M
2
522m

SL-
30. BCHN-BDRN 57487 90 57km C UM 10/2012 LHS (RUB)
487m
SL-
31. BCHN-BDRN 58050 91 58km C UM 16/2012 LHS (RUB)
50m
LHS (RUB)
SL-
32. BCHN-BDRN 58415 92 58km C UM 10/2012
415m

SL- Closed & Diverted to

33. BCHN-BDRN 59800 93 59km C UM 20/2012
800m LHS AT LC 92

4.9 Railway stations on Railway Project

The Site Station C.L. km Nos. of Lines Nos. of P.F. Remarks

includes (km & Length (Whether
the shown in Jn. Station)
following ( ) is
railway from
stationsSr. Nadiad)
No.
1 Petlad 37260 3BG+ 2NG 2 Nos. - 457 Yes
(PTD) 1 NG +457 m
(NG Line Aready
removed & not
exeist)
2 Vishram 42590 1 NG NO
Pura (NG Line Aready
(WMP) removed & not
exeist)
3 Sundarna 44430 1 NG 1 Nos -530m NO
(SUNR)

4 Dharmaj 47920 1 NG NO
(DMJ) (NG Line Aready
removed & not
exeist)

151
 5 Bochasan 52580 3 BG + 1 NG 2 Nos – 145 Yes
(BCHN) (NG Line Aready + 190 m
removed & not
exeist)
6 Zarola 56490 1 NG NO
(ZAR) (NG Line Aready
removed & not
exeist)
7 Bhadran 59760 2 NG 1 Nos – 90 m NO
(BDRN)

4.10 Railway yards

The Site includes the following railway yards:

Sr. Name of CLASS Number of Remarks

No. Yard Lines
1 Petlad B 3 BG+ 2 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(PTD)
2 Vishram D 1 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
Pura
(WMP)
3 Sundarna D 1 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(SUNR)
4 Dharmaj D 1 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(DMJ)
5 Bochasan B 2 BG + 1 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(BCHN)
6 Zarola D 1 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(ZAR)
7 Bhadran B 2 NG (NG Line Aready removed & not exeist)
(BDRN)

4.11 Foot over bridges on Railway Project

The Site includes the following foot over bridges:

S. No.
Station Chainage Span/Nos. of Remarks
Track
Block Section

152
4.12 Transmission lines crossing the Right of Way(NOT APPLICABLE IN
THIS CONTRACT)

The Site includes the following transmission lines crossing the Right of Way:

S.No. Block Chainage HT/LT OH/UG Height above

Section (Specify RL/Depth below
KV) RL

4.13 Underground power line crossing the Right of Way (NOT

APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

The Site includes the following Underground Power Line Crossings

Sr. Location System Distance of Structure Remarks

No. Voltage from centre of Track

153
 Annex - II
(Schedule-A)
Dates for providing Right of Way

The following are complete details of the Right of Way showing the dates on which the
Authority shall provide the different sections of the Right of Way to the Contractor:

Distance of Railway
Boundry from C/L
of [UP/DN] line (in Date of
Length m)
From km to km providing
Sl. No (km)
Right of Way
Right Left
Hand Hand
Side Side

1 2 3 4 5 6

Part A:

Within 15
(fifteen) days
of the signing
Right of Way being
of the
95% (ninety five
Agreement or
percent) of the core
within 30
land length and 90 %
(thirty) days
(ninety percent) of the 22.50K
37260 to 59760 of the date of
non core length of the M
receiving the
Project, under Clauses
Performance
4.1.3 read with
Security from
Clauses 8.2 and 8.3 of
the Agreement the
Contractor,
whichever is
later.

(i) Full Right of Way

(full width) 22.50K
a) Section 0.00 TO 22.50
M
b) Section
c) Section

154
Sl. Name of Location Chainage km. Land width -m Total Remarks
No. Width -
from To. From To On Left On m
Right
Petlad Diverted Line
1 Virol Petlad 35200 35480 12.50 12.50 25
2 Virol Petlad 35480 35720 17.50 17.50 35
3 Virol Petlad 35720 35920 22.50 22.50 45
4 Virol Petlad 35920 36040 15.00 15.00 30
5 Virol Petlad 36040 36200 12.50 12.50 25
6 Virol Petlad 36200 36520 15.00 15.00 30
7 Virol Petlad 36520 37720 60.00 60.00 120 Petlad/36801.12
Jn. To Ex line Ch.
8 Petlad Sundarna 37720 38092 12.50 12.50 25 37920
9 Petlad Sundarna 37920 38240 12.50 12.50 25
10 Petlad Sundarna 38240 38440 15.00 15.00 30
11 Petlad Sundarna 38440 39600 20.00 20.00 40
12 Petlad Sundarna 39600 40200 17.50 17.50 35
13 Petlad Sundarna 40200 41280 20.00 20.00 40
14 Petlad Sundarna 41280 42520 20.00 20.00 40
15 Petlad Sundarna 42520 42800 17.50 17.50 35
16 Petlad Sundarna 42800 43280 20.00 20.00 40
17 Petlad Sundarna 43280 43880 17.50 17.50 35
Sundarna/41910
18 Petlad Sundarna 43880 44240 15.00 15.00 30 “D” Class
19 Sundarna Bochasan 44240 44760 20.00 20.00 40
20 Sundarna Bochasan 44760 45600 15.00 15.00 30
21 Sundarna Bochasan 45600 46880 12.50 12.50 25
22 Sundarna Bochasan 46880 47600 20.00 20.00 40
23 Sundarna Bochasan 47600 47880 17.50 17.50 35
24 Sundarna Bochasan 47880 48400 15.00 15.00 30
25 Sundarna Bochasan 48400 48800 20.00 20.00 40
26 Sundarna Bochasan 48800 49320 22.50 22.50 45
27 Sundarna Bochasan 49320 49880 17.50 17.50 35
28 Sundarna Bochasan 49880 51160 50.00 50.00 100 Bochasan/50628.92
29 Bochasan Bhadran 51160 51800 15.00 15.00 30
30 Bochasan Bhadran 51800 53040 20.00 20.00 40
31 Bochasan Bhadran 53040 53840 17.50 17.50 35
32 Bochasan Bhadran 53840 54440 20.00 20.00 40
33 Bochasan Bhadran 54440 54760 17.50 17.50 35
34 Bochasan Bhadran 54760 55360 20.00 20.00 40
35 Bochasan Bhadran 55360 56080 17.50 17.50 35
36 Bochasan Bhadran 56080 56920 20.00 20.00 40
37 Bochasan Bhadran 56920 57200 15.00 15.00 30
38 Bochasan Bhadran 57200 57480 12.50 12.50 25

155
Sl. Name of Location Chainage km. Land width -m Total Remarks
No. Width -
from To. From To On Left On m
Right
39 Bochasan Bhadran 57480 58440 50.00 50.00 100 Bhadran/58195.19

For Electrification Work*(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

[The dates on which the Authority shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor on
different sections of the Site are specified below:

Sl. No From km to km Length Width Date of

(km) Providing Right
(m) of way

1 2 3 4 5

For OHE work 0.00 to 39.85 22.50k Within 15

m (fifteen) days of
(a) Section the signing of the
(b) Section Agreement or
(c) Section within 30 (thirty)
days of the date of
receiving the
For Sub-Station work 0.00 to 39.85 22.50k Performance
m Security from the
(a)
Contractor,
(b) whichever is later.

For Switching Posts 0.00 to 39.85 22.50k

m
(a)

(b)

Site for Service Buildings, , 0.00 to 39.85 22.50k

Quarters m

(a)

(b)

* Details to be provided for electrification works only.

156
 Annex - III
(Schedule-A)
Alignment Plans and Other Drawings

The proposed alignment plan of the Railway Project Line is based on survey conducted
by the Authority. The Alignment Drawings enclosed in the Reference Drawings are
indicative and the Contractor shall be responsible for verifying their correctness. The
Contractor may with the approval of Authority’s Engineer, modify the plan and profile
of the alignment within the Right of Way boundaries. In addition to Alignment Plan, the
Engineering Scale Plan (ESP) drawings are also included.

(1) The Contractor shall review, verify and revalidate all relevant factors which could
have an impact on the Design and construction of the earthwork including but not
limited to the topography, subsurface conditions, ground water levels, Temporary
Works, dewatering, drainage, climatic conditions, the availability or lack of access,
working space, storage, accommodation, restrictions imposed by the existing
Indian Railways Tracks, the proximity of adjoining structures and roads, the local
regulations regarding the obstruction of public highways and any other limitations
imposed by the site and its surroundings, for the satisfactory completion of Works
meeting with performance requirements in the stipulated time.

(2) It will be presumed that Contractor has taken note of all effects of these
constraints on his construction operations to ensure on-time completion of the
Works.

(3) No claim by the Contractor on the grounds of lack of foresight or knowledge of the
site conditions or any unknown parameters shall be considered.

(4) The Permanent Works shall not infringe the Indian Railway schedule of
dimensions and land boundary limits provided by Railways.

(5) If the definitive design requires additional land over and above that already set out,
the Contractor will inform the Engineer.

(6) The Geotechnical Investigation data provided by the Authority shall be

supplemented by verifications / additional investigations if considered necessary
by the Contractor for development of his Technical Design at his own cost. No
claim shall be entertained by the Authority in case the Contractor encounters the
data different than that included during the verification / additional investigation or
actual execution of work.

The relevant drawings are provided in the Enclosure as given below:

1. Enclosure A: Yard Station drawings (indicative and only for references)

S.No. Drawing Title Drawing number

1. Petlad DY.CE/C/I/BRC/3722/F-PTD-BDRN
(PTD)

157
 S.No. Drawing Title Drawing number

2. Sundarna DY.CE/C/I/BRC/3723/F-PTD-BDRN
(SUNR)
3. Bochasan DY.CE/C/I/BRC/3726/F-PTD-BDRN
(BCHN)
4. Bhadran DY.CE/C/I/BRC/3707/F-PTD-BDRN
(BDRN)

Part-1 Important Bridges: NIL

Part-2: Major Bridges :

S
r. Location Proposed Type of
Br.No. Drg. No. Reference
N (Chainage) Span Bridges
o.
1 78 48977.21 2 X 12.2 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3533/D-PTD-BDRN
2 82 51479.21 2 X 12.2 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3534/D-PTD-BDRN

Part-3: Minor Bridges

Typical general arrangement drawing for

Sr.
Br. Location Proposed Type of
No Drg. No. Reference
No. (Chainage) Span Bridges
.
1 60 37309.63 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3535/D-PTD-BDRN

2 61 37577.24 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3536/D-PTD-BDRN

3 62 37781.96 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3537/D-PTD-BDRN

4 63 38175.46 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3538/D-PTD-BDRN

5 64 38442.58 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3539/D-PTD-BDRN

6 65 38759.21 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3540/D-PTD-BDRN

7 66 39466.97 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3541/D-PTD-BDRN

8 67 39841.93 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3542/D-PTD-BDRN

9 68 40293.68 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3543/D-PTD-BDRN

10 69 41046.17 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3544/D-PTD-BDRN

11 70 41800 2 X 6.10 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3545/D-PTD-BDRN

12 71 42391.03 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3546/D-PTD-BDRN

13 72 42412.04 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3547/D-PTD-BDRN

158
Sr.
Br. Location Proposed Type of
No Drg. No. Reference
No. (Chainage) Span Bridges
.
14 73 43134.5 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3548/D-PTD-BDRN

15 74 44438.59 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3549/D-PTD-BDRN

16 75 45416.71 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3550/D-PTD-BDRN

17 76 47113.9 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3551/D-PTD-BDRN

18 77 47587.03 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3552/D-PTD-BDRN

19 79 49313.91 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3553/D-PTD-BDRN

20 80 49654.78 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3554/D-PTD-BDRN

21 81 50029.28 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3555/D-PTD-BDRN

22 83 51874.6 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3556/D-PTD-BDRN

23 84 52535.55 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3557/D-PTD-BDRN

24 85 52792.01 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3558/D-PTD-BDRN

25 86 53639.26 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3559/D-PTD-BDRN

26 87 53744.31 1 X 1.2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3560/D-PTD-BDRN

27 88 54400.07 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3561/D-PTD-BDRN

28 89 54793.6 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3562/D-PTD-BDRN

29 90 55154.62 1X2 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3563/D-PTD-BDRN

30 91 55443.08 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3564/D-PTD-BDRN

31 92 56122.99 1X3 RCC BOX Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3565/D-PTD-BDRN

32 93 56465.14 1 X 4.57 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3566/D-PTD-BDRN

33 94 57040 1 X 4.57 PSC SLAB Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3567/D-PTD-BDRN

Part-4: Typical General arrangement drawing for RUB

S. LC RUB Location Proposed Type of Drg No.

No. No. No (Chainage) span bridges
1. 56 63-A 38184.00 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3500/D-PTD-BDRN
2. 57 63-B 38430.96 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3501/D-PTD-BDRN
3. 59 65-A 38840.98 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3502/D-PTD-BDRN

159
4. 60 65-B 39266.04 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3503/D-PTD-BDRN
5. 61 66-A 39466.97 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3504/D-PTD-BDRN
6. 62 67-A 39912.95 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3505/D-PTD-BDRN
7. 63 67-B 40280.59 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3506/D-PTD-BDRN
8. 64 68-A 40966.01 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3507/D-PTD-BDRN
9. 65 69-A 41187.81 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3508/D-PTD-BDRN
10. 66 69-B 41499.72 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3509/D-PTD-BDRN
11. 67 70-A 41985.84 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3510/D-PTD-BDRN
12. 68 70-B 42341.53 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3511/D-PTD-BDRN
13. 69 72-A 43076.73 1 x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3512/D-PTD-BDRN
14. 71 73-A 44255.28 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3513/D-PTD-BDRN
15. 72 74-A 44466.29 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3514/D-PTD-BDRN
16. 74 75-B 45848.93 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3515/D-PTD-BDRN
17. 75 76-A 47576.53 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3516/D-PTD-BDRN
18. 76 77-A 47863.73 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3517/D-PTD-BDRN
19. 77 77-B 48421.32 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3518/D-PTD-BDRN
20. 78 78-A 49301.13 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3519/D-PTD-BDRN
21. 80 81-A 50415.04 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3520/D-PTD-BDRN
22. 81 81-B 51175.25 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3521/D-PTD-BDRN
23. 82 82-A 51862.59 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3522/D-PTD-BDRN
24. 83 83-A 52524.63 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3523/D-PTD-BDRN
25. 84 84-A 52750.161 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3524/D-PTD-BDRN
26. 85 87-A 53861.533 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3525/D-PTD-BDRN
27. 86 87-B 54390.04 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3526/D-PTD-BDRN
28. 87 88-A 54776.010 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3527/D-PTD-BDRN
29. 90 91-A 56102.235 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3529/D-PTD-BDRN
30. 91 93-A 56665.00 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3530/D-PTD-BDRN
31. 92 93-B 57030.366 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3531/D-PTD-BDRN
32. 93 94-A 58046.58 1x 6 x 4.65 RCC Box Dy.CE-C-I-BRC/3532/D-PTD-BDRN

Part-5: General arrangement drawing for ROB: Nil

2. Enclosure C: Longitudinal section and Plan Drawings (indicative and only for references)

S.No. Description Drawing no.

1 Sheet no. 08 DY.CE(C)I/BRC/ A/3645/A-ND-PTD-BDRN
2. Sheet no. 09 DY.CE(C)I/BRC/ A/3646 /A-PTD-BDRN
3. Sheet no. 10 DY.CE(C)I/BRC/ A/3647 /A-PTD-BDRN
4. Sheet no. 11 DY.CE(C)I/BRC/ A/3648 /A-PTD-BDRN
5. Sheet no. 12 DY.CE(C)I/BRC/ A/36469/A-PTD-BDRN

3. Enclosure D: Standard RDSO drawings (drawing list for reference only, drawings not
enclosed in the enclosure)

160
S.No. Drawing no. Drawing Title

1. RDSO/B-1484/5 25t loading-2008 temporary christ church cribs key

diagram and plan abutment
RDSO/B-10271 to 12.2m 25t loading 4units post tensioned concrete psc
2.
10271/1 slabs
3. RDSO/B-10272/R 9.15m 25t loading 2 units post tensioned concrete psc
slabs
4. RDSO/BA-10274 6.10 m 25t loading 2 units post tensioned concretepsc
slabs.
5. RDSO/B-10280 4.57 m 25t loading 2 units post tensioned concretepsc
slabs (m 45)
3.66m 25t loading 2 units post tensioned concrete psc
6. RDSO/B-10278
slabs
3.05m 25t loading 2 units post tensioned concrete psc
7. RDSO/B-10277
slabs
RDSO/B-10152R TO
8. 25 t loading single box culvert structural design
10152/9R
RDSO/B-10155 TO 25 t loading single box culvert for double track structural
9.
10155/10 design
10. RDSO/B-10158 TO 25 t double box culvert for double line track
10158/2A
11. RDSO/M-00004, Rcc box culvert & limited height subway
00005, 00008
12. RDSO/B-10153 to 25t , segmental rcc box for limited height subway
10153/3
25t construction of rub/subway using combination of cut,
13. RDSO/B-10160
open and push the single long barrel rcc box
14. RDSO/B-10405 TO Foot over bridge 3.0m wide for 4 track crossing
RDSO/B-10405/5
15. CBS -0016 Inspection platform & pedestal for bearing

16. M-00007 Boundary wall

17. M-00010,CBS- Schematic sketchs for passing of service cables.

0038/R2,CBS-0039/R

These are standard RDSO drawings.

4. Enclosure: F Civil work related drawings

Sr. No. Description Reference

1 Open Drain CAO/C/CCG/24496/D-DRAIN/TYPE PLAN
2 Wall between track ( toe wall) DYCE/C/P&D/ADI/961/B/ VNRD-SUNR
RVNL/MAS/TR/01/2009 and
3 Trolley refugee
RVNL/MAS/TR/02/2009
Return wall CPM/ADI/4452/D/MSH-TRAH
4
CPM/ADI/4469/D/MSH-TRAH
5 Drop wall and Curtain wall CPM/ ADI/676/D/VNRD-SUNR
6 Mass CC Toe wall CAO/C/CCG/24497/D/Toe wall
7 Trolley Refugee on Major Bridge CPM-ADI/5022/D-ADI-HMT
8 Boundary Wall TP-BR-83 HQ/2021

161
 NOTE : Above stated all drawings are for reference and latest drawings shall be used with
approval of authoritiy’s engineer.

For buildings

Sr. Description Reference

No.
1 B-Class Statin building Dy.CE(C)I/BRC/3703/B-STN-BLD-B CLASS
2 D-class station building Dy.CE(C)I/BRC/3503/B-DB-CDD-KDCY
3 Toilet Block Dy CE/C/P&D/ADI/1306/B-ADI-HMT

4 Cable Hut CSTE 6222

5 Station flooring and other details Dy CE/C/P&D/ADI/1298/D-ADI-HMT

6 PWIStore depot Dy CE/C/P&D/ADI/1037/B-ADI-HMT
7 PRS office Dy CE/C/P&D/ADI/1066/B-HMT
8 Boundary Wall TP-BR-83 HQ/2021
9 LC Hut To be taken from Authority’s office
10 ADEN office/ PWI office/IOW To be taken from Authority’s office
office
11 Staff Quarter –Type -II DY.CE/C/JL/QTR/II/UDN-JL/101-D to 105-D
12 Staff Quarter –Type -III DY.CE/C/JL/QTR/III/UDN-JL/101-D to 105-D
13 Staff Quarter –Type -IV To be taken from authorit’s office

162
 Annex - IV
(Schedule-A)
Environment Clearances and Forest Clearances

No prior environmental clearance is required for this railway project since

Railway Projects are not included in SO 1533 published in the Gazette of
India,Extraordinary, Part-II, and Section 3, Sub-section (ii) by MOEF on
14th September, 2006. Forest clearance is not required as project is not on
forest land.

163
 SCHEDULE - B
(See Clause 2.1)
Development of the Railway Project

1. Development of the Railway Project shall include design and construction of the
Railway Project as described in Annex 1 to this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.

2. Specifications and Standards

The Railway Project shall be designed and constructed in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards specified in Schedule-D and Manual of Specifications and
Standard for EPC Contract issued by Ministry of Railways and other relevant /
applicable Code and Manual and specifications as directed by Authority.

164
 Annex - I
(Schedule-B)
Description of Railway Project17

Description of Railway Project

The project comprises of Gauge Conversion of Exiting NG track to BG track

between Block Section Petlad and Bhadran ( from chainage 37339.82 to 58542.12) with
a route length of 21.20km. excluding Electrical TRD , Electrical (General) and S&T
works.

The proposed alignment of this Project is located east side of the existing Indian
Railway track of Western Railway. The main route is Vadodara to Ahmedabad and
Petlad – Bhadran are the additional route adjacent to existing IR Track of Vadodara –
Ahmedabad Section. It is intended to design and construct the route to convert Narrow
Gauge to Broad Gauge Single line electrified track with 25kV, 50 Hz. overhead catenary
system capable of operating at a maximum train speed of 110 kmph with an initial axle
load of 25.0 tonne. Formation, Track and bridge structures are envisaged to be provided
for 25 tonne axle load

The Scope of the Works to be performed under the Contract (hereinafter referred
to as "the Scope of Work") shall comprise of Design and Construction of All Civil Works
and Track work (Earthwork, blanketing, Retaining Wall, Major and Minor Bridges,
Supply of ballast, Side Drains and Track Work) including all yards, but excluding
Electrical(General) and Electrical (TRD) work for this Project “Gauge Conversion
between Petlad-Bhadran” between block section from Petlad to Bhadran which entails
Construction of 33 nos of minor bridges.

Scope of Work shall also include any associated works relating to Electrified
Single Line Railway capable of operating at a speed of 110km/h involving Design and
Construction of formation in Embankments/ Cuttings, Bridges, Structures, Buildings,
Ballast on formation, Track Works, integration with Indian Railway System including
Testing and Commissioning on Design-Build lump sum price. The detailed description of
Scope of Works is provided in this schedule. All the chainages / lengths as indicated
below are indicative and approximate and shall be reviewed and firmed up by the
Contractor during Technical Design and subject to 'Notice of No Objection' by the
Authority’s Engineer.

The Work Areas for the Junction and Crossing Stations which are identified in terms of
chainage from outer most facing point to outer most trailing point on either side of the
Station and as described in the following table shall be included in the Scope of Work.

N0 ELECTRICAL(GENERAL),ELECTRICAL (TRD) AND S&T WORK IS TO BE

DONE IN THIS EPC TENDER.

165
1. Construction of Civil and Track Works

A. Site Surveys and Investigations

Prior to the Alignment verification and reviews of the various Reference Drawings by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall carry out validation of the data as provided by the Authority and
any additional surveys if considered necessary by the Contractor.

Validation of the data and any additional surveys as considered necessary by the Contractor is
particularly important in this Contract which imposes on the Contractor a single point
responsibility for the whole design and construction of the Works.

The Contractor shall plan and programme those validation and additional surveys if considered
necessary and investigations required to commence the design of Works and develop them to the
Survey Plan and Programme.

The Contractor shall summarize the results of Validation of Data and Additional Survey
including all the site surveys and investigations in to different reports which shall form part of
the Survey Report, and shall be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent. The
Contractor shall continue to be solely responsible for the accuracy and entirety of all the site
surveys and investigations including Traverse Survey, Topographic Survey, Centre Line Survey
and Geotechnical Investigations etc. throughout the Contract. . Any 'Notice of No Objection'
from Authority’s Engineer does not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility for accurately
designing Alignment and setting out the Works within the available Right of Way ·

Traverse Survey

The Contractor shall carry out Traverse Survey and establish the horizontal and vertical systems
at Site. The Contractor shall summarize the Traverse Survey results with verification studies in
the Benchmark Establishing Report.

Topographic Survey

Upon review and 'Notice of No Objection' of the Benchmark Establishing Report by the
Authority’s Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately carry out the validation of the data
provided by the Authority including additional Topographic Survey, if considered necessary by
the Contractor, and meeting all the requirements including verification of the Right of Way
(ROW), details of which is provided by the Authority and submit the Site Location / Layout
Maps and Structure Setting-out Maps etc., to the Authority’s Engineer for his review and
consent.

It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to ensure that there are no obstructions to in the
Right of Way for Permanent Works based on the validation of data and additional survey carried
out by the Contractor. If any obstructions such as trees, structures or charted / unchartered public
utilities etc. exist, the Contractor shall locate the obstructions on the Site Location Maps or
Structure Setting-out Maps with the procedure and method statement that addresses the handling
of the obstructions, and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for consent. Such obstructions shall
be dealt with as per the provisions of the Contract.

The Contractor shall summarize the results of validation of data and topographic survey and
include the same in the Survey Report and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent.

Centre Line Survey

166
The Contractor shall design the horizontal and vertical Alignment and yard layout for connecting
alignment at both end of each Station as per the Design Criteria specified in the Design
Standards and within the available ROW giving due consideration to the various obligatory
points e.g. existing Bridges, Level Crossings, ROBs etc.

The Contractor shall ensure that the Alignment is located adequately within the Right of Way as
indicated in the Alignment Drawings. If not adequately aligned, then the Contractor shall notify
the Authority’s Engineer of the conflicts including descriptions on the issue and modify the same
to ensure that there is no conflict with the Right of Way and in compliance with the Design
Criteria as stipulated in the Design Standards. The Contactor shall submit the revised Alignment
Drawings (if required) to the Authority’s Engineer for his review and consent of the Authority.

The Contractor shall develop the Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings in respect of the
Alignment and yard layout for each Block Section between Bhandu Moti Dau to Palanpur with
connecting each Station both end supplemented by the data derived from the validation of data
and additional Topographic Survey and submit the same to the Authority’s Engineer.

The Authority’s Engineer shall seek the approval of the Authority before communicating the
Notice of No Objection of the Alignment Plan and Profile.

Upon Notice of No Objection to the Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings and yard layout for
each Station (collectively called 'Alignment Drawings') by the Authority’s Engineer, the
Contractor shall immediately carry out the Centre Line Survey and staking of the Alignment at
Site based on the Railways Benchmarks meeting all the requirements. The Centre Line Survey
shall include ROW verification / staking and Horizontal Alignment staking.

Geotechnical investigations

(1) Authority has carried out geotechnical investigation along the alignment at important,
major bridge & ROB locations and details of the same including the bore log data are
available in GAD(General Arrangement Drawings). The contractor shall carry out the
confirmatory and additional exploratory core boring at his own cost. The Authority shall
not entertain any claim in case the contractor encounters the strata different than that
indicated in GAD.

(2) The Contractor shall carry out the exploratory core boring for all the bridges such as the
the Major Bridges, the Railway Flyovers, the ROBs, RUBs, Minor Bridges, Rock Cutting
locations along the Alignment as well as for all the stretches on which the Embankment is
to be constructed, in compliance with the following as a minimum requirement :

(a) For an n-span bridge structure, one (1) exploratory bore hole in every three (3)
spans in addition to two (2) bore holes at the both longitudinal end of the structure
where abutments are to be located shall be made (e .g . 2 bore holes for a 1- or a 2-
span bridge and 4 bore holes for a 7-span bridge and so on) ;
(b) For the Minor Bridges including a culvert box or a pipe culvert , one (1) exploratory
bore hole shall be made in one location of the structure
(c) For Rock Cutting locations, the exploratory bore holes shall be made at every fifty
(50) meters along the alignment; and
(d) The Contractor shall carry out the exploratory core borings for locations on which
the Rail Track Formation is to be constructed (for both embankment and excavation
stretches) at least one (1) exploratory bore hole in every five hundred (500) meters
along the Alignment.

In case the Contractor considers that the additional geotechnical investigations are
necessary for undertaking the Detailed Design work, he may make use of the geotechnical
investigation data as provided by the authority in case the Contractor is satisfied that the

167
 results of the exploratory core boring undertaken by him (as detailed above) are in
conformity with the results of the geotechnical investigation as provided by the authority.

Alternatively, the Contractor may carry out additional geotechnical investigation as

planned in his Geotechnical Investigation Plan in compliance with the requirements and
the Specifications under the Contract. The amount for all the geotechnical investigation to
satisfy the Contractor's requirement shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Price.

(3) The Contractor shall also carry out Plate Load Test, second step Plate Load Test (Ev2) as
required and at the locations as consented by the Authority’s Engineer, to determine the
bearing capacity of the soil.

(4) Based on the geotechnical investigation as above, the Contractor shall submit the
Geotechnical Interpretative Report on Structure Foundation and Railtrack Formation to the
Authority’s Engineer for review .

B. Alignment Drawings

The Contractor shall be responsible for validation of the data provided by the Authority and
additional surveys if considered necessary and investigations necessary for development of his
Design. The Contractor shall also be responsible for review, verifying correctness of the
Alignment & modifying / developing / optimising the same with reference to the Design Criteria
as specified in the Design Standards and other technical and geometrical obligatory
requirements with respect to existing IR tracks.

During validation of the data and additional surveys, the Contractor shall link the same with GTS
Bench Marks (Survey of India Bench Marks). The final Alignment and yard layout for each
Station (horizontal and vertical) shall ensure that it caters to the design of all the Works
including, but not limited to, the Rail track formations, the Bridge Structures, the Track Works,
the Level Crossings, the Stations and depots, etc. Any structures adjacent to or traversing across
the alignment is to be consistently developed without infringing the ROW, the Structure Gauge
and the Clearances, as stipulated in the IR Schedules of Dimensions,2004 during the Technical
Design development.

C. Site and Work Areas

The ‘Site’ is where the Permanent Works are to be executed within the available ROW.

The Site has been identified in the Alignment drawings and in other drawings as included in the
Reference Drawings indicating the structures proposed to be constructed for operation,
inspection and maintenance of facilities.

The Work Areas comprises of the Site and areas for the Temporary Works including the area
outside the ROW.

D. Contractor's Possession of the Site

The Authority has in its possession more than 95% of the land within Right of Way (ROW)
required for this Package. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the signing of the Agreement, or the
date of receiving the Performance Security from the Contractor, whichever is later, on
which the Authority shall provide the different sections of the Right of Way to the Contractor:

The Authority shall give Right to Access of the Site to the Contractor as per the schedule
specified in Annexure II of Schedule A and in conformity with the Contractor's work plan duly
consented by the Authority’s Engineer and Authority.

Conditions of Possession of the Site from the Authority shall be described as follows:

168
(1) The actual land as required for the execution of Permanent Works within the ROW shall
be handed over to the Contractor free from all encumbrances except for the land area
occupied by the duty huts & gate lodges, public power lines of 33kV and below, existing
roads, abandoned structures, other charted public utilities which are to be handled /
supported / protected permanently diverted and all the trees including the trees having
girth 300mm and more. Tree cutting is the responsibility of Contractor however the
cost will be borne by Authority. Such land area shall also be handed over to the
Contractor and making it free from all the encumbrances and / or handling the utilities to
facilitate the execution of Permanent Works shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

(2) The Contractor shall ensure that the land, for which the Right of Access has been given by
the Authority, is not encroached by unauthorized persons and is not used for any purposes
not connected with the Works.

(3) Diversion of all the uncharted utilities shall be handled as specified in the EPC agreement
and Schedules.

(4) Although the Site within the ROW shall become a possession of the Contractor during his
construction as described below, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for maintaining
the same and reinstating the same within the occupancy of Temporary Works to the entire
satisfaction of the Authority’s Engineer / Authority at his own expenses

E. Contractor's Access to the Site

The timings, sequence and conditions relating to the Contractor's possession of the Site shall be
and as detailed below:

(1) The Contractor shall divide the Site into separate segments and shall elaborate a schedule
for the time periods of the availability of these areas for his contract performance.
(2) The Contractor shall indicate the exact nature of the various Work Segments and the
extent of Works to be carried out therein prior to the execution of the Permanent Works or
making use of the area as working space and/or for temporary works / site facilities.
(3) The information as above shall be submitted as part of the Contractor's technical proposal
and shall be finalized before the Commencement Date and shall be subject to consent of
the Authority’s Engineer and approval by the Authority.
(4) On the basis of the consented information above, the Contractor shall submit proposals for
the use and the occupation of the each Work Segments of the Site, such submissions being
at least fifty six (56) days prior to the programmed use of the specific segment of the Site.
The availability of Work Segment will only be permitted for the actual duration of the
Permanent and Temporary Works within the particular Work Segment of the Site.
(5) Prior to the scheduled dates for returning of any of the Segment / works areas for
subsequent use by Other Contractors /Interfacing Parties/Authority, the Contractor shall
carry out the following activities:
a) Construct all Permanent Works within the Work Segment of the Site, to the extent
as defined in the Technical Design and in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract;
b) Reinstate the area to the same condition as it was taken over from the Authority,
unless otherwise as consented by the Authority’s Engineer and the Authority;
c) Form the area to the approved lines and levels and carry out such other works as
shall be required by the provisions of the Contract;
d) Remove all rubbish, debris and other materials to the entire satisfaction of the
Authority’s Engineer and the Authority.

(6) The schedule for all the Segments / work areas as above shall include, but not limited to
the following data:
a) Indication of the segments of the Site;

169
 b) Description and the intended use of the segments of the site;
c) The start and the end date of the Works in the segments of the site;
d) The start and the end date of the periods in which the Contractor shall allow the
segment of the Site to be accessed by the Other Contractors and / or the Interfacing
Party(ies).

(7) Traffic possession / Traffic Block,

In case the Contractor requires a traffic block from the Authority for execution of the
Permanent Works near the running tracks including but not limited to providing
connection or for connection of the existing factory sidings etc., the Contractor shall
prepare the work plan for the same including proposed methodology, resources, safety &
protection arrangements and any other details as per the requirements of Western Railway
and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent and approval by the
Authority.Every block to be approved by Authority. Any request for the traffic block
defining the duration of such possession shall have to be submitted to the Authority at least
6 weeks in advance.

The Authority, on being satisfied with the preparedness of the Contractor, shall arrange for
the required traffic block.

The Contractor shall not overshoot the traffic block and shall clear the same within the
possession time. Authority’s Engineer / Authority shall monitor the traffic block.

In case of the non-availability of the traffic block for the desired period and / or last minute
cancellation of the traffic block by Western Railway and / or non-utilization of the traffic
block by the Contractor and / or non-completion of the targeted work by the Contractor
during the available traffic block due to any reason what so ever, the Authority shall not
entertain any claim on this account.

(8) Restrictions on the timing of occupation of the traffic possession / traffic block so as to
avoid affecting operations will be made as applicable.

The Contractor shall submit the Authority’s Engineer a proposal for the use of the Site for
the survey and investigation if required for the Technical Design and execution of the
Works.

F. VALIDATION OF DATA, ADDITIONAL SURVEY AND SETTING-OUT

General

The Contractor shall plan and programme for the validation of the data provided by the Authority
and additional surveys if considered necessary by the Contractor to commence the design of the
Works and develop them as the Survey Plan as described in The Contractor shall submit them to
the Authority’s Engineer for consent within 28 days after the Commencement Date. General
contents of this para comprise the following three major stages.

First, the Contractor shall establish horizontal and vertical control system (x, y, z) at the Site and
establish Bench marks using GTS Bench Marks, and locate / confirm the ROW marks given by
the Authority and listed in as well as stacked at the Site adopting the established horizontal and
vertical control system.

Second, the Contractor shall carry out validation of the data provided by the Authority and
additional topographic surveys, if considered necessary by him to review / modify the Horizontal
and Vertical Alignment and yard layout for each Station in compliance with the Design Criteria
(as specified in the Contract) and develop it to the final Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings as

170
well as the data with which the Contractor shall eventually draw up the Cross Section Drawings
at an interval of twenty (20) meters and other drawings necessary to develop the Technical
Design.

The Contractor shall summarize the results of validation of the data and additional surveys so far
in the Survey Report and develop the Site Location Map, and the Structure Setting Out Map and
submit them to the Authority’s Engineer for consent as part of the Technical Design Package.

Based on the above, the Contractor shall review / modify the Horizontal and Vertical Alignment
and develop yard layout for each Station in compliance with the Design Criteria and within the
available ROW. Upon consent by the Authority’s Engineer to the revised Alignment Drawings, it
shall be referred to as the Final Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings. The Final Alignment Plan
and Profile Drawings shall also indicate the offsets from existing IR tracks running parallel to the
Alignment

Thirdly, the Contractor shall carry out Horizontal Alignment staking at the Site based on the
Final Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings and also verify and ensure the ROW staking in the
same interval as the horizontal staking so as to ensure the sufficiency of the available ROW.

Finally, upon the Construction Design Completion by the “Good for Construction” notice, the
Contractor shall set out the works to commence the construction with consistent accuracy and
entirely throughout the design and construction stages.

Horizontal and Vertical Control System

Bench Mark Installation at Site

(1) A set of the Bench Marks comprising a horizontal control system (x, y) and vertical
control system (z) shall be established at the Site based on the GTS Bench Marks which
are established and maintained by the Survey of India, and the Differential Global
Positioning System (DGPS) applying Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinate
system and latest revision of World Geodetic System (WGS). Description of various GTS
Bench Marks along the route alignment as provided by the Survey of India along with
their height above Mean Sea Level is enclosed in Table below. The Contractor shall ensure
that horizontal and vertical position (x, y. z) of each Bench Mark shall not be interfered
and affected by any Permanent and Temporary Works. The Bench Marks shall have the
following features and conditions.

(2) All pillars shall be of thin metal fabricated in dimensions of 20cm x 20cm x h cm (height
above the ground (h) shall be determined at the Site). The entire pillar shall be galvanized
or primer coated, if it is applicable. Exposed surface of the pillars shall be appropriately
painted with enamel paint of a color as specified by the Authority’s Engineer to be easily
identified. A concrete base on which the steel pillar is founded shall be 1 :3:6 lean concrete
and enable to support the pillar stable enough as indicated in the Reference Drawings.
Details shall be developed by the Contractor and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for
review. Each pillar shall be protected by retractable fencing or other similar measures to
keep the pillar from accidentally being touched, hit and moved.

(3) The pillars for the Bench Marks shall be staked at an interval of 5 kilometers on both sides
of the alignment in the ROW. The Contractor shall establish temporary bench marks (x, y,
z) which shall be staked and identified clearly painted in different color from the Bench
Marks as described hereinbefore. These temporary bench marks shall be used to running a
closed traverse for checking the Bench Marks.

(4) The Contractor shall plan and programme to establish a horizontal and vertical control
system at the Site by DGPS and correlate and adjust the system based on the GTS Bench
Marks or with reference to the existing control points or as specified by the Authority’s

171
 Engineer. The Contractor shall develop the plan and program in the Survey Plan and the
Survey Programme and submit to the Authority’s Engineer. The Survey Plan shall include,
but not be limited to, details of the survey methods, error adjustment/ correction, accuracy
achieved, means of accuracy maintained, and the coordination with others with respect to
the consistent accuracy and entirety.

(5) The Contractor shall summarize the Traverse Survey results with verification studies in the
Benchmark Establishing Report.

(6) Upon establishing the Bench Marks completing all necessary adjustments, the final and
detailed survey data of the Bench Marks shall be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for
consent within the date designated as 14weeks (98Days). Upon 'Notice of No Objection'
from the Authority’s Engineer to the Benchmark Establishing Report, the system shall be
the sole horizontal and vertical control system (x, y, z) and the reference pillars provided
with the coordinates (x, y, z), as described herein and shall be referred to as the Bench
Marks which shall be consistently applied to the project under this Contract. Benchmark
Establishing Report containing the traverse Survey results shall also be included as part of
the Survey Report.

(7) The Bench Marks shall be periodically checked (at the intervals as consented by the
Authority’s Engineer) by running closed traverses and closed level works. The Contractor
shall submit the results to the Authority’s Engineer for review. The periodical check shall
include the nearest equivalent Bench Marks established by the other contractor(s) with
sufficient communication with him/them. If any discrepancy which deems to be crucial is
found, the Contractor shall carry out appropriate corrective measures under the instruction
of the Authority’s Engineer.

(8) The equipment to be adopted in the survey to establish the horizontal control system shall
be Static DGPS System (horizontal/ vertical) and Total Stations of 1" accuracy and to
establish vertical control system shall be auto levels which have sufficient accuracy to
meet the requirements hereinafter. The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the
manufacturer or his authorized service agent for the equipment and the peripherals. The
date of the calibration certificate shall not be earlier than one (1) month from the date of
the survey commencement. The calibration shall be checked & re-validated from time to
time at a pre-determined interval or before the expiry of the calibration certificate
whichever is earlier

172
 Table Bench Marks
Description and Heights of Bench Marks
SL BM No RL Location
No m
1
Marked on TOP of Platform END NG LINE of PETALAD station ND END
PTD1
2 PTD2 29.604 Marked on TOP of Platform END NG LINE of PETALAD station ND END
3 BM60 28.672 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 60 & 1
4 BM61 28.246 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 61 & 2
5 BM 62 28.059 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 62 & 3
6 BM-63 28.210 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 63
7
BM-64 28.243 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 64
8 BM-66 30.732 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 66
9 BM-67 30.903 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 67
10 BM-68 29.875 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 68
11 BM70 28.765 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 70
12 BM71 29.902 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 71
13
BM72 30.064 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 72
14 BM73 29.616 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 73
15
BM 74 27.006 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side BDRN Br no 74
16
BM75 27.203 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side BDRN Br no 75
17 BM-76 30.289 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 76
18
BM-77 28.783 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 77
19 BM78 27.602 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 78
20 BM 79 26.939 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 79
21
BM 80 26.744 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 80
22
BM81 27.768 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 81
23
BCHN 28.044 Marked on TOP of Platform END NG LINE of Bochasn station
24
PF 1 28.683 Marked on TOP of Goods Platform NG LINE of Bochasn station
25 PF 2 28.652 Marked on TOP of Goods Platform NG LINE of Bochasn station
26
BM 82 27.355 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 82

173
 27
BM83 26.482 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 83
28
BM84 26.742 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 84
29
BM-85 26.956 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 85
30
BM-86 27.893 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Right side PTD Br no 86
31
BM-88 27.267 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 88
32
BM-89 26.623 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 89
33
BM-91 26.556 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 91
34 BM92 27.564 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side BDRN Br no 92
35
BM93 28.807 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 93
36
BM94 28.057 Marked on TOP of parapit wall Left side PTD Br no 94
37 BDRN 27.903 Marked on TOP of SRJ Aengale Bhadran station
38
BM BDRN 27.947 Marked on TOP of Platform Bhadran station

Requirements for Horizontal Control

(1) The Contractor shall establish a horizontal control system at the Site by DGPS, providing each
Bench Mark with a horizontal coordinate (x, y). The horizontal coordinate (x, y) shall be checked
by the existing control points. The Contractor shall coordinate with the adjacent Other
Contractor(s) to ensure that the Bench Marks established by the Contractor and the equivalent
bench marks established by the Other Contractor(s) are consistent. The Contractor shall include
the survey results and the description in the Survey Report as described in the following
paragraphs. Upon consent of the Authority’s Engineer, the system shall be the sole horizontal
control system in the project under this Contract.

(2) The horizontal control system shall be developed by DGPS and by running a closed traverse on
the Bench Marks and the temporary bench marks along the alignment. In case of the Connecting
Line, and the Junction and Crossing Station arrangements, the traverse shall be run along
periphery of these areas.

(3) The maximum length of a traverse to be closed shall be around 5km and the number of azimuth
courses within an azimuth check shall not exceed twenty five (25). The Contractor shall compute
angular closing error of the traverse followed by linear error. Limits of traverse for horizontal
control shall have the following accuracy:

* Angular error of closure 15" √(N) (N: number of angles measured)

174
 Where N shall not exceeds twenty five (25)

* Total Linear error of closure 1 in 25,000(after angular adjustment)

(4) The error within the permissible limits of the traverse line shall be balanced by the Transit
Method. In case the errors are beyond the above permissible limits, the traverse survey shall be
carried out until the resulted error is within the permissible limits.

(5) The Contractor shall summarize the established coordinates (x, y) with necessary adjustments of
all Bench Marks along with raw observation data downloaded from Total Station, calculation process
and descriptions of all Bench Marks and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for his review.

Requirements for Vertical Control:

(1) The Contractor shall establish a vertical control system at the Site by DGPS, providing each
Bench Mark with a vertical coordinate (z). The vertical coordinate (z) shall be checked by the
GTS Bench Marks of the Survey of India practically as many as possible to ensure the entire
vertical control system is consistent including the equivalent system of the adjacent Other
Contractor(s). The Contractor shall include the survey results and the description in the Survey
Report as described in the following paragraphs. Upon consent of the Authority’s Engineer the
system shall be the sole vertical control system in the project under this Contract.

(2) The vertical control system shall be developed by DGPS or by running a closed level work on the
Bench Marks and the temporary bench marks along the alignment. In case of the Connecting
Line, and the Junction and Crossing Station arrangements, the level work shall be run along
periphery of these areas. The Contractor shall close the level work at an appropriate interval and
find out the closing error as described in the following paragraph.

(3) Each level work shall be connected with the Bench Marks which have the consistent accuracy and
entirety in the system and the system of the adjacent Other Contractor(s) and properly maintained
at the Site. Closing error of loop closure shall not exceed 12 √(K) [mm], where K is the circuit
length in kilometer, where K shall not exceed 5 kilometers. In case, the accuracy of loop closure
exceeds the limit defined herein, the entire loop shall be repeated until the desired accuracy is
achieved.

(4) The Contractor shall summarize the established coordinates (z) of all Bench Marks with necessary
adjustments along with raw observation data, calculation sheets and descriptions of all control
marks on excel components of MS Office and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for review.

Survey

Topographic Survey

(1) The Contractor, after carrying out the validation and any additional survey, if considered
necessary by him, shall ensure the accurate topography of the Site so that he could be fully
satisfied to commence the design of the Alignment and design of Permanent Works. The Bench
Marks as established by the Contractor shall be consistently used for the surveys.

175
(2) The Contractor shall confirm and locate all the Right of Way marks given by the Authority at the
Site and provide them with coordinates (x, y, z) so that the both Alignment and Right of Way are
located based on the same horizontal control system.

(3) The Contractor shall develop the documents including all reports, drawings, and maps as
described. The Contractor shall summarise the results of Validation of Data, Additional Survey
and Setting Out in the Survey Report and submittals to be developed by the Contractor shall
include but not limited to the following and as described in para 2 above :
● The Bench Mark Establishing Plan;
● the Survey Plan;
● the Bench Mark Establishing Report;
● the Survey Report;
● the Site Location Map;
● the Rail track Formation Plan and Profile Drawings;
● the Structure Setting-out Map;
● the Junction and Crossing Station Layout Maps;
● the Track Schematic Drawings and Schedule;
● the Final Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings; and
● the Cross Section Alignment Drawings (at an interval of 20m).

(4) During traversing the periphery areas, the Contractor shall pick up broad alignment of important
roads, rivers, canals, and locations of important buildings and facilities etc. whenever considered
necessary to develop the Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings and other required drawings as
part of the Technical Design

Horizontal Alignment Staking

(1) The Horizontal Alignment defined by the coordinates (x, y) of the centerline of the track from
Palanpur to Mahesana shall be staked at an interval of twenty (20) meters in addition to TS, SC,
CS, ST points along the proposed Alignment. While staking the Horizontal Alignment at Site, the
Contractor shall
a) verify its offsets from the existing IR tracks as defined in the Final Alignment Plan and
Profile Drawings prepared by the Contractor and consented by the Authority’s Engineer.
b) confirm the Right of Way (ROW) staking already done by the Authority at Site and provide
the missing stakes if any. The Contractor shall ensure staking of the ROW as per the
relevant provisions of Indian Railway Engineering Code.

The Contractor shall consistently apply the coordinates established by the Contractor on the
Bench Marks hereinbefore to the staking and any other surveys herein.

(2) The proposed Rail Track Formation Level (as reviewed / modified by the Contractor during
alignment review) shall also be marked on the stakes to indicate the height of the embankment or
depth of the excavation.

(3) Upon completing the Horizontal Alignment staking and providing all the ROW marks with
coordinates (x, y, z), the Contractor shall submit the final coordinates (x, y, z) data of the Vertical
Alignment at an interval of twenty (20) meters, the ROW coordinates (x, y, z) at an interval
approximately twenty (20) meters, horizontal alignment calculation report including curve details
(transition curves, circular curves, IP coordinates (x, y, z) and direction) and the Final Alignment
Plan and Profile Drawings to the Authority’s Engineer within 120 Days.

176
(4) The Contractor shall summarize the survey results of the Right of Way marks given to the
Contractor by the Authority and the Centre Line Survey and the Right of Way staking in
conjunction with the finalised Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings in the "Alignment
Verification Report" and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent.

(5) Upon consent of the Authority’s Engineer to the report, the confirmed Alignment and Right of
Way marks including maps and drawings which confirm the ROW as well as any control points
established by the Centre Line and Right of Way staking, shall become the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that these marks and control points are maintained and
remain throughout the Contract period.

Setting-Out

(1) After the completion of the design, the Contractor shall set out the Works at the Site. The
Contractor shall ensure that all the Permanent Works including, but not be limited to the Bridges
(Important Bridges, Major Bridges, Minor bridges, Road Over Bridges, Road Under Bridges, Foot
Over Bridges), Tunnels, Earthworks for the Railtrack Formation, Earthworks for other excavation
and embankment, Buildings in the Junction and Crossing Stations, are accurately set out.

(2) The setting-out of the Civil Works shall be carried out based upon the Construction Design
drawings including, but not be limited to, the Railtrack Formation Plan and Profile Drawings and
the Structure Setting-out Maps which are consented by the Authority’s Engineer as part of the
Technical Design Package.

(3) The setting-out of the Building Work shall be carried out based upon the Construction Design
drawings including, but not be limited to, the Railtrack Formation Plan and Profile Drawings and
Junction and Crossing Station Layout Maps which are consented by the Authority’s Engineer as
part of the Technical Design Package.

(4) The setting-out of the Track Work shall be carried out based upon the Construction Design
drawings including, but not be limited to, the Alignment Plan and Profile Drawings and the Track
schematic Drawings and Schedule which are consented by the Authority’s Engineer as part of the
Technical Design Package.

Auxiliary Works

It shall be the Contractors responsibility to provide all the auxiliary works and take precautions
necessary to ensure that the survey works are accurate, accountable and secure. The Contractor shall
ensure including but not limited to the following:

(1) perform all necessary calculations in a clear presentation of computations and results in order to
facilitate verification by the Contractor himself and by the Authority’s Engineer;

(2) remove machinery and obstructions from the required sight-lines;

(3) stop all machinery, drilling, blasting, driving and other work causing ground vibration and stop all
smoke, dust, gas, etc., obscuring clear view or causing refraction. If it is hindering the survey
work;

(4) restrict or stop traffic of persons and vehicles near instruments or in sight-lines during instrument
observations as required;

177
(5) provide adequate labor, and materials as deemed necessary and suitable by the Authority’s
Engineer for the control and auxiliary surveys;

(6) carry out additional topographical surveys in cases where the existing topographicac data is, in the
opinion of the Authority’s Engineer, insufficient for accurate measurement of the Works.

Field Trial Embankment

(1) The Field Trial Embankment shall be carried out to determine the following parameters for each
material to be used for the objective embankment:
(a) Optimum spreading thickness of lift;
(b) Number of roller passes; and
(c) Type of compaction equipment to be used.

(2) The Contractor shall submit the Field Trial Embankment Plan to the Authority’s Engineer for
consent at least twenty eight (28) days in advance of carrying out the Field Trial Embankment. After
the Trial the Contractor shall report to the Authority’s Engineer the results which shall contain the
appropriate parameters above based on the tests as specified in the Specifications including in-situ
and laboratory tests together with his consideration on the detailed actual implementation procedure
for the embankment. The

Field Trial shall be carried out for each different material which has different characteristics
based on the material tests which have already carried out and consented by the Authority’s
Engineer as described in the Specifications. The Contractor shall include all those time factors in
the Construction Programme for Stretch as per Authority’s Engineer requirements.

(3) The Contractor shall locate an appropriate place for the Field Trial where his proposed Trial
accomplishes the objectives above. The Contractor shall select the location of the place for the
Trial, subject to the Notice of No Objection by the Authority’s Engineer, in the Right of Way
where the Trial does not interfere with the Works during the period of the Trial including
reinstatement of the area affected by the Trial.

1.1 Operational Requirements

1.1.1 The Permanent Way shall be single line and designed to permit the Authority to operate
satisfactorily at a maximum design speed of 110 km/h. All the bridges and formation
shall be constructed for 25T loading standard. Track shall be constructed for an axle
load of 25T. [The Laying of track to be done by NTC, if Project length is 100 Km or
more.] In case a particular stretch/es is not suitable for NTC working, the Authorty
Engineer may permit track laying without NTC.

1.2 Alignment

1.2.1 The alignment of the Railway Project shall be as per the alignment plans given in
Schedule A, Annex III. The Contractor is required to review and revalidate Engineering
Scale Plans, Alignment & L section, SIPs for technical feasibility.

1.3 Geometric design and general features

178
1.3.1 Geometric design, gradients, curves and all other general features of the Railway Project
shall be in accordance with provisions of the Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual.

1.3.2 The formation level at various chainages along the alignment is indicated in the project
sheets. These shall be verified and corrected by the Contractor in the final alignment
design in conformity with the Specification and Standards specified in the Permanent
Way Manual.
1.3.3 Earthwork & Blanketing:
Earth work in formation to be designed according to the type of existing soil and to be
used for making embankment. The design of blanketing material and thickness to be
decided as per latest RDSO specifications and Railway Board Guidelines and got
approved from Competent Authority. In the sub-grade the soil conforming the SQ1
classification shall not be allowed in the earthwork for top layer. The earthwork and
blanketing should be done in compacted layers of specified thickness as per approved
profile/cross-sections. Necessary works of surface Erosion control to be done as per
latest RDSO guidelines. Slope stability analysis to be done for high embankments
classified under IRPWM.

Safety barricading to be provided by agency while execution of earthwork. They have to

provide barricading with the help of portable fencing along running track where work is
to be done in close vicinity of running track. Fencing shall consist of self supporting
steel angles of size 50mm x 50mm x 6mm, 1.5m long provided with hooks etc. and
embedded in CC 1:2:4 block of size 0.23m x 0.23m placed at c/c distance of 2m along
track. 12mm dia rods in 3 horizontal layers shall be tack welded with angle posts with
provision of one 50mm wide retro-reflective tape in horizontal direction, duly
secured/tied with vertical posts. The payment for safety barricading will be paid under
1.3 of Schedule-G.

Latest RDSO guidelines i.e RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-004 to be used while

designing earth work and blanketing layer.

1.4 Bridges

1.4.1 All bridges shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the design standards
and specifications as per codes and manuals specified in Schedule-D.

1.4.2 All bridges shall be designed for the following minimum recurrence interval of floods:

a) For Important and Major Bridges: 1 in 100 years

b) For Minor Bridges: 1 in 50 years

1.4.3 Width and cross-sections features of bridges: As per approved GADs

1.4.4 Minimum size of RCC box shall be in accordance with the Specifications and
Standards.

179
1.4.5 Important Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations:

S. No. Bridge No Proposed Linear length Type of Super

Location of Bridge str

(in m)
NIL

1.4.6 Major Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations:

S. No. Bridge No Proposed Linear length Type of Super

Location of Bridge str
(in m) dirt wall
to dirt wall
1 78 48977.21 2 X 12.2 PSC SLAB
2 82 51479.21 2 X 12.2 PSC SLAB

1.4.7 Minor Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations:

a) Slab Bridges

S. Proposed Linear length of Bridge Type of Super

No. Bridge (in m)and skew angle w.r.t. to
Location structure
No track

1 60 37309.63 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB

2 61 37577.24 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
3 62 37781.96 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
4 63 38175.46 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
5 69 41046.17 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
6 70 41800.00 2 X 6.10 PSC SLAB
7 73 43134.5 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
8 89 54793.6 1 X 6.1 PSC SLAB
9 93 56465.14 1 X 4.57 PSC SLAB
10 94 57040 1 X 4.57 PSC SLAB
b) RCC Box Bridges
Box perpendicular
S. Bridge Proposed opening size (Span in m)
No Location Remarks
No. Barrel length (in m) and
skew angle w.r.t. to track
1. 64 38442.58 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
2. 65 38759.21 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
180
 Box perpendicular
S. Bridge Proposed
opening size (Span in m)
No Location Remarks
No. Barrel length (in m) and
skew angle w.r.t. to track
3. 66 39466.97 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
4. 67 39841.93 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
5. 68 40293.68 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
6. 71 42391.03 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
7. 72 42412.04 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
8. 74 44438.59 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
9. 75 45416.71 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
10. 76 47113.9 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
11. 77 47587.03 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
12. 79 49313.91 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
13. 80 49654.78 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
14. 81 50029.28 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
15. 83 51874.6 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
16. 84 52535.55 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
17. 85 52792.01 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
18. 86 53639.26 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
19. 87 53744.31 1 X 1.2 7.850 Skew angle-0
20. 88 54400.07 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
21. 90 55154.62 1X2 7.850 Skew angle-0
22. 91 55443.08 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
23. 92 56122.99 1X3 7.850 Skew angle-0
1.4.8 Pipe Culvert

Pipe culverts will be constructed at the following locations:

S. No.
Location Type of Dia (m) Length of barrel (m)
(km) culvert

NIL

1.4.9 Railway flyovers

181
Railway Flyovers shall be provided at the following crossings as per GAD attached:

S. No. Bridge No Crossing Linear length of Vertical

(Chainage) Flyover(dirt wall to dirt clreance w.r.t
wall) (in m) rail level
NIL

1.4.10 Road under bridges (RUB)

Road under-bridges (RUB) shall be provided at the following crossings as per GAD
attached

S. No. Bridge Crossing Box perpendicular Barrel Vertical

No (Chainage) opening size ( (Span length Clearence
in m), Barrel length above
(in m) and skew (m) Road level
angle w.r.t. to track (in m)
01. 63-A 38184.00 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
02. 63-B 38430.96 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
03. 65-A 38840.98 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
04. 65-B 39266.04 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
05. 66-A 39466.97 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
06. 67-A 39912.95 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
07. 67-B 40280.59 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
08. 68-A 40966.01 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
09. 69-A 41187.81 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
10. 69-B 41499.72 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
11. 70-A 41985.84 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
12. 70-B 42341.53 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
13. 72-A 43076.73 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
14. 73-A 44255.28 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
15. 74-A 44466.29 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
16. 75-B 45848.93 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
17. 76-A 47576.53 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
18. 77-A 47863.73 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
19. 77-B 48421.32 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
20. 78-A 49301.13 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50

182
 21. 81-A 50415.04 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
22. 81-B 51175.25 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
23. 82-A 51862.59 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
24. 83-A 52524.63 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
25. 84-A 52750.161 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
26. 87-A 53861.533 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
27. 87-B 54390.04 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
28. 88-A 54776.010 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
29. 91-A 56102.235 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
30. 93-A 56665.00 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
31. 93-B 57030.366 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50
32. 94-A 58046.58 1 x 6 x 4.65 7.850 4.50

1.4.11 Road over bridges (ROB)

Road over bridges (ROB) shall be provided at the following crossings as per GAD
attached:

S. Bridge Location Linear length of Flyover dirt wall Length of Vertical

No. No (Chainage) to dirt wall (in m) and skew approach of clearance
anglew.r.t. to track ROB in and w.r.t rail
Type level
NIL

1.5 Track

1.5.1 The track layout shall be based on the provisions contained in the Indian Railways
Permanent Way Manual & Specifications given in this document and latest Railway
Board Guidelines.

1.5.1.1 The P-way material which includes single length rails, SS rails, Long Rail Panels
shall only be provided by Railways; however, Contractor shall plan to lead the
various Permanent Way (P-Way) materials from specified locations, such as PSC
sleepers will be lead from the Sleeper plants. Service Rails shall be made available
by Railway a n d c o nt r a c t s h a l l p l a n t o l e a d f r o m s p e c i f i e d lo c a t io nw
i t h ma t c h in g f i t t in g s .

All other Track materials such as FS layouts, with PSC sleepers Thick web

183
 Switches, CMS crossings, check rails& connected fittings, Modified SEJs with
sleepers, SEJ rails, with all fittings Level crossing sleepers wooden blocks, fish plates,
ERCs GR SOLE plates for plain track Metal liners ,GFN liners rail screw etc. will
have to be arranged by the Contractor which are required and provided in the
schedule. All leads, lifts & transportation etc. shall have to be done by the Contractor
including depositing back the material after completion of works at his own cost.
Loading, leading and unloading of various Permanent Way (P- Way) material like
loose rails, special rails, point and X-ings including sleepers, Switch Expansion
Joints (SEJs) including sleepers, Glued Joints, trap fittings, fixture and fastening, Pre-
stressed Concrete (PSC) sleepers and other Permanent Way (P-Way) material required
for lying of track shall be done in stages. It is included in the scope of this Contract.
1.5.1.2 The track structures shall consist of 60 kg Rail (R 260), 1660 per km sleeper density
(PSC wider sleepers to be used) on main line, 1540 per km sleeper density (PSC
wider sleepers to be used) on loop line and thick web switch, over riding switches,
improved SEJ, 350 mm ballast cushion on main line and 250mm ballast cushion on
loop lines & weldable crossings etc.
1.5.1.3 The procurement, loading, leading, unloading and laying of ballast in the track
structure is included in the scope of this Contract and included in the track linking. All
ballst should be procured from the quarries approved by the Authority engineer. All
ballast shall be machine crushed and comply with the specifications set out in IRS GE
1 June 2016 with latest correction slips.
1.5.1.4 All activities related to handling, laying, providing of Long rail panels once the rail
DMT has arrived at the site i.e. unloading, stacking, re-handling and TRR with Long
Rail Panel etc. are under the scope of this Tender.
1.5.1.5 Space required for stacking of various P-Way material, Construction Materials,
Machineries and equipment should be properly identified and got approved from
Authority Engineer.
1.5.1.6 Weldable joints shall be Flash butt for wielding all long welded panels supplied by
Railways. Flas butt welds will be done in SH 60 kg rails to be used in loop lines at
Petlad and Bhadran Yard. AT welding will be sparingly used and permission for AT
welding to be taken in exception cases from Authority engineer in advance for such
locations with proper remarks where AT weld is to be provided. Latest manual and
provision of FB welding and AT welding will be followed.
1.5.1.7 Contractor has to provide insitu glued joints (apart from supply of normal factory made
glued joints) during working and in yards as per track circuit plan to be provided by
Railway and as per the directions of the Authority engineer. Latest Glued joint manual
shall be followed. The payment of number of insitu glued joints will be paid under 5.5 of
Schedule-G.

184
1.5.1.8 Trolley Refuges shall be provided at specified locations not exceeding 200m along the
track formation as per latest SOD and directions of Authority Engineer. Latest
Correction slip and drawing of IRPWM 2020 for the same to be followed for trolley
refuges in formation and cutting.
1.5.1.9 Thick web switches, CMS crossings, SEJs should be provided in yards as per the
approved ESP under directions of Authority engineer based on the latest RDSO plan
of thick web switches

1.5.2 The final designs of the track layouts, including horizontal and vertical alignment,
station yard layouts, LWR plans etc shall be reviewed by the Authority Engineer in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

1.6 Railway level crossings

The railway level crossings shall be provided at following locations:

S. Chainage LC No. Class Road Width

No.

NIL

1.6.1 Level Crossing work includes dismantling of existing structures like road work, height
gauges, lifting barrier, sliders etc including all civil works and their re-
construction and extension works according to the approved plans. The complete surface
of the level crossing (including existing surface) shall be provided with BT Road surface
as per latest RDSO guidelines.
The work of extension of existing Level Crossing shall be executed with minimum
disturbance to road traffic. For this purpose, the work of road extension shall be
executed in half width at a time so that the road traffic is regulated through other half.
All safety requirements at level crossings are to be provided as per the directions of
Authorityengineer after LC modification.

1.7 Track layouts in station yards

Station yards shall be constructed as per the final engineering scale plans (ESP
enclosed in relevant section of this document). The work required to dismantle some of
Points & crossing on existing lines under traffic block duly replacing with either by
new FS layouts or with plain track. New FS lay outs on existing lines during Pre NI &
NI period and suitable Traffic blocks will arranged for the same. All the required
materials tools, plants man& machinery required at site are to be arranged by the
agency are under the scope of this Tender. New points and crossing on new line

185
 portion as per Engineering scale plan are to be carried out in situ and can be connected
well in advance of Pre NI.

1.8 Building Works:

All items of building works shall conform to specification of works of concerned zonal
railway. The building work shall include electrical internal wiring with allied work,
system electrical power supply arrangement with transformer/main distribution supply,
sanitary fittings, sewerage system, water supply arrangement (bore wells, pump house,
water tanks) and internal fittings, approach roads, street lighting, boundary wall,
fencing, site levelling, landscape elements, water harvesting and other works incidental
to buildings. Building works shall be deemed to include railway stations, staff quarters,
service buildings, buildings required for installation of equipment for electrification
works, and facilities along the railway line.

1. The Contractor shall plan work is such a way that construction of new staf
quarters, gate lodges is completed and commissioned before dismantling of existing
quarters and gate lodges etc.

2 Dismantling work: - The existing buildings to be dismantled are given below:

a) Level Crossing structures as indicated at para 1.6.1 above.
b) Structures & quarters which are in the alignment of G.C. line & loop lines.

3. Dismantling work/released material from these buildings wooden and steel items
are to be handed over to the Authority Engineer and other debris shall be the property of
Contractor.The Contractor shall clear off Railway land by removing all such released
materials, debris etc. before the date of commissioning of the project.

4. Contractor shall prepare and get approved dismantling plan prior to dismantling of
such works which may affect existing track/running trains/road traffic/other joining
structure etc.

5 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

S. Description of Finishes/ Material standards

No Area
I Station
Building
Facade Granite cladding or Terracotta tile claddings, Exterior texture paints etc. as per
the approved design by authority.
A Ground floor

186
 station
building
i) Flooring
a) Common Entrance lobby to be provided with 40 mm granite stone slabs. 18-20 mm
Areas, Granite stone slabs flooring in combination with full body vitrified tile of more
Entrance than 15mm thickness in other areas. Dado of columns to be provided with 18-
Lobby 20 mm granite with corner protection with suitable material.
Ticketing Area
etc
b) Railway More than 600 x 600 mm size double charged Vitrified tiles/Manufactured
Office areas stone/ wooden flooring as per approved design. Granite to be provided on all
door jambs and window sills/ soffits
c) Service area, 40mm thick kota stone or full body vitrified tile of more than 15mm thickness
store, pantry/
Kitchen
ii) Doors and UPVC/ factory made Polyester powder coated aluminium extruded tubular
Windows sections/glass/ wooden doors& windows with suitable frame as approved by
authority.
iii) Common Granite flooring in common area/ antiskid ceramic/ vitrified tile flooring in
toilets washroom. Vitrified tile from skirting to ceiling height. Granite Counters, Counter
sunk basins/counter top basins / SS sinks, Looking Mirrors, lacquered glass etc as per
design / aesthetics requirement.
iv) Railings Stainless steel tubular horizontal guards rails/hand rails in SS304/Clear 1.0 m high
stainless steel railing ( SS-316 L Grade) made out of tubular balustrades with horizontal
tubular SS tubes as rails and hand rails on top.( as per approved design ).
v) Parking Area VDC flooring with appropriate structural design for taking heavy vehicular traffic, precast
concrete kerbs/ dividers.
vi) footpath Footpath with antiskid interlocking designer paver blocks of at least 80mm thickness.
III Offices
Flooring 18-20 mm Granite flooring
including
skirting and
Dado
Common 18-20 mm Granite flooring
areas,
walkways,
Corridors,
lobbies
General office/ More than 600 x 600 m double charged Vitrified tiles/ wooden flooring.
sections Granite to be provided on all door jambs and window sills/ soffits
Toilets Granite flooring in common area, antiskid ceramic/ vitrified tile flooring in
washroom. Vitrified tile from skirting to ceiling height. Granite Counters,
Counter sunk basins/counter top basins / SS sinks, Looking Mirrors, lacquered
glass etc as per design / aesthetics requirement.
Canteen & Granite flooring in canteen area, Kota stone in kitchen flooring Granite in
Pantry washing area. Vitrified tile from skirting to ceiling height. Granite Counters,
Counter sunk basins/counter top basins / SS sinks, Looking Mirrors, lacquered glass etc

187
 as per design / aesthetics requirement along with the arrangement of Chimney for exhaust.
IV Platform area
Flooring The platform area will be covered with kotastone of 40mm thickness at
Covered area. RCC Coping to be provided cast-in-situ. Tactile tile on
platforms as per the design requirement for divyang with yellow paint at 2m
from the coping edge along the platform. Dado of columns to be provided with
18-20 mm granite with corner protection of stainless steel angle,
Water booths To be provided with factory made premium finish stainless steel with adequate
provision for Divyangjan. Tactile tiles to be laid on platforms for guidance for
divyang to access water booth.
Cover on Steel structure frame with 1mm thick corrugated GS sheet with zinc coating.
platform
Modular Max no 04 on each platform as per approved design.
Kiosk/
vending
Trolley
V Vertical / Horizontal Blade Aluminium Louvers with Anodized / Powder
Aluminium
Coated Finish / size as specified in the details. Base frame of MS Structure /
Louvers
Existing Structural Elements shall be used for Support
VI Mandatory housing
1 Door &
Window
Frames
i) Doors frames Chemically treated hardwood (Teak, Shisham, Sal) with double rebate to
Except accommodate safety Grill door with SS Wire mesh. For Internal doors single
toilet/bath rebate frames.
ii) Window uPVC extruded frame sections with minimum wall thickness of 2.0mm
frames
iii) Doors frames FRP/PVC Factory made compatible to door shutter
for toilet/bath
2 Shutters
i) Main door Double shutter , one with 35mm thick factory made flush door shutter both
shutter side commercial veneered and painted including necessary lipping.one mild
steel grill door with mosquito proof stainless steel wire mesh of SS-304 grade.
ii) Bath & Toilet 25 to 30 mm thick FRP/PVC factory made panelled door.
door
iii) Internal Doors 35 mm thick factory made flush door shutters both sides commercial ply
veneering and finished with wooden putty and painted.
iv) External uPVC extruded frame section with wall thickness of 2.0mm, with 6-8mm thick
Balcony clear toughened glass.
doors/window
shutters
v) Hardware & Stainless steel SS-304 Grade
fittings
3 Flooring,
Skirting &

188
 Dado
i) Living/drawin Vitrified tile 600 x 600mm with matching grout.
g room &
family lounge
ii) Master Vitrified tile 600 x 600mm with matching grout.
Bedrooms
iii) Bedrooms Double Charged Vitrified tile 600 x 600mm with matching grout.
iv) Kitchen Anti skid Vitrified tiles of size not less than 300x300.
v) Kitchen 18mm thick pre polished granite with nosing with provision of PVC cabinet
counter with partition and platforms in 18mm granite.
vi) Toilet/bathroo Glazed ceramic anti skid tiles size not less than 300x300 including grouting the
ms joints.
vii) Circulation Combination of 18mm thick repolished granite/Double Charged Vitrified tiles
areas size not less than 600x600mm.
viii) Main Staircase 18-25mm thick honed/flamed finish granite in single length of treads &18mm
repolished for risers.
ix) Fire escape 20 mm thick Kota stone using single length up to 2.0 metre with prefinished
staircase nosing
x) Skirting all 100 to 150 high matching the floor material.
over
xi) Kitchen dado Ceramic glazed tile size not less than, 300x450 mm as per design from floor up
to full height.
xii) Toilet/bath, Ceramic glazed tile size not less than 300x450 mm as per design from floor up
WC dado to full height with decorative bands.
4 Railings
i) Railing in Stainless steel grade 304 factory made railing
Balconies
5 Finishes
i) Internal All walls & ceilings to be treated with 8-10 mm thick gypsum plaster and
Finishes painted with low VOC acrylic washable distemper, Synthetic enamel paint on
all wood works & steel works.
ii) External Quartz reinforced, Acrylic modified resign based texture, 2.5 to 3.0 mm
Finishes thickness
iii) Ceiling Drawing room designer false ceiling with cob design
6 Terrace Single component Polyurethane.+ screed + Foam Insulation + heat resistant
Waterproofing tiles
7 Sunken Two component acrylic cementitious coating.
portion
Waterproofing
8 Shutters for Aluminum shutters (with glass panel for fire shafts and louvered aluminum
exposed panels for other shafts)
service shafts
in core areas

189
1.8.1 Railway stations

Railway stations shall be constructed at the following locations:

Sr No. Amenities to be Bochasan Bhadran Sundarna

provided at Stations

1 Drinking Water 06 06 02
no of taps

2 Waiting Hall @ 15 15 10 sqm

sqm booking office
cum wtg hall

3 Seating 10 10 5
Arrangements(No
of seat/Platform)SS
3 seat bench with
backrest

4 Platform shelter at 112 sqm 112 sqm Bus type

Each Platfrom modular
shelter

5 Platforms High level High level High level

6 Lightning (LUX
level)

7 Fans ** - -

8 FOB 1 with cover 1 with cover -

9 Timetable display

10 Clock 1 1

190
Sr No. Amenities to be Bochasan Bhadran Sundarna
provided at Stations

11 Water cooler 2 no on 2 no on Each PF -

Each PF

12 Parking cum *** *** ***

Circulating
area/with lights

Yes Yes Yes

13 Dustbin

** For covered platforms having width of 6-9 mts; one rows of fans should be provided
@one fan in the centre of supporting columns. For covered platforms more than 9mts width,
fans should be provided in 2 rows.

*** Circulating Area: In the circulating area, proper traffic movement flow plan should be
made.

S. Amenities to be Sundarna Bochasan Bhadran

No. provided at Stations

Centre line chainage 44430 52580 59760

1 from Petlad Ch in () is
from Nadiad
Nos. of platform and 1x445x6.7-(HL) PF-1 & 2- PF-1 & 2-
2 their individual length + 445x6.7m (HL) 445x6.7m (HL)
and width (m) 2 x 72.5 x 6.7 + +
205 x 6.7m (RL) 205 x 6.7m (RL)

Minimum width of
3 platform (m) 6.7 + 6.7 6.7 + 6.7 6.7 + 6.7

Nos. of foot over bridge

4 with width (m) Nil 01 -3.60 m 01 -3.60 m

Nos. of stairs on each

5 platform Nil 01 01

191
 S. Amenities to be Sundarna Bochasan Bhadran
No. provided at Stations

Toilets 01 04 04
6

PF Shelter (Nos.)*L*B
7 Bus type 1 x16 x7 for 1 x16 x7 for
moduler Each Platform Each Platform
shelter

Washable Apron
8 Nil Nil Nil

Watering Line
9 Nil Nil Nil

Parking
10 Yes Yes Yes

1.8.2 Service buildings

All service buildings i.e stationbuilding, points man rest rooms, booking offices, SPs & SSP
are to be constructed as per the approved plans of WR and are under the scope of this Tender.

Specification for service buildings:

(1) The Service buildings shall be fully electrified and with proper toilet, water supply,
sewerage, drainage facility, roof leakage proof, rain water harvesting, boundary wall/fencing
etc. The Architectural plan and elevation shall be approved by the Authority’s Engineer. The
proper connecting roads, tree plantation, tree guards, common garden/area, pavement/pathway
and other colony specific facilities will be provided by the Contractor. At certain stations
framed structure for the building unit shall be preferred.

(2) Each & every building and structure material and accessories such as steel, cement,
structural steel, sand, aggregate, bricks, stone, tiles, wood, fittings and fixtures etc. shall be
tested and approved by Authority’s Engineer for use in the project. Certificate of tests or
certified true copies by manufacturers which are to be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer
shall be current and shall relate to the batch of the material delivered to the site. Contractor shall
also carry out tests from independent NABL approved laboratories/Government colleges to
establish acceptability of use of particular building material.
(3) The Contractor has to dismantle and rebuild all existing buildings/structures which are
coming on the proposed alignment before starting the work. The list given above is indicative.
However, the Contractor has to conduct detail survey before taking up the work and rebuild all
the structures coming in the way.

192
 (4) Joint inventory of structures/buildings to be dismantled to determine size and type of
structure need to be taken before starting the work.

(5) The area for service buildings is tentative which may vary as per final design requirement
and approval by Authority’s Engineer.

Service buildings shall be constructed at each station as follows:

Sr. no. Description of service Location Plinth area

building

1 ESM duty Room – 2 nos. Petlad- Bhadran 13.5 sqm (each)

(S&T)
2 JE/SE office – 1 no. 18 sqm
(S&T)
3 SSE office – 1 no. 18 sqm
(S&T)
4 TCM Duty Room – 2nos 18 sqm
(Telecom)
5 Cabin Cubicle-4 nos Petlad- Bhadran 9 sqm (each)
(Telecom)
6 JE/SE office & Store – 1 no. 13.sqm
(Telecom)
7 SP/SSP (Elect.) 75 sqm
8 TSS 155 sqm

1.8.3 Staff quarters

As per the statement enclosed new staff quarters are to be constructed and some
existing staff quarters are to be dismantled after construction of new quarters on
replacement account.

Construction and development of staff colony comprising of following types of staff quarters at
each station:

S. No. Station Type Single/Multi-storey No. Remarks

1. 30 units Staff Quarters

Petlad – Bhadran II Multi-storey 20 with all desirable facilities
like sewerage, road

193
2. section ,electrical wiring, etc to be
III Multi storey 06 constructed as per
approved building plan of
3. Type-II ,III & IV quarters
IV Multi storey 04 at desired location directed
by Engineer-in – charge
new quarters. Finish
schedule attached below

1.8.4 Out-door power supply, distribution, and lighting works

New quarters, service buildings area, extended PF locations to be provided as per site
requirement.

1.8.5 Water supply and distribution

One over head tankof 100000 liters along-with suitable bore after Geophysical
investigation. Report to be approved by Authority Engineer. Underground Sump of
10000 litre, Pumphouse and automatic submersible pump of 10Hp with stand by pump
arrangement of same capacityto be provided at B Class station directed by Railways along-
with water pipeline network to feed Railway colony, Station bldgs. Passenger platform
and circulating area. For D class station a 5000 ltr PVC tank on steel staging of 10m
height with suitable bore after Geophysical investigation. Report to be approved by
Authority Engineer. Underground Sump of 5000 litre, Pumphouse and automatic
submersible pump of 5Hp withstand bypump arrangement ofsame capacityto be provided

1.8.6 Drainage system

Suitable efficient drainage system as required for the efficient disposal of sewerage/
waste water as required for proposed service buildings & staff quarters is to be provided
as per proposed drawing by the Contractor which will be approved by the Authority
Engineer in consultation with Authority. Railway will provide Footfall data at station
and occupancy in quarters.

(1) For Details IS 1742 -1988 Code of Practice for Building Drainage may be
referred.
(2) Design of Drainage system: In designing a drainage system for building(s), the
aim shall be to provide self cleansing conduits for the conveyance of soil, waste,
surface or subsurface waters, and the removal of such wastes speedily and
efficiently to a sewer or other outlet, without risk of nuisance and hazard to
health.
(3) Gradient and discharge: The discharge of water through a domestic drain is
intermittent and limited in quantity and therefore, small accumulations of
solid matter are liable to form in the drains between the building and the public
sewer. There is usually a gradual shifting of these deposits as discharges take
place. Gradients shall be sufficient to prevent these temporary accumulations
building up and blocking the drains.

194
(4) Self-cleaning velocity: Normally, the sewer shall be designed for discharging
three times the dry weather flow flowing half- full with a minimum self
cleansing velocity of 0.75 metre per second. The approximate gradients which
give this velocity for the sizes of pipes likely to be used in building drainage,
and the corresponding discharges when flowing half-full. The sizes and slopes
shall conform to Local Municipal Bye Laws.
(5) Minimum velocity of flow: In cases, where it is practically not possible to
conform to the minimum gradients, a flatter gradient may be used but the
minimum velocity in such cases shall on no account be less than 0.61 metres per
second.
(6) Maximum velocity of flow: On the other hand, it is undesirable to employ
gradients giving velocity of flow greater than 2.4 metres per second. Where it is
unavoidable, cast iron pipes shall be used. The approximate gradients which give
a velocity of 2.4 metres per second for the various sizes of pipes and the
corresponding discharge.
(7) Design of pipes: Subject to the minimum size of 100mm , the sizes of
pipes, shall be decided in relation to the estimated quantity of flow and the
available gradient.
(8) Wherever municipal sewer connections are not available, Septic Tanks are to be
provided.
(9) Soil pipes: The minimum internal diameter for soil pipes shall not be less than
100mm. Soil pipes shall be situated outside the building or in a suitably designed
open shaft. The work of the soil pipe shall be carried down truly vertical, but
where unavoidable, they may be laid at an inclination of not less than 22
½o to Horizontal. Soil pipes below ground shall be cast iron. Above ground
asbestos cement soil pipes may also be used in exceptional case.
(10) Vent pipes: The soil or waste pipe above the highest inlet connection shall be
continued upwards either to the full diameter or to a reduced diameter of not less
than 80mm for water closets, and 50 mm for other fixtures to serve as a
ventilating pipe. The vent pipe shall be carried to a height of atleast 60 cm
above the outer covering of roof (near the cover) of the building. In the case of
flat roof with access provided the height shall be atleast 120 cm above the
parapet, and 2 meters above the roof level. The top of the pipe shall also not be
less than 2 metres above the head of any window within a horizontal distance of
3 metres from it. The top of the vent pipe shall be fitted with a hard cast iron /
GI or copper wire dome.

(11) Waste pipes: Waste Pipes shall be fixed and jointed in the same manner as soil
pipes. Branch waste pipes from fittings to the main waste stack shall ordinarily
be of lead and these shall be connected to the fittings through an efficient
syphon Trap.
(12) Discharge: All soil pipes, after passing vertically below ground level shall be led
by an easy bend into the adjoining home service manhole if provided or be
connected direct to a sewer pipe. No soil pipe shall discharge into a gully
trap or open drain. All waste pipes shall discharge into open gully traps,

195
 provided with square C.I. gratings. A waste pipe shall not be connected directly
to a manhole or soil pipe or sewer.
(13) Rain Water Drain Pipe: If a separate underground drainage system is provided
for surface water rainwater down pipes shall discharge in the open air over un
trapped gullies. Otherwise they shall discharge in the open air into surface
drains.
(14) Tests: All soil, waste pipes, laid above ground, shall be subjected to a smoke
test, at the expense of the contractor, after fixing in position preferably
with the use of a smoke machine. Smoke shall be pumped in from the lower end
and all joints and traps carefully examined for any leakage of smoke. In case of
pipes laid below ground, they shall be subject to a static head of water of 60 cm
above the crown at the top most point following the same method as for glazed
earthenware pipes.

1.8.7 Sewerage system

Septic tanks of adequate size as per demand assessment (occupancy) to be constructed

with sewer-line of concrete pipe (NP-4 Pipe) in the colony. In stations, sewerage system
to be provided as per proposed drawing by the Contractor which will be approved by
the Authority Engineer in consultation with Authority.

1.9 Pedestrian Bridges/ SUBWAY

FOB for pedestrians crossing railway track/station shall be constructed at as follows:

S. No. Station/ Block Length Width No. of Staircase

Section

1.
Bochasan 35 ± 5 m 3.6m FOB

196
 3.
Bhadran 35 ± 5 m 3.6m FOB

FOB with roof cover shall be design by the contractor as per railway specification
and standard loading; proof checked and will be approved by authority engineer in
consultation with authority and constructed. Suitable hand rails to be fixed with tactile
tiles on floor for access of divyang flooring will be non-speed checkered tiles with 30 mm
thickness. For open area cover shaded with fully carbonadoed roofing shall be provide.

1.10 Service roads/ internal roads/approach roads and footpaths

Service roads/ internal colony roads/approach roads and footpaths shall be constructed
at the locations and for the lengths and widths indicated below:

S. Road/Footpath Location Area Remarks

No. From km to km

1 At all stations Stations given 15300 Plans will

for the access in document be taken
of Vehicles, Sqm from the
Passengers, authority’s
colony office.
occupants Road will
be RCC.

1.11 Boundary walls, boundary pillars

As per Para 809 of IRWM, provision of railway boundary pillars to be

Provided

Sr Boundary wall Length

No.
1. Encroachment Prone, 8 km
Tresspasing locations,
Habitate zone, Colony limits,

197
 Station limits, Circulating
area. (Boundary wall as per
Plan attached)

1.11.1 The length of the boundary wall is tentative. The boundary wall actually
required will be provided for the quarters, station buildings and service buildings,
Colony and Station premises and individual structures for isolation and controlled
access as required and approved by Authority Engineer. Closed Boundary wall with
proper opening and gate shall be provided for each building or group of building /
structures with controlled access as per requirement of Authority Engineer.

1.11.2 Boundary wall shall be provided at approach of yards vulnerable to

encroachment, trespassing, nuisance by local/ outside persons shall be provided by the
contractor as considered necessary by authority Engineer and as per the agreed and
approved plan.

1.11.3 Platform back wall - Back wall shall be provided in on other side of the
platform all along the length of the platform for home platform, the backwall shall be
provided at the island platform also wherever considered necessary. There may be
considerable level difference between existing ground level and the platform area, the
wall in such cases, shall be designed accordingly.

1.11.4 Boundary pillars shall be provided all along the length of track, yard, colony
for distinct demarcation of Railway Boundary duly engraved /painted with IR/WR.
The design, interval, offset etc. shall be as per requirement and Authority Engineer as
per the manual and extent guidelines.

1.11.5 Land boundary stones in Block section - 1600 Nos ( Approx)

1.12 Signage information boards and posts

All the signage, information boards, and posts shall be provided which include road sign
board, km, gradient, curve, SEJ, Point and crossing, station, bridge, colony, W/L, Speed
Restriction, TP/TG, train indication Board (TIB), Coach guidance system (CGS), utility
boards (such as cloak room, parcel, waiting rooms etc.) etc. in accordance with good
industry practice.

All signage, information boards and posts shall be provided which include Platform
Indication Board (PIB) such as station name and service buildings, utility boards, such
as Clock Room, parcel, waiting rooms, water coolers etc. in accordance with
requirement of Railways and various signages and Boards e.g. Bridge Board, curve
board etc. required in block section. Upon completion of the track installation following
permanent markers shall be provided as per IRPWM and prior approval by the
Authority’s Engineer of their information, plates/boards, colour scheme and fixation
arrangement, the list is indicative only :

a) Kilometre markers;

198
 b) Change of gradient markers;

c) Curve reference markers;

d) LWR/CWR reference markers;

e) SEJ markers including its reference markers;

f) Fouling point markers;

g) Turnout markers.

h) Land boundary pillars

i) Level crossing markers

j) Mandatory “W” boards for level crossings

k) Bridge boards/signages

l) Fog signal locations

m) All markers required to be painted on rails for curves, turnouts and SEJs etc.
shall be paint marked by the Contractor as per IRPWM.

1.13 Drainage along the railway line

Drainage system including surface and subsurface drains for the Railway Project shall
be provided in accordance with the Indian Railway P.Way/Works manual and RDSO
Guidelines.

Sr. No. Chainage Length

1 Bhadran yard, Colony 1000Rm As per Drg

Attached

1.14 Embankment/slope protection works

Requirement of retaining walls, CC apron pitching with CC grid (as per drawing
attached), geo grid, turfing is as given below:

(1) Retaining Wall: Retaining Wall: Retaining walls shall be provided at all locations to
retain soil slopes,where width of Railway land may not be available enough to
accommodate slope of embankment 2:1 or as approved by Authority Engineer. This
shall depend on final L-section and alignment prepared by the Contractor and
approved by Authority.

199
 Sl.No Chainage Length Height
From To
1 Petlad - Bhadran 1500 Rm 1m to 3m

1.15 Supply of Materials and Stores

(a) The following P-way material inventory shall be supplied by the Contractor at the
time of commissioning:

SN Particulars Qty Unit

1. Fish plate 60 kg 1m long 120 Set
2. Joggled fish plate 60 kg with clamps 120 Set
3. Fish bolts 60 kg 200 Set
4. Glued joints 60 kg 16 Nos.
5. Improved SEJ 60 kg(T-6902) 4 set
6. Grooved rubber pad 6mm thick/rdo 750 Nos.
drg
7. GFN liner (RT-8751) 600 set
8. Metal liner (RT-8748) 1200 set
9. ERC clips (RT-5919) 3000 Nos.
10. ERC J clips 300 Nos.
11. Retro reflective speed boards 12 set
(20,30,45,75)
12. 1 in 12 P&C 60 kg TWS 4 set
13. LC Gate sleepers with fittings 20 Set
14. 1 in 12 CMS crossings 10 Nos
15. 60kg welds (Supplyof portions & 100 Each
consumables including welding)
260R/90 UTS
16. Joggled fish plate with bolts 60kg (T- 50 Pair
5849)
17. Single coil Spring washer (T-10773) 1000 Nos

(b) The following Mobile Maintenance units shall be supplied by the contractor .

Sr. No. Description Quantity Unit

1 Phawrah 140 Each

2 Push Trolley 3 Each
3 Motor trolly 2 Each
4 Moped trolly/ Self Propelled light 4 Each
weight trolley
3 Abrasive Rail Cutter Per SE 6 Each
5 Rail Drilling Machine 6 Each
6 Chamfering Kit 4 Each
7 Rail Profile Weld Grinder 4 Each

200
Sr. No. Description Quantity Unit

8 Hydraulic Rail Tensor (Non-infringing 2 Set

Type)
10 Double Action Weld Trimmer for AT 3 Each
Welding (Power Pack Version)
12 Toe Load Measuring Device (MECH) 2 Each
13 Mechanical Track Jack 26 Each
14 Hydraulic Track Jack 18 Each
17 Communication equipment - Walkie 10 Set
Talkie
18 Inspection Gadgets

(a) Inspection kit (PWI Kit as well as 4 Each

BRI)
(b) Gauge cum level 20 Each
(c) Thermometer 18 Each
19 Hydraulic sleeper spacer 4 Each
20 Mono Rail wheel Borrow 10 Each
21 Rail Dolly 30 Each
22 Basket wire 100 Each
23 Rack Ballast 4 prong 100 Each
24 Rack Ballast 8 prong 140 Each
25 Beater steel 8lbs 140 Each
26 Bucket GI 20 Each
27 Banner Flag BG red 50 Each
28 Crow bar steel 140 Each
29 Chisel workshop made 8" long 20 Each
30 Cane-a-bowl 30 Each
31 Clamp for banner flag 70 Each
32 Clearance gauge 28 Each
33 Diplory BG 7 Each
34 Drum iron 20liters capacity 18 Each
35 First Aid box 18 Each
37 Hammer keying 4lbs 22 Each
38 HS flag red 28 Each
39 HS flag green 28 Each
40 led Based flashing signal Lamp 38 Each
41 Lock pad 50mm 25 Each
42 Off Track tamper 3 Each
43 Magnifying Glass 25 Each
44 Mirror concave 25 Each
45 Pick axe steel 20 Each

201
Sr. No. Description Quantity Unit

46 Pan iron Ghumela 140 Each

47 Rammer CI 10 Each
48 Rail Thermometer 20 Each
49 Spanner 60Kg D/E 35 Each
50 Steel cant sleeper 10 Each
51 Safety chain 25 Each
52 Battery operated LED based torch 100 Each
53 Tommy Bar 18 Each
54 Template square wooden (T-square) 15 Each
55 Tin case for banner flag 18 Each
56 Tin case for H. S. flag 18 Each
57 Tin case for Time Book 18 Each
58 Tin case for gangue chart 10 Each
59 Whistle 38 Each
60 Jim crew for 52Kg/60Kg 3 Each
61 Khupri 18 Each
62 Duty roster for gangue 18 Each
63 Number Board 10 Each
64 Box Spanner for crew pin/rail pin 18 Each
65 Haver Shake 18 Each
66 Rail lifting tongue 28 Each
67 Portable D.C. Welding Generator 2 Each
68 Powered material trolley. 2 Each
69 Continuous Rail Thermometer. 4 Each
70 Computer with printer, scanner etc. for 5 Each
various office use.
(C) ELECTRICAL SPARE SUPPLY ITEMS(NOT APPLICABLE
IN THIS CONTRACT)

TRD
1. Pull lift machine 3 tonne pulling capacity and 3 5 Nos
tonne lifting capacity Make Tracel Tirfer India
Pvt Ltd or similar
2. Pull lift machine 5.2 tonne pulling capacity and 5 Nos
3.2 tonne lifting capacity Make Tracel Tirfer
India Pvt Ltd or similar
3. Pull lift machine 1.5 tonne pulling capacity and 5 Nos
2 tonne lifting capacity Make Tracel Tirfer India
Pvt Ltd or similar
4. Earthing discharge rod complete. 5 Nos
5. Aluminium straight ladder (9.3 m) with hook 5 Nos

202
 on top.
6. Aluminium folding ladder (11 m) with hook on 5 Nos
top.
7. Portable electric drill machine21mm, single 5 Nos
phase 230 Volt ( for drilling rails for bonding).
8. Contact wire cutter 36". 5 Nos
9. Dropper wire cutter 12". 5 Nos
10. Single sleeve pully block 3 1/2" x 1/2" groove 5 Nos
steel.
11. Contact wire twist cum bender 6" 5 Nos
12. Steel sling 1m long, eye at each end 19 mm dia. 5 Nos
13. Steel sling 2m long, eye at each end 19 mm dia. 5 Nos
14. Steel sling 3m long, eye at each end 19 mm dia. 5 Nos
15. Steel sling 4m long, eye at each end 19 mm dia. 5 Nos
16. Steel sling 5m long, eye at each end 19 mm dia. 5 Nos
17. Fabric metric tape 30 mtr long 15 mm wide 5 Nos
each.
18. Engineering ratchet with socket set 5 Nos
19. Earth Megger/tester 5 Nos
20. Screw driver set consisting of 6", 8", !2", 16" & 5 Set
18"
21. Insulated cutting plier (12") & (8") 5 Set
22. Sprit level (12") & (6") 5 Set
23. Tensometer IDT-10 Ton capacity. 5 Nos
24. Hydraulic criming tool. 5 Nos
25. Bench grinder (Double end pedestal) Motor 5 Nos
driven.
26. 50W LED flood light IP65 rating 5 Nos
27. Syren covering distance one kilometer (Electric). 5 Nos
28. High Beam (Range 1 km) rechargeable 15W 5 Nos
LED torch
29. D' Spanner double ended 24 sizes in a set of 12 5 Nos
pieces Gedore make or equivalent
30. Ring spanner double ended 24 sizes in a set of 5 Nos
12 pieces Gedore make or any other
substantially equipment make.
31. Portable fire extinguisher capacity 4.5 Kg DCP 5 Nos
type.
32. Supply of All-in-one PC /Laptop 5 Nos
33. Supply of Laserjet Printer with scanner 5 Nos
GENERAL SERVICES
1. Supply of 8 locker Steel cup board. 4 Nos
2. Supply of Almirah steel. 4 Nos
3. Supply of Steel chair. 12 Nos
4. Supply of Steel table. 4 Nos

203
 5. Supply of Light duty drill machine 4 Nos
6. Supply of Portable blower. 4 Nos
7. Supply of clip on meter 4 Nos
8. Supply of earth tester 4 Nos
9. Supply of insulation tester 4 Nos
10. Supply of 8 feet ladder 4 Nos
11. Supply of Self supporting Aluminium ladder -15 2 Nos
feet.
12. Supply of All-in-one PC /Laptop 2 Nos
13. Supply of Laserjet Printer with scanner 2 Nos
14. Tool-kit for maintenance 2 Nos
15. Cable Height measuring instrument ultrasonic 2 Nos
type CHM600E

1.16 Compulsory afforestation and tree plantation

To be done as per the Rules and Regulatins in force in respective State Governments
and as per the relevant orders of the Government Instrumentality. The tentative detaisl
of number of trees which are required to be planted by the Contractor as compensatory
afforestation as per final alignment will be 10 times the actual no. of tress cut.

1.17 Any other requirements:

The contractor has to execute the works as per Railway authority and termsand
conditons of this Contract agreement

1.17.1 Deployment of Engineers & Staff

The contractor shall provide and keep on the works, during the execution of the works,
efficient and competent Engineers to ensure that the work is executed strictly as per
provisions of the contract. It shall be the obligation on the part of the contractor to provide
the following minimum engineering staff at site: -

Minimum
Sr. No. Position/Qualification/Experience nos. to be
deployed
1 Project Manager Civil – Degree holder 1
with minimum experience of 10 years in
the field Railwa y/Highway.
2 Construction Manager – Degree holder with 2
minimum experience of 4 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 6 years in
the field.

204
 3 Engineer (Quality Control) – Degree holder with 2
minimum experience of 3 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 5 years
experience in the field.
4 Site Engineer (Civil) – Degree holder with 6
minimum experience of 3 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 5 years in
the field.
5 Survey Engineer - Degree holder with 2
minimum experience of 3 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 5 years

Electrical Department(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

1. Construction Manager (Electrical) – Degree holder 1

with minimum experience of 4 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 6 years in the
field of Railways/Metro/RVNL/CORE/RITES.
2. Site Engineer (Electrical) – Degree holder with 2
minimum experience of 3 years/Diploma holders
with minimum experience of 5 years in the field.
3. Design Engineer(Electrical - Degree holder with 1
minimum experience of 3 years/Diploma
holders with minimum experience of 5 years
with Autocad Proficiency.
4. Office Assistant – Bachelor Degree holder in any 2
streem with minimum experience of 3 years of
office working.

In addition to the above, requisite no. of staff for laboratory and other
supervisory staff shall be deployed by the contractor. The technical staff shall be got
approved in writing from the Authority’s Engineer (whose approval may be withdrawn
any time) for supervision of works and to receive direction from the Authority’s
Engineer or his representative of the work on behalf of the contractor. The
supervisory staff of the contractor will not be changed without the approval of the
Authority’s Engineer.

1.17.2 The contractor has to deploy the Project Manager, Construction Manager,
Engineer(Quality Control) and Survey Engineer within one month of issue of the letter of
acceptance. The site engineers shall be deployed by the contractor as per the deployment
program/method statement approved by the Authority’s Engineer. In case, the contractor
fails to deploy sufficient Engineers as described above, the Engineer shall be entitled to
recover the following amount from the dues of the contractor:-

205
 1 Non Deplo yment Of Project Rs. 200,000/- per month or
Manager part thereof

2 Non Deployment of Rs. 100,000/- per month or

Construction Manager part thereof

3 Non Deployment of Site Rs. 80,000/- per month or

Engineer/Engineer part thereof
(Quality Control)

The decision of the Authority’s Engineer as to the period for which the required technical staff
was not employed by the contractor and as to reasonableness of the amount to be deducted
on this account shall be final and binding on the contractor.

1.17.3 The details of skilled manpower/workers trade wise i.e. skilled, semiskilled workers,
labour, arrangement of boarding/lodging along with the details of permanent staff shall be
submitted by the contractor within 15 days after the award of work to him. This shall be
submitted along with the program of works.

1.17.4 Inspection Vehicles

The contractor shall be responsible to provide requisite number of inspection vehicles

(Innova Crysta/Scorpio/ Bolero or equivalent) in good condition (Model not more than 1
years old) for the full contract period exclusively for the movement of Authorty’s
Engineer or his authorized representative as directed by the “Authority” and bear all
expenditures in this regard including running cost up to 3000 Kms per month on all working
days.

1.17.5 LABORATORY:

Contactor shall establish a Central laboratory for carrying out testing to ensure compliance
as per the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) as per details in this document . The
laboratory should be well equipped for the testing facilities for the following in addition to
the other requirements as per QAP:

Concrete - set of IS Sieves for coarse and fine aggregate, slump cone, cube moulds,
Compression strength testing machine.
Earth Work - Grain size analysis, Atterberg Limits, Modified Proctor density
(OMC & MDD), Field Density (OMC & MDD)

The above central laboratory shall have facility for carrying out all tests required, as
per Specifications or as stated elsewhere in the contract, including supply of laboratory
equipment and also provision of adequate number of qualified personnel, erection,
maintenance and running of laboratory including all consumable like chemicals and
reagents. If the laboratory is not provided within one month of issue of letter of
acceptance, a deduction of Rs. 2,00,000/- will be made on monthly basis. In addition of

206
 these, field testing equipments are also to be arranged wherever required and instructed by
Authority’s Engineer. Further, cost of tests and all incidental and departmental charges etc.
carried out at any other approved laboratory/test house shall be borne by the contractor.

1.18 Change of Scope

The length of structures and bridges specified hereinabove shall be treated as an

approximate assessment. The actual lengths as required on the basis of detailed
investigations shall be determined by the Contractor in accordance with the
Specifications and Standards. Any variations in the lengths specified in this Schedule-B
shall not constitute a Change of Scope, save and except any variations in the length
arising out of a Change of Scope expressly undertaken in accordance with the
provisions of Article 13.

1.19. Transporation/Shifting of Railway Material

1.19.1 Service rails will be issued to the contractor . The contractor will have to lift &
transport the Rails issued by Railway from any section/ Depot in Western Railway.
1.19.2 The PSC Main line sleepers will be made available in the sleeper plants available
in zonal railway or nearby railway from where the Contractor has to transport to the site
including unloading by mean of cranes or suitable arrangement.
1.19.3 The Payment for transportation of service Rails & PSC main line sleepers will
be done on the basis of actual work done as per USSOR 2019 (Western Railway)

Transportation of P. way materials (New Rails, SH Rails, PSC

Sleepers, Raily Dolly, etc)

This item is for transportation of various types of P.Way materials to be utilised in this work.

The contractor shall arrange for his own vehicles / Trailers, T & P (like Cranes etc.), labour,
fuel etc. in completing the work. The rate/s accepted against the tender shall also include all
charges for taxes, royalties toll tax etc. and such other charges. Railway is not liable to pay any
amount other than what has been accepted. Railway shall not arrange for supplement such as
material trolley, Dip lorry, Labour for safety measures etc.

All the P. WAY materials new, SH, unserviceable are to be carted out on the shortest possible
distance. The contractor shall remain in touch with Railway’s officials; these P. WAY materials
are to be stacked at locations as directed by Engineer in charge at site. Route shall be
considered as shortest possible but feasible of the movement of trucks/trailers/heavy machinery
etc. Normally distance as worked out from state road map shall be considered for the purpose of
payment.

The P.WAY materials shall be placed / spread in such as way that there is no infringement to
running track and also these stacks should not be far away from the track. The contractor shall
do marking/numbering on the each sleeper with his own paint.

207
Manual handling of PSC sleepers is not permitted and shall be handled by mechanical means
only. The PSC sleepers have to be transported in contractor’s own truck/trailers, cranes,
labourers, plants and equipment. The rate shall be inclusive of all types of taxes and nothing
extra shall be payable other than the rate accepted. Beside these special conditions, the
contractor shall be bound to follow the P.WAY manual and conditions as laid down in the
chapter of mechanical handling of PSC sleepers. Rails to be handled as per guide lines as
stipulated in IRPWM and LWR and as directed by Engineer in charge.

During transportation, no damage to PSC sleepers, Rails, fittings and any other P. WAY
materials carted by contractor should take place.

The distance and weight (Theoretical) as worked out by Railway shall be final and binding on
contractor and no claim whatsoever be entertained on this account.

Fittings are to be deposited at decided by Engineer in charge.

All the materials have to be duly accounted for by the contractor as per the quantities mentioned
in challans. Payment only shall be released when the materials have duly accounted for by the
PWI(C) and entries have been made in tally book.

2. Signalling and telecommunication – (NOT APPLICABLE)

3. Electrification of existing railway line(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

3.1 Overhead Equipment (OHE) (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

3.1.1 Design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of 25 KV, 50 Hz, AC Overhead
equipment including Foundations, Structures and all ancillary equipment etc as per
following details along with PTFE neutral section, insulated catenary wire under
overline structure, Height Gauges at level crossing gate, Protective screens on overline
structure, Structure arrangement on bridge piers, feeder wire, all types of caution,
warning, instruction and protection boards, Safety Boards at required locations, anti-
theft charging arrangement, Traction Station Working Rule along with sectioning
diagram at required locations (TPC, Traffic control, OHE Depot, AEE office etc.),
Safety items(i.e. key box, First aid box, shock treatment chart, Collar ring, men at work
board, etc)at required locations, Construction of contractor’s depot & sidings and all
necessary documentation for EIG sanction, PCEE Inspection/sanction application and
CRS Inspection. Break down attention till CRS/PCEE inspection.

3.1.1 Regulated conventional type OHE with normal contact wire height 5.80
Metre

S.N. From Station to km to km Total km Total Track Remarks

Station (RKM) km (TKM)

208
3.1.2 Regulated high rise type OHE with normal contact wire height 7.57 Metre

S.N. From Station to km to km Total Remarks

Station Track km

nil

3.1.3 Regulated Tramway type OHE with normal contact wire height 5.80 metre

S.N. From Station to Station km to km Total Track km Remarks

NIL

3.1.4 Regulated tramway type high rise OHE with normal contact wire height 7.57
metre.

S.N. From Station to km to km Total Remarks

Station Track km

NIL

3.1.5 Unregulated conventional type OHE with normal contact wire height 5.80 metre.

S.N. From Station to km to km Total Remarks

Station Track km

NIL

3.1.6 Unregulated type OHE high rise with normal contact wire height 7.57 metre.

S.N. From Station to km to km Total Remarks

Station Track km

NIL

209
3.2 25 KV Sectioning post (SP) and sub-sectioning post (SSP) (Switching Post)

Design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of single phase, 25 KV, 50 Hz, AC
Switching Stations (SP/SSP) including Foundations, Structures and all ancillary
equipment etc. as per following details along with Earth work, construction of
buildings, fencing, retaining wall, Internal Wiring with switch/fittings/equipment,
Battery Set, All types of caution, warning, instruction, protection, location/Name and
schematic diagram boards, earthling stations, Safety items (i.e. Firefighting
equipment, First Aid box, Shock treatment chart, key box etc.), manning till
stabilization of SCADA (At least for a period of 06months from commissioning) and all
necessary documentation for EIG sanction and CRS Inspection, breakdown
maintenance till CRS/PCEE inspection.

(Note:-All SP/SSP/FP are to bedesigned and constructed keeping in view of

Double Line section for future.
Earthwork, Fencing, Foundation activities are to be completed suitable for
double line section)
S.N. Location Type of Remarks/
Switching Post Requirements

3.3 25 KV Booster Transformer and return conductor arrangement

[Specify scope of booster transformer stations]

S.N. From Station to km to km Length of Remarks

Station
RC
(Metres)

NIL

3.4 25 KV Auxiliary transformer stations

Design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of single phase Auxiliary

Transformer Station of different capacity as per following details, complete with all
structures and fittings etc. along with anti-climbing device and all types of caution,

210
 warning, instruction, protection boards and location/Name boards, junction box and all
necessary documentation for EIG sanction and CRS Inspection. Break down attention
till CRS/PCEE inspection.
3.4.1 5 KVA AT requirements for LC Gate:

S.N. Location Capacity Quantity Remarks

3.4.2 10 KVA AT requirements for Station:

S.N. Location Capacity Quantity Remarks

3.5 Traction sub-stations (TSS): (Not in the Scope)

Design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of single phase, 220/132/25 KV, 50
Hz, AC Traction Sub Station (TSS), Feeding Post (FP), Shunt Capacitor Bank, series
reactor, SCADA, ABT meter along with all associated equipment, including
Foundations, Structures and all ancillary equipment, Earth Grid/mesh/electrode,
Buried rail and connections etc. as per following details along with Earth work,
construction of buildings, approach road, Laying of Cross Track along with sleepers &
fastenings, points & crossings, ballast main work, retaining wall, Fencing, Baffle wall,
Tr. Firefighting Equipment, Ballast spreading in entire yard, internal wiring, yard
lighting, arrangement for water supply, All types of caution, warning, instruction,
protection, location/Name and schematic diagram boards, Safety items (i.e.
Firefighting equipment, First Aid box, Shock treatment chart, key box etc.), manning
till stabilization of SCADA (At least for a period of 06 months from commissioning) and

211
 all necessary documentation for EIG sanction and CRS/PCEE Inspection. Breakdown
attention till CRS/PCEE inspection.

(Note:-All TSS to be designed and constructed according to RDSO’s Latest

Design and Guideline. Single bay TSS should have provision of 2ndBay
construction and commissioning. Foundation and cable trench works are to
be completed.)

S.N. Locatio Input Number of Capacity of Remarks

n of TSS Voltage Transformers each
Transformer

NIL.

3.6 High voltage transmission line from grid sub-station to railway TSS:

3.6.1 Overhead transmission line:

S.N. Location Total Nominal Single 3-Phase/ Remarks

km to km length Voltage Circuit/ 2- Phase
in km level Double
Circuit

NIL.

3.6.2 Monopole overhead transmission line:

S.N. Location Total Nominal Single 3-Phase/ Remarks

km to km length Voltage Circuit/ 2- Phase
in km level Double
Circuit
NIL.

3.7 Underground high tension cable transmission:

S.N. Location Total Nominal Single 3-Phase/ Remarks

km to km length Voltage Circuit/ 2- Phase
in km level Double
Circuit
NIL.

3.8 Bay augmentation work at grid sub-station:

212
 S.N. Location Nominal Voltage Number of Remarks
level bays

NIL.

3.9 Supervisory control and data acquisition system (SCADA):

The scope covers design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Standard
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) equipment as per RDSO
Specification No. TI/SPC/RCC/SCADA/0133 with latest amendments in the
proposed electrified section. The, scope of the work also covers supply of SCADA
system at RCC., SCADA software, SCADA equipment at controlled stations, Low
maintenance batteries at RCC., Dual UPS (W/o Batteries) at RCC., Modular
Furniture at RCC for work stations, GPS receiver, Web server for Railway
SLDC/SLDC and supervision of operation and maintenance of the SCADA system, as
per specification. Comprehensive maintenance (preventive maintenance and break
down attention) contract of SCADA system for 04 years after expiry of 36 months
guarantee period as per tender paper for control of Traction Sub -Stations and
Switching Stations for 25 kV A.C. Single phase, 50 C/S, Electric Traction of electrified
section. Comprehensive maintenance covers maintenance of SCADA system complete
with all software, RCC equipment, RTUs including replacement of defective parts and
accessories or up gradation of SCADA systems, software & RTUs etc. during the
currency of contract as mentioned in the Specifications. SCADA site, if required, may
be shifted to other suitable locations as per site condition.

S.N. Item Quantity Remarks

3.10 Various Electrical General services works in newly Constructed Offices,

Service Buildings, Quarters:

a. All Electric General works in Newly Constructed SP/SSP/TSS/RCC,

213
 OHE Depot /OHE Cum PSI Depots, Tower Wagon Sheds,
AEE/TRD Offices, ASTE offices, SSE/S &T offices, Relay Room,
Battery Room etc. including supply and erection for Cabling, wiring,
Panels, Switch Gear, Equipment Fittings, Pumps, Yard Lighting, Street
Lighting etc. are to be completed and commissioned. Details as per
attached GADs and item-wise Quantity Schedule for Electric General
Works as attached (for reference only).
b. All Electric General works in Traction Power LT Supply through
Auxiliary Transformers (ATs) including supply and erection for
Cabling, wiring, CLS Panels, Switch Gear, Equipment Fittings, etc. in
all Stations, Cabins, L.C. Gates and ensuring Traction Power LT Supply
up to signaling Relay Room / Panel Room, OFC Hut and other required
Locations are to be completed and commissioned. Details as perattached
GADs and item-wise Quantity Schedule for Electric General Works as
attached (for reference only).
c. All Electric General work in Newly Constructed Officer’s and Staff
quarters including supply and erection for Cabling, wiring, Panels,
Switch Gear, Equipment Fittings, Pumps, Yard Lighting, Street
Lighting etc. are to be completed and commissioned. Details as per
attached GADs and item-wise Quantity Schedule for Electric General
Works as attached (for reference only).

3.11 Modification of EHT ( > 33 KV) power lines and crossings (raising of
height): (Not in Scope)

S.N. Item Nomina Single No. of Designat Quantit Remarks

l Circuit/ Phases ed y
Voltage Double current
level Circuit carrying
capacity
1. Track
NIL Work will
crossing
be
carried
2. Along out by
the
NIL. RLy
Track

3.12 Modification of 11 KV HT power lines and crossings (replacement by UG

cabling):

(Not in Scope)

S.N. Item Nomi Single No of Designate Quantit Remarks

nal Circuit Phase d current y
Volta / s carrying
ge Double capacity

214
 level Circuit

Work will be
Track
1. carried out
crossing
by RLy
2. Along the
track NIL.

3.13 Modification of LT power lines and crossings (replacement by UG cabling)

:

S.N. Item Nominal Single No of Designated Quantit Remarks

Voltage Circuit/ Phases current y
level Double carrying
Circuit capacity
1. Track 415 V S/C 3 Phase - 1 Nos 4 core x
crossing 150 Sq.mm
/ 120 Sq.
mm size,
XLPE
Aluminium
conductor
cable
(with 01
spare cable
of same
length &
size) to be
provided.
2. Along NIL
the track

3.14 Extension of LT power supply for CLS Work:

Work involves laying of cable at 1meter depth covered with sand

and brick, protection of exposed part of cable with GI pipe, wiring at
station area, Installation and commissioning of CLS panel of
requisite capacity and extending AT supply to S&T installations.
Breakdown maintenance till CRS inspection.

3.14.1 AT Cable requirement for LC Gates/Stations/SP/SSP:

215
 S. Location Current Quantit Cable Remar
N. Capacity/Si y of quantity ks
(AT Capacity) ze AT in
Of meter/A
conductor T

3.15 Extension/Augmentation of Electrical power supply arrangements and

associated works :

Augmentation of power supply works includes all general supply works

from state electricity authority supply point to service building/quarters
metering panel. It includes Liasoning with state electricity authorities
for releasing of new power connection or augmentation of existing
connection duly providing new transformer/substation wherever
required, new panel with metering arrangements, laying of HT/LT
cables in trench as well as on surface of required size as per
requirement and site condition, necessary earthing arrangement,
distribution panel with MCCB and laying of cables upto metering panel
of service building and quarters. The contractor needs to design the
system and get approval from authority through authority engineer. All
equipment/cable etc. shall be of approved make as approved by
authority.
SN Location Existing Additional Load Total Load
Load (KWH) (KW)
(KWH) (Qtrs.) Service
buildings

3.16 Modifications of existing electrical works

3.16.1 List modifications to existing switching posts, if any.

1 No SSP at Petlad

3.16.2 List modifications to existing OHE, including dismantling of OHE, removal of

brackets, cutting of masts, dismantling and removal of existing auxiliary
transformer.
Asper modification of yard at Petlad.

216
3.16.3 List modifications to existing traction sub-station, such as augmentation of bay,
addition or replacement of traction transformer, circuit breakers etc.

-Nil-

3.17 Inventory electrical:

Inventory list attached at annexure –1 (Schedule – B) para 1.1 Supply of Material & Store.

PART-I: GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL TRD (OHE &

PSI) WORK: (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

1. GENERAL

In general, based on the specifications issued by various bodies, such as Bureau of Indian
Standards, British Standard Institution etc. Specifications have been issued by the
Purchaser. Such specification may be brought separately from the office of the Purchaser.
All these specifications are included in the set of drawings and specifications.

(b) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

(1) The tenderer should inspect the site of various locations before quoting the rates
and should acquaint himself with the scope of work, method of execution and
approach roads which are leading to the locations so that no difficulty is
experienced at the time of execution of the work.

(2) Tenderer should have his own permanent establishment/ independent office and
should have experience in executing similar type of works, in any of the
Government organization, for which he should submit his credentials, certificate of
completion of work.

(3) During the execution of the work, the contractor shall have to observe utmost
safety while carrying out digging and laying work of the cable, all the work shall be
executed in the presence of Railway Representative. If any damages are done by
the contractor's labour during digging, then the loss shall be borne by the
contractor.
(4) The contractor should ensure that during the execution of work, either he himself
is present at the site or his responsible engineer should always remain present at
site Co-ordination shall be maintained with this office for day to day planning and
execution of the work, which is to be completed within the targeted period.
(5) The tenderer should fully understand that the instant work is a targeted work.
This work is to be completed well before the target as such every care shall have to
be taken to maintain the completion period.
(6) The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for transportation of
materials and keep all materials safely at his own depot at site, tools, labour etc at
site for the execution of the work.

217
(7) Contractor shall have to execute all works in accordance with latest RDSO/IE rules
and Track crossing regulations.

(8) All materials should be complying with latest RDSO/CORE specifications and
SMI/MI&TCs. All material should also be purchase from RDSO/CORE approved
vendors and shall be supplied with dully inspected by Rites stage inspection as
well as final inspection.

2. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION

In the technical specifications of equipment’s, components and materials, reference is
made to the following standard specifications:
(i) International electro Technical Commission (abbreviated as IEC) publications.
(ii) British Standards (abbreviated as BS)
(iii) Bureau of Indian Standards (abbreviated as IS)

Tenderers may, however, offer equipment in accordance with the appropriate national
standard specifications of the country of manufacture, but such offers will be treated as
deviations and should be quoted for in the manner specified in Para 1.1.7 (d) English
rendering of the text and illustrations of the national standard specifications and
explanatory notes on the specific deviations from IEC, British Bureau of Indian Standard
in question, shall also be submitted in form-3. In case of doubt, the Purchaser shall decide
the clause and specification applicable and the contents of the specification and standard
mentioned above shall guide such decisions.

3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The following specifications/RDSO drawings/Guide lines & latest (as per version available
as on date issue of LOA) will govern the supply and testing of important materials,
components and equipment’s: -

Structural Steel IS: 2062-1992

IS: 800-1984

IS: 808-1989

Tensile Testing IS:1731-1989

IS:2004-1991

IS:1608-1972 For steel products etc.

Welding IS:816-1969

Dropper Wire IS:282-1982

Annealed Copper jumper Wire IS:9968 (PT.I):1981

Al. jumper wire IS:694-1990

218
Aluminum conductor IS:398 (PT.I)-1976

Material for Aluminum tubular busbar IS:5082-1981

Dimensions for Aluminum Tubular Busbar IS:2673-1979

Galvannised stay strand IS:2141-1992

PVC insulated cables IS:1554(Part-I)1988

Tin bronze castings IS:306-1983

Aluminum bronze castings IS:3091-1965

Gray iron castings IS:210-1978

Aluminum castings IS:617-1975

Copper strip for formed fittings IS:1897-1983

Cadmium copper conductor for overhead ETI/OHE/50(6/97) with A&C

Rly. Traction slip No.1 to 3 of (4/09) or latest.

Copper Busbar RE/30/OHE/5(11/60) or latest.

Steel tubes ETI/OHE/11(5/89) or latest

Hot dip galvanisation of steel masts (Rolled ETI/OHE/13(4/84) with A&C slip
and fabricated) tubes and fittings used on No.1 of (5/86) 2 of (4/90) & 3 of
25 KV A.C. OHE. (4/90) or latest.

Stainless steel wire ropes TI/SPC/OHE/WR/1060(06/06) or latest

25 KV solid core insulator. TI/SPC/OHE/INSCOM/1070(01/07) or

latest
For polluted zones (Composite)

25 KV single and double pole isolator. ETI/OHE/16(1/94) or latest

Steel and stainless steel Bolts, Nuts TI/SPC/OHE/FASTNERS/0120(03/13)

and washer. or latest.

Aluminium Alloy Section and tube. ETI/OHE/21 (9/74)or latest.

Enamelled steel plates ETI/OHE/33 (8/85)or latest.

Galvanised steel wire ETI/OHE/36 (12/73) with A&C slip

No.1 of (5/98)or latest.

219
 Fittings for 25 KV 50 Hz AC traction ETI/OHE/49 (9/95) with A&C slip
equipment. No.1 of (6/97) & 2 of (4/2000)-CORE-1& 3
of (10/2010)or latest.

25 KV AC 50 Hz Single pole outdoor ETI/PSI/159/(10/94) slip no.1 (3/95)

Vacuum Interrupter. or latest.

25 KV Potential Transformer TI/SPC/PSI/PT/0990 or latest.

25 KV drop out fuse switch & operating ETI/PSI/14 (1/86) with A&C slip No.
pole for use with 10 KVA 1 of (4/87) or latest.

25 KV/230 V LT supply transformer ETI/PSI/15(8/2003) or latest.

25 KV/240 V, 10 KVA LT supply ETI/PSI/15(8/2003) or latest.

Transformer

Metal Oxide Gapless Type Lightning TI/SPC/PSI/MOGTLA/0100 or latest.

Arrestor use on 25 KV side or latest

3-pulley type Regulating equipment (3:1) TI/SPC/OHE/ATD/0060(8/06) with A&C

slip No.1 & 2 91/2013 or latest.

110 V 40 AH battery charger ETI/PSI/1 (6/81) or latest.

Bimetallic (Al-Cu) strip ETI/OHE/55 (4/90) or latest.

4. Railway board letter No. 2021/CE-I/CT/SI/1, dtd 04.03.2021 for improvement of

quality in construction works shall be applicable and compliance of this letter shall be
done strictly and to be submitted before CRS/PCEE inspection. Details of checklist and
letters are attached with Tender.

220
 Chapter 3: Description of Scope of each item and its meaning: (NOT
APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

PART-I: FOR ELECTRICAL-TRD (OHE & PSI) ITEMS:

 Earth work & Foundation:

 Concrete for foundation and plinth in all type of soil including hard/rocky soil
(including excavation and supply of all materials viz., sand, cement, and ballast
etc.):

All earth works mentioned in all classes of soil, concrete or, masonry/drains/walls and
rock. The price shall also include the cost of digging, cement concrete & soil refilling. The
price shall be same for any shape and size of concrete blocks for foundation, in calculating
the individual volume of concrete, fraction of a cubic meter beyond the third decimal shall
be rounded off to the next nearest third decimal. The price shall apply for concreting of all
foundations for masts, gantries, portals, anchor blocks for guy rods and fencing uprights.
For purposes of computation of volume of concrete, the volume of steel work embedded in
the foundation block and muff shall be ignored. Cost of all concrete will be paid for only
under item No.1 and the prices of other item shall not include. For purposes of compilation
of volume of concrete, the volume of concrete shall include the volume of sand and bitumen
in sand core foundation. For purposes of compilation of volume of concrete, the volume of
each muff for all masts shall be taken as 0.02 cum., except for masts with balance weights
and for column of portal, each head span masts, 2 or 3 track cantilever masts and special
fabricated masts for which the volume of muff shall be taken as 0.08 cum. irrespective of
the size and shape of muff on a flat basis. Mixture for casting of foundation shall be 1:3:6
and mixture for grouting shall be 1:2:4. Curing of foundation shall be done by contractor
for 28 days. No scroll will be supplied by Railway; contractor will use his scroll. Necessary
details like, type, implantation, chainage shall be supplied by Railway. Contractor has to
prepare standard cube of size 150x150x150mm for every 25 cum of foundation cast & is to
be tested in the Govt. approved laboratory as per IS-516/1959(or Latest) to obtain the
result as per IS 456/1978. Cement used shall confirm to IS 1489 - 1976 or latest & grade
53. The price also cover cost for smooth plasters on exposed foundation and muff.

 Reinforced Concrete for foundation and trench

Excavation and all reinforced concrete work for foundation including supply of steel for
reinforcement and other materials Including bending /binding laying of reinforcement
shoring and shuttering where necessary, costing concrete including frame work where
necessary, grouting and finishing the tops of foundation blocks with the required
slope/muff. The price shall include dismantling of all connected temporary arrangement
back filling as required and removal of soil. The price shall also cover all concrete work for
cost in situ piles and pedestals /columns for mounting equipment. The volume of cast-in-
situ piles and pedestals columns shall be added of the volume of foundation block for

221
 purposes of payment, Dowel bars will not be considered as reinforcement for the purpose
of this item. The price shall include the cost of cement also. Cement will not be supplied by
Rlys. The price shall include cost for paint with distemper on exposed portion of
foundation. The price also covers cost of smooth plastering on exposed portion of
foundation. Cement shall be used of 53 grade and of popular brand.

 Reinforcement concrete for Cable trench cover

The price shall cover costing of cable trench covers in reinforced concrete as per drawing
The cable trench covers will be cashed in on angle iron frame of angle size 40x40x5. The
price shall include the supply of steel for reinforcement angle iron for the frame work
fabrication of angle iron frame etc. The price shall include Positioning and dressing up of
the trench covers, if required. The price shall include the cost of cement, ballast and sand
also. Cement will not be supplied by Rlys. Cement shall be used of 53 grade and of popular
brand. Curing of concrete shall be carried out for 28 Days.

 Spreading and leveling of 20 mm downgraded ballast, padding 150mm in

Switching post
The price shall be per cum rate and shall cover supply and spreading of uniformly graded
grovel/ballast of size 20 mm, in the outdoor switch yard after completing all the works and
levelling the switch yard area, but before commissioning of the sub-station. The
gravel/ballast shall be of good quality and free from any dust and dirt. Prior approval of
ballast shall be taken from the Purchaser for the gravel samples. The gravel/ballast shall
be spread out uniformly to a depth of 15cm. over the area indicated by the Purchaser's
Engineer.

Note: for Earth work

1. The prices under item shall be same for any shape of size of Concrete blocks, cable
trenches & brick wall. In calculating the individual volume of concrete and brick
wall fraction of a cubic meter beyond the third decimal shall be rounded off to the
nearest third decimal.
2. The prices under Item shall apply for concreting at all pedestals plinths and
foundations for gantries/portals and supporting steel work and cable trenches.
3. For purpose of computation of volume of concrete and brick wall under Item, the
volume of steel work embedded in the foundation block or muff shall be ignored.
4. The volume of each muff will be included in the volume of concrete for the respective
foundation for purpose of computation of volume of concrete.
5. The prices shall include cost of embodiment of drain pipes, conduits for cable or
earthing flats where necessary.
6. In respect of concrete for cable trenches the price shall not include the cost of cable
supports and trays, which shall be supplied and erected by the contractor and shall
be paid for under item.
7. Dowel bars in special foundations and nominal reinforcement in block cotton soil
foundation will be necessary such nominally reinforced foundations in black cotton

222
 soil will be payable under item. The steel for nominal reinforcement and dowel bars
will be supplied by the contractor and the concrete mixture in such a case shall be
as for normal foundation 1:3:6.

 Steel and OHE items :

 Rolled or fabricated and galvanized traction mast, TTC, Portals, auxiliary

transformer masts, feeder mast, bridge masts etc.

Supply of traction main masts of OHE comprising rolled, broad flanged beams, fabricated
K-series, B series, portal upright, boom pieces & associated fittings, D.A., extension chairs
and AT Masts, feeder mast, bridge mast etc.
1. The price shall cover cost of fabrication, galvanization, and supply of individual
tractions masts.
2. Galvanization thickness shall be as per Railway Specification No.
ETI/OHE/13(4/84) with c.s.4/90 or latest with galvanization thickness of 1000
gram per sq. meter.
3. In case, required size of channels are not available as per approved drawing, higher
size of channels can be used with approval of Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer
(construction) and payment as per actual black weight will be paid.
4. The price shall also include the straightening of masts/portal uprights etc bent
during transit and cutting of masts/portal uprights to suit the site condition.
5. For standard fabrication of steel work or structures for which RDSO/CORE
approved drawing are available, the black steel weight of steel work as specified in
RDSO/CORE drawing, shall be considered for payment.
6. However in case the unit sectional weight of any member indicated in RDSO’s
drawing is not in conformity with the unit sectional weight as per the latest IS
specification the weight of the fabricated steel work shall be calculated on the basis
of latest IS specification and the same will be considered for payment for the
nonstandard fabricated steel work, the calculated weight to be considered for
payment under this item shall be included in the relevant drawing based on latest
IS sectional weight at the time of submitting the designs for approval of the
purchaser.
7. There will be no addition for increased weight due to galvanizing or painting or
reduction for holes or screw cut.
8. Galvanization damaged during transportation/ carting will be touch up with cold
ZINC paints by tenderer.
9. Crane will be arranged by railway for Portal boom erection only on demand by
contractor.
10. Materials will be supplied at site of work.
11. Payable unit weights for standard mast.
12.

223
 Black Weight Type Black Weight
Sr. Sr.
Type of mast (Kg) as per of (Kg) as per
No. No.
drawing mast drawing

 Fabricated and galvanized steel works other than traction mast, TTC, portals etc.
(SPS)
The price shall cover cost for supply of SPS for different type of masts, portals, DA,
isolator, boom. Payment of SPS will be made as per black steel weight of material as per
RDSO/CORE latest approved drawings and supplier.
1. The price shall cover cost of fabrication, galvanization, supply setting before
grouting of individual tractions masts.
2. Galvanization thickness shall be as per Railway Specification No.
ETI/OHE/13(4/84) with c.s.4/90 or latest with galvanization thickness of 1000
gram per sq. meter.
3. In case, required size of channels are not available as per approved drawing, higher
size of channels can be used with approval of Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer
(construction) and payment as per actual black weight will be paid.
4. The price shall also include the straightening of masts/portal uprights etc bent
during transit and cutting of masts/portal uprights to suit the site condition.
5. For standard fabrication of steel work or structures for which RDSO/CORE
approved drawing are available, the black steel weight of steel work as specified in
RDSO/CORE drawing, shall be considered for payment.
6. However in case the unit sectional weight of any member indicated in RDSO’s
drawing is not in conformity with the unit sectional weight as per the latest IS
specification the weight of the fabricated steel work shall be calculated on the basis
of latest IS specification and the same will be considered for payment for the
nonstandard fabricated steel work, the calculated weight to be considered for
payment under this item shall be included in the relevant drawing based on latest
IS sectional weight at the time of submitting the designs for approval of the
purchaser.

224
 7. There will be no addition for increased weight due to galvanizing or painting or
reduction for holes or screw cut.
8. Galvanization damaged during transportation/ carting will be touch up with cold
ZINC paints by tenderer.
9. Materials will be supplied at site of work.

 Single cantilever assembly complete with insulator for conventional OHE and
inside the tunnel.

1. The price shall cover on a flat rate basis for supply of bracket assembly on a traction
mast or Support on drop arm and shall include those on high/low level platform in
the vicinity of turnouts over bridges or overlaps and at all locations with reduced
encumbrance/ terminating wires as per latest RDSO drawing.
2. The price shall include the cost of supply of all components including galvanized
steel tube duly fabricated and Porcelain insulators 1050/1600 mm CD as desired by
open line) for polluted Zone (Id. 6000-1, 6030-1) including bolts, nuts etc. if any.
3. The price shall cover supply of all components including registered arm dropper
excluding small parts steel work if any.
4. The price shall cover supply of double suspension clamp for anticreep centre.
5. Composite insulators shall be used in polluted Zone and stone pelting areas with
prior approval of Dy.CEE/C.
6. The price also covers cost for testing of insulator (ST/BT/9T) with Hydraulic
insulator testing machine. Calibrated Insulator testing machine shall be arranged
by contractor.
7. All Components shall have complied Latest RDSO/CORE specification.
(Note: Forge type fittings shall be used instead of MCI wherever applicable.)

 Pull-off arrangement for OHE.

The price shall cover supply of all components required for a pull-off arrangement
to pull OHE equipment, including head span mast fittings complete with M.S.
angle equalizing plate assembly steady arm, catenary dropper clip, contact wire
swivel clip and fittings, including porcelain 9 ton insulators (1050mm CD)
conductors, small jumpers (50 Sq.mm) wire. The price shall cover erection of all
components including composite solid core insulators, small jumper wire and
conductors.
 Guy rod assembly

225
 1. The price shall cover supply of guy rod assembly of various lengths for traction
masts/portal upright complete with mast guy rod fittings, guy rod with adjustments
and parts to be grouted etc in the anchor block including S.P.S.
2. The price shall not include the cost of supply of dwarf masts.

3. COMPONENTS REQUIREMENTS
Railway ID Description of components Qty/unit
No.

Note: All components should be as per latest RDSO Drawing and Specification with
Revision (if any).

 Regulating equipment complete with all accessories including counter weight

assembly and SS wire rope for conventional OHE

The price shall cover supply of counter weight assembly including 9 Tonne
adjuster& 9T Porcelain Insulator CD 1050 mm with double strap assembly, and
normal/ antitheft guide tube assembly including supply of regulating equipment as
per RDSO Specification No. TI/SPC/OHE/ATD/0060 Rev.-1 with A&C Slip No.1 or
latest and stainless steel wire rope as per Rly Specification No.
TI/SPC/OHE/WR/1060(06/2006) With A & C No.1, 2 & 3 or latest suitable for 3
Pulley ATD required for regulating equipment and small parts steel work, if any.
The price shall also cover supply of anti-falling device, anti-climbing (stiffener)
Angle on Anchoring, double eye distance rod and mast fittings for all type mast.
The price also covers cost for compliance of Latest Technical circular, MI/SMI’s,
Reliability action plan etc. (if applicable)

 GI Structure and other bonds

1. The price shall cover for supply of all materials including GI flat 40 x 6 mm
required to provide GI structure bond and other type of bonds to connecting a
traction mast or structures to the nearest non track circuited rail, or earth
electrode including all fasteners at both ends.

226
 The galvanization shall be done as per RDSO specification No.ETI/OHE/13(4/8)
with ACS 1 to 4 ensuring quality of zinc, base metal, surface preparation. The
weight of Zinc coating to be adopted is 750g/sqm. If galvanization is damaged due
to hole drilling, welding, cutting, handling, erection etc. the rectification shall be
done as per clause 8 of RDSO specification No. ETI/OHE/13(4/84) with ACS 1-4
(using zinc based solder/zinc based paints).
2. The price shall include shaping and drilling of the bond.
3. The price shall also include provision of heat shrinkable PVC sleeve & HDPE pipe
as per latest guideline for structure bond under track circuited rail.

 Earth electrode assembly as per IS 3043/ RDSO specification

The price shall cover supply of an earth electrode assembly as per RDSO Specification No.
ETI/OHE/P/7021 rev. A or latest with all accessories & fasteners. The price shall cover
supply of an earth electrode assembly as per RDSO Specification No. ETI/PSI/222 Rev-A
or latest with all accessories & fasteners for switching station of 4.00 mtrs length. The
price also covers the provision of a protective concrete box with removable cover.

 GI flat for earth (50mmx6mm)

The price shall cover supply per meter length of 50x 6 mm GI strip.
The galvanization shall be done as per RDSO specification No.ETI/OHE/13(4/8) with ACS
1 to 4 and latest ensuring quality of zinc, base metal, surface preparation. The weight of
Zinc coating to be adopted is 750g/sqm. If galvanization is damaged due to hole drilling,
welding, cutting, handling, erection etc. the rectification shall be done as per clause 8 of
RDSO specification No. ETI/OHE/13(4/84) with ACS 1-4 (using zinc based solder/zinc
based paints).
The price also cover cost for supply of fasteners required for connecting the flat with earth
bus. The price also covers cost for welding where ever required.

 Fencing upright
The price shall cover Supply of fabricated fencing uprights painted with two coats of red
oxide zinc chromate primer and Finished with two coats of Aluminium paint as per
IS:2339. The price shall be on the basis of black weight of the steel section of the approved
drawing with no deduction for holes and skew cuts or no increase for weld materials

 Fencing panel & gate as per RDSO approved drawing

The prices shall include supply of fencing panels painted with two coats of red oxide zinc
chromate primer and finished with two coats of aluminium paint as per IS: 2339. The
prices shall not include supply of fencing uprights, anti-climbing devices but shall include
the cost of fasteners and the price shall be for a meter length of the panels, measured in
the plan view of the approved drawings. The fencing panel should be made with 8 SWG
Wire.

 Anti monkey climbing device arrangement

227
 The price shall include the supply of anti-monkey climbing device for different size/type of
OHE structure as per RDSO instruction TI/MI/0056.

 Switch Gear, Insulators & other Elec. Items :

 25 KV, Vacuum interrupter

The price shall cover supply of 25kV Vacuum interrupter, complete with operating
mechanism, all fittings, and accessories including terminal connectors as per RDSO Spec.
No. TI/SPC/PSI/LVCBIN/0120 (Dec, 2013) Ver.0. with A&C Slip No.1 (Oct. 2016) or latest.
The price shall also cover the supply of an enameled number plate and required quantity
of Long shackle brass Pad lock (Make - Godrej, Link). The price also covers cost of
interlocking arrangement between VCB and concern DPI (as per RDSO guidelines). Price
shall also cover the supply of different size of GI/PVC pipe for dressing of all type of cable
provide at SP/SSP building cubic. Price shall also cover the supply of different size of MS
chequered plate use for cable trench at SSP/SP control building cubical.

 25KV double pole isolator with interlocking mechanism.

1. The price shall cover supply of a 25 KV, 1600A Double pole isolator complete (as
per RDSO specification No.ETl/OHE/16 (1/94) Rev2 (Mar-04) and RDSO's letter
No. Tl/PSI/25/ISOL /POLICY /99 dt 3.6.99 or latest), with mounting base
(including 25 KV pedestal insulators-4 Nos. and operating rod insulators-2 Nos.),
operating rod and operating rod guides required for the operation of the isolator.
2. The price shall also cover supply of Al/Cu strips, Integral lock, a 50 mm Brass pad-
lock (Make - Godrej, Link), flexible copper jumper for earthing and an Enameled
number plate of approved design for each isolator.
3. The price also covers cost for 04 no. terminal connector.

 25KV single pole isolator without earth contact assembly

1. The price shall cover supply of a 25 KV, 1600A for SP/SSP’s and OHE’s Single pole
isolator complete (as per RDSO specification No.ETl/OHE/16 (1/94) Rev2 (Mar-04)
and RDSO's letter No. Tl/PSI/25/ISOL /POLICY /99 dt 3.6.99 or latest), with
mounting base (including 25 KV pedestal insulators-2 Nos. and operating rod
insulators- 1 Nos.), operating rod and operating rod guides required for the
operation of the isolator.
2. The price shall also cover supply of Al/Cu strips, integral lock, a 50 mm Brass pad-
lock (Make - Godrej, Link), copper jumper for earthing and an Enameled number
plate of approved design for each isolator.
3. The price also covers cost for terminal connector as per RDSO standard for
connection of Isolator to Busbar, Busbar to Busbar (splice) and Busbar to
160sqmm jumper (RI no. 6310, 1009 etc.) as required.
4. The price shall also cover the supply of 18mm copper bus bar for use with SPI in
OHE.
5. The price also covers supply of Key box for station and Switching station.

228
 25KV single pole isolator with earth contact assembly

1. The price shall cover supply of a single pole isolator 1600 A complete with
mounting base (including 25 KV pedestal insulators-2 Nos. and operating rod
insulators- 1 Nos.), operating rod and operating rod guides required for the
operation of the isolator as per RDSO specification no. TI/SPC/PSI/ISOLTR/0130
dated 21.03.13 with latest A&C slip. The price shall also cover supply of Al/Cu
strips, integral lock, a 50 mm Brass pad-lock (Make - Godrej, Link), copper jumper
for earthing and an Enameled number plate of approved design for each isolator.
2. The price also covers cost for terminal connector as per RDSO standard for
connection of Isolator to Busbar, Busbar to Busbar (splice) and Busbar to 160sqmm
jumper (RI no. 6310, 1009 etc.) as required.
3. The price shall also cover the supply of 18mm copper bus bar for use with SPI in
OHE.
4. The price also covers supply of Key box for station and Switching station.
Note:- All isolators shall be manual type with earthing switch.

 PTFE short Neutral section

The price shall cover supply of a complete assembly of short neutral section (PTFE) (Phase
brake). The price shall also cover end fitting for contact & catenary wire and other
material required for erection & smooth operation with earthing arrangement. The short
neutral assembly to be as per RDSO specification No. TI/SPC/OHE/SNS/0000 Rev.-1 with
A&C Slip No.1or latest. Neutral section should be purchase from RDSO/CORE approved
source only. The material is suitable for i.e. 65 sq.mm Catenery and 107 sq.mm contact
wires.

 Materials for termination of double conductor (including supply of cut-in -

insulator) of overhead equipment.
The price shall cover supply of all material necessary for the termination of double
conductor of overhead equipment terminating wire on a traction mast or structure
including clevis assembly, adjuster, anchor double strap, ending clamp for catenary or
contact or terminating wire with fitting and porcelain 9 tonne insulator assembly (for
polluted zone) but excluding terminating wire if any, wherever double termination if
required. Materials like equalizing /compensating double strap assembly. It includes the
all fasteners required for termination.

 Materials for termination of Single conductor including supply of 9T insulator.

The price shall cover supply of all material necessary for the termination of Single
conductor of overhead equipment terminating wire on a traction mast or structure
including clevis assembly, adjuster, anchor double strap, ending clamp for catenary or
contact or terminating wire with fitting and porcelain 9 tonne insulator assembly (for

229
 polluted zone) but excluding terminating wire if any, wherever double termination if
required. Materials like equalizing /compensating double strap assembly. It includes the
all fasteners required for termination.

 Section insulator assembly including core and cut-in insulator

The price shall cover supply of all components required for a standard section insulator
assembly on conventional OHE including section insulator assembly (Five parts), also
provide 2 nos., stiffener (contact bar) & other materials as per details given below: All
material shall be with latest specifications.
Railway ID Description of component Qty per unit
No.

 25KV solid core cut-in insulator.

The price shall cover cost for supply of complete 25 KV solid core long creepage Porcelain cut- in-
insulator including Double strap, Catenary wire or contact wire ending cone etc. as per latest
RDSO/CORE specification.

 25KV solid core suspension insulator.

The price shall cover cost for supply of complete 25 KV solid core long creepage Porcelain
suspension insulator assembly including Double strap, single eye clevis, suspension clamp
etc. as per latest RDSO/CORE specification and drawings.

 25KV Post/Support insulator.

The price shall cover cost for supply of 25KV Post Insulator with fasteners and saddles as
per RDSO specification No. - TI/SPC/OHE/INS/0070 (04/2007) with A & C slip no. 1 & 2 or
latest.

 10 KVA Change over panel as per RDSO spec.

The price shall cover cost for supply of 10 KVA Change over panel as per RDSO
specification No. Tl/SPC/PSI/CLS/0020(12/02) (with A&C slip No. l to 4) or latest and
suitable for 10 KVA AT Supply. The price also covers cost of Type one junction box and its
drawing required to approval of Dy.CEE/CN. The price also cover cost of MCB, any relay,
fittings, Glands, fasteners, Lugs etc. for commissioning of panel and smooth working.

230
 Change over panel (CLS) as per RDSO spec. suitable for 25 KVA AT supply.

The price shall cover cost for supply of 150A Change over panel as per RDSO specification
No. Tl/SPC/PSI/CLS/0020(12/02) (with A&C slip No. l to 4) or latest and suitable for 25
KVA AT Supply. The price also covers cost of Type one junction box and its drawing
required to approval of Dy.CEE/CN. The price also cover cost of MCB, any relay, fittings,
Glands, fasteners, Lugs etc. for commissioning of panel and smooth working.

 Terminal board in control cubicle

The price shall cover cost for supply of terminal board for 230V AC supply to Interrupters
in switching post control cubicle as per RDSO/CORE latest drawings and specifications.

 110V DC distribution board.

The price shall cover cost for supply of 110V DC distribution board in switching post
control cubicle suitable for respective section and as per RDSO/CORE latest drawings and
specifications.

 230V AC distribution board.

The price shall cover cost for supply of 230V AC distribution board in switching post
control cubicle suitable for respective section and as per RDSO/CORE latest drawings and
specifications.

 Supply of PT Type- I

The price shall cover cost for supply of 27.5 kV/100V potential transformer Type-I (as per
RDSO specification no. TI/SPC/PSI/PTS/0990(09/99) with A&C slip No. 1 to 5 or latest)
complete with all fittings and accessories including terminal connectors. The price also
cover cost for supply of an enameled number plate and material for any Modification
required for comply Latest TC, SMI/MI or local arrangement by open line. The price shall
also cover for supply and modification of PT DO Fuse in SSP/SP post.

 110V battery charger (40AH).

The price shall cover supply of a battery charger for 110V, 40Ah low maintenance lead
acid battery complete with stand and accessories as per RDSO specification No.
ETI/PSI/1(6/81) or latest. The price shall also cover for cost of suitable size of cable to
connect between battery charger and battery including lugs and connectors. The price
shall also cover for cost of Tools for battery like thermometer, hydrometer, voltmeter etc.
with proper tool stand (hydrometer stand), White board for marking of pilot cell and its
voltage and specific gravity, Board showing specific gravity.

 110 V, 40AH lead acid battery.

The price shall cover supply of a 110V, 40Ah low maintenance lead acid battery complete
with stand and accessories as per RDSO specification No. RDSO/PE/SPEC/TL/0040-2003

231
 (Rev.-0) with amendment No.-1 or latest, and a tool board. The price shall also cover for
cost of a tool board for keeping all accessories like Hydro Meter, thermometer etc. The
price shall also cover for cost of white board and specific gravity chart board for showing of
pilot shell and standard value of specific gravity.

 Auxiliary Transformer 25 kV/230 V, 5 KVA & 10 KVA with DO fuse assembly, LV

box & Anti climbing device

The price shall cover cost for supply of Auxiliary Transformer 25 kV/230 V, 5 KVA & 10
KVA as per RDSO specification No. ETI/PSI/15 (8 /03) or latest, with 25 KV DO fuse
complete assembly including insulators as per RDSO Specification No. ETl/ PSl/14(1/86)
Rev 1 (Apr·87), LV box (including MCB) for AT & Anti climbing device complete including
barbed wires etc. the price also cover cost for Clamps, lugs, Name Plate, split arcing horn
etc.

 Auxiliary transformer 25kV/230V, 25KVA capacity with DO fuse assembly, LV box

& Anticlimbing Device.

The price shall cover cost for supply of Auxiliary Transformer 25 kV/230 V, 25 KVA as per
RDSO specification No. ETI/PSI/15 (8 /03) or latest, with 25 KV DO fuse complete
assembly including insulators as per RDSO Specification No. ETl/ PSl/14(1/86) Rev 1
(Apr·87), LV box (including MCB) for AT & Anti climbing device complete including
barbed wires etc. the price also cover cost for Clamps, lugs, Name Plate, split arcing horn
etc.

 Lightning arrestor for 25 KV OHE.

The Price shall cover cost for supply of 42 KV Metal oxide gapless type Lightening
Arrestor as per RDSO specification No. TI/SPC/PSI/MOGTLA/0101 (02/ 2015) or latest
including surge monitor (including suitable length of 35 sqmm cu. cable & clamps) and dis-
connector assembly and an enameled number plate with fasteners and clamps.

 RTU for Switching post.

The Price shall cover cost for supply of Remote terminal unit (RTU) for switching post as
per RDSO specification No. TI/SPC/RCC/SCADA/0133 or latest and same shall support
existing SCADA system at RCC.

 50/39 mm aluminium bus bar

The price shall cover cost for supply of 50/39 mm Al. bus bars procured from CORE
approved sources in standard length. Bus bar shall be made of aluminium alloy
grade63401 (WP condition to IS:5082-1981 or latest. The tolerance on diameter &
thickness shall be as per Class-I of IS:2673-1979 or latest. The bus bar shall be clean,
smooth, mechanically sound and free from surface and other defects. The open end of bus-

232
 bar shall be covered by suitable tube cap. No splicing normally be allowed in the tubular
bus-bars, unless the bus-bars exceeds 6M.

 All types of aluminium bus bar terminal assembly, Splice assembly and various
types of connectors for 50 mm bus bar

The price shall cover cost for supply aluminium bus bar terminal assembly, splice
assembly and various types of connectors for 50 mm bus bar as per requirement. The price
also covers supply of fasteners and bimetallic strip (if applicable). The material shall be
procured with latest RDSO specifications and approved source only.

 Copper items and PVC cables) :

 Overhead equipment including Supply of Catenary & Contact wire. Scope

includes supply of number plates & various types of caution & other boards
including shock treatment chart, anti-creep assembly etc.

The price shall cover supply of all components i.e. Contact wire (107 Sqmm), catenary
wire (65 Sqmm), anticreep wire, Large span wire (130 Sqmm), 150 sqmm feeder wire
different type of PG clamps, 5 mm Dropper wire, contact and catenary wire dropper clip,
catenary and contact wire ending clamp, catenary and contact wire splices, double straps,
Retro-reflective/ enameled Number plate & all various type of caution & other boards and
poster required at Stations and LC gates for public and staff awareness regarding
electrification, shock treatment chart, anti-creep anchor including 9T insulator and
fittings, Material required for providing contact wire in place of catenary wire under FOB,
ROB and over line structure etc. (As per latest guide lines) with SPS for attachment on
mast / structure, Jumper wires of suitable size with PG clamps for ‘G, jumper(160sqmm),
potential equalizing jumper, anti-theft jumper, X-feeder drop jumper, Isolator Jumpers
and any other jumpers (where their use is approved), terminating wires etc.

S. No. Description of Items

Contact wire (107 Sqmm), catenary wire (65 Sqmm), anticreep wire, Large
1.
span wire (130 Sqmm), 150 sqmm feeder wire
2. Different types Parallel grooved clamps
3. 5 mm Copper Droppers.
4. Contact and catenary clips assembly.
5. Contact and Catenary ending clamp assembly.
6. Catenary & Contact Splice
7. Retro-reflective/ Enamel Number Plates with SPS and fastener, Caution
boards, Danger Boards, Power block working limit boards, Unwired OHE/
Turn out, 250M, 500M, DJ close, DJ open, switching post name board,
photography probated board, all other boards and poster required at Stations
and LC gates for public and staff awareness regarding electrification must for
commissioning for OHE.
8. Different type of Copper Jumpers i.e. ‘G’(160 sqmm), Potential equalizing,

233
 Anti-theft, X-feeder, Drop, Isolator Jumpers etc.
9. Any extra fittings required for Turn-out, X-over, Diamond X-ing.
10. Anchor Double straps, Cut-in-insulators (9T) assembly for IOL’s,
compensating plate/equalizing plate.
11. If tramway OHE is required to be erected then it will be paid in OHE erection
only for erection of contact wire including supply & erection of Bridle wire, PG
clamp etc.
12. Anti-creep complete assembly (excluding anti-creep copper wire which will be
supplied by railway from railway store). Supply required for whole section.
13. The price shall also cover cost of different size of Rail Jumper, Hand Globes
and Tape required for working in electrified section by Engineering gang in
the section. Supply required for whole section.
14. The price shall also cover cost of Hand Globes and Bamboo required for LC
gate mans and Station master in the section, required for commissioning.
Supply required for whole section.
15. The price shall also cover cost of key box required at Switching station and
Railway station and wall mounted desk with drawer in the section, different
size of MS chequres plate required for SSP/SP control building cubical
required for commissioning. Supply required for whole section.

 Catenary wire splice suitable for 65 sq mm catenary wire

The price shall cover cost for supply of Catenary Splice suitable for 65sq mm catenary wire,
over and above the requirement for item no. D1, as per Drawing No. ETI/OHE/P/1090 or
latest.

 Contact wire splice suitable for 107 sq mm

The price shall cover cost for supply of Contact wire splice (toothed type) suitable for 107sq
mm contact wire, over and above the requirement for item no. D1, as per Drawing No.
ETI/OHE/P/1081-1Rev-C or latest.

 10 x 2.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated stranded copper cable for control and indication of
Interrupters.

The price shall cover cost for supply, installation and testing of 10 core x 2.5 sq mm PVC
insulated, PVC sheathed, Copper conductor, Un armoured Electric Control cable for
working voltage up to and including 1100 volts as per specification No. IS:1554/ Pt-l/ 1988
or latest.

 2x2.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated stranded copper cable for catenary indication.

The price shall cover cost for supply, installation and testing of 2 core x 2.5 sq mm PVC
insulated, PVC sheathed, Copper conductor, Un armoured Electric Control cable for
working voltage up to and including 1100 volts as per specification No. IS:1554/ Pt-l/ 1988
or latest.

234
 2x4 Sq.mm PVC insulated stranded copper cable for heater supply.

The price shall cover cost for supply, installation and testing of 2 core x 4.0 sq mm PVC
insulated, PVC sheathed, Copper conductor, Un armoured Electric Control cable for
working voltage up to and including 1100 volts as per specification No. IS:1554/ Pt-l/ 1988
or latest.

 Copper strip for earthing. (25 x 3mm)

The price shall cover cost for supply of 25 x 3.0 sq mm and confirming IS 191/1981 &
IS:613/ 1984 or latest, or as desired by railway administration.

 Preparation all drawing and design for overhead equipment including

preparation of pre pegging, pegging and OHE layout plan:

The price shall be covered for preparation of Pre pegging and Pegging Plan of OHE LOP,
CSD, SED, SWR, LSD for the OHE work and supply of 6 sets hard copy. The price also
cover cost for supply of AED of LOP, SED, SWR, LSD with minimum 6 sets of Hard copy
with Soft copy. The price also cover cost for preparation of digitalized sectioning and power
supply diagram and supply of minimum 6 sets of hard copy with soft copy. The price also
covers cost for soil testing or any other requirement to complete the above schedule item.
Railway will be supplied soft copy of ESP yard plans only. All electrical (TRD) related
drawings shall be prepared by successful tenderer. The price also covers cost for retracing
of existing drawings on new drawings. Preparation of Power supply dia-gram and
sectioning diagram also included in item for complete section as related to respective
section.

 Preparation of design and drawing of switching stations.

The price shall cover on a flat rate basis per switching station in the section, survey,
investigation of soil bearing pressure and soil resistivity, Preparation of cross section
drawings, preparation of general arrangement drawings, detailed layout of equipment, bus-
bar connections and insulators, layout of cable trenches outdoor and inside the control room,
layout of earthing system and earth connection, layout of earth screen wire, design of
supporting structures for 25 KV equipment’s, detailed drawings for steel work and structural
support and drawings/ designs for equipment’s, components,, fitting and materials
supplied by the contractor. The price shall include supply of requisite number of copies of all
drawings including completion drawings to the purchaser. The contractor shall prepare
and furnish all relevant drawings in 6 copies at no extra cost for approval bythe employer
before commencing fabrication/manufacture of the equipment and before carrying out any
work at site. The drawing shall be prepared in Auto Cad. Such drawings shall be
coordinated with all agencies executing civil works etc.

235
 2x70 Sq.mm/ 2*150Sqmm PVC insulated stranded Alluminium Cable from AT to DB

The price shall cover cost of supply,erection, testing & commissioning of per meter length
of 2x70/150 sqmm AT cable as specified. Lcable for working voltage up to and including
1100 volts as per specification No. IS:1554/ Pt-l/ 1988 or latest. The price also covers cost
for transportation of cables including loading, un loading and handling. The price also
cover cost for supply & erection of cu/AL lugs, lacing and cable identification labels made
of AL. The price also cover cost for Cable Route marker at every 25 mtrs and at every
corners on cable trench. The price shall also cover cost of insulation resistance
measurement. Megger shall be arranged by contractor. Method of erection shall be as per
Rly Guidelines.

 Diggingof Cable trench 450mm wide and 900mm depth

The price shall cover erection of digging of Cable trench 450mm wide and 900mm depth
for laying of different size cable. The price also cover cost for preparation of a detail plan
for method of laying of cable and get approval of Dy.CEE/C before start the work.
 Layings of bricks and sand in cable trench for protection of cable

The price shall cover Supply and layings of bricks and sand in cable trench for protection
of cable. The price also cover cost for preparation of a detail plan for laying of cable and
showing method of laying of cable with bricks and sand shall be prepared and get approval
of Dy.CEE/C before start the work.
 Transfer of OHE from one support to another and adjustment of droppers/slewing
of OHE as required for connecting from existing OHE
The price shall cover transfer of overhead equipment to a bracket assembly on a new mast
or support and dismantling of the erected bracket assembly from the old mast or support
and consequent adjustment to overhead equipment required such as re spacing of
droppers.
 Providing (Supply with erection) of anticlimbing device for SSP/SP.

The price shall cover supply with erection of an anti-climbing device consisting of steel
fixtures and galvanized barbed wire mounted on the fencing panels as per approved
drawings. The price shall be per meter length of the panel. The price shall include
painting of the fixtures with two coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer and finished with
two coats of Aluminum paint as per IS: 2339.
 Dismantling & removal of OHE complete with cantilever, droppers, contact &
catenary wire etc as required for connecting from existing OHE
The price shall cover cost for dismantle of complete OHE including contact and catenary
wire, droppers, jumpers, insulators & other fitting if any. The price also cover cost for
cutting of catenary wire, contact wire and other materials for DS-8 purpose (if required)
and same will be handed over to concern SSE/C, Railways scrap depot for DS-8 or as
desired by SSE/TRD/C. Transportation charges will be given relevant item of
transportation.

236
 Dismantling& removal of Auxiliary transformer with DO fuse as required for
connecting from existing OHE

The price shall cover cost for dismantle of Auxiliary transformer including DO fuse
assembly, Jumper wire, PG clamps, LT fuse box, anticlimbing device, Earth connection
etc. Transportation charges will be given relevant item of transportation.
 Dismantling& removal of Isolator complete as required for connecting from
existing OHE

The price shall cover cost for dismantle of complete isolator including terminal connectors,
jumper wire, PG clamps operating rod and support insulators, operating handle and SPS.
Transportation charges will be given relevant item of transportation.
 Dismantling& removal of Mast, portal, TTC & other small part steel as required for
connecting from existing OHE

1. The price shall cover the dismantling of OHE mast, portal upright with boom, TTC
and other small part steel by gas cutting and handing over to the railway at
nominated place.
2. The price shall exclude the transportation charges and the same will be paid for
against relevant item
3. Crane will be given by Railway for dismantle of Portal boom only.
4. The price shall also cover cost of cutting in suitable size pieces for scraping the
material (i.e. 2.0M to 3.0M or as accepted by railway scrap depot).
 Breaking of concrete foundation of Masts, portals & TTC as required for
connecting from existing OHE

The price shall cover cost for breaking of foundation of Mast, Portal TTC etc. upto 0.8 M
below rail level. The price also covers cost for removal of debris outside track.
 Dismantling& removal of Guy rod assembly as required for connecting from
existing OHE
The price shall cover to dismantle the Guy rods with Anchor fitting, Guy rod fittings,
double strap, stirrup & Anchor V bolt etc. and same will be handed over to concern SSE/C
Railways scrap depot for DS-8 or as desired by SSE/TRD/C. Transportation charges will be
given relevant item of transportation.
 Dismantling of feeder wire as required for connecting from existing OHE

The price shall cover to Dismantling of feeder wire assemble (160sqmm cupper/ Aluminum
feeder wire) with along feeder, cross feeder, anchor assemble like 9 tone insulator,
adjuster, clevis etc. and same will be handed over to concern SSE/C Railways scrap depot
for DS-8 or as desired by SSE/TRD/C. Transportation charges will be given relevant item
of transportation.
 Lifting of existing OHE upto required level

The price shall cover to Lifting of existing OHE upto required level. The price shall also
cover all work upto fitness of OHE including lifting of existing OHE for a new Rail level

237
 with adjustment of existing OHE, replacement of cost of cantilever if required, tower
wagon checking, SED checking etc.
 Providing (Supply & erection) of layout board for switching posts.

The price shall cover cost for providing (Supply with erection) of lay-out board for
switching post. The board shall be framed with Aluminium section in suitable size. Before
supply the board necessary approval should be got from Concern Dy. CEE.
 Providing (Supply & erection) of SWR/Sectioning diagram board at Station/TPC
room.
The price shall cover cost for providing (Supply with erection) of Sectioning diagram at
Stations. The board shall be framed with Aluminium section in suitable size. Before
supply the board necessary approval should be got from Concern Dy. CEE.
 Supply of firefighting equipment.

The price shall cover cost for Providing (supply with erection) of fire extinguisher
confirming to IS:2171 or latest. The firefighting equipment shall be suitable to take care of
B & C class of fire. The extinguisher shall have 10 Kg. Capacity of dry chemical powder.
The price also cover cost for hanging arrangement / suitable clamps. The price also covers
cost fire Bucket with stand for switching station.
 Supply of First aid BOX with Stretcher etc.

The price shall cover supply with erection of standard first Aid box and stretcher with
hanging arrangement of GI Sheet with pad lock as approved by the Employer. The list of
items containing min the first aid box shall be obtained from employer/engineer.
 Modification, Upgradation, testing, wiring & commissioning in existing RTU at
Site in the section and standard SCADA software at RCC equipments for
configuration, integration/ hooking up of additional RTUs of section & adjacent
section with master station as per RDSO Spec. No. TI/RCC/SCADA/ 0130/Rev-2) with
latest A&C slip with amendments or latest

The price shall cover Modification, Upgradation, testing, wiring & commissioning in
existing RTU at Site in the section and standard SCADA software at RCC equipments for
configuration, integration/ hooking up of additional RTUs of section & adjacent section
with master station as per RDSO Spec. No. TI/RCC/SCADA/ 0130/Rev-2) with latest A&C
slip with amendments or latest.
 Drilling of horizontal bore below track by pushing method for laying of HDDE pipe
of various size upto 450 mm dia.
This item covers drilling of horizontal bore by pushing method or any suitable means in all
types of soil 1.5 meter below ground level or 2.1 meter below track level for laying of
HDDE pipes 150 mm to 450 mm dia by pushing method in presence of Railway
representative taking necessary safety precautions of track and movement of trains.

 Temporary Lighting Arrangment (two)

238
1) The contractor shall have Supply, transportation and providing portable type 2 to 5
KVA, 240 volt, 50 HZ, DG Set on hiring basis complete with fuel, oil, accessories,
and all material for temporary lighting during TWO/NI at different Locations as
per site requirements.
2) At each location contractor should lay cables / wires from supply point to Gumty/
point & crossing -600 Mtrs approx , switch Board consisting of One No 40 A , 230
V change over switch , 32 A DP MCB-1 No, lamp holder - 1 No , 6A socket with
switch & top-6 Nos , 6/16A socket with switch & top complete - 1 No with wiring,
tripod stand - 6 Nos , Pendent lamp holder, LED lamp -15 W-2 Nos , focus type
LED 45 W fitting-6 Nos, pedestal fan- 1 No etc. Material procurement, Loading /
Unloading, transportation of all material and man power provided by contractor,
Rechargeable Emergency light with backup-1 No, Ensure earthing at each Gumty.
Provision of fittigs may be change as per site conditions.
3) No charges will be paid for preliminary work of Laying cables, provide stands, fans
& luminaries etcor after completion of TWO disentailing work. period count on
Hourly basis and operation of Gumties working . If TWO operationalized hourly
basis than fraction/ part of 24 hrs calculate for the purpose of Payment.
4) The contractor shall procure/purchase all Electrical items and kept ready in safe
custody for operation.
5) Loading / Unloading and transportation of all material arrange by contractor at
every location as suggested by site Engineer. Also arrange staff/Manpower
staying/availability arrangement at remote locations.
6) Providing manpower of one Electrician per Gumty / location per day round the
clock at site by contractor during TWO / NI for handling of DG set operation,
filling of fuel oil and maintaining of lighting arrangement.
7) Daily consumable wiring wires, LED lamps, Fittings, kerosene, petrol, Diesel, lube
oil, tools, PVC tape Roll etc. will be arranged by contractor on his cost for maintain
proper lighting arrangements & power supply. Adopt all safety measure during
rainy season to ensure uninterrupted power supply.
8) Normally gumty will be operated by Railway power supply, portable DG Set will be
operated at the time of failure power supply. If near by power supply not available
than DG set will be operate round the clock.
9) DG should be operated daily on load for one hour, so that there should be no
complaint/ inconvenience in train operation at the time of supply failure.
10) During TWO/NI contractor should provide utility /jeep /vehicle at site round the
clock to reach different location to attend any failure/inspection/ patrolling.
11) If any Location DG set failed during working hours, No charges will be paid and
token penalty of Rs.1000/- (Rs.one thousand) per DG set per day per location will be
deducted from the bill.
12) The contractor shall provide the lighting arrangement at nominated places as per
instructions of site engineer. Normally intimation will be given 24 Hrs before
commencing of TWO/NI or depend on site circumstances.
13) The lighting arrangement is to be provided at different locations at various stations
in the jurisdiction of Dy.Chief Electrical Engineer, Construction, Vadodaraof
western Railway.
14) Transportation and handling of lighting arrangement material for providing at
different locations of various stations is to be arranged by contractor at his own
cost.

239
 15) The contractor shall keep sufficient spare DG set, fuel, wires, LED light fittings,
stands, tape roll, lamp and field staff for daily maintenance.
16) After completion of TWO/NI period of every station/location all material to be
removed from site and kept away in their godown/store in his safe custody.
17) Railway site Engineer (Electrical) will certify the working Hours, for the purpose of
payment.
18) No charges will be paid for preliminary work of Laying cables, provide stands,
fans & luminaries etc or after completion of TWO dismantling work. Period count
on Hourly basis and operation of Gumties working. If TWO operationalized hourly
basis than fraction/ part of 24 hrs calculate for the purpose of Payment.

 TECHNICAL ASSISTANT -

He shall be responsible for construction supervision, checking and all other field
related activities of his respective section.

Designation Minimum required educational qualifications and /or

experience,

Site (i) Degree/ Diploma in Electrical/ Electronic Engineering/ITI

Engineer (Electrician/Wireman /Fitter Electrical) or10+2 (Science)
(Electrical- OR
TRD/General (ii) A combination of any sub stream of basic Streams of Electrical/
Services) Electronic Engineering from a recognized University/ Institution 2
years for Degree/ 5 years Diploma or 10 years for ITI / 10+2 (Science)

Experience:
At least 3 years for Diploma, ITI / 2 years for degree holder, experience
of Electrical (TRD/General Services) works as Supervisor or in higher
capacity in Railways.
OR
At least 3 years for Diploma, ITI/ 2 years for degree holder, experience
of Electrical (TRD/General Service) works in any PSU.

The person to be engaged should normally be not older than 67 years.

Working hours, overtime, leave, etc.:

The Personnel shall not be entitled to be paid for overtime nor to take paid sick
leave or
Vacation leave except as specified in the Contract, and the Consultant’s
remuneration shall be deemed to cover these items. All leave to be allowed to the
Personnel is excluded from the man days of service. Any taking of leave by any
Personnel for a period exceeding 7 days shall be subject to the prior approval of the
Railway, and the Consultant shall ensure that any absence on leave will not delay
the progress and quality of the Services.

240
 (i) Personnel can avail a weekly rest, National Holidays and three of the religious
holidays.
(ii) For period of absence of any personnel from duty more than 07 (seven) days in a
month and if Railway work is affected, the firm is required to arrange for suitable
replacement. In case, the firm fails to arrange for suitable replacement to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge, a penalty of three times the remuneration of
the Personnel for the period of absence shall be imposed.

 Providing vehicle for supervision of work & Providing utility van for tower
wagon crew, shifting of man and material for the work

Vehicle for supervision/inspection of work (SUV) & Transportation of man /

material (MUV).

The Scope of the work involves hiring of One Non-AC Vehicle & one utility vehicle
for Transportation of man / material (MUV) with registration on or after 01-01-
2020 for Dy.CEE/C/ADI unit representative based at Vadodara in connection with
works under the control of Deputy Chief Electrical Engineer (Construction),
Vadodara.

Item No (1) SUV- Make& Model of vehicle:-(i) Maruti Suzuki Ertiga,(ii) Maruti
Suzuki VitaraBrezza,(iii) Mahindra Scorpio,(iv) Maruti Suzuki XL6,(v) Ford
Ecosport, (vi). Hyundai Creta, (vii) Renault Duster,(viii). Mahindra TUV300, (ix)
Mahindra XUV300, (x) Mahindra XUV 500.

Item No (2) MUV- Make& Model of vehicle:- (i) Mahindra Bolero Camper (ii) Tata
Xenon (iii) Mahindra Imperio (iv) Isuzu Dimax

Terms and condition for item No 1 & 2:-

1.1 Vehicle shall be based at Vadodara as directed by controlling officer basis on the
requirement of works.

1.2 The Period of Hiring of vehicle is 24 months and the contract will be valid for 24
months from date of acceptance or date of commencement whichever is decided by
Engineer-in-charge.

1.3 The period of hiring shown is approximate and Railway reserves the right to
increase or decrease the number of months of the total contract months. For
which, the tenderer/s shall not be entitled for any extra payment but shall be paid
at the accepted rate.

1.4 The tender is for hiring of vehicles for a period of 24 months. The vehicle will be
utilized as per availability based on the progress of construction works. If the
work on the project warrants discontinuation of the vehicle then the vehicle can
be transferred to another location. In case, the vehicle is not required for another
project/work at some another location, the Railway reserves the right to close the
contract without any liabilities on either side by giving a simple one month’s
notice. In that event, the contractor shall not be entitled to any claim whatsoever.

241
 In that event, the provision of variation as per special conditions of contract (Non-
technical) will be superseded by this clause.

1.5 Each vehicle is to be used for 3000 KMs per month and 3000 x12 = 36000 KMs in
the 12 months. If there is any saving in the 3000 KMs in any of the month, the
unutilized KMs will be carried forward and will be adjusted in the months in
which the vehicle runs beyond 3000KMs in any month. Similarly, if in a
particular month, if no. of Kms run exceeds 3000 Km, then tenderer shall not stop
the vehicle but shall continue the same, however, total no. of km run in 24 months
shall not exceed 72000 KMs.

2.0 The following definitions shall be applicable for the purpose of this tender:

a) One hour is of 60 Minutes for the purpose of payment of charges, A Fraction

up to 30 minutes shall not be taken into account and more than 30 Minutes shall
be considered as an Hour.
b) Day means a calendar day starting from 00 hours to 24 hours.
c) The vehicle shall be well maintained and kept clean all the time from inside as
well as outside.
d) If contractor fail to provide specified Vehicle on any particular day and if the officer
concerned permits then the contractor may be allowed to provide any other four
wheel vehicle like car. The payment for other than specified vehicle like car shall be
made at the same rate i.e. at the accepted rate, however, in no case the duration of
car should not exceed by more than a week period.

e) The contractor will be paid as per the accepted rate for NS item and nothing extra
will be paid, except as those mentioned in the special conditions of the contract.

2.1 The contractor shall fix a plate in front and rear of vehicle indicating “ON
DUTY GOVERNMENT OF INDIA – WESTERN RAILWAY” painted in Red colour.

3.0 The Railway reserves the right to terminate the contract at any time
without assigning any reason thereof by giving one-month notice in advance. The
contractor shall not be entitled for any extra rate on account of this and shall have
any claim for this termination.

The contractor shall supply the vehicles in perfectly in good condition and vehicle
shall be maintained in good condition throughout the period of validity of the
contract so as to ensure satisfactory service under the contract. Railway shall have
the right to reject the vehicle if not found in a satisfactory manner.

4.0 The vehicle shall be registered with RTO on or after 01-01-2020.

5.0 The rate quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of the following:

i) All maintenance expenditure of vehicle i.e. major and minor repairs required for
good running of the vehicle, cost of lubricants, salary of Driver, insurance, other
incidental costs, all consumables including fuel.

242
 ii) Rate shall include all cost for the cost of running of vehicle up to 3000 KM per
month.

iii) Rate shall include the driver’s salary, All types of taxes and fees payable to RTO
department and all others.

6.0 The vehicle shall be attached with officers posted at VADODARA. This attachment
can be changed as and when required by the railways. Contractor will be informed
the same in written.

7.0 Competent authority reserves the right to change the Headquarter of the vehicle
temporarily/permanently at any time during currency of contract for which no claim
shall be entertained. The contractor will have to provide the vehicle at the new
Headquarter of the Officer at the accepted rate and terms and conditions of the
contract.

8.0 Driver along with vehicle shall report to the officer concerned to whom the vehicle is
attached at right time. The actual duty hours from the time reported and released
and actual KM utilized shall be counted from the office/residence/site at the start
and end of the day. In case of situations where these are not applied, the officer to
whom the vehicle is attached shall decide the count of duty hours and KMs for
both reporting and release of vehicle.

9.0 Normally, one weekly off is permitted to the Driver normally on Sundays. However,
weekly off may be cancelled and postponed/proponed to some other day at the
discretion of officer in charge to whom the vehicle is attached, and if the
compensatory rest is not given due to urgency of the work or any other reasons,
then payment for the same.

If the vehicle is not arranged by the contractor on such cancelled weekly off then it
will be treated as “Absent” i.e. vehicle not arranged by the contractor and necessary
deduction at double the accepted daily rate from the contractors Bill will be made
as per the special conditions of the contract.
10.0 Normal duty hours of driver shall be not exceed 12 hours in a day. If more than 12
hours duty then extra payment shall be paid as per relevant clause. The driver of
the vehicle shall keep himself in contact with the officer in charge. The driver shall
be in possession of a mobile for communication with the Officer in charge.

11.0 The vehicles may have to go the sites of all types of roads including kachha road etc.
The vehicle shall also be required to go along the Railway embankment for
approaching any desired Km or site. Any excuses about condition/existence of the
road will not be accepted.

12.0 The contractor/driver shall ensure that the vehicle is always having sufficient fuel
to meet the requirement of travel to the destination and back to HQ.

13.0 The contractor shall ensure that all the meters particularly the
kilometer/speedometer and other devices of vehicle are always in working condition.

243
 In case if any defects are pointed by the Railway’s authority the same shall be
immediately repaired and replacement by the contractor at his own cost and in the
meantime another vehicle shall be arranged by the contractor so that the Railway’s
work does get hampered. If the kilometer gets out of order intensely the reading
given by the Officer shall be the final and binding to the contractor and no claim
shall be entertained.

14.0 To avoid any mishap or accident during the operation of the vehicle, the contractor
shall ensure that only skilled driver with sufficient experience are employed on job
and are not put to over exertion as per labour laws. Alternative driver’s
arrangement shall be made by the contractor if the driver is over exerted.

15.0 The contractor shall provide a spare wheel and necessary tools in a good working
condition.

16.0 The contractor shall ensure the vehicle is made available every time to the officer in
charge failing which the penalty shall be imposed at the double the daily rate as
calculated under:
Daily Rate = Accepted rate per month/ Number of Days in that Particular Month

17.0 Driver of the vehicle may report to the concerned officer or as directed by Engineer- in-
Charge.

18.0 In case of a breakdown of the vehicle enroute during the course of operation,
Contractor has to provide a substitute within the period of one hours from the time
of failure, failing which a penalty of double the daily rate shall be levied for the
delay of each day. Daily rate shall be calculated as per clause. The affected Officer
shall be free to hire any alternative mode of transport to reach the destination
within time.

19.0 In the event of the breakdown of the vehicle enroute responsibility of transporting
the incumbent of the vehicle to his destination shall be borne by the contractor.

20.0 The contract shall be governed by the General Conditions of Contract.

21.0 The contractor shall possess the vehicles which he proposes those under this tender/
contract registered by competent authority in his name/ company or firm’s name/
partner’s name or shall have a power of attorney of the vehicle in his name /
company or firm’s name/ partner’s name. The vehicle supplied by the contractor
shall have Taxi passing registration and the contractor will be solely responsible for
any non-compliance of the rules and regulation of the Govt., Railway stands
completely indemnified by the contractor against such defaults.

22.0 The tenderer shall be responsible to keep all papers certificates i.e. registration
certificate, life insurance policy etc. of the vehicle with himself and may be required
to produce the same, when demanded by the Railway.

23.0 The drivers put on the job by the contractor must always possess valid driving
license, registration papers, road tax paid receipts, interstate permits etc.

244
24.0 Vehicles should have permit for Gujarat state. If the permit is not available, then
the same shall be obtained by the contractor at his own cost. In case if vehicle shall
be required to go outside the state of Gujarat the contractor shall have to pay all
taxes levied by the concerned departments/Government.
25.0 The driver provided with the vehicles must be holding valid driving license
prescribed under prevailing Motor Vehicles Act and Rules. The driver shall be
familiar with the roads.

26.0 The vehicles deployed on the job should be fit in all respects for operation in
accordance with the prevailing Motor Vehicles Act and Rules, amended from time to
time and all their relevant valid RTO documents like RC book, insurance certificate
etc. must be available with the taxes, levies, fees etc. paid up to date. The contractor
shall be exclusively and solely responsible for any lapse in this regard and Railway
stands completely indemnified by the contractor against such defaults.

27.0 The contractor shall be liable to honour Central and State Govt. laws, statutory
rules, regulations, notifications like legislation, local self govt./ Municipal
requirements etc. and shall be solely responsible for any breach thereof. Railway
stands indemnified against any penalty/ prosecutions consequent to the violations
(deliberate or inadvertence) by the contractor or his employees, representatives etc.
of such statutory provisions in force.

28.0 The contractor shall indemnify the Railway against any or all claims, which may
arise under the Motor Vehicles ACT or Workman’s compensation Act or any other
act or Stature having bearing over the services and for engagement of workmen,
directly or indirectly for performance of work under the contract.

29.0 The contractor shall indemnify the Railway and its employees against any penalties
as PRINCIPAL EMPLOYER, for any failure of the contractor to honour various
Central/ State Government laws/ enactments.

30.0 The contractor shall arrange the vehicle within 7 days from the date of issue of
Acceptance letter to him, failing which a penalty of Rs. 5000/- per month may be
recovered from the contractor.

31.0 The officer in-charge of the vehicle should ensure that where ever he is going on
leave / out of station, he should hand over the vehicle to other officer/ Railway
administration for proper utilization of vehicle. If the above condition is not fulfilled
and vehicle lays idle without any information, no payment will be made for the said
period.

 Supply of Spare Store Items-

This complete schedule i.e. T&P items, require prior approval from Dy.CEE(C) ADI
before supply.

Note:-The make & model of all T&P items shall be submitted by the contractor &
got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before
supply at site.

245
  Preparation of Design, Drawing, line diagram etc.

The price also cover cost for preparation of digitalized diagram and supply of
minimum 6 sets of hard copy with soft copy. The list of drawings to be submitted is
as below,
i) Single line wiring diagram from GEB to main supply panel at station.
ii) Earthing layout of Station.
iii) LT , HT and EHT crossings for Entire Section showing clearance of transmission
line tower and angle of crossing.
The price also covers cost for retracing of existing drawings on new drawings.
Preparation of Power supply dia-gram and sectioning diagram also included in item
for complete section50% of the price will be paid on approval of the drawing for
execution and balance 50% after successful completion of the work and handing
over of the soft and hard copies to the client.

 Preparation documents, SWR, App G, Display notice boards, key box for EIG
& CRS.:

The price shall be covered for preparation of documents for SWR, Appendix G, EIG papers
& CRS / PCEE sanctioned for the OHE work and supply of 3 sets hard copy with Soft copy.
The price also covers cost for preparation of App G for all stations, make necessary
correction till finalization and signed by authority concern. Collect all details for EIG and
process up to finalized and submit minimum 3 sets of Hard copy with Soft copy. The price
also cover cost for preparation of CRS/ PCEE sanction papers and supply of minimum 3
sets of hard copy with soft copy. The price also covers cost for retracing of existing
drawings on new drawings.
Price shall cover Provision of boards as below;
 SWR display board Designing, high resolution printing, pasted on5
transparent acrylic sheet, fixed with ss studs Size 8ft x 4 ft for all stations: 1
board/Station to be erected in Station master Room.
 Staff caution board, public caution board Designing, high resolution
printing, pasted on Transparent acrylic sheet, fixed with ss studs Size 3 ft x
2 ft for all stations: 12 No Per Station and 2No per LC
 Display board for don’t climb on roof Designing, high resolution printing,
pasted on Aluminum composite panel Size 3 ft x 2 ft for all stations: 4 No
Per Station.
 Display board for shock treatment designing, high resolution printing,
pasted on aluminum composite panel size 3ft x 4 ft at all station buildings:
2no per Station, 1 no per LC
 Caution board for precaution to work on 25000 volt line designing, high
resolution printing, pasted on aluminum composite panel size 5 ft x 16
inches: 2no per Station
 Boards for LC gate designing, high resolution printing, pasted on aluminum
composite panel 1.25 ft x 1.25 ft: 1 no per LC
 Key box made from WPC sheet size 1.5 ft x 1.5 ft for stations

246
  Stationary Kit for each station including 1no Ablong Register, 2no pens, 1
pencil,1 sharpner, 1 rubber, 1 pocket size notebook to be provided at each
station.

 Tree Trimming for OHE section.

Clearance of OHE from any trees along the section should be maintained at least 4 mtr.
Trees infringing the OHE should be trimmed. The price covers tree trimming irrespective
of tree height. It will be paid per tree. Decision for trees to be trimmed should be as per
railway supervisor deputed at site.

 Accommodation facilities for Officers-

The contractor shall arrange suitable standard accommodation facilities for officers at site
or nearby during inspection, TWO/NI/ CRS / PCEE inspection or whenever required with
all necessary daily routine facilities.
 Accommodation facilities for Site Engineer-
The contractor shall arrange suitable standard accommodation facilities for site engineer/
his representative at site or nearby during block working, inspection, TWO/NI/ CRS /
PCEE inspection or whenever required with all necessary daily routine facilities.
 Groves, Helmet, safety items for operating and electrical staff.
For all the operating and electrical staff posted in Vadodara -Rakhial Section 1no helmet,
1 gloves set (rating 25KV above ),1 no bamboo stick should be provided per person. These
items should be handed over to the list of staff approved from Dy.CEE/C/ADI one month
prior to CRS/ PCEE inspection.

PART-II: For Electrical (General services) works:

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION:

1. The contractor shall carry out the electrical work as per IE Rules & Regulation,
specification and shall be in work like manner. Relevant I S specifications
wherever applicable shall be followed.
2. The work includes supply of materials, erection, installation, laying,
terminating, connecting, testing, & commissioning of electrical assets as
mentioned in the schedule of approximate quantity and rates and specification
as enclosed in tender documents.
3. The contractor has to supply & provide ancillary materials required for the
work even if they are not mentioned in the tender schedule for which no extra
payment shall be made.
4. All the materials used in the work shall be of the make as per enclosed list and
shall be got approved from Dy.CEE(C) ADI before its installation. Contractor
shall have to arrange inspection at manufacturer’s premises for LT panels DB,
etc. by Railway representative. Material should be kept in safe custody by
contractor. After entire completion of work the contractor shall have to deposit
balance material to Sr.SE/Elect. Store- Vadodara.
5. The contractor if damage other installation / structure for the purpose of
executing electrical works shall do reconditioning of floors, walls and ceilings to
their original level of workmanship.
6. All required tools and instruments shall be arranged by the contractor.

247
7. The unit rate in the rate schedule includes supply, installation, testing, &
commissioning including all contingent material like hard ware, bushes, PVC
flexible pipe, seamless pipe down rods, chain, clamps, connecting wires etc. even
if not specified in the rates schedule. All hardware like Nuts, bolts, washers,
clamps etc should be of GI.
8. Electrical works shall be carried out by the contractor in supervision of the
railway Engineers and contractor shall inform the railway representative before
starting the work. All the hidden work i.e. laying of cables, foundation etc. shall
be carried out in the presence of railway supervisor / representative.
9. Any conflict/dispute/modification in specification given will be finalized by
Dy.CEE (C) ADI and contractor has to accept the decision of Dy.CEE (C) ADI.
10. The contractor will be responsible for any damage / theft for part of the work
completed & paid in running bills till entire work is completed and taken over
by the Railway.
11. The electrical contractor having valid electrical contractor’s license shall carry
out the work under the tender.
12. The contractor should have to carry Railway supervisors and engineers to the
place of work for inspection and providing the required tools and equipments
etc., inspection is the responsibility of the contractor for which no additional
payment is to be made.
13. The vehicle and equipment of the contractor can be the drafted by Railway
administration in case of accident / natural calamities involving human lives.
14. If the IS No. of any material in the tender is modified or amended, the latest
shall be accepted.
15. Railway may ask copies of challans, bills of Supplier/Manufacturer to verify
genuineness of supplied material including taxes paid to government like
applicable GST and Cess on GST (if any) etc.
16. Lamp of the luminaries shall be of OEM make or if OEM used other reputed
make lamps than it shall be accepted by Rly on production of OEM certificate
by the contractor. If complete fitting catalogue no comprising with different
assemblies catalogue nos., then such type of certificate shall be issued by OEM
and submitted by the contractor to Rly. As per catalogue IP no. should be
marked on the luminary or if it is not mentioned then, OEM certificate in this
regard should be submitted by the contractor.
17. The work done by the contractor shall be of aesthetic look.
18. All switches, sockets, ceiling rose, lamp holders, switch boards should have
engrave ISI marked in concave/convex manner.
19. Before starting of work contractor should carry out joint survey with Railway
Engineer of all work site & prepare drawing /design/layout of wiring, cabling,
panels, DB and other electrical items to be provided at site & submitted to
Dy.CEE/C/ADI for approval.
20. ACB/MCCB/MCB/RCCB/RCBO should be IS/IEC marked.
21. List of Approved makes shall be applicable for all concern schedule items.
22. LED Luminaries as per WR specification No. WR /CCG/ SPECIFICATION /P /
001 (Rev.01)-2018 or Latest.

STANDARDS –

248
 The following standards of latest/Revision edition and Indian Electricity Rules/Fire
Insurance Regulations and rules shall be applicable:

IS No. Items
IS : 1646/1997 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings
(General) Electrical installation
IS : 9537 (Part - 3)/1983 Rigid non-metallic conduits for electrical wiring.

IS : 4648/1968 Guide for electrical layout in residential buildings.

IS 4615/1968 Switch socket out lets

IS 3419/1988 PVC Conduit accessories

IS 694:1990 Cables-LT PVC insulated multi-stranded single &

multi-core
IS 3854/1997 Switches
IS 1293/2005 Plugs & sockets

IS 371/1999 ceiling rose

IS 1258/2005 Pendent holder, batten holder

IS 8828/1996 MCB

IS 13947-2/1993 MCCB

IS 12640 (Pt.I) 2000 RCCB

IS 732/1989 Code of practice for electrical wiring installation

IS 3043/1987 Earthing

IS 13032:1991 AC MCB board for voltage not exceeding 1000V-

specification.
IS 13779 ISI marked clause-1 Electronic energy meter
/1999

Article II.
1. General remarks for wiring.

i. Relevant code of practice for electrical wiring as per IS: 732/1989 or latest to
be followed along with the following.
ii. All lamps shall be hung at a height of not less than 2.5 m above the floor
level.

249
iii. Switch boards shall be provided at 1.5 mtrs above the ground level.
iv. Live wires of the points (half/phase) must be controlled by switches.
v. Wiring shall be done by looping system. Phase/live conductors shall be
looped at the switch box. For point wiring neutral/earth first looping shall
be done in switchboard and subsequent loop shall be made at each point
outlet. No joints shall be allowed in the wiring inside the PVC
conduit/casing.
vi. The contractor shall have to maintain the standard colour code for circuit
such as phase– red, neutral- black, earth - green /gray. For 3-phase colour
coding shall be Red, Yellow & Blue for Phases, Black for neutral and
green/grey for earth.
vii. Wiring shall be suitable for 240V AC between phase & neutral and 415 V
AC between two phases.
viii. All wiring shall be free from short - circuit/earth fault and shall be tested for
these defects prior to being connected to the circuit.
ix. There shall be a spacing of at least 125 mm between live parts and the
mounting plane of the fixture.
x. The clearance between the bottom most point of the ceiling fan and the floor
shall be not less than 2.4 m. The minimum clearance between the ceiling
and the plane of the blades shall be not less than 300 mm.
xi. Light & Fan may be wired on common circuit. Such sub circuit shall not
have more than a total of ten points of light, fan and 5A socket outlets. The
load of such circuit shall be restricted to 800 watts.
xii. 6/16Amp socket outlets shall be installed at the following positions, unless
otherwise specified.
a) Non-residential building-23cm above floor level.
b) Kitchen - 23cm above working platform and away from the likely
position of stove and sink.
c) Bathroom - no socket outlet is permitted for connecting portable
appliances, thereto. MCB/IC switch may be provided 2m from fixed
appliances, and at least 1m away from shower.
d) Rooms in residence – 23 cm above floor level or any other level in
special cases with the approval of site engineer.
xiv. Connection for electrical fitting shall be done with 3 core flexible copper wire
ISI mark to from ceiling rose. Provided Chrome plated screw, nut, bolts,
washer shall be used for electrical connection.
xv. Wires used for wiring shall be multi-strand single core FRLS-PVC insulated
1.1kv grade Copper conductor with ISI mark. If any manufacturer
discontinued FRLS wires, in such circumstances higher version FRLSH
wires can be accepted. Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply. All wires should be of one make.
xvi. PVC casing capping and accessories shall be as per IS14927 of minimum
thickness of 1.2 mm, Casing capping/PVC conduit pipe shall be of MMS IS :
9537 (Part - 3)/1983 and of Ivory/white colour only , Wall crossing of wiring
should be done through PVC Conduit pipe , make- As per List enclosed and
shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.
xvii. Hardware, nut, bolts, washers, clamps etc. used for fixing shall be of G.I.
xviii. As far as possible modular Switch, modular Socket and other accessories
shall be of ISI mark .

250
2. TESTING OF INSTALLATION

Before a completed installation is put into service, the following tests shall be complied
with

i. INSULATION RESISTANCE
The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying 500 volt megger
with all fuses in places, circuit breaker and all switches closed.
The insulation resistance in mega-ohms of an installation, measured shall not be less
than 50 mega-ohms divided by the number of points on the circuit.

Article III.

Article IV. The insulation resistance shall be measured between

EARTH TO PHASE

Section 4.01 EARTH TO NEUTRAL

PHASE TO NEURAL
PHASE TO PHASE.

ii. EARTH CONTINUITY PATH

The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity and the

electrical resistance of the same along with the earthing lead but excluding any

added resistance or earth leakage circuit-breaker, measured from the connection,

with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the

completed installation and shall not exceed one ohm.

iii. POLARITY OF SINGLE POLE SWITCHES

A test shall be made to verify that every single pole switch is connected to one of the
phase of the supply system.

iv. COMPLETION CERTIFICATES

All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of Dy.CEE(C) ADI’s representative and

the results shall be recorded in prescribed forms. Any default during the testing shall be

251
immediately rectified and that section of the installation shall be re tested. The completed

test result form shall be submitted to the client for approval.

On completion of an electric installation a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor,

countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation
was carried out. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local
electric supply authority.

SPECIFICATION FOR SUB LT PANEL BOARD-250 Amp

 The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission LT panel
fabricated by 2mm thick MS sheet, standard angles, channels etc. as required in
design. The drawing, design switch gears with make and model of the LT panel shall
be submitted by the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer
(Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before fabrication.
 The panel shall be fabricated by CPRI / ISO approved manufacturer. Contractor
should submit the copy of CPRI / ISO certificate issued to panel manufacturer.
 The LT panel shall be indoor rectangular cubicle type, dust and vermin proof suitable
for 3 phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
 Bus bar for main circuit and neutral shall have uniform cross section electrolytic
tinned copper with color coded heat shrinkable PVC insulated and current density of
1.6 Amp/mm2 cross sectional area.
 Knock out / gland plates as applicable shall be provided. Gland plates of suitable size
shall be designed for terminating cables in a straight and easy manner.
 All power connections from the bus bar shall be made such a manner that there is a
clear metal to metal clearance at the tapping is available. Both spring washer and
flat washer shall be used with stud/ nuts/to ensure proper contact pressure.
 The LT panel shall have metal locks & operated by a common key. All covers & doors
to be provided with neoprene gasket & Hinges.
 The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of panel shall be
provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of Siemens grey powder
coated paint.
 The LT panel shall be supplied complete with C-channel base plate of 75mm, louver
on sides, four lifting hooks and feeder nameplates completely wired and ready for
commissioning.
 Caution board in Hindi, Gujarati & English of metallic type shall be provided on
panel.
 Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the LT panel all sheet steel
section shall be electrically connected with a separate G.I. earth strip of 50x6 mm
size across the panel at bottom.
 Voltmeter of suitable capacity with selector switch on each incoming feeder. Make as
per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.
 All CT shall be 10 VA burden, class 1.0 accuracy. CT shall confirming to IS:2705.

252
  Ammeter of suitable capacity (According to MCCB Rating) with selector switch & CT
shall be provided on each phase of outgoing feeder having 63A or more capacity. The
meters shall be confirmed as per relevant IS.
 Multi LED type indication lamp confirming to relevant IS having colour code Red,
Yellow & blue with control fuses on each incoming & outgoing feeder shall be
provided. LT panel shall be mounted on the fabricated MS Angle on floor and the
contractor shall prepare cemented trench for incoming and outgoing cables.
 The MCCB shall be as per IS 13947-2/1993 or IEC.
 MCCB shall be as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI
before supply only.
 The breaking capacity of MCCBs should not be less than 35 KA with Ics=Icu and
should have variable setting type with thermal magnetic release & Rotary handle.
 The contractor shall submit three sets of drawing and wiring diagram of LT panel
along with panel at the time of supply.

The LT panel shall be comprised with following switch gears—

Incoming circuit - 2 x250A MCCB 4-pole adjustable type with thermal magnetic

release with rotary handle.

Outgoing circuit -4 x125 A MCCB 4-pole adjustable type with thermal magnetic

release with rotary handle.

 4 x 63 A MCCB 4-pole adjustable type with thermal magnetic

release with rotary handle.

Note:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the LT PANEL at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD 125 A

 The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission DB fabricated
by 2mm thick MS sheet, standard angles, channels etc. as required in design. The
drawing, design switch gears with make and model of the MDB shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly,
Vadodara before fabrication.
 The DB shall be indoor cubicle type, rectangular size wall mounted dust and vermin
proof suitable for 3 phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
 All power connections from the Copper bus bar shall be made such that there is a clear
metal to metal aerial contact at the tapping. The nuts and bolts used for connections to
the bus bar shall be of GI/ Crom plated. Both spring washer and plate washer shall be
used with stud/ nuts/to ensure proper contact pressure.

253
 The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of distribution board
shall be provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of light grey powder
coated paint.
 The MDB shall be fabricated by CPRI approved manufacturer.
 LT panel shall be provide one common volt meter with selector switch.
 Multi LED type indication lamp having colour code Red, Yellow & blue with control
fuses on incoming feeder shall be provided. Make as per List enclosed.
 Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the DB. All sheet steel section shall
be electrically connected with earth.
 DB shall be mounted on wall/pillars.
 The breaking capacity of MCCBs should not be less than 35KA with Ics=Icu and
should have variable setting type with thermal magnetic release.
 TheMCB & MCCB shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.
 The breaking capacity of MCBs should not be less than 10KA & ‘C’ curve

The MDB shall be comprised with following switch gears—

Incoming circuit - 1x125 A MCCB 4-pole 35 KA adjustable type with thermal magnetic

release.

Outgoing circuit - 2 x 63 A 4-ploe MCB & 10 KA Breaking Capacity of C-curve

 2 x 40 A DP MCB & 10 KA Breaking Capacity of C-curve.

 10 x 16 A DP MCB & 10 KA Breaking Capacity of C-curve.

Note:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the MDB at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 Phase selector switch 200A

254
 The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission the minimum
capacity of 200 Amp, 4-pole, Rotary type phase selector switch fabricated by 2mm thick
MS sheet, standard angles, channels etc as required in design. The drawing & design of
the panel shall be submitted by the contractor & got approved by Dy chief Electrical
Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before fabrication. The Phase selector switch shall
be fabricated by CPRI approved manufacturer

The box should be Siemens grey powder coated paint and with locking arrangement.
Rotary type phase selector switch shall be provided in such a way that the operating
knob/handle remain outside the box.

The Rotary type phase selector switch shall be used for the changeover of the supply
from any three phases to single phase.

The rotary type phase selector switch shall be of such a design that changeover is
possible from one phase to second and then to the third phase manually. The neutrals
shall be continuous in each position. The four position of the rotary switch shall be of 1,
2, 3 & off.

The rotary type phase selector switch box shall be provided with the three numbers of
multi LED indication lamps with control fuse (3 Nos. for 3 phase) for indication of main
supply. The indication lamp and rotary selector switch shall be of make as per List
enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

The change over box shall also be provided with MCCBs as under:-

1 No. I/C MCCB 1x 125 A FP MCCB, 35 KA Breaking Capacity. Icu=Ics

1 No. O/G MCCB 1x 125 A DP MCCB, 35 KA Breaking Capacity,

The connection to the changeover switch terminals shall be given through PVC
insulated flexible multi-strength single core copper conductor of suitable size through
the MCCBs. The MCCBs shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

Note: - The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the phase selector switch box by
the Railway at the manufacturer’s premises at his own cost

255
 FEEDER PILLAR 250 A

 The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission feeder
pillar fabricated by 2mm thick MS sheet, standard angles, channels etc. as required
in design. The drawing, design switch gears with make and model of the feeder
pillar shall be submitted by the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical
Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before fabrication.
 The feeder pillar shall be fabricated by CPRI approved manufacturer.
 The feeder pillar shall be indoor rectangular cubicle type, dust and vermin proof
suitable for 3 phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
 Bus bar for main circuit and neutral shall have uniform cross section electrolytic
tinned copper with color coded heat shrinkable PVC insulated and current density
of 1.6 Amp/mm2 cross sectional area.
 Knock out / gland plates as applicable shall be provided. Gland plates of suitable
size shall be designed for terminating cables in a straight and easy manner.
 All power connections from the bus bar shall be made such a manner that there is a
clear metal to metal clearance at the tapping is available. Both spring washer and
plate washer shall be used with stud/ nuts/to ensure proper contact pressure.
 The feeder pillar shall have metal locks & operated by a common key. All covers &
doors to be provided with neoprene gasket. Hinged doors shall be provided on both
sides.
 The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of panel shall be
provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of light grey powder
coated paint.
 Caution board in Hindi, Gujarati & English of metallic type shall be provided on
feeder pillar.
 Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the feeder pillar all sheet steel
section shall be electrically connected with a separate G.I. earth strip of 50x6 mm
size across the panel at bottom.
 Feeder pillar shall be mounted on the fabricated MS Angle (Size 50x50x6mm) on
floor and cemented trench for incoming and outgoing cables shall be prepared by
the contractor.
 The MCCB shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.
 The breaking capacity of MCCBs should not be less than 35KA with Ics=Icu and
should have variable setting type with thermal magnetic release & Rotary handle.
 Approx size- 1000mm height, 600mm width and 500mm depth

The feeder pillar shall be comprised with following switch gears—

Incoming circuit - 1 x 250 A, MCCB 4-pole, 35 KA adjustable type with thermal

magnetic release with rotary handle.
Outgoing circuit – Distribution copper bus bar of 500mm length with 250 Amp
Capacity.

NOTE:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the feeder pillar at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

256
  SPECIFICATION FOR FEEDER PILLAR 400 A

 The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission feeder pillar
fabricated by 2mm thick MS sheet, standard angles, channels etc. as required in
design. The drawing, design switch gears with make and model of the feeder pillar
shall be submitted by the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer
(Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before fabrication.
 The feeder pillar shall be fabricated by CPRI approved manufacturer.
 The feeder pillar shall be indoor rectangular cubicle type, dust and vermin proof
suitable for 3 phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
 Bus bar for main circuit and neutral shall have uniform cross section electrolytic
tinned copper with color coded heat shrinkable PVC insulated and current density of
1.6 Amp/mm2 cross sectional area.
 Knock out / gland plates as applicable shall be provided. Gland plates of suitable size
shall be designed for terminating cables in a straight and easy manner.
 All power connections from the bus bar shall be made such a manner that there is a
clear metal to metal clearance at the tapping is available. Both spring washer and
plate washer shall be used with stud/ nuts/to ensure proper contact pressure.
 The feeder pillar shall have metal locks & operated by a common key. All covers &
doors to be provided with neoprene gasket. Hinged doors shall be provided on both
sides.
 The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of panel shall be
provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of light grey powder coated
paint.
 Caution board in Hindi, Gujarati & English of metallic type shall be provided on feeder
pillar.
 Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the feeder pillar all sheet steel
section shall be electrically connected with a separate G.I. earth strip of 50x6 mm size
across the panel at bottom.
 Feeder pillar shall be mounted on the fabricated MS Angle (Size 50x50x6mm) on floor
and cemented trench for incoming and outgoing cables shall be prepared by the
contractor.
 TheMCB & MCCB shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply
 The breaking capacity of MCCBs should not be less than 35KA with Ics=Icu and
should have variable setting type with thermal magnetic release & Rotary handle.
 Approx size- 1000mm height, 600mm width and 500mm depth

The feeder pillar shall be comprised with following switch gears—

Incoming circuit - 1 x 400 A, MCCB 4-pole adjustable type with thermal magnetic
release with rotary handle.
Outgoing circuit – Distribution copper bus bar of 500mm length.

257
 NOTE:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the feeder pillar at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARD 63 A

 Distribution Board (DB) shall be pre-wired in sheet steel enclosure, double door with
DIN channel, neutral bus-bar. The box and cover shall be properly pretreated,
phosphatized with powder coated finish and surface mounted type.
 Detachable plate with Knock out holes shall be provided at the top/bottom of board.
Complete board shall be factory fabricated and pre-wired in factory ready for
installation at site.
 The DB shall be indoor cubicle type, wall mounted dust and vermin proof suitable for 3
phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
 The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of distribution board
shall be provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of light grey
powder coated paint.
 Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the DB. All sheet steel section shall
be electrically connected with earth.
 DB shall be mounted on wall/ pillar.
 The MCBs shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.
 The breaking capacity of MCBs should not be less than 10KA & ‘C’ curve
The SDB shall be comprised with following switch gears—

Incoming circuit – 2 x 63 A 4-pole MCB & 10 KA Breaking Capacity of C-curve

Outgoing circuit - 10 x 16- 20 A DP MCB & 10 KA Breaking Capacity of C-curve.

 SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARD-32 Amp

The contractor shall have to supply; erection, testing & commissioning of Distribution
Board (DB) shall be pre-wired in sheet steel enclosure, double door with DIN channel,
neutral bus-bar. The box and cover shall be properly pretreated, phosphatized with
powder coated finish and surface mounted type.

Detachable plate with Knock out holes shall be provided at the top/bottom of board.
Complete board shall be factory fabricated and pre-wired in factory ready for installation
at site. Following switchgears shall be provided. :-

Incoming- 1 x 32 Amps MCB, DP, 10KA ,C Curve .

Outgoing - 6 x16 Amps MCB, SP, 10KA,C Curve.

Distribution Board & MCB shall be of make as per list enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

258
  SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARD FOR STREET LIGHT

1. The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission DB
fabricated by 2mm thick MS sheet, outdoor type with rain shed,standard
angles, channels etc. as required in design or company made. The drawing,
design switch gears with make and model of the DB shall be submitted by the
contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly,
Vadodara before fabrication.
2. The panel shall be fabricated by CPRI / ISO approved manufacturer. Contractor
should submit the copy of CPRI / ISO certificate issued to panel manufacturer.
3. The DB shall be indoor cubicle type, wall mounted dust and vermin proof
suitable for 3 phase, 4-wire, 415V, 50Hz AC supply system.
4. All power connections from the bus bar shall be made such that there is a clear
metal to metal aerial contact at the tapping. The nuts and bolts used for
connections to the bus bar shall be of Aluminium alloy. Both spring washer and
plate washer shall be used with stud/ nuts/to ensure proper contact pressure.
5. The sheet steel enclosure / angle / channel used in the fabrication of distribution
board shall be provided with double coating of red oxide and final coating of
light grey powder coated paint.
6. Minimum two earth terminals shall be provided in the DB. All sheet steel
section shall be electrically connected with earth.
7. DB shall be mounted on wall/ pillar/mast.
8. The MCBs, contactor, time switch shall be of approved make as per list
enclosed. The breaking capacity of MCBs should not be less than 10KA & ‘c’
curve
The DB shall be comprised with following-
1) 63 A 4-Pole MCB- 1 No
2) Analog type time switch- 1 No
3) Contactor 3 Phase, 40 Amp-1 No
4) Auto/ manual switch- 1 No
5) Connection terminals 60 Amp – 24 Nos

Note:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the SDB at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 DIGGING OF TRENCH & LAYING OF CABLE

(i) DIGGING & RE-FILLING OF CABLE TRENCH: -

A trench of 450 mm in width and 1000 mm depth from the normal ground level in
normal soil shall be made by the contractor and while laying the cable a layer of riddle
soil shall be provided below and above the cable. After doing this the trench can be filled
up with soil available thereby. If any damage done, contractor will make good the cost of
damage as decide by railway. If any infringement comes in the digging route then

259
contractor should remove the same. If any hard /stony soil, Contractor should adopt new
technology method as per scope of work.

(ii) DIGGING & RE-FILLING OF CABLE TRENCH IN PCC/RCC/HARD SOIL: -

A trench of 450 mm in width and 1000 mm depth from the normal ground level in
PCC/RCC/Hard soil shall be made by the contractor by using breaker and while laying
the cable a layer of riddle soil shall be provided below and above the cable. After doing
this the trench can be filled up with soil available thereby. If any damage done,
contractor will make good the cost of damage as decide by railway. If any hard /stony
soil, Contractor should adopt new technology method as per scope of work.

S.I.T.C. OF LT CABLES: -

The contractor shall have to Supply. Installation,testing and Commissioning of 4x10

sqmm to 4x300 sq mm cables as per conditions/ Load. LT cable for working voltage up to
and including 1100 volts as per specification No. IS:1554/ Pt-l/ 1988 or latest. LT cable
inspection will be carried by RITES. Contractor shall lay the cable in existing trench,
pipe & on Wall/ structure.

Before laying the cable in the ground / Pipes or on the wall/pillars/cable tray cable
should be secured properly by providing saddling/clamping arrangement of proper size
at suitable interval.

Before and after laying the cable, the IR value should be checked and the contractor
shall arrange all the testing instruments. In case of any failure contractor will again re-
lay the cable at his own cost.

Armoring of the cable shall be earthed at both end of the cable.

Cable route marker shall be provided on the turning points and in straight portion. The
cable marker shall be approved design and should be got approved before providing.

Wherever the cable comes out of the ground at least one loop of sufficient radius should
be provided under the ground.

While laying the cable and while digging the trench it should be ensured that no
obstruction should come in way of drainage line, power cables, telecommunication
cables etc.

If any damage done, contractor will make good the cost of damage as decided by
railway.

260
 LT/HT CABLE ROUTE MARKERS:

The contractor shall supply, installation and commissioning cable route markers
on route of cable at each turning point and suitable distance in straight portion as
guided by Railway representative.
The cable route marker shall be casted of C.I. with description as given in this office
drawing No. Dy. CEE/C/ADI/608/2011 After fabrication the complete marker assembly, it
shall be hot dip galvanized to make it anti corrosive and got approved from Rly before bulk
supply.

 HALF ROUND RCC PIPE 100 & 150 MM

The contractor shall supply half Round RCC pipes of 100 & 150mm inner dia.

and 1.0 Mtr in length as per given description. The internal surface shall have a

smooth finish without any bulge or projections to avoid damage to the cable.

Internal dia. External dia. Thickness Approx. Weight Approx.Steel Weight

100mm 125mm 25mm 11.5 Kg 190 gm
150mm 184 mm 25 mm 14.5 kg 240 gm

LAYING OF PIPES:-

Half round pipes shall be laid above cables for mechanical protection on laid cables in
the existing trench. After doing this the trench can be filled up with soil available
thereby. If any damage done, contractor will make good the cost of damage as decide by
railway.

 SUPPLY OF HDPE PIPE 110 MM

The contractor shall supply, installation and commissioning of HDPE ( High Density
Polyethylene ) pipe of 110 mm nominal dia. as per IS 4984-1995 With accessories required
for laying such as coupler, bend etc.

Make-Tijaria, Himalyan, Koncept, Poddar, Unique OR similar and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

Material Description Nominal Wall thickness of pipes

grade and diameter (mm) (mm)

261
class Minimum Maximum

PE-80 & PN-6 HDPE ( High Density 110 6.3 7.1

Polyethylene ) pipe

The contractor shall lay the HDPE pipes in the ground under the tracks/Road by push
through method or by open excavation method (digging of trench) at a depth indicated in
drawing supplied by Rly below the formation level. The term “formation” level means the
earth surface just below the bedding of the ballast. If any hard /stony soil, Contractor
should adopt new technology/mechnised method in push through method or digging of
trench.
Each length of the pipes shall be joined together properly using proper size of socket
and aligned in a straight line, keeping an inclination to facilitate the draining of water.
Note- For push through & digging of trench rates will be given separately in schedule
item.

 LAYING OF HDPE/GI PIPES BY PUSH THROUGH METHOD:-

The contractor shall lay the HDPE/GI pipes in the ground under the tracks/Road by push
through method at a depth indicated in drawing supplied by Rly below the formation
level. The term “formation” level means the earth surface just below the bedding of the
ballast. If any hard /stony soil, Contractor should adopt new technology method in push
through method.

Each length of the pipes shall be joined together properly using proper size of socket
and aligned in a straight line, keeping an inclination to facilitate the draining of water.

 OCTAGONAL GALVANISED STEEL POLE-5 Mtr

The contractor has to supply and erect Octagonal galvanized steel pole 5 mtrs long on
cement concrete foundation complete with foundation bolt etc. Make- Bajaj, Philips,
Crompton or as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

DESIGN OF POLE:-

The Octagonal Poles shall be designed to withstand the maximum wind speed as per IS
875 as these poles. The top loading i.e. area and the weight of fixtures are to be considered
to calculate maximum deflection of the pole. The pole shall be octagonal cross section and
shall be continuously tapered with single longitudinal welding without any
circumferential welding. The bottom dia shall be 130mm (Across Face) and top dia shall be
70mm (Across Face) made up of 03mm thick plate. The base plate shall be of size not less
than 200x200x12mm. The hot dip galvanization shall be not less than 65 micron and shall
be uniform and smooth finish. No minus side variation in dimensions is allowed.

262
The octagonal Poles shall have door opening of approximate 500 mm length at the
elevation of 500 mm from the Base plate. The door shall be vandal resistance and shall be
weather proof to ensure safety of inside connections. The door shall be flush with the
exterior surface and shall have suitable locking arrangement. There shall also be suitable
arrangement for the purpose of earthing. The pole shall be adequately strengthened at the
location of the door to compensate for the loss in section. Bakelite sheet with stud terminal
& fuse shall be provided inside the opening for the purpose of termination of cables /wires.

The contractor shall also have to provide suitable bracket on the top of the pole for
mounting one/two Nos. Street light fitting. Supply price shall include poles, Suitable
bracket, terminal strip & OEM name plate.

DESIGN OF FOUNDATION.

The RCC foundation shall be of 500x500 square and 1000 mm long. The foundation shall
be 200mm above the ground level. The foundation shall have 04 Nos. M 16x 600 long ‘J’
type GI bolts along with template and suitable reinforcement. Cement concrete shall be of
the ratio1:3:4. The contractor shall arrange cement, sand, concrete & water on their own
cost.

Connection to the street light fittings shall be given through inside the pole with
flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wire. Erection
of pole means RCC foundation , J bolt, wiring, testing & commissioning etc.

Note:- The octagonal pole, bracket and foundation bolt shall be supplied by OEM only.
The Inspection of poles shall be offered by contractor at the approved make
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost before supply at site

 LED 45 SYSTEM WATT STREET LIGHT LED FITTING -

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of minimum 45
System Watt, surface mounted LED street light fitting complete with driver and all other
accessories as per WR specification No. WR /CCG/ SPECIFICATION /P /001
(Rev.01)-2018 (Specification enclosed with tender documents).

LED street light fitting should be mounted on wall/pole/gantry with mounting

arrangement. Contractor shall provide suitable bracket of suitable size for the fixing of
fitting. The connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multi strand
copper conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires

263
Note:-The make & model of fitting with manufacturer’s certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

SURFACE WIRING

 LIGHT /FAN/CALL BELL & 6AMP MODULAR PLUG POINT

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Light, fan,
call bell & 6 amp plug point with modular switch & plug and carry out wiring from switch
board to load/ ceiling rose point in PVC casing / caping of minimum 25 mm size or more
size wherever required in PVC casing / capping or PVC pipe (MMS). For light, fan, call
bell point & 6 A plug point 1.5sqmm multi-strand single core FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1kv
grade Copper conductor wire for phase & neutral and 1.5sqmm multi-strand single core
FRLS -PVC insulated 1.1kv grade copper conductor wire with ISI mark for internal
earthing in the same casing / capping.

The contractor shall have to supply and provide modular type Molded Poly Propylene
switch boards for points and plug-socket etc.

Rate of the point wiring shall include supply, erection and commissioning of standard
size board box, modular switches with all accessories as specified, lamp holders / ceiling
rose, adopter / lamps etc. with matching colour. There shall be sufficient space on
switchboard to provide modular fan regulator & modular plug socket.

The modular switch board, modular switches, modular sockets & modular bell switch:
Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

 16/6 A MODULAR PLUG POINT

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of modular
type plug point with material and provide 16/6A modular plug socket & 16A modular
switch with modular type Molded Poly Propylene board in surface manner with 4.0 sq
mm FRLS-PVC insulated multi strand copper wire for phase and neutral and internal
earthing in 25 mm size PVC casing / capping or PVC pipe (MMS). Contractor should
supply modular plug socket and modular switch separately after that erected on board.
Measurement of wiring up to 16/6 Amp plug point shall be given separately from 4.0 Sq
mm sub main item.

The modular switches & modular sockets- Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

264
 MAIN-SUB MAIN 2.5 SQMM

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of main &
sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing from SDB to switch board &
switch board to switch board shall be carried out in PVC casing / capping or PVC pipe
(MMS) with 2.5 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1 KV
grade single core copper conductor wire.

Make- as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

 MAIN-SUB MAIN 4.0 SQMM

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of main &
sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing from SDB to switch board &
switch board to switch board shall be carried out in PVC casing / casing or PVC pipe
(MMS) with 4.0 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1 KV
grade single core copper conductor wire.

Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

 MAIN-SUB MAIN 6.0 SQMM

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of main &
sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing from SDB to switch board &
switch board to switch board shall be carried out in PVC casing / casing or PVC pipe
(MMS) with 6.0 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1 KV
grade single core copper conductor wire.

Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

 WIRING OF 2-WAY LIGHT POINT

The contractor shall supply the material and carry out 2 way wiring from switch board
to load/ ceiling rose point in PVC conduit pipe/ casing caping of minimum 25 mm size or
more size wherever required. For light point 1.5sqmm multi-strand single core FRLS-

265
 PVC insulated 1.1kv grade Copper conductor wire for phase & neutral and 1.5sqmm
multi-strand single core FRLS -PVC insulated 1.1kv grade copper conductor wire for
internal earthing in the same conduit pipe/ casing.

The contractor shall have to supply and provide modular type Molded Poly Propylene
switch boards for points and plug-socket etc.

Rate of the 2 way point wiring shall include supply, erection and commissioning of
standard size switch board,front plate required for multi-point switches with all
accessories as specified, lamp holders / ceiling rose, adopter / lamps etc. with matching
colour.

The 2 way modular switches : Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 CALL BELL

The contractor shall have to supply and provide Electronic call bell. Make as
per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

Note:-The make & model of above item shall be submitted by the contractor & got
approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before supply at
side.

 CEILING FAN

The Contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of

1200 mm Ceiling Fan with BLDC Motor complete with all accessories for Staff qtrs. &
1400 mm Ceiling Fan with BLDC Motor complete with all accessories mm for Service
building, without regulator, white colour confirming to IS 374 and provide the ceiling
fan at different locations as decided by Railway site Engineer. Necessary arrangement
for anchoring with suitable length of down rod of 20 mm dia seam less MS pipe or as
received with fan if length is suitable, with nut, bolt & split pin to be provided by the
contractor to maintain height of ceiling fan not less than 2.4mtr from the room floor.

266
 The connection of the ceiling fan in buildings shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multi-
strand copper conductor from catenary/ ceiling rose/Mains.

Note:-The make & model of Ceiling Fan as per approved list shall be submitted by the
contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

 FAN REGULATOR

The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of modular
step type hum-free fan regulator of 100W on existing switchboard.

The modular fan regulator- Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 LED 20 W SYSTEM WATT BULK HEAD LIGHT FITTING -

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of minimum 20
W System Watt LED type Bulkhead light fitting complete with driver and all other
accessories. Input operating voltage range of driver shall be 230 V, 50 Hz. Luminaire
should have lumen output of minimum 60 lumens/ Watt. Optical cover should be of high
quality Opal Polycarbonate. For proper heat dissipation housing should be made of
High Pressure die cast aluminium / polycarbonate. HPL MODEL No-HLPLEDBH20 or
similar makes as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI
before supply.

LED light fitting should be mounted on wall / toilet/stairs with mounting

arrangement. The connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multi
strand copper conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires.

CONCEALED WIRING

 CONCEALED WIRING OF LIGHT /FAN/CALL BELL & 6AMP PLUG

POINT

267
 The contractor shall supply the material and carry out wiring from switch board to load/
ceiling rose point in PVC conduit pipe of minimum 25 mm size or more size wherever
required in concealed manner. For light, fan, call bell point & 6 A plug point
1.5sqmm multi-strand single core FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1kv grade Copper conductor
wire for phase & neutral and 1.5sqmm multi-strand single core FRLS -PVC insulated
1.1kv grade copper conductor wire for internal earthing in the same conduit pipe.

The contractor shall have to supply and provide concealed MS metal box duly GI/chromium-
plated for points and plug-socket etc. The concealed switchboard of modular type
to be provided by the contractor with suitable front plates and all required modular
accessories.

Rate of the point wiring shall include supply, erection and commissioning of standard
size concealed metal box, front plate required for multi-point switches / single switches
piano switches with all accessories as specified, lamp holders / ceiling rose, adopter /
lamps etc. with matching colour. There shall be sufficient space on switchboard to
provide fan regulator & 3 pin (1 phase 1 neutral & 1 earth) plug socket.

The switches, sockets & bell switch: Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply. There shall be sufficient space on switch
board to provide fan regulator.

 CONCEALED WIRING OF 16/6 A PLUG POINT

The contractor shall have to supply of material and provide modular type 16/6A socket
with 16A switch with suitable metal box, front plate with accessories in concealed
manner with 4.0 sq mm FRLS-PVC insulated multi strand copper wire for phase and
neutral and internal earthing in 25 mm size PVC conduit pipe. Measurement of wiring
up to 16/6 Amp plug point shall be given separately from 4.0 Sq mm sub mains.

The switches & sockets- Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 CONCEALED WIRING OF MAIN-SUB MAIN 2.5 SQMM

268
 The wiring for the main & sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing
from SDB to switch board & switch board to switch board shall be carried out in
concealed manner with 2.5 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC
insulated 1.1 KV grade single core copper conductor wire in minimum 25 mm or more
size PVC conduit pipe. Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 CONCEALED WIRING OF MAIN-SUB MAIN 4.0 SQMM

The wiring for the main & sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing
from SDB to switch board & switch board to switch board shall be carried out in
concealed manner with 4.0 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC
insulated 1.1 KV grade single core copper conductor wire in mi nimum 25 mm or more
size PVC conduit pipe. Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 CONCEALED WIRING OF MAIN-SUB MAIN 6.0 SQMM

The wiring for the main & sub- main circuit for phase, neutral and internal earthing
from SDB to switch board & switch board to switch board shall be carried out in
concealed manner with 6.0 sqmm (as given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC
insulated 1.1 KV grade single core copper conductor wire in minimum 32 mm or more
size PVC conduit pipe. Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 CONCEALED WIRING OF MAIN-SUB MAIN 10.0 SQMM

The wiring for the mains for each three phase, neutral & earth wire (total five wires)
from main DB to SDB shall be carried out in concealed manner with 10.0 sqmm (as
given in schedule) multi-strand, FRLS-PVC insulated 1.1 KV grade single core copper
conductor wire with in minimum 32 mm or more size PVC conduit pipe. Make- As per
List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 FAN REGULATOR MODULAR TYPE

The contactor shall have to supply and fix the modular step type 100 w, hum-free fan
regulators on existing concealed metal box switchboard with plates and accessories.

269
 The fan regulator- Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE
(C) ADI before supply.

 EXHAUST FAN

Contractor shall have to supply, install test and commission the 300 mm sweep, heavy
duty metal body exhaust fan with Louvers. Make- As per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply. Contractor should provide Wire mesh on
outside of exhaust fan as safety measure.

The connection of the exhaust fan shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires.

 1x (18- 20 ) W LED TUBE LIGHT FITTING –

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of minimum
(18-20) System Watt, surface mounted LED tube light fitting, CRCA made complete
with driver and all other accessories as per WR specification No. WR /CCG/
SPECIFICATION /P /001 (Rev.01)-2018 (Specification enclosed with tender
documents).

Mounting arrangement including hardware shall be provided by the contractor. The

connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires.

Note:-The make & model of fitting with manufacturer’s certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

 RECESS MOUNTED 36-38 W ( 2’X2’ Sq feet) LED FITTING -

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 36-38
System Watt, 2’x2’ sq feet LED type recess indoor mounted LED fitting complete with
driver and all other accessories as per WR specification No. WR /CCG/
SPECIFICATION /P /001 (Rev.01)-2018 (Specification enclosed with tender
documents).

270
 Mounting arrangement including hardware shall be provided by the contractor. The
connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires.

Note:-The make & model of fitting with manufacturer’s certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

 CAPSULE TYPE 2 x (18-20) W LED TUBE LIGHT FITTING -

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of minimum 2
x (18-20) System Watt, corrosion proof ,suspended, surface mounted LED tube light
fitting complete with driver and all other accessories as per WR specification No. WR
/CCG/ SPECIFICATION /P /001 (Rev.01)-2018 (Specification enclosed with
tender documents).

Mounting arrangement including hardware shall be provided by the contractor. The

connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires. Fittings shall be provided in cover shed.

Note:-The make & model of fitting with manufacturer’s certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

 MAINS 4.0 SQ MM FOR WIRING :-

Contractor has to Supply of material and wiring of mains for fittings and fas by3 wire x
04 sq mm multi-strand, FRLS -PVC insulated 1.1 KV grade single core copper conductor
wire in minimum 25 mm size PVC hard rigid conduit pipe or more size wherever
required or existing pipes. Mains will be loop from light point to light point & provide
connectors for tapping supply of bulk head fittings.

Makes as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy. CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

 PIPE EARTHING & EARTH WIRE

PIPE EARTHING-

The earthing shall be provided as per IS -3043 (latest) according to the drawing
mentioned in IS. Tenderer shall supply the material and provide pipe earthing at
different locations as required. If any hard /stony soil, Contractor should adopt new
technology method to dig earth pit as per drawing/ mentioned in IS.

271
The GI pipe for the earthing electrode shall be 50 mm nominal bore dia. Medium class as
per IS :1239 & 3.0 m in length and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply. Proper connecting arrangement with clamp, G.I. nut and bolts shall be provided
at the top end of the pipe-earthing electrode, by the tenderer.

The earthing wire shall laid from end terminations to earthing electrode through G.I. pipe
along with the cables. Properly supported and clamped. The earthing electrode pipe shall
not protrude more than 250 mm above ground level. The end sealing G.I .cap shall be
provided at the top of the pipe-earthing electrode. An earthing chamber as per drawing
shall be provided at the each earthing electrodes. Earth resistance of each and every
earth station shall be recorded with date in presence of Railway representative and
painted on the earth chamber. Details of earth resistance recorded should be submitted
jointly signed by contractor and Railway representative. Earth resistance and testing
date shall be written / painting at each Earthing location.

The contractor shall supply and connect the earth electrode by earth wire of 2 Nos. 8
SWG with PVC sleeve insulated & connect G.I. wire between each point to be earthed
and individual earthing station. The G.I. earthing wire ends shall be clamped between
two G.I. washers of sufficient size and properly tightened with G.I. nuts and bolts. Earth
wire should be drawn through the pipe laid for cable protection.

G.I. PIPES 50 MM DIA. (Item No. 45 & 46)

The contractor shall supply G.I. pipes of 50 & 32 mm nominal bore dia, ‘B’ class, Medium
with coupling, elbow, tee etc. for protecting the cable. The upright/ under ground cable
shall be encased in G.I, pipes for mechanical protection. The pipe shall be clamped with
flat MS clamp at each location on upright cable length.

Note:- Make- as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before
supply.

LAYING OF G.I. PIPES:

The contractor shall lay the G.I. pipes in the ground/Road & under the track by digging
open trench method or on wall/ pole/structure with proper saddling/clamps for cable
protection. Each length of the pipes shall be joined together using proper size of G.I.
coupler properly and aligned in a straight line, keeping an inclination to facilitate the
draining of water.

 LED SIGNAGE BOARDS

The contractor shall Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of new LED
glow sign board. The price shall cover for Supply, Fixing, Testing & Commissioning of
LED Glow Sign Boards made out of 0.5 mm panaflex sheet duly stretched. The detail
specification is as under:
The LED Glow Sign Board shall be of 2’x2’ size with suitable width & shall be
visible from both sides and well supported and the structure should be prepared to bear
wind pressure and also self weight. Before manufacturing, the structural design should be

272
got approved from competent authority. The board shall be made from 18 SWG G.I. sheet.
The panaflex sheet shall be fixed between duly fabricated M.S square section and from the
top it should be supported by S.S angle of size 25mmx25mm and will be fixed by screw.
The flex should be illuminated from inside by LED of clear cool white color 5.00 mm
LED’s of uniform intensity and luminosity shall be used for excellent visibility. The
intensity of the illumination is such that it shall be possible to read the information clearly
from a distance of 20 meters or higher. LED module shall be Philips/Techno
LED/Wipro/Bajaj/Osram /GE /MIC make with electronic starter/driver. The Board shall be
provided with a heavy duty connector strip of bakelite material of 16 amp capacity duly
fixed on the board. All power supply units supplied are switch mode power supply type
(SMPS) operated from AC sources ranging from 80V to 270 Volts, 50 Hz AC, Single phase.
All power units are tested at 50% load of maximum working capacity.
Provision shall also be made for 01 No. earth terminal & suitable no’s of louvers on
both sides shall be provided for proper heat dissipation. A wire mesh shall also be provided
to prevent entry of lizard & other insects. The matter, size of letter & language of signage
board to be digitally printed on the flex shall be given by the concerned Field Supervisor.
The board shall be fixed/hanged using a suitable size of clamp made from GI flat in
the platform cover shed as per site condition and connection given by a 3 core PVC
insulated copper flexible cable of 24/0.20 mm size through a PVC flexible pipe from the
existing catenary/Light point.
The color code for signage boards shall be as given below:-

Colour of Colour of signage

Type of Signage
background matter
Signage for services
such as ASM office, RPF booth, Yellow Black
Booking office etc.,
Signage for utilities
Such as Parking, Toilet, Platform no.,
Blue White
Drinking water, FOB (Water cooler)
etc.

However, Railway reserves the right to choose any other colour also.

The sample of boards and matters of all boards shall have to be got approved from
DyCEE/C/Vadodara.

 EXCAVATION OF SOIL

A pit/trench of required size of width and depth from the normal ground level in soil
(except Rock) shall be made by the contractor for the purpose of cable laying by push
through method. After laying the cable refill the same by riddle soil in the pit/trench.
After doing this the pit/trench can be filled up with soil available thereby. If any
damage done, contractor will make good the cost of damage as decided by railway. If
any hard /stony soil, Contractor should adopt new technology method as per scope of
work. Qty will be measured in Cubic meter.

273
 DIGGING & RE-FILLING OF CABLE TRENCH IN PCC/RCC/HARD SOIL: -

A pit/trench of required size of width and depth from the normal ground level in all type of
hard soil (Stone/Rock/RCC/PCC etc) shall be made by the contractor for the purpose of cable
laying by push through method. After laying the cable, refill the same by riddle soil in the
pit/trench. After doing this the pit/trench can be filled up with soil available thereby and
resurface the same. If any damage done, contractor will make good the cost of damage, as
decided by railway. If any hard /stony soil, Contractor should adopt new technology method
as per scope of work. Qty will be measured in Cubic meter.

 UPS 2 KVA

The contractor shall have to Supply, install, test and commission 2 KVA, ON Line, single
phase input and single phase output UPS suitable for 120-minute backup with
maintenance free battery set as per RDSO specifications No. RDSO/PE/SPEC/PS/0023 -
(Rev.0) 2001 with Amendment No.1 (Copy of the specification is available in the office
of the Dy.CEE/C/ADI. Same can be purchased by the tenderer). If any doubt / dispute
arises between the RDSO specifications & manufacturers specifications the decision given
by the Dy.CEE/C/ADI shall be considered as final.

The contractor shall have to submit the guarantee card for the period of 60 months. The
Manufacturer shall be required to guarantee the performance of the equipment against
unsatisfactory performance / break down. Installation of equipment or any part there of
found defective within guarantee period shall be replaced by the manufacturer free of
charge. The guarantee shall also cover quality, strength and performance of material and
equipment used.
The contractor shall have to arrange factory inspection of UPS by Railway Engineer at his
own cost. During factory inspection all the parameters of UPS testing will have to be
tabulated in a report form and signed by firm and Railway Engineer.

Note:-Make & Model shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 AUTO CHANGE OVER PANEL-40 AMP SINGLE PHASE

The contractor shall have to design, supply, install, test and commission the minimum
capacity of 40 Amp, 2-pole, auto change over panel fabricated by 2mm thick MS sheet,
standard angles, channels etc as required in design.

The box should be Siemens grey powder coated paint and with locking arrangement.

The auto change over panel shall be used for the changeover of the supply from any
three sources to select one source.

274
 The auto change over panel shall be provided with the three numbers of multi LED
indication lamps with control fuse (3 Nos. for 3 supply) for indication of main supply.

Incoming supply (1) DG Set (2) LOCAL (3) Traction supply (ATS). Out going supply
used for UTS (unserved ticketing system).

Normaly used Local supply, If local supply fails than select DG supply and if local & DG
both fails than select ATS supply. When Local supply restored than automatically
switch over to Local supply.

The change over box shall be consisting as under:-

3 No. I/C MCB 3 x 40 A DP MCB, 10 KA Breaking Capacity.

1 No. O/G MCB 1x 40 A DP MCB, 10 KA Breaking Capacity,

40 Amp Contactor & relay as required for complete the sytem.

The MCB shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE
(C) ADI before supply.

Laminated Circuit diagram shall be pasted on inside panel cover.

The connection to the changeover switch terminals shall be given through PVC
insulated FRLS flexible multi-strength single core copper conductor of suitable size
through the MCBs. The drawing & design of the panel shall be submitted by the
contractor & got approved by Dy chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before fabrication

Note:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection at the manufacturer’s premises
at his own cost.

 Inverter type Split A/C units of 1.5 ton Capacity

275
 GENERAL SPECIFICATION:

1. The rates shall be inclusive of the supply of AC units as per the technical
specifications, transportation, installation, commissioning and testing.

2. Air conditioners shall be provided at site by the contractor. No any extra payment
will be made for indoor unit bracket, outdoor stand, drain pipe and other required
accessories for erection of air conditioner the same will be supplied and erected by
the contractor at his own cost.

3. All AC units shall be earthed properly.

4. Contractor shall take care to the installation so as not to cause any damage to
Railway property. Any damage to the installation as well as to the Railway
property would be recovered from the contractor.

5. All the decision taken by Dy.Chief Electrical Engineer, Construction, Vadodara

should be binding to both parties in respect of any dispute arising during the
tenure of this work.
6. Carpentry works and masonry work for packing of gaps developed after providing
AC units will be of superior quality and to be done completely by contractor on his
own cost.
Technical Specification

 The contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing & commissioning of new 1.5
Ton inverter type Split Air Conditioner units complete with installation of indoor and
outdoor unit. The AC units, originally shall be supplied with manufacturer’s test
certificate as per the parameter given in IS 1391 part II/1992.).

 Accepted make of Split AC: Hitachi, LG, Samsung, Voltas, Blue star, Carrier, Fedders
Lloyd, Videocon, Godrej, Onida, Toshiba, Panasonic, Haier, O General, Daikin only.

1.5 Ton inverter type split AC conforming to IS 1391 part II/1992.).

Star Rating 5
ISEER 4.7 or More
Supply 230V +/- 10% 50 HZ, single-phase AC supply
Connecting pipe Cu-Cu (1/2” & ¼”)
Condenser coil Copper/PFC
Refrigerant Gas R410A/ R32/ R290

The AC units originally shall be supplied with manufacturer’s test certificate/ challan.
Drainage pipe will be provided by contractor up to toilet or other suitable location.

276
Note:-The make & model of AC unit with manufacturer’s certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara
before supply at site.

 20A PLUG & SOCKET with Metal Encosure :-

The contractor shall have to installation, testing and commissioning of 20 A plug

point with material and provide 20A metal clad plug socket with top and 20A DP
MCB,10 KA with metal box & 4 sq mm FRLS-PVC insulated multi strand copper wire
for phase and neutral and 4.0 sq mm PVC insulated multi strand copper wire for
internal earthing in 32 mm or more size PVC casing / caping. Measurement of wiring
up to 20 Amp plug point shall be given separately from 4.0 Sq mm sub main item. This
point used for Geyser & Air conditioner.

The 20A Plug socket, 20 A DP, 10KA MCB with metal box shall be of make as per
list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply. Socket shall
be suitable for Air conditioners, Geyser & water coolers etc.

 Time Switch 3A.C. Controller

The contractor shall have to Supply installation testing & commissioning of three phase
auto controller with time switch and smart logic features timer with temperature based
load for 3 Nos Air conditioner as per Tech specification. As per following details-

1] Latest Hi -Tech Micro Controller Based Technology

2] LCD Display 16 Character And 2 Line With Backlit .

3] It Has Unique Controlling Programme Based On Real Time, To Set Ac Controller

On/Off Auto As Per The Desired Time, Onsite Programmable .All Set Point
Programmable From 4 Keypad.

4] Sequencing Of Ac Equal Run Hours Min. 5 Minute To 12 Hrs.

5] Room Temperature Setting 10 *C To 60 *C.

6] Hysteresis Programmable 1 * C To 5 *C.

7] Room High Temperature And Low Temperature Alarm Facility .

8] Temperature Calibration Facility Onsite.

9] Automatic Override Facility To Second Ac To 3rd Ac .If Running Ac Goes Fail

277
10] It Controls 3 Air Conditioners 30–30-30 Amps. 3nos Separate Heavy Duty Relay
Output For 3 Ac.

11] Balance Time Show On Display.

12] Separate Phase Supply For Each A/C.

13] Direct Display Accurate Temperature Sensing By Precise Temperature Sensor.

14] Time Sharing For Compressors To Share Load Equally.

15] Separate Alarm Relay Contacts For Room High Temperature And Low Temperature.

16] Display Of All The A/C Parameters Continuously On Display.

17] Various Set Points Are Settable Through Function Mode Categories.

18] It Has Password Protection.

19] Delay Time Option,

20] Auto / Manual Facility For All Ac’s.

21] 06 Months Warranty.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: -

1] Supply Voltage:-415 Volt, 3 phase incoming i.e. 230 V Ac, 50 Hz ± 15% Separate For
Each A/C.

2] Contact Rating: 30 A At 230 V Ac For Compressor Or Ac .Outputs

3] 5 A At 250 V Ac For Alarm Potential Free Outputs (C, N/O).

4] Temperature Sensor: Thermistor Sensor Ntc 10k@25°C

5] Size: 235 Mm (H) X 190 Mm (W) X 63 Mm (D)

6] Metal Body With Wall Mounting.

7] Sensor Cable Length: 1.5 Meters.

Make : Dynamic Micro Tech /Logic Technology /Aditya /T-Mech or similar.

 TEMPORARY LIGHTING (TWO) –

278
19) The contractor shall have Supply, transportation and providing portable type 2 to 5
KVA, 240 volt, 50 HZ, DG Set on hiring basis complete with fuel, oil, accessories, and
all material for temporary lighting during TWO/NI at different Locations as per site
requirements.
20) At each location contractor should lay cables / wires from supply point to Gumty/ point
& crossing -600 Mtrs approx , hinge type wodden switch Board consisting of One No 40
A , 230 V change over switch , 32 A DP MCB-1 No, lamp holder - 1 No , 6A socket with
switch & top-6 Nos , 6/16A socket with switch & top complete - 1 No with wiring,
tripod stand - 6 Nos , Pendent lamp holder, LED lamp -15 W-2 Nos , focus type LED 45 W
fitting-6 Nos, pedastal fan- 1 No etc. Material procurement, Loading / Unloading,
transportation of all material and man power provided by contractor, Rechargeable
Emergency light with backup-1 No, Ensure earthing at each Gumty. No of fittings and
capacity (wattage) may be vary according to site conditions as per site engineer
instructions.
21) No charges will be paid for preliminary work of Laying cables, provide stands, fans &
luminaries etc or after completion of TWO dismentaling work. period count on Hourly
basis and operation of Gumties working . If TWO operationalized hourly basis than
fraction/ part of 24 hrs calculate for the purpose of Payment.
22) The contractor shall procure/purchase all Electrical items and kept ready in safe
custody for operation.
23) Loading / Unloading and transportation of all material arrange by contractor at every
location as suggested by site Engineer. Also arrange staff/Manpower staying/availability
arrangement at remote locations.
24) Providing manpower of one Electrician per Gumty / location per day round the clock at
site by contractor during TWO / NI for handling of DG set operation, filling of fuel oil
and maintaining of lighting arrangement.
25) Daily consumable wiring wires, LED lamps, Fittings, kerosene, petrol, Diesel, lube oil,
tools, PVC tape Roll etc. will be arranged by contractor on his cost for maintain prop er
lighting arrangements & power supply. Adopt all safety measure during rainy season
to ensure uninterrupted power supply.
26) Normally gumty will be operated by Railway power supply, portable DG Set will be
operated at the time of failure power supply. If near by power supply not available than
DG set will be operate round the clock.
27) DG should be operated daily on load for one hour, so that there should be no complaint/
inconvenience in train operation at the time of supply failure.
28) During TWO/NI contractor should provide utility /jeep /vehicle at site round the
clock to reach different location to attend any failure/inspection/ patrolling.
29) If any Location DG set failed during working hours, No charges will be paid and token
penalty of Rs.1000/- (Rs.one thousand) per DG set per day per location will be
deducted from the bill.
30) The contractor shall provide the lighting arrangement at nominated places as per
instructions of site engineer. Normally intimation will be given 24 Hrs before
commencing of TWO/NI or depend on site circumstances.

279
 31) The lighting arrangement is to be provided at different locations at various stations
in the jurisdiction of Dy.Chief Electrical Engineer, Construction, Vadodara of western
Railway.
32) Transportation and handling of lighting arrangement material for providing at different
locations of various stations is to be arranged by contractor at his own cost.
33) The contractor shall keep sufficient spare DG set, fuel, wires, LED light fittings,
stands, tape roll, lamp and field staff for daily maintenance.
34) After completion of TWO/NI period of every station/location all material to be
removed from site and kept away in their godown/store in his safe custody.
35) Railway site Engineer (Electrical) will certify the working Hours, for the purpose of
payment.
36) No charges will be paid for priliminary work of Laying cables, provide stands, fans
& luminaries etc or after completion of TWO dismentaling work. period count on
Hourly basis and operation of Gumties working . If TWO operationalized hourly
basis than fraction/ part of 24 hrs calculate for the purpose of Payment.

 LED STATION NAME BOARDS

-The contractor shall provide fabricated new board of 22 SWG G.I. sheet and ACP
sheet of 4 mm. of white colour of EVA, VIVA or TIMEX make.
-The back portion of board shall be GI sheet painted with two coats with white oil
paint of Nerolec/Asian make, front and outer sides of the board box shall be of ACP
sheet.
-Inner side structure of suitable strength shall be fabricated with 25x25 mm of 18
SWG square MS pipe.
-The board box shall be of suitable length to accommodate 400 mm height letter for
English and 450 mm for Hindi and Gujarati. (The height of letters shall not be less
than 400 mm for English and 450 mm for Hindi and Gujarati)
-It shall not be less than 4000 mm x 700 mm x 200 mm for Station names between
sections as advice by site Engineer for English, Hindi and Gujarati.

-The contractor shall provide the suitable mounting arrangements of station name
boards with 35 x 35 x 5 mm. MS angle, necessary hardware such as nut bolts, GI
clamps and two coats painted with black oil paint. The masonry work shall be done
if required. The board should be water, dust and vermin proof suitable for single-
Phase, 230V, 50 Hz AC supply system and properly earthed with 14 SWG copper
wire. Power connection to board should be made with 3x2.5 sq mm PVC insulated
copper wire in PVC pipes(mms).

280
The contractor shall provide the mounting arrangement to signboards as per site
requirement with necessary hardware such as GI pipe, GI clamp, nut-bolt etc. of
suitable size.
 Colour of LED: RED.

The board should require to be get approved by DyCEE/C/ADI before installation.

 Provide Lettering in English, Hindi and Gujarati languages by emboss (box

type) work in RED color 2mm (Approx) acrylic sheets of GSFC make or make
approved by DyCEE/C/ADI.
 The letters should properly cover at back side by 4 mm (approx) foam sheet for
vermin and dust proofing.
 The letters should illuminated with uniform brightness by providing LEDs of
low heat having red color 2 LED modules which should water proof, shock proof
and connected with proper polarity. LED modules should be of tetra max model
of GE or equivalent model of Philips/ wipro or make as per list enclosed.
 LED modules are fixed on 4 mm foam sheet by VHB TM industrial-grade
mounting tape for convenience and savings.
 Inner side LED wiring of letter should be done by 1 sq.mm FRLS wire and out
side between letters by 1.5 sq.mm FRLS wires.
 The Ready letters should be fixed with aluminium rivet or screw on 4 mm.
sheet by using not less than 25 x 25 x 2 mm. aluminium angle.
 Power supply should be GEPS12-60U of GE or equivalent of Philips/Wipro
make only. One no power supply should be used for maximum 135 nos. modules
only.
 Proper arrangement for power supply to safe guard from rain and dust should
be done.
Note : The Name board station letters, Design and size of the board shall be got approved
from DyCEE/C/ADI before fabrication of boards

 HT CABLE END TERMINATION BOXES (Indoor type)

The contractor shall supply the heat shrinkable type indoor end termination kits for 3-core
185 sq.mm, aluminium conductor, XLPE insulated 11 KV (E) grade cable, of 3M, Denson
or Reychem make.

The individual cores of the cables shall be properly identified to avoid cross connections of
the core while jumpring them to the corresponding wire of the overhead lines.

The contractor shall engage skilled cable jointer for making the end termination and it
should be provided only in presence of Railway representative after taking proper shut
down. For termination of cable, proper size of cable gland and lugs to be provided.

281
  DISMANTLING OF RAIL/TUBULAR POLES AND OVERHEAD LINES

The contractor shall have to dismantle existing rail/ tubular poles with cables and
overhead lines at various locations. All the dismantled materials shall be stacked at
suitable location near site and shall be handed over to Sr.SE/Electrical (S&C) Vadodara.

The dismantling of span including its main conductors and guarding net shall be carried
out by contractor and same shall be deposited at Sr.SE/Electrical (S&C) Vadodara. If
required to shift dismantled pole than loading & unloading has to be arranged by the
contractor. Transportation charge will be paid separately as per schedule items.

 TRASPORTATION OF RELEASE MATERIAL :-

The contractor shall have to transportation of released rails, tubular pole, high mast, tube
fitting, fans etc. with vehical, lobour including loading /unloading of released scrap
material from any location of section to Sabarmati scrap depot. All the dismantled
materials shall be deposited for disposal at Sabarmati scrap(X) store, Vadodara.

Loading / unloading, cutting if required & transportation from site to scrape depot
at Sabarmati have to be arranged by the contractor for the purpose of disposal.
Necessary crane, truck & manpower to be arranged by contractor. During Loading
/ unloading & transportation all safety measure should be considered by
contractor. The payment will be made after disposal of dismantled material at
Sabarmati scrape depot as per schedule items.

 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SET

Contractor shall have to supply new submersible pump set with motor and
complete with all accessories. The pump shall be suitable to deliver more than 650
LPM. of water at a total head of 150 mtrs. The Pump-set shall be 30 HP model no.
LMKS - 300 of Lubi make or its equivalent model of Kirloskar, Crompton,
Siemens, NGEF, KSB, Taxmo, ABB, Jhonson, Jyoti, Shakti, Beacon, Calama,
Amrut, Shriram, Lubi, KDS. Electrically driven submersible pump sets should be
as per following specifications-

The all pumps components should be of: -

1. Pump casing and components of closed grain cast iron Impellers of stainless steel
(s.s.) and shall be either totally enclosed or semi enclosed type and shall be
dynamically balanced.
2. Pump and motor shaft, shaft sleeves, pump and motor couplings pivot and thrust
pad should be stainless steel.
3. Water lubricating bearings of bronze.

282
 4. Motor casing of stainless steel tube, stator and casing protected against corrosion by
a firmly adhesive coating of rust preventive paint.
5. Stator winding of copper with weatherproof non-hygroscopic, non-aging insulating
material (PVC insulated/ polypropylene insulated).
6. Copper Rotor dynamically balanced with a coating of rust preventive paint applied
on it.
7. Suction case with strainer.
8. Couplings.
9. Pressure compensation device and rubber device for filling water.

The electrical driven submersible motor, continuously, rated suitable for operation
on AC 3 phase, 415 Volts, 50 Hz. should be squirrel cage induction type with winding of
WET type and should conform strictly to latest IS.
The motor should be of adequate capacity to provide the pump discharge within the range
of (-) 25% and (+) 10% of specified head. The motor should be supplied with suitable
capacity of cable- 5 mtrs.
Pump shall be supplied complete with the following accessories, suitable for
pump as specified in item of work.
Non return valve of suitable size of referred pump with 1 No.
1 flange and gasket conforming to IS-5312 or latest, with nuts
& bolts
Supporting clamps of suitable size for column pipe complete 2No.
2
with nuts and bolts
Heavy-duty 90-degree bend with coupling at one end and 1No
3
flange at other end.
a 450 mm long nipple made up from MS heavy-duty pipe, 1 No
having 11 TPI threads at both end.
4 b 450 mm long nipple made up from MS heavy-duty pipe, 1 No
having 11 TPI threads at both end with 11 TPI MS
coupling.

Note: The pump set to be tested in company/manufacturer factory in the presence of

Railway authority for which contractor has to make arrangements at his own cost.

 Supply and installation of Automatic control panel (ATS)

Contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Automatic

Control panel [ATS]. Motor Control Panel wall mounted type, made-up from 16 SWG
CRCA sheet steel totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof, water resistant duly painted
with 2 coats of primer red oxide and two coats of finish gray enamel paint. (This includes
degreasing and phosphating process both in and outside). The pump control panel board
shall be for three phase, four wire, 50 Hz. AC supply and shall consist the following:-

1 MCCB- 100 Amps, 3 pole, 25 KA braking capacity of make as per List of 1No.
Approved Makes given below.

283
 2 ATS starter of suitable up to 50 HP capacity for pump motor conforming to One-
IS : 8554 or latest complete with over-load and under voltage releases. (The set.
contactors of capacities 95A, 70A & 63A shall be used.). Contractors and
relays shall be of L&T/ Siemens/ Indoasian make only. If the contractors
used of L&T make, than only MN series shall be used.).
3 Single relay Unit providing protection against overload, unbalance, reverse 1No.
and single phasing, dry run of make GELCO “PUMPPRO”.or equivalent of
Minilec.
4 LED Indication lamp for 3 phase with rewireable fuses.(make Essen / 1 set
Vaishno/ L&T/ Siemens/ C&S/ Teknik)
5 LED type Indication lamps for water ‘YES’ or ‘NO’ 1 set
6 LED type Indication lamps for ‘START’ and ‘RUN’ position of pump motor 1 set
7 Toggle switches of Kaycee/Jainson make for water level guard and SPP. 1
8 3 phase, 4 wire of suitable capacity energy meter (Electronic type) make 1
L&T/ Siemens/ Jaipur/ Meco/ Enercon/ Udaipur/ Havells/ HPL/ Bentec.
9 Digital type Ampere meter and Volt meter of AE/ IMP/ Motwani/ Meco/ 1 Set
Trinity/ Toshniwal/ Jaipurmeter/ Simco/ Macco/ Ruttonsha/ Simpson/
Hitachi/ L&T/ Baroda meter/ Havells make.
10 Counter to indicate hours for which pump has run of L&T(GIC)/Kaycee. 1
11 Power factor improvement capacitor 12 KVAR capacity with automatic 1
discharging devices, make SIEMENS/YESHA / NGEF / KHATAU
JHANKAR / ASIAN/ Meher/ ABB/ BHEL/L&T/EPCOS
12 Earthing terminals with nuts and bolts. 2
13 Bilingual Caution boards. 1
14 Cable glands of required size. LS
15 Lugs including crimping as per site condition. LS
16 Internal wiring with required size of PVC cable having copper conductor of LS
ISI marked.
17 Time switch of Hager model EH 111 or equivalent of L&T/SIEMENS/ 1
Schneider/ Indoasian make only

NOTE:-
i. The pump should function automatically with electronic timer.
ii. The panel should be earthed with 8 SWG GI wire with sleeve.
iii. Contractor shall supply one spare contact kit of contacts for each of the contactors
provided in the panel.

 Supply and installation of 80 MM dia. UPVC column pipe with

required accessories-

The contractor shall have to supply and install UPVC column pipes of 80 mm. dia (3’’

Inch) in 3 meter length, white colour, HEAVY Class having Outer dia of 88 mm and

inner dia of 80 mm with both end male square threaded. One end of UPVC column

pipes should be joined with coupler with internal threads and locked with SS wire.

284
The working pressure of pipe shall be of 26 kgf/cm2 suitable rubber seals should be

present in the coupler joints so that there is no leakage of water. Information regarding

OD, ND and working pressure shall be printed on the pipe. Pipe shall be tested as per

tests stated below:

SL.N REQUIREM SPECIFICATION LIMIT TEST METHODS

O. ENT

WIRE PIPE SHOULD BE LOCKED TO -

LOCK ONE END OF THE COUPLER

SYSTEM WITH SQUARE THREADS AND

1 SS WIRELOCK SYSTEM WITH

INTERNAL “O” RING SYSTEM

FOR PREVENTION OF ANY

LEAKAGE

VISUAL THE COLOUR OF THE PIPES -

APPEARAN SHALL BE WHITE SLITE

CE VARIATION IN APPEARANCE

OF THE COLOUR ARE

2 PERMITTED. THE INTERNAL &

EXTERNAL SURFACES OF THE

PIPES SHALL BE SMOOTH.

CLEAN & FREE OF ANY

DEFECTS. THE ENDS SHALL

285
 BE CLEAN & SQUARE WITH

THE AXIS OF THE PIPES.

3 COLOUR WHITE -

DIMENSIO A) OUTSIDE DIAMETER : 87.5 IS – 4985:2000

N TO 88.20MM
IS – 12235 (PART-1)

B) END THICKNESS 9.80 TO IS – 4985:2000

11.90 MM
IS – 12235 (PART-1)

C) BARREL THICKNESS 7.30 TO IS – 4985:2000

9.00 IS – 12235 (PART-1)

4 D) LENGTH OF PIPE WITHOUT IS – 4985:2000

COUPLER 3000+10 MM
IS – 12235 (PART-1)

E) LENGTH OF THICK -

PROTION ON MALE THREAD

SIDE 150 MM MINIMUM

F) LENGTH OF THICK -

PORTION ON COUPLER WIRE

LOCK SIDE 250 MM MINIMUM.

SPECIFIC 1.44 Gm/CC Max. IS – 4985:2000

5 GRAVITY
IS – 12235 (PART-

14)

286
 TENSILE 49 Mpa (MIN) ANNEXURE “A” OF
6
STRENGTH IS – 12818-92

JOINT 26 KGF/ CM2 TEST DURATION- IS–12235(PART-

LEAKAGE 1HR 8/SEC-1)

7
TEST
IS–12235(PART-

8/SEC -4)

HYDRO- 65.00 KGF / CM2 TEST IS – 4985:1988

STATIC DURATION-1HR
IS – 12235 (PART-
PRESSURE
8 BURST TEST- 78 KGF/CM2 8/SEC-1)
TEST
MINIMUM
IS–12235(PART-

8/SEC -4)

RESISTAN 3000 GMS FROM 2000 MM + 10 IS – 4985-2000

CE TO MM

9 EXTERNAL

BLOW AT

00 c

THREAD INTERCHANGEBIL

10 FITMENT ITY

TEST

Required accessories for UPVC column pipes of 3” dia.

TOP adaptors: Material-SS, to be able to sustain a pressure of 35 kgf/cm2 (for a testing

duration of 1 hour.)

287
Bottom Adaptors: material-SS, to be able to sustain a pressure of 35 kgf/cm2 (for a
testing duration of 1 hour.) and free from blow holes.
Flange for pump guard fitment: Material mild steel, the flanges shall have powder
coated surface.
M12 stud rod: The M12 stud rod is of SS.
PVC small Piece: The overall length of small PVC piece shall be 35 mm.

 3x25sqmm PVC flat copper flexible cable

The contractor shall have to supply and provide of submersible PVC flat 3 core
copper flexible cables of 25 Sq. mm of "ISI marked” PVC insulated & PVC
sheathed suitable for used in submersible pump confirming to IS:694 or latest.

The successful tenderer will have to submit the manufacturer’s test certificate as
well as along with the cable supplied by him.

The contractor should submit the copy of challan or bill for the cable supplied from
the manufacturer/ authorized dealer issued on the name of contractor.

 HORIZONTAL MONO BLOCK 3 PHASE , 5 HP SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

The contractor shall have to supply, install, test and commission Horizontal mono block
submersible pump set complete with all accessories suitable for sump. The pump set shall
be 5.0 HP, 415V, 3 phases; 50Hz AC. Suction and delivery size shall be of 50mm x 50 mm
dia. Pump head & delivery will be decided after getting data from Engg deptt. All reducer
& coupling etc. shall be arranged by contractor. Delivery pipe connection shall be done by
contractor.

Note- Pump shall be of make as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE
(C) ADI before supply.

 HORIZONTAL MONO BLOCK 3 PHASE , 5 HP SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

(Spare )

The contractor shall have to supply Horizontal mono block submersible pump set complete
with all accessories suitable for sump. The pump set shall be 5.0 HP, 415 V, 3 phase; 50Hz
AC. Suction and delivery size shall be of 50mm x 50 mm dia. Pump head & delivery will be
decided after getting data from Engg deptt. All reducer & coupling etc. shall be arranged
by contractor as spare supply.

288
Note- Pump shall be of make as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE
(C) ADI before supply.

 STARTER FOR SUB. 3 PHASE, 5 HP PUMP

The contractor shall have to supply, erect, test and commission Pump starter, DOL, 3
Phase, for 5.0 HP capacity pump motor, 415V, 50 Hz with Ammeter, voltmeter, SPP and
overload protection or OEM of pump.

Note- Starter shall be of make as per pump make or L&T , kirloskar, GE, Siemens, CG,
GELCO, OCLEG, ABB, Minilec or similar Make- as per list enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 SPECIFICATION FOR BLACK HOT M.S. COLUMN PIPE-50 MM

The Contractor has to supply 50 mm nominal bore dia column pipe ‘C’ class heavy

duty black hot finished confirming to IS 1239 or latest. Length of pipe shall be of 3 mtr. The

pipe shall threaded with 8 TPI on both end with heavy duty coupling fixed and tap welded

at one end. The pipe should of TATA/ Survya/ Swastic/Jindal/Asian make or similar as per

list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 SUBMERSIBLE FLAT CABLE-3x4.0 SqMM

The contractor has to supply 3x 4.0 sqmm submersible flat cable for the pumps. The cable
shall be finolex, Polycab, Avocab, Havell’s make or similar as per list enclosed and shall be
got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply. This cable shall be suitably connected to
pump motor and starter panel and suitably bonded with the delivery pipe of the pump.

 SPECIFICATION FOR 200 A CHARGING RECTIFIER

1. The main component of battery charging rectifier set shall be confirm to the
following IS specification (latest edition) which shall be supply in the manner
already amended by this specification. The Indian electricity rules shall also be
applicable wherever necessary.

(a) Rectifier transformer to ISS 2026 with class ‘B’ insulation.

(b) Silicon Rectifier to ISS 3895

289
 (c) Electrical Indicating instruments 1248
(Heavy duty) to ISS
(d) Rotary switches to ISS 1567

2. Rating & other particulars:-

Rectifier shall be design for the following ratings and other particulars-

(a) Input supply 415V, 3 phase. 50 HZ A.C. supply +

variation as per IE rules
(b) Output switch 30 KW, 200A. 110/150 V DC supply
by means of rotary selector switch.
(c) Bridge connected full wave No. of DC circuits and cut outs:
silicon rectifier 2x200A HRC fuse & 1 No. 200A, 10
KA MCCB.
(d) Rating Continuous.

3. Service Conditions:-

3.1 Maximum humidity 100%

3.2 Maximum ambient temperature 50oC
3.3 Atmospheric condition Dirty/Polluted

4. Type of construction, mounting:-

4.1 Enclosure:-

The unit shall be suitable for both indoor & outdoor duty, suitable for pole

mounting, weather proof where there is heavy rainfall and surrounding are prone to

water splashing. It shall be possible to open the unit from 2 sides. The meter shall be

water tight suitably protected by acrylic sheet and metallic foil for mechanical

protection. The rectifier set shall be erected in cubical of MS sheet of not less than 2

mm thick.

290
 The cubical shall be robust in construction to prevent damage due to vibration

encountered during handling and transit in service. The angle iron of the framework

shall be liberal sizes and provided with suitable bracings to prevent bending or

buckling. The heavy transformer shall be strongly supported and bolted so that its

supports do not buckle or bend during transit. The bottom shall have angles to

withstand the handling and also the entire bottom portion of the battery charger

assembly shall be provided with perforated MS plate and wire mesh to avoid entry to

lizards but provide adequate air for cooling.

The steel sheet panels and frame work shall be under got to special treatment

such as degreasing or rust removal. It shall be given a phosphate coating and primer

coating to withstand the industrial environments. The final finishing shall be smooth

with attractive standard, yellow/green enamel paint or hammer finish.

The rectifier set shall be mounted on four cast iron wheels of adequate

strength and internal connections shall be with crimped sockets and multi strand

copper shall neatly encored and numbered for identification. All the nuts and bolts

shall be zinc plated / passivated.

4.2 Ventilation:-
Ventilation of adequate size and capacity shall be provided with automatic

switch “ON/OFF” arrangement with the operation of rectifier set. A separate switch

for fan shall be provided with fuse protection.

5. Components of rectifier set.

5.1 Main transformer:-

291
 The transformer shall be double wound with copper conductor air cooled fully
insulated with class “B” insulation, continuous rating with OFF load tap changing
links to compensate with supply voltage variation. The transformer shall be delta-
star connected with primery tap changing arrangement to get out put 110 to 150V
DC. The fine control may be taken from the primary of the transformer. The
transformer shall be vacuum impregnated, flash tested with 2500V for one minute.
The transformer shall be confirming to IS 2026 (Latest) and have overload capacity
of 15% for 30minutes

5.2 Rectifier:

The rectifier shall be suitable for indoor as well as outdoor duty in covered shed.
The rectifier shall consist of high power silicon diodes with liberal cooling fans,
connection holes, storage switching voltage surges upto 500V. Over load capacity
shall also be catered to withstand short circuit in DC conductors. Suitable surge
suppressor with capacitor, resistance network shall be provided for long life of
diodes. The diodes shall be rated for taking 50% overload for a period of 4 to 5
hours. The temperature rise of the diodes and its junction at full load shall be well
within its rated value under extreme ambient conditions. The rectifier diodes shall
of the reputed makes acceptable i.e. Hind rectifiers, Ruttonshaw, Automatic
Electric, Keltron only. Each diode shall be provided with resistance capacitor
circuit for diode protection against voltage surge. HRC fuse of adequate capacity
shall be provided in DC output circuit. The protection arrangement shall function
satisfactorily in case of repeated short circuit in battery charging lines. 3 numbers
indication lamps shall be provided to indicate the availability of the power supply.

5.3 Choke:

A ballast choke of adequate capacity shall be provided in AC side to minimize

variation in charging current due to input voltage fluctuation and to limit / abort
fluctuation in battery charging line. The choke shall be wound with copper
conductor. It shall be vacuum impregnated and comply with ISS 2026 (Latest).

5.4 Bus-Bar:- All DC bus-bars shall be made of copper for minimum 200A capacity
and shall be insulated with PVC sleeve with proper identification of positive and
negative.

5.5 1 No. 63 Amp 10 KA MCCB with neutral link shall be provided for incoming AC
supply and 63 A HRC fuses shall be provided in each feeder.

5.6 Voltage and current control:

The unit shall be provided with 2 Nos. heavy duty rotary switches of adequate
capacity and of reputed make for current control. These 2 Nos. four position control
switches shall provide for allowing the output voltage to be varied between 110 to
150 volts DC. Rotary switches shall be robust in construction and compact with
current breaking capacity preferably one step higher than necessary and
confirming to ISS 1567/60 or latest. The capacity of rotary switches shall be of 40

292
 A. The rotary switches shall be of Kaycee/Thakoor/Switcheon make. ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’
pilot lamp indicator shall be provided.

5.7 DC side control and protections:-

Two complete set of outgoing DC terminal with 200A HRC fuse and 200 A MCCB
on DC output circuit complete with nuts, check nuts, spring washer including
crimping sockets suitable for PVC heavy duty aluminium armoured cable.

6. Meters and indicating lamps:

Ammeter voltmeter shall be industrial grade, flush pattern, robust in construction

for high stability under the most severe and vibrating conditions shall be provided
on DC side of range 300A with suitable and reliable shunt. Meters shall be only of
MECO/AF/NIPPON makes and shall confirm to relevant ISS.

One set of indication lamps (Neon type) for 3 phases shall be provided.

7. Bushes shall be provided at the cable entries. .

8. The contractor shall have to provide metallic name plate on the front body cover
engraved with details of battery charger such as primary supply voltage, secondary
supply voltage, Sr. No., make and manufacture’s address.

Make of battery charger- As per List enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C)
ADI before supply.

Note:- The contractor should offer inspection & testing of battery charger at
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 110 V BATTERY CHARGING TERMINALS (EFT)

The contractor shall have to supply, fix and connect 110V battery charging
terminals and design shall be as per sample available in this office. Only two
cables shall be taped from the outgoing of the battery charger and contractor shall
go on looping the charging terminals comes in alignment. The looping shall take
place at the charging terminals. Cables shall be terminated / looped at the
charging terminals with crimping socket, nuts, bolts etc.

The battery charging terminals shall be securely mounted on pillar / wall. The
110V charging terminals shall be painted with yellow enamel paint. The cable
shall be properly clamped with wall. On EFT, write “110V DC” and mark symbol
‘+’ & ‘-’ for identification of polarity.

 63A & 16/20A PLUG & SOCKET BOX

293
The contractor has to supply, install, test and commission of 16/20A & 63A plug socket
with TOP enclosed in metal Box. Metal box shall be made of 2mm thick MS sheet, powder
coated, dust and vermin proof comprising as following

(i) Three phase, 5-pin 415V, 63A capacity plug socket shall be heavy duty metal body
type, spring loaded butt type contacts, self-aligned and self-wiping type confirming
to IEC:60309 or latest. The plug socket shall be controlled by 63A, 4-pole MCCB
shall be of 35 KA, rupturing capacity with Ics=Icu, The MCCB shall be as per IS 13947-
2/1993. MCCB make L&T, GE, Siemens or similar as per List enclosed and shall
be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply only.
(ii) Single phase, 230V, 16/20 A capacity 3-pin plug socket shall be heavy duty metal
body type. The 16/20A Plug socket (make-L&T, GE, Schneider, BCH) shall be
controlled by C-curve type DP MCB of 20A capacity. MCB make L&T, GE,
Siemens, Indo-Asian or similar as per List enclosed and shall be got approved
from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply only. The rupturing capacity of MCBs shall be
10 KA, C curve.

The box shall be internally wired by PVC insulated, single core flexible copper cable of
suitable size with copper crimping lugs. Terminal strips shall be provided for loop in loop
out connections of cables. The door of the box shall have locking arrangement. The box
shall be securely mounted on wall with necessary MS clamps, nuts, bolts etc.

Note:-The drawing, design plug socket, switch gears with make and model of the box shall
be submitted by the contractor & got approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn)
W-Rly, Vadodara. Contractor shall have to arrange the inspection of plug socket box at
manufacturer’s premises before supply at side at his own cost.

 ERECTION OF 2/3 MTR LONG RAIL POLES

The contractor shall have to erect the 2 Mtrs long rail poles to mount the EFT / 63A pre-
cooling Box between the tracks. The foundation shall be provided by 1:3:4 ratio concrete of
300 mm dia & the contractor shall arrange cement, sand, concrete & water. Poles shall be
provided with double coating of aluminium paint.

Note:-Second hand rail will be supplied by the Railway within the periphery of 50 Kms.
Cutting and transportation shall be carried out by the contractor.

 ROLLING IN EXAMINATION LIGHT HOUSING

The contractor shall Supply Rolling Examination Housing cabinet for inspection of
running trains and provide 3 Nos, 25-30 W LED focus light fitting complete with driver
and all other accessories as per WR specification No. WR /CCG/ SPECIFICATION /P
/001 (Rev.01)-2018 (Specification enclosed with tender documents).

The fitting housing shall be Die-cast aluminium housing with heat resistant toughened
glass and electrochemically brightened, anodized aluminium reflector with IP 65
protection.

294
 The fitting shall behoused in 2mm thick metal sheet enclosure duly powder coated paint
suitable for outdoor application. Provide 20 A DP MCB on enclosure for ON & OFF
operation. The whole enclosure shall be mounted on MS angle of size 50x50x6mm stand
duly grouted in cement concrete foundation of ratio 1:2:4.

The front side shall be covered with toughened glass cover and protected by steel mesh.
The height shall not be less than 500 mm from the ground level. Mounting arrangement
and connecting arrangement shall be arranged by the contractor.

The connection of the light fitting shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multi-strand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wires.

 DISMENTLING OF HIGH MAST

The contractor shall have to dismantle existing high Masts / lattice type lighting tower. All
the dismantled materials shall be deposited for disposal at Sabarmati (X) store, Vadodara
or other places as advised by site Engineer.

The dismantling of existing high Mast / lattice type lighting tower including light fitting
shall be carried out by contractor. High Mast / lattice type lighting tower loading /
unloading & transportation from site to scrape depot at Sabarmati have to be arranged by
the contractor for the purpose of disposal. Necessary crane, truck & manpower shall be
arranged by contractor. The payment will be made after disposal of dismantled mast at
Sabarmati scrape depot.

 HORIZONTAL MONO BLOCK 3 PHASE , 15 HP SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

The contractor shall have to supply, install, test and commission Horizontal mono block
submersible pump set complete with all accessories suitable for sump. The pump set shall
be 15.0 HP, 415V, 3 phases; 50Hz AC. Suction and delivery size shall be of 50mm x 50 mm
dia. Pump head & delivery will be decided after getting data from Engg deptt. All reducer
& coupling etc. shall be arranged by contractor. Delivery pipe connection shall be done by
contractor.

Note- Pump shall be of make as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE
(C) ADI before supply.

295
  S
TARTER FOR SUB. PUMP CONTROL PANEL-15 HP

The contractor has to supply, erect, test and commission fully automatic motor

control panel with angle iron support for free standing. The panel shall be made

from 16 SWG CRCA sheet steel totally enclosed dust and vermin proof, water

resistant duly painted with two coats of primer Red Oxide and two coats of finish

Grey enamel paint. The painting shall be on both inside and outside. This includes

de greasing and phosphating process both in and outside.

PANEL FOR PUMPS AS IN SCHEDULES SHALL CONSISTS THE

FOLLOWING:-

 125 A MCCB, 4-pole, 25KA, Ics=Icu for incoming supply 1No.

 Star-delta starter of suitable capacity for pump motor 1 set.

confirming to IS –1902 or latest complete with contactor,

overload and under voltage relay & single phase protection .

 Ammeter range 0 to 60 A capacity with CTs and selector 1 set.

switch.

 Voltmeter 0 to 500V capacity with selector switch . 1 set.

 Multi-LED type indication lamp for 3 phase (R,Y,B) 1 set.

 Multi-LED type indication lamp for ‘Start’ and ‘Run’ position 1 set

296
 of pump motor.

 L&T / GIC Make time switch type TSQ –100 for (daily dial). 1 set.

 Counter to indicate hours for which pump has run. 1 No.

 Earthing terminals with nut & bolt. 2 Nos.

 Caution boards. 2 Nos.

 Suitable connecting terminals & Cable gland of required 1 lot.

sizes.

 Internal wiring with required size of PVC cable having copper 1 lot.

conductor.

Note:- The contractor shall have to arrange inspection of the starter panel at the
manufacturer’s premises at his own cost.

 SPECIFICATION FOR BLACK HOT M.S. COLUMN PIPE-100 MM

The Contractor has to supply 100 mm nominal bore dia column pipe ‘C’ class heavy

duty black hot finished confirming to IS 1239 or latest. Length of pipe shall be of 3 mtr. The

pipe shall threaded with 8 TPI on both end with heavy duty coupling fixed and tap welded

at one end. The pipe should of TATA/ Survya/ Swastic/Jindal/Asian make or similar as per

list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 RUBBER MATTING:-

297
 Contractor has to supply and provide ISI mark rubber matting sheet suitable for 11KV,
Class-B in panel room for the insulation above the ground. As per IS 15652/2006 with
latest amendment , Max use voltage-11 KV, AC proff voltage -22 KV, Dielectric strength-
45 KVA, Leakage current-Max 10 Micro Ampere, Width-1.0 Mtr & thickness - 2.5 mm.
Rubber matting Sheet will be supplied with Test certificate for routine test as per relevant
ISS & got approved By RLY before supply at site as per IS – 5424 or latest.

 PORTABLE HAND DRILL MACHINE

The contractor shall to supply hand operated light duty drilling machine, 230V
rating 15 minutes ON & 15 minutes OFF complete with connecting cord and
suitable 3 pin top for drill bit of sizes up to 10mm. This also includes the supply of
one set of drill bits of sizes 1mm to 13mm in the steps of 0.5mm (25nos. total drill
bits).
The make and model of table shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at site.

 PORTABLE HAND DRILL MACHINE

The contractor shall to supply hand operated light duty drilling machine, 230V
rating 15 minutes ON & 15 minutes OFF complete with connecting cord and
suitable 3 pin top for drill bit of sizes up to 10mm. This also includes the supply of
one set of drill bits of sizes 1mm to 13mm in the steps of 0.5mm (25nos. total drill
bits).
The make and model of table shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at site.

 CABLE TRAY SUPPLY & ERECTION

(a) The contractor shall have to fabricate supply and fix the MS angle iron tray on side
of pit line & between platforms for cable laying.
1. The fixing arrangement shall be robust and the fixing shall have to be done by
fabricating of MS clamp, nut, bolt or welding along with rail pieces on pitline /
water hydrant line between P/F.
2. Cable tray shall be 200 mm wide and both the outer sides MS angle shall not be
less than 40 x 40 x 6 mm. In case non-availability of the required size next higher
size can be used.
3. The cable tray shall be provided with MS flat of size 30mm x 6mm in between the
MS angle by welding. The space in between the MS flats shall not be more than 15
cm.
4. The cable tray shall be firmly fixed /supported on the rail pieces on pit line / water
hydrant line between P/F through MS angle iron clamps of higher size than the
section of the angle of the tray. Erection of rail pieces is schedule item & paid
separately.
5. The design& fixing arrangement shall have to be approved by Railway before
fabrication and installation.
6. The cable tray shall be painted with one coat of Red Oxide and two coats of
aluminium paint.

298
 7. Provide proper clamping arrangement for cables laid on it.

 LT STRAIGHT THROUGHJOINTS

Section 4.02 The contractor shall supply & provide heat shrinkable straight through
jointing kits for 1.1KV grade suitable to 3.5/4 core up to 70 &120 sqmm LT aluminum
cable, manpower & transportation to carry out the repairing of faulty LT cable. The
straight through joints shall be of M-seal (3M), Dension or Raychem or similar as per List
enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

All the materials and man power for repairing work along with transportation shall be
arranged by the contractor. Digging of pit for cable repair and refilling shall also be done
by the contractor.

 RCBO for Staff Qtrs

The contractor shall have to supply and provide RCBO as per following specification-

Material :

i) Metal Distribution Board (DB) shall be pre-wired and surface mounted type.
Complete board shall be factory fabricated and pre-wired in factory ready for
installation at site. The box and cover shall be properly pretreated, phosphatised
with powder coated finish with following switchgears.

ii) RCBO ( Single Phase RCCB of sensitivity 30mA combined with 32 A DP MCB) OR
compact single phase RCBO of 32Amp, sensitivity 30mA with overload, short
circuit and earth leakage protection.

The RCBO shall be of make as per List enclosed and shall be got approved from
Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

 DP SWITCH-32 Amp

The contractor shall have to supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 32A DP Switch
with NEON indication. Provide on wooden board nearby Energy meter.
Make as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply.

Note- Contractor shall provide big common wooden board for Energy meter & DP switch if
required in multi-story buildings ground floor.

 GEYSER

299
Contractor shall have to supply and provide 15 ltrs. Capacity Geyser with ISI mark.
The16 amp Top, flexible piping connection from water tap to geyser shall be supplied and
provided by the contractor and make ready to use.

The connection of the geyser shall be done by flexible, 3-core, multistrand copper
conductor, PVC insulated & sheathed wire of required size & PVC flexible conduit shall be
used if required.

Note:- Make & Model- as per list enclosed and shall be got approved from Dy.CEE (C)
ADI before supply.

 WATER COOLER-150 Ltrs

The Contractor shall have to supply, installation, testing and commissioning Self
Contained Drinking water cooler with (Non CFC Refrigent) Energy Eficient Compressor.
Cooling Capacity-Ltrs/Hr-150, IS: 1475 latest, Type-Storage, Storage Capacity- ltrs-150,
stainless steel body. Provide the same at different locations as decided by Railway site
Engineer. Necessary mounting arrangement, flexible pipe and accessories of water cooler
done by contractor

Make– Voltas, Blue star, Usha, Fedders Lloyd as per list enclosed.

Note:-The make & model of water cooler shall be submitted by the contractor & got
approved by Dy. Chief Electrical Engineer (Constn) W-Rly, Vadodara before supply at site.

 8 LOCKER STEEL CUP BOARD

Contractor has to supply 8 locker steel cup board made of 18 SWG CRCA sheet having
individual locker/s inbuilt locking Arrangement, size -6.5 feet x 3.0 feet x 19 inch &
siemens gray colour and got approved By Rly before supply it at site.

Make-Heera or HOF or Ambica or Godrej or approved by Rly.

The make and model of 8-locker shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at
site.

 ALMIRAH STEEL

Contractor has to supply steel Almirah made of 18 SWG CRCA sheet. Having 5 shelves,
inbuilt locking Arrangement, size –78” x 36” x 19” & Siemens gray colour. Make- Heera or
HOF or Ambica or Godrej or approved by Rly .

The make and model of almirah shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at
site.

300
  VISITORS CHAIR

The contractor shall have to supply visitors chair. Visitors chair shall be made A-type
powder coated MS pipe & cushion type seat and back. The chair shall be made A type MS
pipe & cushion type seat and back of Heera model No. VC -13 or HOF model no SVA-101
or Ambica model no-360 or approved by Rly.

The make and model of chair shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at
site.

 STEEL TABLE

The contractor shall have to supply steel table made from powder coated MS round pipe
with top size 54” x 30” x 30” with 3-drawers and locker with shelf. Table shall be of back
closed type. Make- Heera or HOF or Ambica or Godrej or approved by Rly.

The make and model of table shall be got approved by Dy.CEE/C/ADI before supply at site.

 DIGITAL CLIP-ON METER (TONG TESTER

Contractor has to supply digital clip-on meter MECO model No.3600 OR KUSAM MECO
Model No-9999 or similar approved by railway complete with testing leads, Battery,
Manual & Carrying case.

 DIGITAL EARTH TESTER WITH TESTING KIT

Contractor has to supply digital type earth tester with LCD digital display complete with
external probe & battery operated of KUSAM MECO model No. KM 1520 OR Motwane
model no-DET20 with accessories or Agrawal Electronics model no WACO-DERT for
Earth tester with AGRRONIC-KIT for testing kit complete with testing leads, spikes,
hammer etc.

 DIGITAL INSULATION TESTER

Contractor has to supply digital insulation tester of KUSAM MECO make model No. KM
370 OR Agrawal Electronics model no AGRONIC-IT2Vcomplete with testing leads.

 SELF SUPPORTING LADDER -8Feet

Contractor has to Supply Aluminium self-supporting ladder witch flat step Size 8 feet
height & made of 12 Gauge Aluminium C section. Make:- Heera model No. HI 154 or
Balaad or Stackers & Movers India or similar as per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply only.

Note:- Inspection of ladder shall be offered by contractor at the manufacturer’s premises at

his own cost before supply at site.
 SELF SUPPORTING LADDER-15 Feet

301
Contractor has to Supply Aluminium self-supporting ladder witch flat step Size 15 feet
height & made of 12 Gauge Aluminium C section. Make:- Heera model No. HI 154 or
Balaad or Stackers & Movers India or similar as per List enclosed and shall be got
approved from Dy.CEE (C) ADI before supply only.

Note:- Inspection of ladder shall be offered by contractor at the manufacturer’s premises at

his own cost before supply at site.

************

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

1) Transformer:- AREVA, ABB, EMCO, Crompton, BHEL, Voltamp, Kirloskar,

Bharat Bijlee, NGEF, Voltas, GEC, Tesla, Siemens, Western Electric, IMP,
Vivekanand, RTS, National.
2) DG Set Silent : Cummins, Kirlosker Green, Caterpillar, Greves Cotton, Ashok
Leyland, Mahindra, TATA, Panta-Volvo.
3) A.C. Unit (Window/Split Type) - Hitachi, LG, Samsung, Voltas, Blue star, Carrier,
Fedders Lloyd, Videocon, Godrej, Onida, Toshiba, Panasonic, Haier, O General,
Daikin.
4) All type of Fans –Crompton, Usha, GEC, Almonard, Khaitan, Bajaj, Havells,
Orient, Anchor, Polar, Alfa, Inova, Unique.
5) Water Heater/ Geyser - Venus, Bajaj, Recold, Voltas, Ditz, Crompton, Usha,
Havells, Spherehot.
6) Water Cooler- Voltas, Blue star, Usha, Fedders Lloyd.
7) Motor & Pump sets – Kirloskar, Crompton, Siemens, NGEF, KSB, Taxmo, ABB,
Jhonson, Jyoti, Shakti, Beacon, Calama, Amrut, Shriram, Lubi, KDS.
8) Electrical Switch Gear and Relays – L & T, GE, Siemens, Indo Asian, Havells,
ABB, Crompton, Schneider, C&S, HPL, Beicco Lawrie, Voltas, BHEL, Areva,
Legrand, BCH, Standard, Bentec, MEI, Jyoti.
9) G.I. Octagonal Pole/ High Mast- Bajaj, Philips, Crompton, BPP, Utkarsh,
Transrail.
10) LED LUMINAIRIES – As per CEE/WR Spec. WR/CCG/Specification/P/001 (Rev-01)
2018 or Latest. (Ref-RDSO Specification No-RDSO/PE/SPEC/PS/0123 (Rev-0)-2009
with Amendment-1 .
11) Lead Acid battery – Amar Raja, Excide, CSB, Hitachi, Okaya, Panasonic,
Luminous, Amron.
12) Modular Switches/ Fan Regulator/ Socket and Accessories – Anchor/Roma,
Cona, Leader, Crabtree, Legrand, C&S, HPL, Indo Asian, Havells, Standard, Bentec,
Elleys, Precision.
13) LT/HT Joints and End Termination - Raychem, Denson, M-Seal, 3M, CCI,
Mahendra & Mahendra.
14) Copper Wire / PVC Casing Caping / PVC Conduit –ISI mark Confirming to
relevant IS with Approval of Officer incharge.

302
 Note- For all other items Not included specifically in above list, Contractor shall
supply material as pert relevant standard as indicated in the tender with Approval of
Officer incharge.

************************

WESTERN RAILWAY
Uि

₹`U ` GOVERNMENT OF
INDIA MINISTRY OF
RAILWAYS
rT₹U ₹ T₹
₹`U T TU
SPECIFICATION FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT LED BASED LUMINAIRE
FOR OUTDOOR & INDOOR APPLICATION (GENERAL SERVICES)
SPECIFICATION NO. WR/CCG/SPECIFICATION/P/001(REV-01) – 2018
(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

1. FOREWORD :

At present conventional type luminaries are being provided for Indoor lighting
offices, street lights & platform lighting. By introduction of white high power lights
emitting diode, LED having more than 50,000 working hours. It is possible to use
LED lamps in place of existing fluorescent T-8/T-5/HVSV/Metal halide. LED lights
are almost maintenance free and as a result total power saving is expecting to be
more than 50% keeping in view energy conservation, increased life and recurring
savings on account of maintenance, use of environment friendly energy efficient
LED base luminaire is being considered for indoor & outdoor lighting.

2. DETAILS OF EXISTING & PROPOSED FITTINGS –

303
Sr. Type of Wattage Proposed Maximu Minimum Application
No. Existing of fittings m Initial
fitting existing wattage Lumen

304
 fitting. of LED Output
fitting
A For Outdoor: Street light, High Mast & Platform open area.
i) a. HPSV/ 70W LED 50W 4000 Circulating area.
b. HPMV 150W LED 100W 8000 Outdoor Lighting,
c. 250W LED 170W 13500 Yard Lighting,
d. 400W LED 260W 20000 High Mast.
ii)a. Metal 70W LED 50W 4000 Circulating area.
b. Halide 150 LED 100W 8000 Outdoor Lighting,
c. 250W LED 190W 15000 Yard Lighting,
High Mast.
iii)a. FTL 1X40W LED 30W 2400 Street Lighting
b. 2X40W LED 60W 4800
iv) Platform Lighting : (for cover sheds)
a. FTL 1X40W LED 30W 2400 Platform
b. 2X40W LED 60W 4800 Lighting
c. 1X28W LED 18W 1440
B For Indoor : Offices, Service Buildings etc.
v) T-5/T-8 28/36W LED 18/20W 1440/ 1600 Office &
Fitting 4 ft. Service
size building
vi) CFL Lamps 11W LED 7W 560 Office &
Lamps Service
building
vii) Recess 2X14W LED 2X9W 1440 Office &
mounting Service
fitting 2 x 2 building
ft. size
viii) Down 70/150 LED 40X80W 3200/ 6400 Office &
lighter W Service
building
ix) 4 ft. Tube 28W LED 18/20W 1440/ 1600 Office &
light Service
building
x) 2 ft. Tube 20W LED 10W 800 Bulkhead LED
light down lighter.

3. SCOPE
The scope includes design, development, manufacturing, testing and supply of
energy efficient luminaire complete with all accessories, LED lamps with suitable
current control driver circuit including mounting arrangement for street light,
platform light, recessed type & ceiling mounting arrangements etc. The luminaire
shall be suitable for rugged service under the operational and environmental
conditions.

Each type of luminaire shall be supplied with associated driver circuit and required
optics.

305
 The application of Energy Efficient LED based Lumnarie are as under

(i) For outdoor : Street light, High Mast & platform open area
(ii) Platform Lighting
(iii) For Indoor: offices, service buildings etc.

4. CONSTRUCTION :

a) All the luminaire shall be finalized based on the performance requirement. The
detailed calculation for lux level as per clause no. 7.8 with uniform distribution
including the lux distribution curve/ graph/ spatial distribution shall be submitted
in support of the dimensions selected and variation thereof. Housing shall be made
of 1.6mm or more thick sheet Steel conforming to IS: 513 (Grade O) or aluminum
die cast having high conductivity preferably to grade 5000 or similar to high
conductivity heat sink material for outdoor fittings and 1 mm or more thick sheet
Steel conforming to IS: 513 (Grade O) for indoor fittings. Efforts shall be made to
keep the overall outer dimensions as minimum as possible.

All out door light fittings shall be provided with toughened glass of sufficient
strength under the LED chamber to protect the LED and luminaries.

(b) Suitable number of LED lamps shall be used in the luminaries. LED lamps of
NICHIA/ CREE/ OSRAM/ SEOUL/ PHILIPS LUMILEDS/ LEDNIUM/ AVAGO
make shall be used for the purpose. The manufacturer shall submit the proof of
procurement of LED from above OEMs at the time of testing.

(c) Suitable reflector / lenses may also be provided to increase the illumination angle

(d) Supplier will be solely responsible for testing and performance of the luminaries
after installation and shall also ensure the specified and uniform illumination and
comfort level on the street/platform for outdoor and work desk/floor for indoor
lighting.

(e) Design of the thermal management shall be done in such a way that it shall not
affect the properties of the diffuser.

4.1 High power and high lumen efficient LEDs suitable for following features shall be
used:

a) The efficiency of the LED lamps at 110ºC junction temperature shall be more than
80%.
b) The working life of the lamp at junction temperature of 110ºC for 350mA current
shall be more than 50,000 hours of accumulative operation and shall be suitable for
continuous operation of 24 hours per day these features shall be supported with
datasheet.
c) Adequate heat sink with proper thermal management shall be provided.

306
d) Colour temperature of the proposed white colour LED shall be between 5700 –
6500K.
e) Minimum view angle of the LED shall not be less than 120 degree
f) The output of LED shall be more than 100 lumens per watt at minimal operating
current and shall ensure guaranteed operation life of 50,000 burning hours with
controlled junction temperature of 110ºC.
g) Efficiency of driver electronics shall be more than 85%.
h) Power factor of complete fitting shall be more than 0.95.
i) The driver card shall withstand 440V & 1.5 KV ± 3% surge protection and shall
resume normal working when nominal voltage is applied again.
j) Thermal management shall be in such a way that LED junction temperature shall
not go beyond 80 degree centigrade.
k) Lumen maintenance report as per LM 80 standards for the LEDs used & LM 79
standards for efficacy of fixtures shall be submitted along with the offer or at the
time of prototype test.
l) The LED luminaire shall be free of glare.
m) Color rendering index CRI ≥ 75

4.2 Specification for LED Driver :

a) Input voltage Range within 180Vrms to 270Vrms.

b) Operating input voltage 240Vrms.
c) No load power consumption ≤ 500mW
d) Maximum output voltage 105V DC ± 3%.
e) Output voltage ripple should be within 3%.
f) Output over voltage protection 125V DC
g) Power factor 0.95.
h) Full Load Efficiency ≥ 85%.
i) THD ≤ 10%.
j) Hot swapping.
k) Current waveform should meet EN 61000-3-2
l) LED Driver shall withstand, withstand voltage of 440V for 2 hours and restore
normal working when normal voltage is applied.
m) Maximum Temperature rise ≤ 10ºC @ 55ºC Tamb with safety margin of 10ºC
n) The driver should comply to CISPR 15 for limits and methods of measurement of
Radio Disturbance Characteristics.
o) The equipment should comply to IEC 61547 for EMC immunity requirements.

307
p) The control gear should be compliant to IEC 61347-2-13, IEC 62031 and IEC 62384
as per the requirements

4.3 The equipment should be compliant to IEC 60598-1. IEC 62031 and IEC/PAS
62612 depending on the type of luminaire.

5.0 REFERRED STANDARDS

5.1 A For Indoor Lighting :

IS : 513 Cold rolled low carbon steel sheets and strips

IEC 60529 Classification of degree of protections provided by enclosures.
EN 55015, CISPR 15 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance
characteristic of electrical lighting and similar equipment.
IEC 62031 LED modules for general lighting - Safety requirements
EN 61547 Equipment for general lighting purposes – EMC immunity
requirement.
IEC EN 60929 Performance, AC supplied electronics ballast for tubular
fluorescent lamps performance requirement.
IEC 60598-2*1 Fixed general purpose luminaries.
IEC 60598-1 Luminaries – General requirement and tests.
IEC 61000-3-2 Electro Magnetic compatibility (EMC) Limits for Harmonic
current emission – (equipment input current ≤ 16 Amps per
phase.
IEC 60068-2-38 Environmental Testing - Test Z-AD : composite temperature /
humidity cyclic test.
IEC 61347-2-13 Lamp control gear: particular requirements for DC or AC
supplied electronic control gear for LED modules
IS 10322 Specification for the luminaries.
IS 4905 Method for random sampling.
LM 79 LED luminaire photometry measurement.
LM 80 Lumen Maintenance.
IEC 62384 DC or AC supplied electronic control gear for LED modules
performance requirements.
IEC/PAS 62612 Self ballasted LED lamps for general lighting services –
Performance requirements.

5.2 For Outdoor Lighting :

IS : 513 Cold rolled low carbon steel sheets.

IEC 60529 Classification of degree of protections provided by enclosures.
EN 55015 RFI < 30MHZ
EN 55022 RFI > 30MHZ
EN 61000-3-2 Harmonics.
EN 61547 Immunity
EN 60929 Performance
IEC 60598-2-1 Fixed General purpose luminaries.

308
 IEC 60598-1 General requirement and tests.
IEC 61000-3-2 Limits for Harmonic current emission–THD< 10%.
IEC 60068-2-38 Specification for Permitted Humidity Test
IS 10322 Specification for the luminaries
IS 4905 Method for random sampling.

6.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS :

Street light/Indoor light on pipe/Recess mounting type light unit complete with
luminaries and mounting accessories shall be suitable for street, office complex
railway platforms (covered and open) and residential colonies of Indian Railways
under the following environmental conditions:-

6.1 Environmental conditions –

Maximum ambient air temperature : 55ºC (For outdoor application) & 45ºC
(For indoor application)
Minimum ambient air temperature : -5ºC
Max. Relative humidity : 100%
Atmosphere : Extremely dusty and desert weather
and desert terrain in certain areas.
The dust contents in air may reach
as high values as 1.6 NG/m3
Coastal area : The equipment shall be designed to
work in coastal area in humid, salt
laden and corrosive atmosphere.

6.2 The maximum value of the condition n the coastal area will be as follows:

Max. pH value : 8.5

Sulphate : 7NG/liter
Max. Concentration of chlorine : 6 NG/liter
Max. Conductivity : 130 micro sec./cm
Annual rainfall : Ranging between 1750 - 6250 mm
with thunder storm
Altitudes :Not exceeding 1200m above sea level.

6.3 The supplier shall provide “In the field service support” during guarantee period.

7.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

7.1 The luminaire casing / housing shall be made of 1.6mm or more thick sheet steel
conforming to IS:513 (Grade-O) or aluminum die cast having high conductivity
preferably to grade 5000 or similar to high conductivity heat sink material for
outdoor fittings and 1 mm or more thick sheet Steel conforming to IS: 513 (Grade
O) for indoor fittings.

7.2 The electronic components used shall be as follows:-

309
a) IC (Integrated circuit) shall be of industrial grade or above.
b) Metallic film/ Paper/ Polyester Capacitor shall be rated for a maximum
temperature of 105ºC.
c) The resistors shall be preferably made of metal film of adequate rating. The actual
loading versus rating shall be 3.
d) The junction temperature of the Switching devices such as transistors and
MOSFETs etc. shall not exceed 125ºC (allowing thermal margin of 25ºC).
e) The conformal coating used on PCBs should be cleared and transparent and should
not affect colour code of electronic components or the product code of the company.
f) The heavy components shall be properly fixed. The solder connection should be
with good finish.
g) The electronics covered for this equipment shall pass all the tests called for in the
specification. The tender shall indicate the deviation or compliance otherwise the
offer may not be considered for evaluation.
h) The infrastructure for Quality Assurance facilities as called for in the specification
shall be available for the manufacturing of this product. The compliance shall be
indicated clearly in the tender itself.
7.3 The connecting wires used inside the luminaire, shall be low smoke halogen free,
fire retardant e-beam/ PTFE cable and fuse protection shall be provided in input
side.

7.4 Care shall be taken in the design that there is no water stagnation anywhere. The
entire housing shall be dust and water proof having IP 65 protection for outdoor
application & IP 20 protection for indoor application as per IEC 60529

7.5 The control gear shall be designed in such a way so that temperature rise of heat
sink shall not be more than 10ºC with respect to ambient temperature.

7.6 For platform lighting, luminaire shall be such that the glare from individual LED
is restricted and shall not cause inconvenience to the public.

7.7 All the material used in the luminaire shall be halogen free and fire retardant
confirming to UL 94.

7.8 Illumination Level: The fitting shall be so designed that the illumination level shall
be evenly distributed and shall be free from glare. Illumination level types of
luminaire shall be as below:

Sr. Type Vertical Distance Minimum Colour of

No. Luminaries of fittings from the Illumination Illumination Street
floor level (Mtrs.) Level (Lux) at Light
centre
Street Light :
1. 50W 5 25 Daylight white
2. 100W 7 25 Daylight white

310
 3. 170W 7 25 Daylight white
4. 260W 7 25 Daylight white
5. 190W 7 25 Daylight white
6. 30W 5 25 Daylight white
7. 60W 7 25 Daylight white
Platform Light :
8. 30W 4 50 Daylight white
9. 60W 4 50 Daylight white

Sr. Place to be Vertical Average Colour Temp in ‘K’

No. illuminated Distance of Illumination
fittings Level (Lux)
from the
floor level
(Mtrs)
Indoor Light
1. Work areas like 2.743 250 at 1 Mtr 5500 to 7000
cabins and work above ground
stations. level
2. Corridors. 2.743 125 on the 5500 to 7000
floor

Note:- 1. Variation in illumination level shall be ± 2% is allowed in input voltage

range from 180V AC to 250V AC.
2. The illumination shall not have infra-red and ultra-violet emission. The
test certificate from the NABL approved laboratory shall be submitted.
3. Electronic efficiency shall be more than 85%.

7.8.1 Polar Curves:

Typical distribution of illumination of these luminaires shall be given below:

a. Street light: (insert image)

311
 b. Platform light: (insert image)

8.0 TESTS for Indoor and Outdoor Lighting

Tests are classified at –

 Type Test
 Acceptance Test
 Routine rest

8.1 Type Test :

All the tests mentioned in the specifications should be carried out by NABL
accredited lab by the manufacturer and be submitted to the inspecting agency. The
inspecting agency should inpect the material based upon the same. However, no
test certificate should be more than 3 years old.

8.2 Acceptance Tests:

These tests are carried out by an inspecting authority at the supplier’s premises on
sample taken from a lot for the purpose of acceptance of a lot. Acceptance tests

312
 shall not be carried out from particular size from the lot on which type tests have
already been conducted. Recommended sampling plan is given below.

8.2.1 Sample size and criteria for conformity :

The luminaries shall be selected from the lot at random. In order to ensure
randomness of selection, procedures given in IS 4905-1968 (Reaffirmed 2001) may
be followed.

8.3 Routine Tests:

These tests shall be performed by the manufacturer on each complete unit of the
same type and the results shall be submitted to the inspecting agency, prior to
offering the lot for acceptance test the firm shall maintain the records with
traceability

8.4 Test Scheme :

Sr. Description of Test Clause Prototype Type Test Accept Routi

No. No. Test (Only Outdoor Indoor ance ne
for Test Test
outdoor)
1. Visual and 9(i) Y Y Y Y Y
Dimensional check
2. Checking of 9(ii) Y Y Y Y Y
documents of
purchase of LED
3. Resistance to 9(iii) Y Y Y -- --
humidity
4. Insulation 9(iv) Y Y Y Y Y
resistance test
5. HV test 9(v) Y Y Y Y Y
6. Over- voltage 9(vi) Y Y Y -- --
protection
7. Surge protection 9(vii) Y Y Y -- --
8. Reverse polarity 9(viii) Y Y Y Y Y
9. Temperature rise 9(ix) Y Y Y -- --
Test
10. Ra (Colour 9(x) Y Y Y -- --
Rendering Index)
measurement test
11. Lux measurement 9(xi) Y Y Y Y Y
12. Fire retardant Test 9(xii) Y Y Y -- --
13. Test for IP 65 9(xiii) Y Y Y -- --
protection
14. Environmental 9(xv) Y Y -- --
tests
15. Reliability Test 9(xvi) Y Y -- --

313
 16. Life Test 9(xvii) Y Y Y -- --
17. Endurance Test 9(xviii) Y Y -- --
18. EMI/EMC (Only for -- -- -- Y -- --
Indoor Lighting)

9.0 Method of Testing

(i) Visual and Dimensional Check :

The unit shall be checked visually for all dimensions as per approved design and
drawing. General workmanship should be good, all the components properly
secured and sharp edges shall be rounded off. Check the marking and quality of
the workmanship visually. Check the rating and make of electronic / electrical
items.

(ii) Checking of documents of purchase of LED

Check Document of purchase of LED lamps of approved sources viz.
NICHIA/OSRAM/SEOUL/PHILIPS LUMILEDS/LEDNIUM/AVAGO.

(iii) Resistance to Humidity Test

This is carried out by suspending the painted panels in corrosion chamber
maintained at 100% RH and temperature cycle of 42 to 48 deg. C for 7 days and
examining it for any sign of deterioration and corrosion of metal surface.

(iv) Insulation Resistance Test

The insulation resistance of the unit between earth and current carrying parts
shorted together shall not be less than 2 M Ohms when measured with 500V
megger.

(v) HV Test
Immediately after insulation resistance test, an AC voltage of 1.72KV rms (1500 +
2 x rated voltage) of sine wave form of 50 Hz shall be applied for one minute
between the live parts and frame. There shall not be any kind of break down,
flashover or tripping of supply.

(vi) Over voltage protection

The outdoor luminaire shall withstand at 415 V AC for two minutes.

(vii) Surge protection :

It shall withstand a surge of 1.5kV±3% for 50 microsecond’s ± 20% at the input
terminals for all types and shall resume normal working when nominal voltage is
applied again. (Tests shall comply with Clause 5.4 of latest IEC 60571-1).

(viii) Reverse polarity

The Luminaire shall withstand polarity reversal. It shall be operated with reverse
voltage for 5 minutes at maximum value of voltage range. At the end of this
period, the supply shall be made correct polarity and Luminaire shall operate in a
normal way.

314
(ix) Temperature rise Test :
Temperature rise Test shall be conducted at 180V AC for outdoor lighting and
100VAC for indoor lighting with full load. The temperature rise shall be recorded
by temperature detectors mounted at the specified reference points on the body of
semiconductors, capacitors and other components as agreed between purchaser and
manufacturer. The maximum recorded temperature under worst conditions shall
be corrected to 55ºC and compared with maximum permissible temperature (for
power devices at junction). Under loading conditions as specified above, the
corrected temperature of the power devices shall have a safety margin of minimum
10ºC Temperature at junction shall not exceed 100ºC when corrected to 55ºC. The
Luminaire shall also be subjected for short time rating after continuous loading to
ensure the temperature rise is within the permissible limit. The maximum
temperature rise of the electronics devices on the PCBs shall be in limit for
industrial grade components suitable for 85ºC environment. In case of exceeding
limit use of MIL grade component shall be considered keeping RDSO informed.

(x) Ra (Colour Rendering Index) measurement test :

The lumen is the unit of luminous flux, which is equal to the flux emitted in a solid
angle of one Steradian by a uniform point source of one candela.

The initial reading of the chromaticity co-ordinates x & y shall be within 5 SDCM
(Standards Deviation for Colour matching) from the standardized rated value as
per Annex. D of IEC 60081 – 1997.

The initial reading of the general colour rendering index (Ra) shall not be less than
the rated value decreased by 3.

The lumen maintenance of the lamp shall not be less than 80% of the initial lumen
after 20000 burning hours and 70% of the initial lumen after 50000 hours. The
initial lumen will be taken after 100 hours aging.

Photometric test shall be conducted as per annexure-B of IEC 60081-97. The lumen
maintenance test shall be done as per annexure C of IEC 60081-97.
(xi) Lux Measurement –
Lux measurement with the help of Lux meter shall be done at a distance as shown
in para 5.8 above. Value obtained shall not be less than the Lux specified in the
table therein, considering 10% Lumen is absorbed by the reflector.

(xii) Fire Retardant Test

Fire Retardant test shall be conducted as per IEC 332-1 (For outdoor Lighting) and
IEC 60332-1(For indoor lighting) of the wire used in the fittings.

(xiii) Test for IP65 protection (For outdoor Lighting) & Test for IP20 protection (For
Indoor Lighting)
This test shall be conducted as per IEC 60529.

(xiv) Environmental Tests –

The Luminaire shall meet the following tests as prescribed in IEC – 60571.

315
a) Dry heat test.
b) Damp heat test
c) Test in corrosive atmosphere
d) Combined dust, humidity and heat test.
(xv) Reliability Test:
The reliability can only be determined in actual service. However, the following
tests shall be carried out on the prototype to simulate as close as possible, the
service conditions. There shall be no failure during this test.

(a) The light unit shall be mounted in an oven maintained at 75º C for outdoor lighting
and 45º C for indoor lighting.

(b) The light will be operated at the specified maximum voltage and at 75º C for
outdoor lighting and at 45ºC for indoor lighting for a period of 100 hours.
(xvi) Life Test –
For Outdoor Lighting: The lumen maintenance & life test shall be done as per
annexure C of IEC 60081-97.
For Indoor Lighting: The lumen maintenance and life test shall be done as per
annexure C of LM 80 report of LEDs.

(xvii) Endurance Test:

The Luminaire shall be kept “ON” with input voltage of 250VAC for 200 hours.
After this the Luminarie is subjected to 20,000 cycles of “ON” and “OFF”, each
cycle consisting of 3 seconds “ON” and 10 seconds “OFF” period. Luminaire should
survive this test. Test is to be continued for one lakh cycles, followed by
performance test.
(xviii) Safety :
The Luminaire shall comply with the safety requirements as per IEC 61195.

(xix) Vibration Test:

The complete unit cubicles together with its mounting arrangements (including
shock absorbing devices, if provided) shall be subjected to vibration & shock testing
(for category I class A/B) a per latets IEC 61373

10.0 MARKING:
The following information shall be distinctly and indelibly marked on the housing
–

a) Year of manufacture / Batch Number / Serial Number

b) Name of Manufacturer
c) Rated watt and voltage
d) Input frequency.
11.0 Manufacturer’s Certificates:

Manufacturer should submit the certificate of having purchased LED from one of
the approved source (LM-80 certificate should be submitted).

Manufactures test certificate to be submitted for (i) Mechanical strength, (ii)

Endurance test and Thermal test. (ii) Resistance to dust and moisture (iv)

316
 Insulation resistance and electrical strength (v) resistance to heat, fire and
tracking and (vi) photometric tests as per the IS 10322 Part-5 Sec.-2.

12.0 Guarantee :

The complete system of LED lights (including Driver etc.) shall be guaranteed for
satisfactorily performance and manufacturing defects for a period of 60 months
from date of commissioning or 72 months from the date of supply whichever is
earlier.

************

317
318
 Following items are the Part of the Scope of this Contract:
1. Preparation of all CRS/PCEE papers for Opening documents.
2. Preparation of all 41 Proforma for CRS/PCEE Inspection and all associated
drawings.
3. Proof checking of all drawings and designs from suitable consultant.
4. Provision of material transport on ton/km basis.
5. Provision of staff transport for joint checking, blocks, crane working and
measurement
6. Minor civil works
7. Minor Electrical works
8. Inspection arrangements
9. Site assistance
10. Office assistance in form of manpower, books, forms and furniture
11. Computer, Tabs and furniture
12. Follow up with DISCOMs- for EHT, UG Track crossing modifications.
13- Providing vehicle for inspection and during Block, TWO/NI/CRS / PCEE
inspection.

319
 Chapter 4: Details of Approved sources :

 Details of RDSO / CORE Approved vendors for Electrical-TRD items is

published and updated time to time on ireps website.
 Supply of Electrical items is to be made only from “Approved vendors” of
RDSO/CORE; no item to be supplied from Developmental sources.
 The List of Approved Make for General Services items is attached with the
tender.

Special Instructions to Contractor

I. Special Instructions to Contractors for OHE work

1. All foundations if exposed then back filling and covering is in the scope of work.
2. Muffing is required to be done.
3. All muffs should be provided with white wash before PCEE/CRS inspection.
4. All released muck should be thrown on ballast.
5. Plastic bag, tin sheets should be used while casting foundation in platform area.
Platform surface should not be damaged.
6. All broken tiles should be re-done properly.
7. In case leaning of mast occurs, it should be re-done.
8. All number plates should be retro-reflective with proper SPS as per RDSO
drawings.
9. All Isolators should be with integral locks
10. No bond should be bolted. Multiple bond strips welded together should not be used.
11. Bond should be properly dressed.
12. Excessive length and width of bond should not be used.
13. Spare bolts on bridge mast should be provided.
14. ATD weights should be painted in stores before erection.
15. Thermometer should be used for X-Y cutting.
16. HTL should be written on the ATD
17. All RRA clamps should be as latest drawing .(-3 version)
18. All bonds from platform have to be provided with clit.
19. All ROBs, FOBs to be provided with galvanized bonds.
20. All bond holes to be chamfered.
21. Joint testing record of insulator testing should be kept.
22. All tree coming the way of OHE and near vicinity to be trimmed and cut.
23. All released material to be removed from Railway site.
24. All earth pits should be embedded in the earth properly.
25. Location plans for TSS/SP/SSPs at suitable locations (nearby station area) are
to be prepared and got approved from Division/Railway Authorities by the
Contractor only.

320
26. Leaning mast: Due to washing away by rain or any other reasons, if masts are
leaned then same has to be attended by the contractor as per codal provisions; and
if required, new foundation and Mast erection to be done.
27. Guarding OHE till charging and commissioning by deputing patrol men in night.

321
3.18 Civil works (for electrification works)

3.18.1 General

Civil works include building works (staff quarters, service building, platform shed) and any
other work necessary for completion of the electrification works.

3.18.2 Staff quarter

Construction and development of staff colony comprising of following types of staff

quarters including electrical internal wiring with allied work, electrical power supply
arrangement with transformer/main distribution supply, sewerage system, water supply
arrangement, augmentation of water supply, provision of bore well with electrical pump and
pump house, approach road, levelling and earth filling of land, barbed wire fencing, boundary
wall, development of lawn, rain water harvesting, street lighting arrangement etc.

S. N. Location Type of Single storey/multi- No. of quarters

quarters storey building

Petlad Type-II Multi Storied 20

– Bhadran
Type-III Single Storey 6
section
Type-IV Single Storey 4

3.18.3 Service buildings

Construction of service buildings including electrical internal wiring with allied work,
electrical power supply arrangement with transformer/main distribution supply, sewerage
system, water supply arrangement, augmentation of water supply, provision of bore well with
electrical pump and pump house, approach road, levelling and earth filling of land, boundary
wall, street lighting arrangement etc.

Sr. no. Description of service building Location Plinth area

1 ESM duty Room – 2 nos. (S&T) Petlad- Bhadran 13.5 sqm (each)
section
2 JE/SE office – 1 no. 18 sqm
(S&T)

3 SSE office – 1 no. 18 sqm

(S&T)

4 TCM Duty Room – 2nos (Telecom) 18 sqm

322
5 Cabin Cubicle-4 nos 9 sqm (each)
(Telecom)

6 JE/SE office & Store – 1 no. 13.sqm

(Telecom)

7 SP/SSP (Elect.) 3 x 75 sqm

3.20.2 Trip shed and siding:

Construction of trip shed and siding including inspection pit, earthwork, water supply
arrangement, ballast supply and its spreading, Permanent way work with all Contractor’s
permanent way material for M+7 sleeper density with 60 Kg (90 UTS) rail and sleeper (Drg.
No. T/2496), track connection with main line including thermit welding, insertion of glued
joint, approach road, levelling and earth filling of land, street lighting arrangement, internal
wiring with allied works and electrical power supply arrangement with transformer/main
distribution supply.

Description of permanent way associated with the above work is:

S. No. Location Length of No. of turnout and derailing No. of glued

track switch with sleepers, rail joint
components and fittings

NIL

3.20.3 Raising height of FOB

Raising height of FOB with running out of ramp up to specified height including material
required for this work, design and drawings and temporary arrangement drawing adhering
approved FOB drawing.

Sr. no. Location FOB no. Existing height Height to be

raised

NIL

3.20.4 Raising height of ROB

Raising height of ROB with running out of approach road up to specified height including
material required for this work, design and drawings and Temporary arrangement drawing
adhering approved ROB drawing.

323
 Sr. no. Location ROB no. Existing height Height to
be raised

NIL

3.20.5 Modification of platform shed

Modification of platform shed up to specified height including material required for this work,
adhering approved cover over platform drawing in connection with railway electrification
works.

Sr. no. Location Length of shed Existing height Height

to be
raised

NIL

324
 SCHEDULE - C
(See Clause 2.1)
PROJECT FACILITIES18

1 Project Facilities

The Contractor shall construct the Project Facilities in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. Such Project Facilities shall include:

a) Site offices and related facilities.

b) Furniture & Office Equipments.
c) Services such as watersupply , electrification & santation.
d) Transport Facilities.
e) Manning of offices & Maintenance.
f) Contractors office/ Camp
g) Contractors labour camp.
h) Survey equipments
i) Project network with project monitoring software like MS project along with closed user
telecom group, fax and e-mail facilities and mobile communication network for project
monitoring.

Description of Project Facilities

1.1 GENERAL

The Contractor shall provide for the use of the Authority’s Engineer, office accommodation,
equipment, communication & drawing facilities throughout the course of the work and for such
period of time during the Defects Liability Period as the Authority’s Engineer may require, The
details of the accommodation & the other facilities are detailed below:

All the facilities under this clause will continue to be maintained by the Contractor free of cost
till the Defect Liability Period is over.

1.2 SITE OFFICES : Office Facilities for the Use by Authority and Authority’s Engineer

1.2.1 Site Office and Huts.

1.2.1.1 Accommodation for the Authority’s Engineer shall consist of one site office with plinth
area of 250 sq.mtr each to be constructed/hired by the Contractor at suitable station as
per the direction of Authority Engineer, within Three months from the date of
commencement of the works. In case of delay beyond three months in provision of the
accommodation either through construction or hire, penalty @ Rs 25000/- Per week per
site office or part thereof will be imposed."

1.2.1.2 The site office should remain open for 24 hours a day and 7 days a week i.e. round the
clock till the defect liability period is over.

325
18
This Schedule may be suitably modified to reflect project specific requirements.

1.2.1.3 Each Site Office shall have chambers/ rooms for PM, Resident Engineers, Project
Director not less than 16 sq.m, work stations for other PMC personnel, Conference
Room, pantry and kitchen area, toilets etc. for the proper functioning of the site office.

1.2.1.4 Materials used for the construction of the offices shall be new and of good quality.
Materials shall be chosen such that the buildings when erected shall give good
ventilation, heat and sound insulation.

1.2.1.5 All buildings shall be supplied with continuous (24 hour) running potable cold water to
the kitchens and wash rooms. The toilets may use raw water for flushing. The
Contractor shall also arrange for the constant and hygienic disposal of all effluent,
sewage and rubbish from the buildings.

1.2.1.6 All buildings shall be supplied with electricity, AC 240 Voltage 50 C/S that shall be
distributed to each room in accordance with the Regulations. Lighting and electrical
power points shall be provided in each room. The disposition and location of light and
power points will be as directed by the Authority’s Engineer. 24 hours power supply is
to be arranged by contractor to meet full power load. Site office will be fully air-
conditioned by providing with Air Conditioners of appropriate capacity.

1.2.1.7 Fire fighting equipment shall be provided in accordance with the local
recommendations.

1.2.2 Requirements

The Contractor shall design, construct, equip and furnish the site office and huts for the
Authority’s and Authority Engineer's use at the time specified below. The Contractor
shall also maintain the site office and the huts in good conditions and provide services
including, but not limited to maintenance of the office equipment and furniture,
repairing and mending, cleaning, consumable replenishment in respect of toiletries,
cartridges for the plotter and colour laser writers, first aid box, batteries / battery cells,
drinking water etc.

Design of all the Site Offices and Huts shall be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer
for review prior to commencement of the construction of those facilities. Details of the
Authority Engineer's site office including a provisional site office and huts are described
in the following paragraphs.

All furniture, furnishing, fittings and fixtures and equipment etc shall be of the
configuration, make and quality as consented by the Authority’s Engineer.

326
 Unless otherwise stated herein below, all the site office and huts including all furniture,
furnishings, fittings & fixture and equipment etc. as provided by the Contractor for the
use of Authority’s Engineer / Authority shall be the property of the Authority after issue
of Taking-over Certificate.

(1) Provisional Site Office

Within 60 days after the Appointed date, one provisional site office shall be constructed
and furnished and maintaine in good condition for use while the main site offices are
being constructed .

(2) Authority Engineer's Main Site Office

Within 180 days after the Appointed Date, unless otherwise authorized by the
Authority’s Engineer, the Authority Engineer's Main Site Office shall be constructed in
the same Junction Stations or Crossing Stations as the Contractor constructs his main
office and fully furnished as described in the following clauses, and maintained in good
conditions until the issue of Taking-Over Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the
Authority’s Engineer.

(3) Site Huts

Within 60 days after the Appointed Date, the Site Huts shall be prepared for use at every
Junction Station and Crossing Station except the station where the Authority Engineer's
Main Site Office is located and maintained in good conditions until the issue of Taking-
Over Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s Engineer.

1.2.3 Provisional Site Offices

(1) The provisional site office shall be constructed, using the consented materials. They
shall be capable of being dismantled but of sound, weatherproof construction and shall
be provided with lockable doors and windows, mosquito screens, appropriate HVAC
systems, mobile sanitary facilities, lighting power supplied by diesel generator unit(s) .

(2) The provisional site office shall have internal partition walls and doors, and shall
contain at least the following rooms :

Room Designation Floor Area (m2)

Resident Engineer 15

Principal Office 15

General Office 35
Meeting Room 35
Wash Rooms/Stores/ Miscellaneous with 25
shelving as required

327
 Room Designation Floor Area (m2)
Total Area 125
With in the given total area necessary modification can be made wih the approval of
Authorities Engineer.

(3) The furniture, furnishings, fittings & fixture and equipment etc. to be provided for the
Provisional Site Office are listed in Table 9-2 at the end of this Section and shall be of
make / brand, model, type, size, capacity as approved by the Authority’s Engineer /
Authority. All the said furniture, furnishings, fittings & fixtures and equipment as
provided by the Contractor for the Provisional Site Office may be shifted to the
Authority Engineer's Main Site Office and shall be adjusted against the quantities of
furniture, furnishings, fittings & fixtures and equipment required for the Authority
Engineer's Main Site Office .

1.2.4 Authority Engineer's Main Site Office

(1) The area surrounding the office shall be well Drained and provided with concreted
pavements, walkways, and parking areas for the Vehicles.

(2) The Auhtority Engineer's Main Site Office building shall be of sound design and of the
material as approved by the Authority’s Engineer, complying with national building
codes . The office shall be weatherproof, lined inside with plywood, and painted
internally and externally. Floors shall be tiled and floor to ceiling height shall be as
consented by the Authority’s Engineer. Each room having an internal wall shall have at
least one screened window. The office building shall have two external lockable doors
with screened storm doors. Electricity supply and receptacles shall be provided in
various locations appropriate to the usage of the rooms. Rooms shall be well lighted,
appropriate HVAC systems with temperature control and other necessary building
services as described in the National Building Code of India.

(3) The Authority Engineer's Main Site Office shall be furnished as referred to the
following parameters and the design shall be submitted to the Authority Engineer for
review. Within the total area necessary modification can be made with the approval of
Engineer.

SN Room No. & Designation No. of Min. Area Min. Tot.

Rooms (m2) Area(m2)
1 Authority Engineer 1 18 18
2 Project Manager and 2 16 32
Dy.Project Manager(Dy.PM &
Secretary)
3 Senior Engineers 1 28 28
4 Jr.Engineers/Surveyors 1 28 28
5 Inspectors 1 28 28
6 Conference Room-1 1 36 36

328
 8 Adminstrative Office 1 24 24
9 Filling room 1 7 7
10 Store 1 7 7
11 Drivers 1 7 7
12 Lobby/Display 1 7 7
13 Kitecenette 1 7 7
14 Washrooms 2 3.5 7
15 Printing room 1 7 7
16 Corridors 1 7 7
Total area(Minimum) 250

(4) Plumbing fixtures shall be standard types made out of porcelain or stainless steel and all
1pipe work and fittings shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC). All works, materials and
fixtures shall comply with the national plumbing code, sanitary engineering standards,
and other applicable regulations.

(5) The equipment and furniture to be provided are listed in Table below and shall be of
make / brand, model, type, size, capacity as approved by the Authority’s Engineer /
Authority.

1.2.5 FURNITURE AND OTHER OFFICE EQUIPMENT

1.2.5.1 The Contractor shall supply and maintain the following new furniture and equipment to
the Authority’s Engineer’s offices within seven days of the date of commissioning of
site office until the Defect Liability Period is over

S. no. Description Nos.

1. Conference table (at least 4000mm x 1500mm)
2 (one for each site office)
2. Conference chairs
16
3. Glass-fronted lockable bookcase 6
4. 1800mm x 1200mm double pedestal desk 2
5. 1200mm x 900mm single pedestal desks 8
6. Swivel office chair with armrests 12
7. Swivel office chair without armrests 4
8. Typist chair 2
9. Visitors chair 16
10.4-drawer filing cabinet 4
11.Plan chest (A 0 size) 1

329
S. no. Description Nos.
12.1500mm x 900mm tables 15
13.Steel lockable cupboard 6ft high with internal 6
shelves
14.Computer table with Revolving Chair 10
15.
Sofa Set 2
16.
Plane rack with holders As one thinks fit
17.
Drawing Hangers As one thinks fit
18.
Drawing Cabinets 4
19.
Waste paper can 30
20.
Display Boards(Wall Type) 4
21.Fully automatics camera with date and time
recording facility loadable to a PC 1
22.
Mutli Functional Movie projector(with screen) 1
23. 1
Refrigerator
24.
Crockery/Cutlery Set 10 settings
25.
Rain coats(various sizes) 10
26.
Pair Safety boots(various sizes) 15
27.Flashlight with batteries 15
28.Wall clock 2
29.
Lockers 15
30.Tele-facsimile transmission/reception facility 1 set
connected to a dedicated line with STD facility
31. 2
First aid kits for up to 36 persons
32.Safety helmets 15
33.Safety harness 15
34.Day-glow waistcoat 20
35.Pairs industrial safety goggles 6 pair
36.5 L kettles 1
37.2 L kettles 2

330
 S. no. Description Nos.
38.Potable water dispenser with hot/cold Taps 1
39.Cups and plates 20
40.Fire extinguisher (As required confirming
to the stipulations of
Local authorities ).
S&T Department
41.Revolving Chairs
42.Table
43.Cupboard(Godrej)
Electrical Department Not Applicable
44 Revolving Chairs
45 Table
46 Cupboard(Godrej)

1.2.6 EQUIPMENT FOR USE OF THE AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER.

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost new equipment and software as listed below and
maintain them for the exclusive use of the Authority and the Authority’s Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide and maintain the following equipment for the use of the Authority’s
Engineer and the Authority within one month from the date of commencement of the works
until the defect liability period is over. On completion of defect liability period, the equipment
shall be property of the Contractor.

A Desktop Computer With minimum specification of Intel Core i7,3.5

10 GHz,3MB Cache, 4 GB DDR3 RAM, 500 GB Hard
Disk Drive,DVD writer,18.5”colour TFT
monitor,10/100 LAN card,Modem Card,Operating
system-Windows 8 professional or higher preloaded
with media and documentation and certificate of
authenticity and Microsoft Security Essentials
preloaded antivrus software.
B Printers- 7 nos.(A4 The A4 size printer shall be all-in-one Colour
size-5 nos., A3 size-2 Officejet having features of Fax,Scanner and
nos.) Printer,A3 size printer shall be Colour office jet with
a print speed of upto 8 pages at 800 dpi or more.
C Large Format Plotter HP Model c6084A(3800CP 54 colour plotter) or
-1 no. similar /better
D Application Software 1) Microsoft Office latest release(2013)
2) AutoCAD 3D 2015

331
 3) MS Project/Sure Track
4) PDF Converter/Professional
E Colour Scanner-2
nos. A3 size
F Xerox Machine- 2 For paper prints capable of reduction and copying A3
nos. & A4 size paper with Automatic document feeder
capability and sorter(Canon IR 2020 or similar/better)
G UPS system With sufficient power backup (minimum backup of
30 minutes) to meet the sufficient power load in case
of power disruption.
H Surge Protection One for each computer and printer as given above
Devices
I Power supply for Is to be AC 240 volts, 50 Hz from normal building
systems wiring circuit mains,power regulator,stabilizer or
transformer should be supplied by the Contractor for
the computer systems such that the systems can
function efficiently.
J Internet 2 MBPS internet connection with Wifi facility so that
multiple devices can be connected for each site office.
K Required Spares Ink, Cartridges for PCs, Printer, Photocopier
including AMC for the machines to ensure defect free
operations.
L RO machine-1 no.
M Water Cooler-1 no.

Note: In case of failure to provide the equipment including original software & internet
connectivity within one month, penalty @ Rs 5000/- Per week or part thereof will be
imposed.

1.2.7 Site Huts

(1) The Site Huts at Junction Stations and Crossing Stations shall be constructed in the same
conditions and specifications except dimensions of the buildings as described those of the
main site office above.

(2) Every site hut shall be furnished as referred to the following parameters and the design shall
be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for review.

S.N Room No. & No. of Min. Min. Tot.

Designation Rooms Area(m2) Area(m2)
1 Engineers & 1 25 25
Authority Engineers
2 Conference Room 1 15 15
3 Kitecenette 1 5 5

332
 4 Washrooms 1 5 5
Total area(Minimum) for each of site huts 50

The furniture, furnishings, fittings & fixture and equipment etc. to be provided are listed
in Table at the end of this Appendix and shall be of make / brand , model, type, size,
capacity as approved by the Authority’s Engineer / Authority.

1.2.8 Resting facilities-

In addition to the area indicated above, Rest House facilities of a minimum plan area of
100 sqm for main site office and 60 sqm for provisional site office shall be provided by
the Contractor. These rest houses shall have facilities for an overnight stay. The
facilities would include air-conditioning, beds and beddings(including regular
replacement thereof) and all other appropriate items. Each rest area shall be fully
furnished and equipped with Kitchen, mess hall and WCs/Showers.

1.2.9 In additional to the above listed items, the Contractor shall provide the following
personnel.

SN Description Nos.
1 Chainmen/Staff men 7
2 Field/Office Attendents 6
3 Messengers 3
4 Watchmen/Security Guard 2 nos.(Round the clock) for
each main office and site
office.
5 Cook for mess/rest room 1 no.(at each main & site
offices)
T
he Contractor shall provide personnel and perform daily cleaning of all rooms in the
Authority and Authority’s Engineer site offices. The Contractor shall collect and dispose
off, in a location and manner consented by the Authority Engineer, all domestic waste
and garbage from the Authority’s and Authority Engineer’s site offices on daily basis.

The Contractor shall provide a properly designed and maintain the Sewerage and
sanitation facilities of the offices.

1.2.10 OFFICE MAINTENANCE

The contractor is required to maintain the offices throughout the contract period and
provide the following, but not limited to:

i. Pay all electricity charges.

ii. Reimburse telephone bills for the use of telephone, up to Rs 3000/- per month for each
external landline connection

333
iii. Pay all water charges.

iv. Carry out necessary repairs to office and equipment as and when required.

v. Day - to - Day cleaning and maintenance and watch & ward etc

vi. The contractor shall provide within Two months from the Date of Commencement
following personnel in the office as required for Watchmen / Security (3 shifts of 2 men
in a shift, till the defect Liability period is over)

Note:In case of delay beyond Two month, penalty @ Rs 5000/- Per week or part there of will
be imposed.

1.3 TRANSPORT

1.3.1 General

The Contractor shall provide road transport (for the use of the Authority and the
Authority’s Engineer within one month from the date of commencement of the works).

1.3.2 Road Transport

a) The vehicles shall be new and delivered and maintained by the Contractor in good
roadworthy condition including daily cleaning. The vehicle shall be replaced with a new
vehicle after a maximum run of 75000 Km or three years whichever is earlier.

(b) The Contractor shall employ and make available competent drivers fully licensed to
operate the vehicles as and when required by the Authority’s Engineer. The Contractor
shall replace drivers at the request of the Authority’s Engineer.

(c) The vehicles shall be licensed and insured for use on the public highway and shall have
comprehensive insurance cover for any qualified driver together with any authorised
passengers and the carriage of goods or samples.

(d) The Contractor shall provide fuel, oil for running of each vehicle and ensure
maintenance in conformity with the vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations and all
relevant toll and parking charges incurred in connection with the Works. The vehicle
shall be provided day and night as required by the Authority’s Engineer or his
representative.

(e) A suitable replacement shall be provided by the contractor for any vehicle out of service
for more than 24 hours. If the contractor at any time fails to provide vehicle(s) or
substitute vehicle(s) as specified, an amount of Rs.1500 per day for each vehicle (that
the Contractor failed to provide) shall be recovered from the Contractor.

1.3.3 Number of Vehicles

334
 The Contractor shall provide the following type of vehicles as per requirement indicated
by the Authority’s Engineer within one month of the date of commencement.

For Civil

Type Number of Vehicle Total vehicle months

(Civil)

Innova Crysta or similar 1 24

Tavera, Tata Sumo, 3 72

Bolero, scorpio or similar

Total 4 96

For Electrical(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

Type Number of Vehicle Total vehicle months

(Electrical)

Innova Crysta or similar 1 24

Tavera, Tata Sumo, 2 48

Bolero, scorpio or similar

Total 3 72

NOTE: Each Vehicle supplied should ply 3000KM per month. If the total kilometre exceeds
3000KM in a month it will be treated as separated vehicle month until next 3000KM is
reached in a month’s time.

The vehicle requirement given above is the maximum requirement of the vehicles at a
time. However requirement in a particular period will be intimated by the Authority’s
Engineer to the contractor on programme basis at least 7 days before the actual date of
requirement. The Contractor shall withdraw particular vehicle(s) if the same is not
further required by the Authority’s Engineer if so directed. In such cases the instructions
shall be given in writing 7 days in advance. The requirement during the Defect Liability
Period will be quite less than the maximum requirement mentioned above.

Duration of Transport Requirements

335
 Transport for the Authority’s Engineer shall be provided so as to cover the entire
completion period(s) and Defect Liability Period(S). The transport so provided, shall
continue to be the property of the Contractor.

1.4 Contractor's Office Establishment

(1) Contractor’s camp:

Detailed drawings at scale 1 :500 showing the camp layout, buildings, road recreation
areas, all public utilities, etc., and drawings at scale 1:50 showing type building
construction details with specifications

(2) Offices, parking areas, warehouses, storage areas, and medical care services: Drawings
and specifications for the establishments and facilities with appropriate details and First
Aid Station.

(3) Water supply, sewerage, sewage treatment and disposal, power supply and illumination,
communication services (basically mobile phones and land phones), firefighting services

(a) Detailed design for industrial and potable water supply to the camps and working areas
as well as sewerage systems, sewage treatment and disposal system based upon
estimated number of users.

(b) Detailed layout drawings for electrical installations and distribution system at the Site
and Work Areas, showing power sources, voltages, outlets, and routing of power lines

(4) Temporary construction works including support systems for deep excavations,
cofferdam and the support, concrete formworks and its support, temporary bridges and
staging and so on.

(5) Access routes including temporary road works to all locations necessary to be reached in
the course of construction in the Site and the Work Areas including public road
diversions

(6) Equipment pools and mechanical workshops

(7) The detailed plan for operation of the Borrow Areas and Quarries as detailed hereinafter
including approach roads

(8) The Stockpile areas as detailed hereinafter including approach roads.

(9) Concrete batching & mixing plant and crushing plants, including cement storage:

Detailed design and drawings including manufacturer's drawings and foundation

drawing with the supporting design calculations prepared by the Contractor for concrete
batching & mixing plant and crushing plants in accordance with the requirements of the
pertinent provisions of the Specifications.

336
(10) Fabrication Yard, Casting Yard including casting bed, lifting, curing and stacking
system for pre-cast concrete elements along with the supporting design calculations and
drawings

(11) Transporting, handling and launching system for the precast concrete elements / steel
fabricated elements including design and drawings for launching truss / girder etc.

(12) Material testing laboratories

Detailed breakdown of all equipment to be used for material testing in field and in
laboratories in accordance with the requirements of the pertinent provisions of the
Specifications.

(13) Explosives magazines- their proposed locations and operation plan

(14) Security and safety arrangements

All arrangements shall comply with the relevant provisions.

(15) Layout and drawings for offices for the Authority’s and the Authority Engineer's staff.

(16) Project Sign boards and diversion boards.

(17) Barricades and other temporary walls and alike with pertinent design considerations &
drawings containing details such as height, material, colour scheme, Logo, anchoring
mechanism etc. complying the requirements.

1.5 Temporary Facilities for the Contractor's Use

A). Contractor’s Site Offices, Warehouses, Material Yards

(1) The Contractor shall provide and equip, for his own and his subcontractors' use, main
and secondary offices, warehouses, materials stock areas, fuel storage areas and
explosives magazines, all of which shall be constructed and furnished for use within 120
days after the Appointed Date and maintained in good conditions until the issue of
Taking-Over Certificate.

(2) Listed hereunder are the buildings, shops and warehouses expected to be constructed
and equipped by the Contractor for his use in the performance of the Work under this
Contract, in addition to facilities explicitly specified elsewhere in this Contract:

(a) Mechanical repair shop

(b)-Electrical repair shop
(c) Metalwork and wood fabrication shop
(d) Main warehouse and tools & parts store
(e) Bulk cement silo
(f) Bagged cement store
(g) Spare parts store

337
 (h) Testing facilities & site laboratory

(3) The Contractor shall provide adequate camping facilities for the use of his employees /
staff and those of his sub-contractors. Camping facilities shall have adequate sanitary
facilities including sewage disposal system, medical service , drainage, fire control and
all utility services (potable water, power etc.) and shall comply with statutory
requirements .

(4) Contractor's Employee's Camp can be located at the land available within the ROW
wherever available subject to the consent by the Authority’s Engineer. If any additional
area is required by the Contractor for the purpose, the same shall have to be arranged by
the Contractor at his own cost

(5) No camp construction shall commence until the Contractor's drawings and
specifications have been consented by the Authority’s Engineer.

(6) Camp facilities shall be provided to meet the requirements of the maximum anticipated
work load and labor force . These facilities shall be available and full operational within
120 days after the Appointed Date and maintained in good conditions until the issue of
Taking-Over Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s Engineer.

(7) The Contracor’s camp shall comply with the applicable laws,Codes and Standards.

(8) The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the camp, and the buildings within it, in
good hygienic conditions. The standards and regulations presently in force in India with
regard to personnel treatment, sanitary conditions, and fire and accident prevention shall
be duly taken into account.

1.6 First Aid Stations

(1) The Contractor shall comply with the applicable laws and health standards presently in
force in India. In the event of an epidemic breaking out, the Contractor shall carry out
and comply with all orders, arrangements or regulations which may be issued by the
Government or local authorities.

(2) The Contractor shall construct, equip, and maintain the First Aid Station at adequate
locations on the Site and at each and every camp.

(3) These facilities shall be fully equipped and staffed as per the applicable regulations in
force. These facilities shall be available and fully operational within 120 days after the
Appointed Date and maintained in good conditions until the issue of Taking-Over
Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s Engineer.

(4) Medical services in the First Aid Stations shall be under the direction of a licensed
doctor and nurses on the same working hours as the Works throughout the duration of
the construction.

338
(5) Standing arrangements shall have to be made with the nearest general hospital for
providing treatment in case of emergencies and serious cases

The Contractor shall summarise the design of all his Temporary Facilities in the
Temporary Works Design Report and Drawings.

1.7 Temporary Utility Services for the Contractor's Use

Power Supply and Illumination

(1) The electric power supplies for the Temporary Facilities including but not limited to
Contractor's camps, offices, Site, Work Areas and other facilities as described herein
shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost.If water & Electricity connections
are available and provided to the Contractor for Project facilities,they will be charged as
per the extant rules of Railways.

(2) The Contractor shall install, operate and maintain its own electrical distribution systems
for the power supply for his Temporary Facilities including Site, Work Areas.

(3) The Contractor shall also furnish, install and keep operational the diesel power
generating facilities of such capacity what he considers necessary to prevent the
interruption of the Works.

(4) The Contractor shall ensure adequate illumination for all his operations at the Site and at
the camp. According to National Building Code of India (2005) the minimum intensities
for illumination in general shall be as follows:

SN Area of Operation Luminous

Intensity
(a) General construction areas, outdoor concrete 20 Lux
placement, active storage areas, loading, platforms,
refueling, and field maintenance areas
(b) Indoor construction areas 150 Lux
(c) General construction plant and shops, e.g. batching 100 Lux
plants, mechanical and electrical, equipment rooms,
carpentry shops, active storerooms, barracks or
living quarters, lockers or dressing rooms, mess halls,
and indoor toilets.
(d) First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices 300 Lux
(e) General interiors warehouses, corridors, hallways and 100 Lux
exitways
(f) Welding 150 Lux

Water Supply

339
(1) The Contractor shall design, install, operate and maintain water supply systems
including pumps, piping system, valves, storage tanks etc, at the Site with respect to:

(a) Industrial water supply system;

For construction use meeting the quality requirements as specified in Specifications

(b) Potable water supply system :

For supply to all the Temporary Facilities including but not limited to Contractor's
camps, offices, Site, Work Areas and other facilities for human consumption and use

In case the Contractor plans to install bore well for water supply, he shall thoroughly
investigate the relevant legislation and regulations imposed by the competent authorities
and the installation shall be subject to approval by the said competent authorities and/or
consent of the Authority’s Engineer.

Throughout the duration of the construction, the Contractor shall take samples from all
water supplies at regular intervals and test it for its suitability for the intended use.

Sanitation and Sewerage

(1) All Sites, offices, workshops, laboratory, camp and other buildings etc. shall be
provided with sanitation and sewage handling & disposal system complying with the
statutory requirements and applicable laws, Codes & Standards .

(2) If required, portable chemical toilets shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor
for the use of all personnel at all work locations .

Waste and Garbage Disposal

(1) The Site and the Work Areas shall be kept clean and free of refuse at all times.

(2) The Contractor shall collect waste material and garbage from Site, camp, office,yards
and workshops on a daily basis and dispose off the same in the approved area and as per
the guidelines prescribed by the local authorities. No waste of any kind shall be
deposited in any watercourses .

Fencing and Site Security and Safety

(1) The Contractor shall be responsible for the security and safety of site.Accordingly the
contractors offices ,workshops, and storage compounds, campasites, all contruction
areas, storage areas shall be adequately fenced, gated,lighted and guarded round the
clock. Firefighting equipment shall be provided in accordance with the applicable Codes
and requirements of local authorities.

(2) The explosive magazines comply with the relevant regulations of India and shall be at
the locations approved by the competent authorities. Detonators and fuse shall be stored

340
 in separate magazines away from explosives. In no case they shall be transported in the
same vehicles with explosives. Explosive magazines shall be kept locked and keys
accounted for at all times.

(3) The Contractor shall be responsible for any losses occurring within the Site premises.

The Contractor shall install, furnish all these facilities within 120 days after the
Appointed Date and maintained in good conditions until the issue of Taking-Over
Certificate.

Inspection by the Authority or Authority’s Engineer

The Authority and the Authority’s Engineer have the right at any time to inspect any
part of the Contractor's Temporary Facilities and to require immediate rectification to
comply with the specified requirements.

Final Clean-Up

(1) Upon the Completion of Works, or when any of the plants and facilities have completed
its functions, the Contractor shall dismantle and demobilize the temporary facilities and
remove all refuse, debris, objectionable material, and fill, grade and dress all the areas to
its original condition as it was before commencement of the Work.

(2) No demobilization or removal of temporary facilities and equipment shall be made

without prior consent of the Authority’s Engineer.

1.8 Contractor's Labour Camp

1.8.1 General

1. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements as specified in the local bye laws
formulated by the state government.
2. The Authority will not provide living accommodation for the use of the Contractor or
any of his staff or labour employed on the Works.

1.8.2 Provision of Labour Camp

1. The Contractor, shall, at his own expense, make adequate arrangements for the
housing, supply of drinking water and provision of bathrooms, latrines and urinals,

341
 with adequate water supply, for his staff and workmen at the location authorized by the
Authority.
2. No labour camp shall be allowed at Site without the consent of the Authority or any
unauthorized place. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed labour camp plan to obtain
the consent from the Authority.
3. The Contractor at his own cost shall maintain all camp sites in a clean and sanitary
condition.
4. The Contractor shall obey all health and sanitary rules and regulations, and carry out at
his cost all health and sanitary measures that may from time to time be prescribed by
the Local/Medical Authorities and permit inspection of all health and sanitary
arrangements at all times by the Authority and the staff of the local municipality or
other authorities concerned .
5. Should the Contractor fail to provide adequate health and sanitary arrangements, these
shall be provided by the Authority and the cost recovered from the Contractor.
6. The Contractor shall at his own cost, provide First Aid Stations within the camp.
7. The Contractor shall at his own cost, provide the following minimum requirements for
fire precautions at suitable locations complying with the requirements of applicable
codes:
a. Portable fire extinguishers.
b. Manual Fire Alarms.
c. Water Supply for use by the Fire Service.
8. The Contractor at his own cost shall provide necessary arrangements for keeping the
camp area sufficiently lighted to avoid accidents to the workers.
9. The Contractor shall ensure that electrical installations are done by trained electricians
and as per the applicable Codes and Standards and these installations shall be
maintained and daily maintenance records shall be made available for inspection of the
Authority.

1.8.3 Camp Discipline

1. The Contractor shall take requisite precautions, and use his best endeavours to prevent
any riotous or unlawful behaviour by or amongst his workmen, and others, employed
directly or through sub-contractors.
2. These precautions shall be for the preservation of the peace and protection of the
inhabitants and security property in the neighborhood of the Works.
3. In the event of the Authority requiring the maintenance of a Special Police Force at or
in the vicinity of the site, during the tenure of the work, the expenses thereof shall be
borne by the Contractor.

342
4. The sale of alcoholic drinks or other intoxicating drugs or beverages upon the work, in
any labour camp, or in any of the buildings, encampments or tenements owned or
occupied by, or within the control of, the Contractor or any of his employees directly
or through sub-contractors employed on the work shall be strictly prohibited and the
contractor shall ensure strict compliance with this condition.
5. The Contractor shall also ensure that no labour or employees are permitted to work at
the site in an intoxicated state or under the influence of drugs.
6. The Contractor shall remove from his camp such labour and their families, who refuse
protective inoculation and vaccination when called upon to do so by the Authority on
the advice of the Medical Authority.
7. Should Cholera, Plague or any other infectious disease break out, the Contractor shall
at his own cost burn the huts, bedding, clothes and other belongings of or used by the
infected parties.
8. The Contractor shall promptly erect new accommodation on healthy sites as required
by the Authority, within the time specified by the Authority failing which the work
shall be done by the Authority and the cost recovered from the Contractor..

1.8.4 Labour Accommodation

1. The Contractor shall provide living accommodation for all staff employed by himself
or his subcontractors that is equal to or exceeds the minimum criteria established in the
following sub-sections.
2. The buildings shall be constructed so as to have a minimum life of not less than the
period of the Contract.
3. The roofs shall be leak proof and laid with suitable non-flammable materials
permissible for residential use under local regulations and for which the consent of the
Authority has been obtained.
4. Each unit shall have suitable ventilation with all doors, windows and ventilators
provided with security leaves and fasteners and back to back units are to be avoided.
5. The minimum height of each unit shall be 2.1 m.
6. The Contractor shall provide a suitable cooking area.
7. The number of common toilet/bath/urinals shall be provided as per camp requirement.

1.8.5 Water Supply

1. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to provide adequate potable water
supply in the Camp.

343
2. Where piped water supply is available, supply shall be at stand posts and where the
supply is from wells or river, storage tanks of metal or other consented material shall
be provided.
3. The Contractor shall also at his expense make arrangements for the provision and
laying of water pipe lines from the existing mains wherever available .

1.8.6 Drainage

1. The Contractor shall provide efficient arrangements for draining away surface water
so as to keep the camp neat and tidy.
2. Surface water shall be drained away from paths and roads and shall not be allowed to
accumulate into ditches or ponds where mosquitoes can breed .

1.8.7 Sanitation

1. The Contractor shall make arrangements for conservancy and sanitation in the labour
camps according to the rules and regulations of the Local Public Health and Medical
Authorities.
2. The Contractor shall provide a sewage disposal system that is adequate for the number
of residents in the camp, and which meets the norms of the local authorities.
3. The provision of the latrines and wash places shall be in accordance with applicable
Codes and Standards. However the layout shall be subject to consent by the Authority.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all latrines and wash places on the
Site in a clean and sanitary condition and for ensuring that they do not pose a nuisance
or a health threat.
5. The Contractor shall also take such steps and make such provisions as may be
necessary or directed by the Authority to ensure that vermin, mosquito breeding etc.
are at all times controlled.
6. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing water, electricity, communication,
sewage disposal arrangements, drainage , roads, paths and parking facilities etc. for all
the site accommodations, structures and buildings and meeting all the requirements as
specified in the Bid Documents.
7. The Contractor shall also be responsible to obtain the necessary approval from the
relevant civic and utility authorities and shall maintain all such services that are
necessary for satisfactory performance of the Works.

1.9. Survey Equipment

344
(1) The surveying instruments, to be provided for exclusive use of the Authority’s and
Authority Engineer's site staff, shall be brand new, of the latest design and manufactured
by Wild, Kern, Nikon or other reputable manufacturer as acceptable to the Authority’s
Engineer / Authority. The instruments shall include all items necessary for the
Authority’s Engineer to be able to establish horizontal and vertical control both on the
surface and underground and to check the Contractor's surveying work.

(2) The Contractor shall present to the Authority’s Engineer for consent the proposed make,
type, and models with parts and performance catalogues and manufacturer's warranty,
prior to purchase.

Following equipment shall be provided:

(a) 4 No. Levels type Wild N#2 or similar, (2 No. with parallel plate attachments) complete
with tripods, plumbing rods and staves (including 2 sets of precise staves) .

(b) 2 No. Wild Total-stations or similar, complete with tripods and accessories

(c) 4 sets Sighting targets, illuminated for night use, complete with batteries, etc.

(d) 4No . each Steel tapes of 30m and 60 m each , with spring gauges

(e) 35 No . Metric steel tapes 3m, retractable

(f) 2 No. Optical plumbs

(3) The Contractor shall furnish the survey equipment within 60 days after the Appointed
Date and maintained in good conditions until the issue Over Certificate unless otherwise
authorized by the Authority’s Engineer.

(4) All the survey instruments shall be maintained by the Contractor through service agent
and shall be regularly checked and calibrated.

(5) The Contractor shall provide the Authority’s Engineer with any additional surveying
equipment and materials such as pegs, mallets, stakes, nails, paint, etc., as required, and
shall make available to the Authority’s Engineer any surveying instrument owned by his
surveying department, but not included in the above list of equipment, which may be
necessary for checking the Works. Any instrument which has been damaged or been
nonoperational shall be immediately replaced or repaired by the Contractor. Equivalent
replacement shall be provided by the Contractor in such cases including the equipment
which is being repaired or serviced.

1.10 Temporary Utility Services for the Use by Authority and Authority’s Engineer

The following temporary utility services shall be provided by the Contractor for the use
by the Authority / Authority’s Engineer until issue of Taking Over Certificate unless
otherwise directed by the Authority’s Engineer.

345
1.10.1 Electricity and Water Supply

Power and potable water supply systems for the Authority’s and Authority’ Engineer's
site offices (Provisional Site Office, Main Site Office and Site Huts) shall be installed
and made operational within the specified period of construction as mentioned above in
respect of the respective site offices. The Contractor shall maintain and provide
continuous and adequate supplies unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s
Engineer.

1.10.2 Sanitation and Sewerage

(a) Sanitation and Sewerage systems for the Authority’s and Authority Engineer's site
offices shall be installed and made operational within the specified period of
construction as mentioned above in respect of the respective site offices.

(b) The Contractor shall provide a properly designed and constructed septic tank as
consented by the Authority’s Engineer for the disposal of domestic sewage from each
building in the Authority Engineer's site offices / huts.

(c) Each septic tank shall be regularly emptied, maintained and serviced by the Contractor
to ensure proper functioning.

1.10.3 Office Cleaning, Waste and Garbage Disposal

(a) The Contractor shall provide personnel and perform daily cleaning of all rooms in the
Authority’s and Authority Engineer's site offices and huts.

(b) The Contractor shall collect and dispose of, in a location and manner consented by the
Authority’s Engineer, all domestic waste and garbage from the Authority’s and
Authority Engineer's site offices and huts on daily basis. Collection times shall be
arranged for the convenience of the Authority and Authority’s Engineer.

1.10.4 Fire Fighting Equipment

Firefighting equipment shall be provided in all the site offices and site huts of the
Authority’s Engineer in accordance with the recommendations of the Local Fire Brigade
Station.

1.10.5 Office Security

The service of a full time round the clock office security shall be provided for all the site
offices and site huts of the Authority’s Engineer.

1.10.6 Use of Contractor’s First Aid Sations

346
 The Contractor's emergency medical care and first aid services shall be made available,
for use by the Authority’s and Authority Engineer's site staff and their families living at
the Site or the Work Areas, free of charge,

1.11. TEMPORARY WORKS

1.11.1. Scope of Work

1. All necessary Temporary Works adequate for the realization of the Works such as
Temporary Facilities and Temporary Utility Services shall be provided and maintained
by the Contractor for his own use, for his sub-contractors, the Authority’s Engineer and
the Authority unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s Engineer.

2. The Temporary Facilities including, but not limited to, offices, warehouses and material
stock areas as well as the Temporary Utility Services including, but not limited to,
power, lighting, water and communication shall be provided, equipped, and maintained
in good conditions until the issue of Taking-Over Certificate.

3. The Contractor shall ensure that the Temporary Facilities and Services do not interfere
with the Permanent Works or prevent the installation, commissioning and testing of the
Permanent Works and works and services of Other Contractors. Where necessary the
Contractor shall divert or relocate the temporary facilities / services in the course of the
works at his own cost.

4. The contractor shall keep motor trolly/moped trolly (6 in numbers: 2 motor trolly ,4
moped trolly) always available with sufficient consumables and in working condition
along with trains trolly operators for frisk free inspection of authority engineer and
authority on railway track. It should have proper seating arrangements withcleaned
linens kept on it. It should be made available as and when called by authority engineer
and should be carted to any locations within the area of the project at any time.

1.11.2 Submittals

1.11.2.1 Technical Design Submission

The contractor shall submit the Temporary Works Drawings and the Temporary Works
Design Report which detail adequate scale, location and all arrangements of the
Temporary Works to the Authority’s Engineer for review within 90 days after the
Appointed Date except for the items as described in para (4), (7) and (8) herein below,
submissions in respect of the same shall be made by the time when the Final Technical
Design Submission is made. The Temporary Works to be carried out shall be consistent
with the plan submitted by the Contractor with his technical proposal in his Bid together
with any subsequent developments and / or changes subsequently agreed to by the
Authority / Authority’s Engineer. The Temporary Works shall include but not limited to
the following:

B). Land for temporary facilities for Contractor's Use:

347
 Wherever available, the Contractor shall be allowed to use Railway land for carrying out
his Temporary Works including stock piling of ballast and other materials but excluding
the Borrow Pits and the Quarries subject to the consent by the Authority’s Engineer.
Any land required in excess of that shall have to be arranged by the Contractor using his
own resources and at his own cost under due intimation to the Authority’s Engineer.

C). Borrow Areas and Quarry

(1) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange for the borrow areas (for fill
material) and quarry sites (for ballast, aggregates and rock material) using his own
resources and at his own cost. The Contractor shall have to carry out his own
investigations and verify about their approach, availability, sufficiency, quality and
quantity of the material from the sources. The Contractor may also arrange additional
borrow areas and quarry sites as required by him and at his own discretion. No claim
whatsoever shall be entertained by the Authority in this regard.

(2) All the charges whatsoever towards royalties, taxes & duties, cess, cost of temporary
land etc. as applicable for arranging the borrow areas and quarry sites including for the
material extracted there from shall have to be borne by the Contractor.

(3) Before commencing operations in each of the borrow areas and quarry site, the
Contractor shall submit a detailed plan of his operations and demobilization/ grading &
finishing etc. in respect of the same to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent along
with relevant drawings. The details shall be submitted as part of Temporary Work
Design Report and Temporary Works Drawings.

(4) The quality of fill material, ballast and aggregates etc. extracted from borrow areas and
quarry sites shall meet the requirements of Specifications and subject to consent of the
Authority’s Engineer

(5) Generally No Borrow areas, quarry sites and installation of rock crushers shall be
permitted within the ROW of the Project.However, in case of Railways land is found to
be suitable for extracting good soil / boulder for aggregate etc the same shall be
permitted with the approval of Autihority after due permission from State Authority.
The Financial terms for use of this material shall be

(6) On completion of the work, the Contractor shall leave the borrow area site in a safe and
stable condition

(7) The Contractor shall indemnify the Authority against all claims in relation to the borrow
areas and quarry sites during and after the Works are completed.

D). Stockpile Areas

(1) The Land available within the ROW at each Station has been indicated in the respective
Station drawings enclosed in the Reference Drawings. The same may also be used by

348
 the Contractor for stacking of ballast and other materials, subject to consent of the
Authority’s Engineer.

(2) The Contractor may also arrange additional stockpile areas as required by him at his
own discretion and cost.

(3) The location and size of the Stockpile Areas proposed by the Contractor shall be subject
to consent of the Authority’s Engineer. The Authority Engineer's consent may be
withheld for any of the following reasons:

If the Stockpile Area, or access into them, in the opinion of the Authority’s Engineer:
(a) Will have a detrimental effect on the natural and social environment;
(b) Will disturb drainage system around the Stockpile Areas;
(c) Would constitute a danger to the public; or
(d) Becomes too high stockpile as decided by the Authority’s Engineer.

(4) Before commencing operations, the Contractor shall submit detail drawings of the
proposed Stockpile Areas together with the proposed method of operation including
stockpile heights, runoff / dust control measures, access road layout, drainage and
measures to be taken for restoration etc.

(5) On completion of stockpile operations the Contractor shall reinstate the Stockpile Area
in a safe and stable condition.

(6) The Contractor shall indemnify the Authority against all claims in relation to the
Stockpile Areas during and after the Works.

(7) All the soil excavated in the ROW shall be the property of the Authority and shall not be
removed from the Site without the consent of the Authority’s Engineer / Authority and
shall be used for the Works to the extent feasible.

E). Concrete Batching & Mixing Plant and Crushing Plants

(1) The Contractor shall plan, install and erect all necessary concrete batching & mixing
plant and crushing plants of sufficient capacity to meet the planned peak requirements
during construction. The capacity of the plants shall be subject to consent by the
Authority’s Engineer. All control and measuring equipment shall be regularly calibrated.
The Contractor shall submit the Authority’s Engineer the results of the calibration
regularly.

F). Material Testing Laboratories

(1) The Contractor shall build and equip adequate Material Testing Laboratories on the Site
and / or at the Work Areas for sampling and testing of materials for concrete, earth or
any other materials as specified in the Specifications. The location of the Material
Testing Laboratories shall be consented by the Authority’s Engineer.

349
(2) The laboratory shall be located in a building properly equipped with electricity, water,
air-conditioning etc., and shall have enough room for storing the samples.

(3) The equipment to be supplied and the methods of testing shall be in accordance with the
relevant Indian Standards specified in the Specifications and / or as described in the
respective Manual. All apparatus and equipment shall be brand new and of the latest
design and manufactured by a reputable manufacturer. The proposed type and number
of items of laboratory equipment shall be presented to the Authority’s Engineer prior to
purchase.

(4) The equipment and apparatus shall be calibrated before the testing starts and at regular
intervals as specified by the manufacturer and as directed by the Authority’s Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit the results of the calibration to the Authority’s Engineer
regularly.

(5) The constructor shall complete the construction and installation of the facility for
operation within 120 days after the Appointed Date and operate and maintain the facility
until the issue of Taking-Over Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the Authority’s
Engineer. The Contractor shall also make all facilities and services available to the
Authority’s Engineer as required. All sampling and testing to be undertaken shall be
under the direct supervision of the Authority’s Engineer. The Material Testing
Laboratory shall be run by Contractor’s personnel fully experienced in sampling and
testing of materials, and quality control.

(6) Specialized testing which may be required and which cannot be performed in the
Contractor's laboratory due to lack of time or equipment shall be assigned to an
independent organization having NABL Accreditation and duly consented by the
Authority’s Engineer. The Contractor shall accept all results, instructions or restrictions
stipulated by the Authority’s Engineer based on such tests.

350
 SCHDULE-D
(see clause 2.1)
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
1. Construction

The Contractor shall comply with the Specifications and Standards set forth in Annex-I
of this Schedule-D including latest versions of correction slips as appropriate for
construction of the Railway Project. Latest version of the Manuals, Specifications and
Standards including the amendments notified/published by the Base Date shall be
considered applicable.

The time limit for the review and clearances by the Authority for design and drawings
submitted bythe Contractor shall be as indicated in Annexure-II.

2. Design Standards

The Railway Project including Project Facilities shall conform to design

requirements set out in the following documents as updated till the base date:

Sr. Description
No.
1 Indian Railway Code for the Engineering Department
2 Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual
3 Indian Railway Works Manual
4 Rules for the opening of a Railway for the Public Carriage of passengers
5 Genaral & Subsidiary Rules, Pt.- I & II
6 Schedule of Dimensions
7 Manual of Instruction of fabrication, installation and maintenance of glued insulated rail joint
8 Code of practice for Flash Butt Welding of rails
9 Code of practice for welding of rail joints by Alumino Thermit
Process
10 Indian Railway Bridge Manual
11 IRS Concrete Bridge Code
12 IRS Code of practice for The design of substructures and foundation of bridges
13 Bridge Rule 1964
14 IRS Specification (IRS B-1 and BS-110), BS -111
15 IS:1786-1985, Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement
16 IS:875
17 IS:456-2000, Plain and reinforced concrete code of practice
18 IS:383-1970, Specification for coarse & fine aggregates for concrete
19 IS:269-1989, Ordinary Portland Cement 33 grade specification
20 IS:8112-1989, 43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement
21 IS:12269-1987, Specification for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland
Cement
22 IS:516-1959, Method of testing for strength of cement
23 IS:1383-1980, Code ofpractice for pre3s4tr9essed concrete
24 IS:1948-1970, Classification & Identification of soils for general engineering purposes
Sr. Description
No.
25 IS:2062
26 Comprehensive guidelines and Specifications for Railway
Formation specification No. RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, Sept.-2020
27 IRS: Code of practice for plain, reinforced & prestressed concrete for General Bridge
Construction
28 RDSO Station Manual on Indian Railway
29 IS:800-1984, Code of practice for General construction in Steel
30 USFD Manual
31 Codes, Indian Railways Standard for Bridges, structures and other subjects

32 Indian Railway Standard Code of Practice For The Design of Steel or Wrought Iron Bridges
Carrying Rail, Road or Pedestrian Traffic (Steel Bridge Code) Adopted –1941 - With latest
correction slips

As far as possible , Contractor should use the Standard RDSO drawings and

3. Latest Version

Latest version of the Manuals, Specifications and Standards including the amendments
notified/published by the Base Date shall be considered applicable.

4. Terms used in Manuals

The terms [‘Inspector’, ‘AEE’, ‘DE’] used in the Manuals shall be deemed to be substituted
by the term “Authority Engineer”; to the extent it is consistent with the provisions of the
Agreement.

5. Absence of specific provision

In the absence of any specific provision on any particular issue in the aforesaid
Manuals, Specifications, or Standards, the following standards shall apply in order of
priority

[Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)

Euro Codes or British Standards or American Standards

Any other specifications/standards proposed by the Contractor and reviewed by the

Authority Engineer.]

6 Alternative Specifications and Standards

350
6.1 The requirements specified in the Manuals are the minimum. The Contractor shall, however,
be free to adopt international practices, alternative specifications, materials and
standards to bring in innovation in the design and construction provided they are better
or comparable with the standards prescribed in the Manuals. The specifications and
techniques which are not included in the Indian Railway Manuals/ RDSO specifications
shall be supported with authentic specifications and standards specified in paragraph 5
above. Such a proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Authority Engineer. In
case, the Authority Engineer is of the opinion that the proposal submitted by the Contractor
is not in conformity with any of the international standards or codes, then he shall record his
reasons and convey the same to the Contractor for compliance.

6.2 In case, the Contractor is offering an alternative product which is not as per the
designs/specifications stipulated in this Agreement, but the same is already in the use with
satisfactory performance in one or more major world Railway(s) for more than 5(five)
years for the same or higher design speed/rating (as applicable for project line), such
product can be permitted to be used by the Authority Engineer in accordance with the
Cross Approval policy of the Railway Board as existing at the time of offering of such
product. The products covered for the purpose of this clause shall be as per the list provided
in the policy.

351
 Annex - I
(Schedule-D)

Specifications and Standards for Construction

1 Specifications and Standards

All Materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the following
manuals:

1.1 For civil works:

(a) Indian Railways Permanent Way Manual

(b) Indian Railway Bridge Manual

(c) Indian Railway Schedule of Dimensions

(d) The relevant IRS Specifications referred to in the above documents listed
at (i), (ii) and (iii)

(e) Specifications of Works of concerned zonal railway

(f) In case of any contradiction in the various codal provisions, the order of precedence shall
be as follows:-

aa) Provisions of this Annex I.

bb) IRS Codal provisions
cc) IRC Codal provision
dd) IS (BIS) Codal provisions

352
1.2 Contractor's Responsibilities

1.2.1 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for adequacy, stability, safety and security
in respect of all the:

(a) Works including the Permanent Works and Temporary Works

(b) Site Operations

(c) Methods of construction, manufacture , transportation, installation including testing and

commissioning

(d) Plants and

(e) Contractor's Equipment irrespective of any Notice of No Objection by the Authority’s

Engineer

1.2.2 The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Authority’s Engineer, submit to the
Authority’s Engineer details of the arrangements and methods which the Contractor
proposes to adopt for execution of the Works for his consent. No alteration to these
arrangements and methods shall be made without the consent of the Authority’s
Engineer.

1.2.3 Before starting the Work at Site, it shall be essential on part of the Contractor to ensure
that there are no charted and uncharted utilities infringing the Permanent Works
particularly the cables carrying the working circuits within the Right of Way (ROW).
Diversion of all the charted and uncharted utilities shall be handled as specified .

2.0 Conceptual Method Statement and Sequence of Working (Working Methodology)

in connection with Gauge conversion between Adrajmoti-BhadranThe method statement
and sequence of working given here is indicative and for the guidance of the Tenderer
only. The brief tentative method statement and sequence of working is attached at
Annex III. The various activities, but not limited to, involved in execution of the project
as under:

(1) GENERAL WORKS

(a) Mobilization at work site
(b) Taking over the Land and work site
(c) Detailed survey
(d) Soil investigations & collection of other data
(e) Design of Structures
(f) Leading of Permanent Way (P-Way) material
(g) Execution of construction works at site
(h) Safety at Work Site
(2) CIVIL WORKS

353
 (a) Construction of formation (Earthwork and blanketing)
(b) Construction of Minor Bridges
(c) Construction of Major Bridges.
(d) Construction of Limited Height Subway (LHSs)/Road
Under Bridge (RUBs)
(e) Construction of Service Buildings & Staff Quarters
(f) Construction of Platforms and Platform structures, FOBs
extension
(g) Extension & diversion of Level crossings
(h) P.Way Material Supply
(i) Track linking including ballast supply and dumping
(3) ELECTRICAL TRD WORKS(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS
CONTRACT)
(a) Provision of 25 KV OHE Conventional type – Regulated .
& Tramway type OHE
(b) Provision of 25KV OHE switching stations (SSP – 3 Nos &
SP-1 No)

(4) ELCTRICAL GENERAL WORKS(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS

CONTRACT)
(a) Electrical arrangements at Junction/ crossing Stations/
Service buildings
(b) Electrification of Staff quarters including Power Supply
arrangements
(c) Extension of AT power supply to Station buildings
(d) Electrification of LC gates, IBs and electrification of Power
supply from ATs
(e) Provision of water arrangements with Pump house
(5) COMMISSIONING OF PROJECT
After completion of all the works of all departments i.e. Civil,
And Electrical, the project shall be commissioned after obtaining
Commission of Railway Safety (CRS) sanction. Contractor shall
prepare all relevant documents in soft copies and hard
copies as necessary.

354
3.0 General Works:

(a) Mobilization at work site

The agency shall mobilize at site the required resources like labour, material, rest shelter,
site lab, site offices, machinery and all other necessary resources within the period as
stipulated in the Tender clause-11.3 (Article-11)

(b) Taking over the land (95% of core land) and work site

The agency shall take over the land (minimum 90%), work site, existing structures and
all other assets required for start of work as per Contract stipulations. Joint survey over
the entire stretch shall be done to assess and recording the details of all the features and
structures shall be done before taking over the site and land for work. Balance land shall
be taken over by the Contractor within 180 days of appointed date as per clause-8.2.3
(Article-8).

1.2 Contractor's Organization during Construction Phase

1.2.1 Project Organization Plan

(1) The Contractor's Personnel shall be deployed and maintained as per the requirement at
site. The Contractor's Superintendence shall be also properly deployed and maintained
to carry out the construction activities.

(2) The Contractor shall submit an updated Project Organization Plan which includes
complete project organization chart during the Construction Phase adding functions and
personnel necessary to perform the Works during the Construction Phase. This plan
shall be updated and resubmitted whenever there are changes to the staff and / or the
organizational structure . The plan shall show the management structure and state
clearly the duties, responsibilities and authority of key staff member.

19 The contents of this Annexure-I may be suitably modified to reflect project specific
requirements.

(3) Full details regarding qualification and experience in respect of all the key staff shall be
submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent, If the Authority’s Engineer asks
(in writing) the contractor to remove a person of his work force stating the reasons the
Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Work Area within seven days and
shall have no further connection with the Works in the Contract. The Authority’s
Engineer shall also seek prior consent of the Authority in this regard.

(4) During the Construction Phase, the Contractor shall maintain the Design Team in his
organization independent of the Construction Team to deal with his design development
including the Variation and changes to his design.

1.2.2 Requirements During Construction Phase

355
(1) The principal requirements relating to the Contractor's Documents during the
Construction Phase are the submissions by the Contractor of the followings :

(a) Working Drawings and Documents,

(b) the technical submissions as required under the Contract,

(c) the compilation of the multiple design submissions for the different Work Segments
and submission of the final design with related documentation and the submission of the
As-Built Drawings / Document.

(2) Working Drawings and Documents shall be prepared as required under the Contract.

(3) The Contractor shall endorse the Working Drawings and Documents as being in
accordance with the Technical Drawings which have received "Notice of No Objection"
or "Notice of No Objection with Comments" from the Authority’s Engineer after the
comments duly resolved.

(4) The Contractor shall endorse the submissions required under the contract that "all
effects of the designs comprising the submission, on the design of adjacent or other
parts of the works have been fully taken into account in the design of these parts".

(5) The Contractor shall submit the Construction Design and Drawings as specified.

(6) The Contractor shall maintain all records necessary for the preparation of the As-Built
Drawings and Documents.

(7) Upon completion of the Works or at such time as agreed to or required by the
Authority’s Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare drawings which, subject to the
Authority Engineer's agreement, shall become the As-Built Drawings and Final
Documents.

(8) All such drawings and documents shall be endorsed by the Contractor as true records of
the construction of the Permanent Works and of all Temporary Works that shall remain
on the site.

(9) The Contractor shall maintain all records necessary for the physical and financial
completion and commissioning. These records shall consist of as a minimum:

(a) The implemented work according to activities, places and price; and

(b) Used materials - type, name of manufacturer along with batch No., place & price etc.;

(10) Prior to the commencement of construction operations, the Contractor shall obtain all
necessary clearances from the concerned Authorities.

(11) Contractor shall take all measures and precautions to ensure that the construction
activities do not cause any infringement to the operations and maintenance of Indian

356
 Railways. Any construction activity involving the existing embankment/formation of
the Indian Railways shall be permitted only with specific authorization by the
Authority’s Engineer with the approval from Authority and Indian Railways.

1.3 Construction Works

1.3.1 Prior to start of the construction operations, the Contractor shall submit all relevant
technical details including but not limited to the following for review and evaluating the
proposed construction methods and quality control procedures.

(a) Geological Investigation Report and evaluation of sub-surface conditions for Permanent
Works along the alignment including tunnels

(b) Geological Investigation Report for borrow areas, Tunnels etc.

(c) Material test report for embankment fill, prepared subgrade, blanket material, structural
steel , bearings for steel bridge spans, cement, reinforcing steel, water, sand, aggregate
etc. for concrete works

(d) Slopes stability calculations

(e) Analysis of stability and settlement of embankments/tunnels and design of remedial

measures (if required)

(f) Details of construction equipments

(g) Construction quality control plan

1.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing and validating the information provided,
taking all necessary measures and precautions of satisfactory completions of the Works
meeting the performance requirements in the stipulated time including but not limited to
carrying out all the investigations as required, changes in the design, ground treatment
or improvement, modification of construction methods etc . required due to site
conditions. He shall also be responsible for all the temporary works, dewatering and
drainage arrangements.

1.3.3 Availability of Embankment Fill Material

The Contractor shall procure the materials suitable for sub-grade and embankment fill
after carrying out the necessary tests required as per Specifications, and confirming their
suitability.

1.3.4 Scheme to improve the sub-soil/ground condition of "weak ground" and locations of
"BCS" ,location wise and design for the same shall be submitted by the contractor. The
necessary parameters adopted for design shall be well corroborated with
Indian/International codes and/or practices adopted successfully for similar conditions
and loadings.

357
1.3.5 Storage / Fabrication Yard for Structural Steel for Steel Bridge Spans

The Contractor shall plan, design and construct his fabrication yard & shop assembly
yard as consented by the Authority’s Engineer and at the location acceptable to the
Authority’s Engineer. All the facilities provided therein shall be subject to consent of
the Authority’s Engineer.

In respect of structural steel material brought by the Contractor to the storage /

fabrication yard for incorporation into the Permanent Works, the Contractor shall store
such steel material in the proper storage yard and carry out fabrication and shop
assembly of such steel material in the proper fabrication yard. Such storage / fabrication
yard shall be kept clean and properly drained, as to prevent loss, damage and
deterioration, and to ensure the preservation of its quality and fitness for the Works.

1.4 Checking of the Contractor's Temporary Works Design

1.4.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencing the construction of the Temporary Works,
fully check the design and go through the Internal Authorization Process and submit
design to the Authority’s Engineer for consent as part of the Technical Design. Through
those process and procedures, the Contractor shall ensure that his Temporary Works
have been properly and safely designed and checked the effect of the Temporary Works
on the Permanent Works.

1.4.2 In addition to the above, the Contractor shall also submit a Design Certificate to the
Authority’s Engineer, duly signed by Design Director of the Contractor's Design Team
and Contractor's Representative as part of Contractor's Internal Authorisation process,
certifying that the Temporary Works have been properly and safely designed and
checked including the effect of the Temporary Works on the Permanent Works and has
found this to be satisfactory.

1.5 Safety Requirements

1.5.1 The contractor’s site safety plan shall cover the following aspects-

(a) Statement of contractor’s safety policy.

(b) Senior management responsibility for safety

(c) Appointment, duties and responsibilities of Site safety staff

(d) Policy for identifying Hazards

(e) Safety training

(f) Safety equipment

(g) Safety of the Contractor's construction and office equipment

358
(h) Safety of the workmen and staff at site

(i) Safety procedures for sub-contractors

j) Disciplinary procedures

(k) Accident reporting

(I) First aid and emergencies

(m) Safety promotion and awareness

(n) Site security

(o) Labour safety

1.5.2 The Contractor's Site Safety Plan shall also incorporate the requirement of Safety while
having interface with the running tracks of Indian Railways and complying with

(a) Indian Railway's rules and regulations for track, signalling and operations possessions

(b) operating a system of permit to work for all works which may affect the operations of
the existing railway and

(c) requirements of safety aspects for working near the running tracks of Indian Railways as
specified

1.5.3 Authority’s Engineer reserves the right to order (in writing) the immediate removal and
replacement of any of the Contractor's equipment or temporary works which in his
opinion is unsatisfactory or not required for the Work for its purpose and / or is in
unsafe condition.

1.5.4 Contractor shall be fully responsible for safety of the Works and shall treat safety
measures as a priority in all his activities throughout the execution of the Works.

1.5.5 Contractor shall have full regard for the safety of all his personnel, sub-contractor's
personnel, the public and all the personnel directly or indirectly associated with the
Works on or in the vicinity of the Site and the Work Areas (including without limitation
to the persons to whom access to the Site has been allowed by the Contractor), to
comply with all relevant safety regulations, including provision of safety gear, and
insofar as the Contractor shall be in occupation or otherwise is using areas of the Site
and the Work Areas, to keep the Site and the Work Areas (so far as the same are not
completed and occupied by the Authority) in an orderly state appropriate to the
avoidance of injury to all persons and shall keep the Authority’s Engineer/ Authority
indemnified against all the injuries to such persons.

1.5.6 Contractor shall provide and maintain all lights, guards, fences and warning signs and
watchmen when and where necessary or required by the Authority’s Engineer or by

359
 laws or by any relevant authority for the protection of the Works and for the safety and
convenience of the public and all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site and the Work
Areas.

1.5.7 When the work would otherwise be carried out in darkness, the contractor shall ensure
that all parts of site and work areas where the work is being carried out are so lighted as
to ensure the safety of all persons on or vicinity of the sites, the work areas and of such
work to the satisfaction of the Authority’s engineer.

1.5.8 Contractor shall be required to take note of all the necessary safety provisions and the
Contract Price shall be deemed to be inclusive of all the necessary costs to meet the
standards and requirements as prescribed therein. In case the Contractors fails to meet
the above requirements, the Authority shall provide the necessary arrangements and
recover its costs from any bills due to the Contractor.

1.6 Safety Requirements for Working Near Running Tracks of Indian Railways

1.6.1 Operational Safety

Where the work to be executed is in proximity of the running railway track, the
Contractor shall be required to observe all precautions and carryout all works that may
be necessary to ensure the safety of the running track/trains etc. without imposition of
any speed restriction thereon as may be directed by the Authority’s Engineer. No claim
whatsoever shall be entertained for either any inconvenience caused to the Contractor or
for the re-scheduling of the operations or for any other reasons on this account. The
Contractor shall ensure that the materials are not stacked close to the railway track,
which may endanger the safety of trains and workmen.

1.6.2 Where the Schedule of Dimensions of Indian Railways for the running tracks of IR are
likely to be infringed by the Contractor, the following safety measures shall be ensured;

1.6.2.1 Measures prior to start of the Work:

(I) contractor shall arrange to provide necessary training to their supervisors and staff
including lookout man / flagman etc. For safety requirements as per irpwm for working
near ir tracks. Such training can be arranged at ztc / dtc or any other authorized institute
of indian railways. Authority shall assist the contractor in organizing such training and
all the charges for such training shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor shall
ensure that the safety norms are followed for working in the premises of ir and in the
vicinity of running tracks and electrified territories

(ii) Inform the Authority’s Engineer / Authority about :

(a) Name and address of the Contractor's supplier / sub-contractor assigned to execute the
work

(b) Name of the vehicle drivers / equipment operators identified for the work

360
(c) Location, duration and timings during which the SOD of IR is to be infringed

(iii) Provide the Authority’s Engineer / Authority with

(a) copy of detailed planning of work including protection of IR track and safety measures
proposed (duly consented by the Authority’s Engineer and approved by the Authority)

(b) copy of the competency certificate of the Contractor's Supervisor lncharge of the work
(to be issued by the Authority’s Engineer)

(iv) Demarcate the working area at site in consultation with the Authority’s Engineer /
Authority

(v) Barricade/temporary fencing along the stretch of the concentration of the work area
along the IR track, as consented by the Authority’s Engineer.

(vi) Provide adequate watch and ward, flagmen, lighting etc . including signage Boards

1.6.2.2 Measures during execution of Work

(i) It shall be ensured that no workmen and staff is working on line / trackside unless
proper 'Permit to Work' is issued for those lines by the Indian Railways and Authority’s
Engineer.

(ii) It shall be ensured that the moving dimensions of IR shall not be infringed. The track
crossing work shall not be carried out without permission from the Authority’s Engineer
and IR. Safety of all the existing fixed structures near the vicinity of the Site shall also
be ensured.

(iii) No vehicles shall be plied within 6m of the centre of the IR track without the specific
approval from Authority’s Engineer / Authority . Individual vehicle / construction
equipment shall not be left un-attended . No vehicle shall ply from sun-set to sunrise and
during the period when the visibility is impaired, except in case of emergency and with
the consent of the Authority’s Engineer.

(iv) Where the construction vehicles are required to ply along the existing running tracks of
IR, the Contractor shall deploy the adequate patrolmen to prevent tendency of the
vehicle drivers to come close to the tracks and infringe .

(v) All the drivers of the road vehicles / machines plying near the running tracks of IR shall
be provided with a red flag / red lamp so that in the event of any obstruction, they shall
stop the incoming train.

(vi) It shall be ensured that the line of demarcation shall not be infringed by the road
vehicles / construction equipment.

(vii) It shall be ensured that only eligible and competent staff shall be employed for the work
and they must wear identity card while working near running tracks of IR.

361
(viii) For working during night, sufficient illumination shall be provided for the entire work
area for safety of the workmen and public .

(ix) Temporary Engineering signals as required shall be provided.

(x) Existing engineering indicator boards shall be lit as per Permanent Way Manual
(IRPWM) of Indian Railways.

(xi) Lookout man with red and green flags / hand signals and whistle shall be deployed
wherever required.

(xii) No part of the stacked material shall infringe the moving dimensions of IR. Material
shall be stacked to such a height that it does not lead to infringement of SOD in case of
accidental toll off.

(xiii) Any temporary arrangement shall not infringe with the moving dimensions of IR.

(xiv) Where the work is planned to be done within 3.5m from the centre of the IR tracks, it
shall require traffic block and all the necessary safety precautions shall be ensured as per
the requirements of Para No . 806 and 807 of PWM of Indian Railways.

(xv) First aid kit shall be readily available at the site .

(xvi) In case any cable/utility is found while working, the Contractor shall inform the
Authority’s Engineer immediately. In case a large number of cables / utilities are found
during the excavation, the work shall be carried out in the presence of representative
from the concerned owning agency of the utility / cable.

(xvii) It shall be ensured that the existing emergency sockets of IR are not damaged.

1.6.2.3 Additional measures required during traffic block

(i) Any work when infringing the moving dimensions of IR shall be started only after
traffic block has been imposed and IR track is protected.

(ii) All the work intended to be completed during traffic block shall be completed within the
duration of the traffic block and the duration of the traffic block shall not be exceeded.

(iii) Traffic block shall be considered as cleared only when all the temporary arrangements /
machinery are cleared of the moving dimensions and the IR track is left with proper
track geometry to allow IR trains to run safely.

1.6.2.4 Safety measures while working in OHE area

(i) While working near the OHE area, the safety guidelines as specified in para 20301,
20327, 20334, 20335, 20529, 20612, 20614, 20714, 20825, 20833, 21206 and 21207 of
Volume II, Part 1 of AC Traction Manual of Indian Railways shall be followed.

362
(ii) No electric work close to the live OHE shall be carried out without power block and
specific approval from Authority’s Engineer / Authority.

(iii) A minimum distance of 2m shall be maintained between live OHE wire and any body
part of the workmen or tools or metallic support etc.

(iv) No electric connection shall be tapped from OHE

1.6.3 Excavation Affecting Existing Tracks

While doing excavation near the vicinity of the existing tracks including for bridges and
other structures, special care has to be taken to ensure that formation of the existing
Railway line is not excavated, for that matter any activity involved in construction /
execution of the project shall not endanger the safety of existing running line of Indian
Railways. If excavation or any other activity involving working and or modification and
or alteration of the existing permanent way then, before execution of such work, the
Contractor shall prepare a drawing clearly indicating such alternation / modification of
the existing permanent way, and the protection measure intended to be taken by the
Contractor to ensure safety of the existing running line. The effectiveness of design of
such protection measures is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor
shall indemnify the Authority’s Engineer / Authority towards the losses incurred due to
failure of such protection measure. These protection measures duly indicating the extent
of alternation / modification to the existing formation shall be incorporated in the design
and drawing submitted during preliminary design submission as per the Contract. Such
work shall not be undertaken unless and until these drawings are consented by the
Authority’s Engineer.

1.6.4 The Contractor shall indemnify the Authority’s Engineer/ Authority against any damage
to the existing tracks/structures/utilities etc. caused by the actions of the Contractor or
his sub-contractors, and shall make good the same, as directed by the concerned
authorities, at his own costand shall also pay any penalty(ies)/demurrages if levied by
the concerned authorities.

1.7 Legislation and Codes of Practice

1.7.1 The Contractor shall comply with all the safety and industrial health legislation
including without limitation to the Rules and Regulations of National Safety Council of
India. The Contractor shall keep at each site office sufficient copies of Safety and
Industrial Health Regulations and related documents."

1.7.2 All regulations and documents as referred above shall be translated in to languages
which are understood by the operators engaged by the Contractor or sub-contractor and
such translations shall be displayed or kept alongside those in Hindi, English and
Regional language.

1.8 Protection For Indian Railway Lines

363
 The Contractor shall design and install the temporary fencing / barricades for protection
of the existing Indian Railway (IR) lines where the construction activities, adjacent to
the line, are taking place. The fencing / barricades shall be installed and the fencing
shall be movable and reusable and stable enough not to lean and infringe the structure
gauge of the IR lines. The fencing pole / barricades shall be colored to enhance visual
precautionary effects. The Contractor shall develop the design of the temporary fencing
/ barricades as part of the Technical Design and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for
consent.

1.9 Damage and Interference

1.9.1 Works shall be carried out in such a manner that there shall be no damage to
interference with:

(a) watercourses or drainage systems;

(b) public utilities;

(c) structures (including foundations), roads, including street fixtures, or other properties;

(d) public or private vehicular or pedestrian access,

(e) monuments, graves or burial grounds other than to the extent that shall be necessary for
them to be removed or diverted to permit the execution of the Works, and

(f) Existing tracks, Bridges, Fixtures / OHE Masts of the existing tracks of Indian Railways

1.9.2 Heritage structures shall not be damaged or disfigured on any account. The Contractor
shall inform the Authority’s Engineer as soon as practicable of any items which are not
stated in the Contract to be removed or diverted but which the Contractor considers
necessary to be removed or diverted to enable the Works to be carried out. Such items
shall not be removed or diverted until the consent of the Authority’s Engineer to such
removal or diversion has been obtained.

1.9.3 Assets / items of the Authority, Indian Railway, Other Contractors and any other entities
which are damaged due to Contractor's operations / negligence during construction or
are interfered with or removed to enable the Works to be carried out, shall be replaced /
reinstated by the Contractor at his own cost to the same condition as existed before the
Work started and to the satisfaction of the Authority’s Engineer and the concerned
entity.

In case of damage to the existing cables, the Contractor shall have suitable arrangement
of joining the cables under technical supervision of IR/ relevant authority. In addition to
this the Contractor shall also be responsible for any penal action or any claim as a result
of the damage and shall indemnify the Authority’s Engineer, Authority, Indian Railway,
Other Contractors and any other entities in this regard.

364
1.9.4 In case of obstructions due to interference, the Contractor shall comply with the
requirements as described . Followings are the major required items as detailed therein;

(a) Uncharted utilities

(b) Alternative Access

(c) Protection of Trees

(d) Removal of trees, graves and other obstructions

(e) Protection of adjacent structures

1.10 Handling of Utilities and Interferences

1.10.1 Handling and shifting of the existing utilities identified within the Right of Way , such
as

a) The power lines of 33kV and below requiring permanent diversion; and

b) Other charted Railway owned utilities presently existing within Right of Way and
requiring diversion/disposal.

are in the Scope of Work of the Contractor.

1.10.2 Alternative access which may be needed for all public or private premises when
interference with the existing access occurs to enable the Works to be carried out, shall
be arranged by the Contractor.

1.10.3 Trees, graves and other obstructions which may remain at the Site or the Work Areas
shall be appropriately removed .

1.10.4 Identification of uncharted utilities within ROW shall be undertaken by the contractor
by trial and/or using cable locator as consented by the Authority’s engineer. The results
shall be summarized in Úncharted utility report’and submit as part of the technical
deisgn .

1.11 Site Establishments

1.11.1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain the Temporary Facilities and Temporary
Utility Services, which comprise part of the Temporary Works for use of the Authority
and Authority’s Engineer.

1.11.2 The Contractor shall provide and maintain all Temporary Works as required by him and
as specified for execution of the Works.

1.11.3 Latrines and wash places:

365
 Contractor shall provide latrines and wash places for the use of his personnel and all
persons who will be on the site as per the requirements and in accordance with the local
laws and regulations.

1.12. Testing of Works

1.12.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all on-site and off-site testing and for all in-situ
testing. Daily on-site testing shall be coordinated with the Authority’s Engineer. A
programme of proposed tests shall be provided on a weekly basis, at least one week in
advance of such events.

1.12.2 Notification of required Factory testing shall be made in writing to the Authority’s
Engineer, including full details of test requirement, at least 15 days in an advance of the
test.

1.13. Restoration of Work Areas Disturbed by Construction Unless otherwise directed by the
Authority’s Engineer, any areas disturbed by the construction activity, either inside or
outside the Right of Way, shall be reinstated as follows:

All areas affected by the construction work shall be reinstated to their original condition,
with new materials, including but not necessarily limited to, sidewalks, parking lots,
access roads, adjacent roads, properties and landscaping. Grass cover shall be provided
for any bare earth surface areas, along with proper provisions for surface drainage.

2 Design Standards

The Railway Project including Project Facilities shall conform to design requirements
set out in the following documents:

Sl.No. Description

1 Indian Railway Code, for the Engineering Department

2 Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual

3 Indian Railway Works Manual

4 Rules for the opening of a Railway for the Public Carriage of passengers

5 Genaral & Subsidiary Rules, Pt.- I & II

6 Schedule of Dimensions

7 Manual of Instruction of fabrication, installation and maintenance of glued insulated rail

joint

8 Code of practice for Flash Butt Welding of rails

9 Code of practice for welding of rail joints by Alumino Thermit Process

366
10 Indian Railway Bridge Manual

11 IRS Concrete Bridge Code

12 IRS Code of practice for The design of substructures and foundation of bridges

13 Bridge Rule 1964

14 IRS Specification (IRS B-1 and BS-110), BS -111

15 IS:1786-1985, Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement

16 IS:875

17 IS:456-2000, Plain and reinforced concrete code of practice

18 IS:383-1970, Specification for coarse & fine aggregates for concrete

19 IS:269-1989, Ordinary Portland Cement 33 grade specification

20 IS:8112-1989, 43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement

21 IS:12269-1987, Specification for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement

22 IS:516-1959, Method of testing for strength of cement

23 IS:1383-1980, Code of practice for prestressed concrete

24 IS:1948-1970, Classification & Identification of soils for general engineering purposes

25 IS:2062

26 Comprehensive guidelines and Specifications for Railway Formation specification No.

RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, Sept.-2020

27 IRS: Code of practice for plain, reinforced & prestressed concrete for General Bridge
Construction

28 RDSO Station Manual on Indian Railway

29 IS:800-1984, Code of practice for General construction in Steel

30 USFD Manual

31 Codes, Indian Railways Standard for Bridges, structures and other subjects

32 Signal Engineering Manual

367
33 Signal Engineering Manual AppendixI &II

34 ACTM Volume - I & II

35 Indian Railway Electricity Rules

36 Indian Railway Standard Code of Practice For The Design of Steel or Wrought Iron
Bridges Carrying Rail, Road or Pedestrian Traffic (Steel Bridge Code) Adopted –1941
With latest correction slips

2.1 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.1 The Contractor shall establish an office for his dedicated design team in the Main Site
Office of the Contractor and referred to as Design Team . The Design Team shall
function from this office and all meetings and discussions relating to design shall be
held in this office or in the office of Authority’s Engineer / Authority and / or as
instructed by the Authority’s Engineer. In addition to the requirements herein, the
Contractor shall, whenever the Authority’s Engineer so requests, provide information
and participate in discussions that relate to design matters .

2.1.2 The Contractor shall ensure that the Design Team continues to be represented at Site at
all times by staff whose seniority and experience are to the satisfaction of the
Authority’s Engineer and whose representative shall be available on the Site as
necessary or as required by the Authority’s Engineer. If the Authority’s Engineer asks
(in writing) the Contractor to remove a person of his Design Team stating the reasons
thereof, the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site within seven (7) days
and shall have no further connection with the Works in the Contract. The Authority’s
Engineer shall also seek consent of the Authority in this regard.

2.1.3 There are Four Design Submissions covering the Design Phase and Construction Phase:

(i) Inception Report

(ii) Technical Design

(iii) Construction Design

(iv) As-Built Documents

The requirements for each design stage are detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement.

2.1.4 The Contractor shall submit plans, programmes, reports, manuals and drawing as
specified in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement for the four design stages in accordance
with the provisions herein and as further detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement to
the Authority’s Engineer for consent and issue of Notices of No Objection. It shall also
include the additional information as required by the Authority’s Engineer .

368
2.1.5 The Authority Engineer shall review the submissions to be satisfied that the submittal
covers the obligations and intended purpose of the design of the Works and fully
complies with the Contract.

2.2 Contractor's Organization during Design Phase

2.2.1 Project Organization Plan

(1) The Contractor's Personnel shall be deployed and maintained as necessary or as required
by the Authority’s Engineer.

(2) Within 45 days after the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit the Project
Organization Plan which includes complete project organization chart during the Design
Phase, equipped with the functions in a manner as described in Article 11 [Quality
Assurance]. The Contractor shall deploy fully qualified personnel in the Design Team
with the Authority Engineer's consent for each key personnel during the Design Phase .
This plan shall be updated and resubmitted whenever there are changes to the personnel.
The Plan shall show the management structure and state clearly the duties,
responsibilities and authority of each key and staff member.

(3) The Contractor shall establish the Design Team in his organization independent of the
Construction Team, which shall be also maintained in the construction phase to ensure
that the Contractor's design development strictly complies with the Technical Design
which has received 'Notice of No Objection' from Authority’s Engineer and also the
Authority’s Requirements and Specifications without being harmed by the adverse
position of the Contractor against the Authority as detailed in Article 11 [Quality
Assurance].

2.3. Requirements During Design Phase

2.3.1 Inception Report

(1) Within 45 days after the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit the Inception
Report as described herein and as further detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement
to the Authority’s Engineer for consent and issue of a Notice of No Objection.

(2) The Inception Report shall be based on the Contractor's Bid Design and shall be
sufficiently developed including the main documentation needed to prepare and to
develop the Technical Design and to demonstrate compliance with design requirements,
including, but not limited to, survey and investigation plans, design submission plan and
programme, reviews of the Authority’s Documents. The Inception Report shall
sufficiently define the main structures, track alignment & track components, non-
traction power supplies and building services etc. Full details of the contents of the
Inception Report are given in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement and the submittals are
summarized in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement.

2.3.2 Techincal Design

369
(1) During the preparation of the Technical Design, the Contractor shall in particular:

(a) complete all calculations and analysis;

(b) delineate all main and all other significant elements;

(c) complete all tests and trials and all selection of materials and equipment;

(d) assess and take full account of the effect on the Works of the proposed methods of
construction, installation, testing and commissioning and temporary works.

(e) complete the validation of all the data provided by the Authority including all the
additional surveys, investigations and testing as considered necessary by the Contractor
to develop the Technical Design of the Works in accordance with the Contract.

(f) draw up a set of the Technical Drawings as summarized in Article 10 of the EPC
Agreement.

(2) Engineering studies and comparative evaluations shall be performed to ensure that the
designs incorporate features to achieve optimum performance of all elements.

(3) Upon issue of the "Notice of No Objection" in respect of the Technical Design Report,
the Contractor shall complete the design in all respects and produce Technical
Drawings.

(4) The Temporary Works as defined in Schedule’C’ [Temporary Works] shall also be
identified as a separate Works Segment and the design of those shall be proposed by the
Contractor early enough to have sufficient discussions on engineering and procedural
issues with the Authority’s Engineer so as to meet the intent of the Authority's
Requirements. The Contractor shall submit the agreed design of the Temporary Works
as part of the Technical Design to the Authority’s Engineer for consent.

(5) The Contractor shall provide to the Authority’s Engineer five original full and latest
editions of the publications / Technical Standards including the Codes and Standards
and other documents that the Contractor propose to use for carrying out the Technical
Designs, including other communications between Authority’s Engineer and the
Contractor relevant to this Contract as part of the Inception Report. These publications /
documents shall be for the sole use of the Authority’s Engineer and, upon completion of
the Contract, shall become the property of the Authority.

2.4 Requirements During Construction Phase

The principal requirements during the Construction Phase are the production,
submission and consent of the Construction Design, the As-Built Documents .

2.4.1 Construction Design

370
 (1) Upon the issue of a Notice of No Objection in respect of a Technical Design
Package, the Contractor shall produce the respective Construction Design Package
which shall include, but not limited to,

(a) the Technical Drawings,

(b) the updated Specifications (if any) including Method Statements/ work procedures/
construction sequences,

(c) the Working Drawings

(d) the Construction Practicing Documents including site sketches, bar bending schedules, bar
reference drawings, fabrication and shop drawings, erection sequences etc. and

(e) Works Management Plans as detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement.

They shall be endorsed by the Contractor through the Contractor Internal Authorising Process
as being in accordance with the Technical Design for which the Contractor has received
the "Notice of No Objection"

(2) The Construction Design and Construction Technical Drawings including updated
Specifications (if any) / Method Statements etc. shall be derived directly from the
Technical Design as consented by the Authority’s Engineer including changes that may
be necessary to resolve the comments of the Authority’s Engineer attached to the Notice
of No Objection.

(3) The Working Drawings and the Construction Practicing Documents shall be prepared to
facilitate construction to meet the required workmanship as well as technical
requirements. The Works Management Plans shall be prepared to check and monitor the
Works and Quality Assurance requirement described in Article 11 of the EPC
Agreement.. The submittals are summarized in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement.

(4) All those drawings and documents are revised, upgraded, detailed and integrated in the
Construction Design Package. The Contractor shall fully verify the Construction Design
Package through the Internal Authorization Process along with Design Certificate as
described in Article 11 of the EPC Agreement by endorsing the original paper drawings
and documents.

(5) Upon the Internal Authorization Process, as specified in Article 11 of the EPC
Agreement the Contractor shall submit the Construction Design Package as the
"Request for Construction" as further detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement, to
the Authority’s Engineer for consent and issue of a Notice of No Objection.

(6) Upon receipt of the "Notice of No Objection" or "Notice of No Objection With

Comments ", the Contractor shall endorse the original paper drawings in respect of the
Working Drawings as "Good For Construction" as per the Internal Authorizat ion
Process as defined in the Design Quality Assurance Plan as per Article 11 of the EPC
Agreement. If the Authority’s Engineer so requires, the said endorsed original paper

371
 drawings shall be re-submitted to the Authority’s Engineer, who shall, if has no
objection to the contents of the re-submission, further endorse the original paper
drawings by stating that he has no objection to the proposed Working Drawings. On
endorsement by the Authority’s Engineer, the original drawings shall forthwith be
returned to the Contractor as Working Drawings to be issued to Site .

(7) The Contractor shall submit the Construction Design and Drawings for a particular work
to the Authority’s Engineer at least 3 months but not more than 6 months prior to the
planned / schedule date of commencement of that particular work .

2.5 As-Built Documents

(1) The Contractor shall maintain all records necessary for the preparation of the As-Built
Documents . The Contractor shall prepare and submit the As-Built Drawing and the
Records which, subject to the Authority Engineer's agreement, shall become the
contents of the AsBuilt Documents. The Records are defined and detailed in Article 11
of the EPC Agreement.

(2) The As-Built Drawings shall be a full set of the latest revisions of the Construction
Technical Drawings, which are updated to incorporate all Design Change Notices and
Field Change Notices and as many Working Drawings as necessary to convey a full and
true record of the as-built condition of the Works. The As-Built Drawings shall show all
changes from the Construction Design, all construction deviations and all other features
relevant to the future maintenance and management of the Railway and its facilities. The
As-Built Drawings shall be endorsed by the Contractor as true records of the
construction of the Works.

(3) The As-Built Records shall include survey results including geotechnical, all inspection
records, and other documents as detailed in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement and shall
be verified and endorsed by the Contractor through the Internal Authorization Process,
as specified in Article 11 of the EPC Agreement as true records of the construction of
the Works.

2.6 Contractor's Coordination With Others

2.6.1 Interfacing Parties and Related Parties

The Contractor shall fully coordinate the design of the Works with Interfacing Parties, all
relevant bodies, parties and entities, in particular government authorities, departments
and regulatory bodies, utility companies, and the consultants, and contractors of
adjacent projects whether ongoing or planned, as advised by the Authority’s Engineer.
The Contractor shall identify all such related parties, bodies and entities in his Interface
Management Plan (IMP) and other relevant requirements.

372
2.7. Design Review Procedures

2.7.1 Design Submissions

1) In the case of submissions subsequent to the Technical Design , the Design Data shall be
in accordance with the Authority’s Requirements and the Technical Design .

2) The Contractor shall submit to the Authority’s Engineer all the Designs and relevant
Design Data together with the Design Certificates, on or before the respective dates for
submission shown on the Design Submission Programme or the Works Programme. In
the event that a resubmission of Design / Design Data is required, such resubmission
shall be made as soon as practicable after the receipt of the relevant statement of
objections. All submissions of Design Data shall include the copies as stipulated in the
Authority's Requirements.

3) Following receipt of a submission of Design and Design Data, the Authority’s Engineer
shall, within the period specified in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement to the Authority 's
Requirements , respond as per the procedure defined in Article 10 and issue "Notice of
No Objection" or "Notice of No Objection with 'A' Comments" or "Notice of Objection
with Comments" as the case may be. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements
accordingly as specified therein.

4) The issue of a Notice of No Objection in relation to any submission of Design shall be

entirely without prejudice to the review of subsequent submissions of Design or to any
request for a Contractor's Variation, and shall not bind the Authority’s Engineer in any
manner whatsoever when deciding whether to accept or not to accept the issue.

2.7.2 Design Submission Programme

1) The Contractor shall prepare the Design Submission Programme (for Design Phase and
Construction Phase) which is to set out fully the Contractor's anticipated programme for
the preparation, submission by the Contractor and review of the Design Packages, the
issue of Notices by the Authority’s Engineer for all stages of design . The Design
Submission Programme shall cover all submissions during the Design Phase and the
Construction Phase .

2) The Design Submission Programme shall:

(a) be deemed to comprise part of the Contractual Construction Programme and be in any
case consistent and comply with all relevant Coordination Dates in the latest Contractual
Construction Programme ;

(b) identify dates and subjects by which the Authority’s Engineer's response shall be made

(c) make adequate allowance for periods of time for review by the Authority’s Engineer as
specified in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement to the Authority 's Requirements and for
the review of other bodies, if necessary;

373
(d) clarify correlations by identifying, describing, cross-referencing and explaining the
various Design Submissions including multiple submissions of the design for the
different Work Segments;

(e) make adequate allowance for the design and development of the specialist works
/subcontractor works

(f) Indicate the interfacing design activities in respect of each of the Other Contractor /
Interfacing Parties and external related parties and

(g) Shall meet the requirements as specified in Article 10 of the EPC Agreement.

3) The Contractor shall submit the Design Submission Programme to the Authority’s
Engineer within forty-five (45) days after the Appointed Date, and thereafter up-dated
versions thereof at intervals of not more than one (1) month throughout the Design
Phase. Such updates shall be included as an exhibit in the Contractor's Monthly Progress
Report.

4) The Contractor shall submit complete set of documents requested by any Indian
legislation, as well as consented As Built Documents and certificates for conclusion of
any legislative procedures

5) General requirements which are applicable to the Design Submission Programme are
described in Article 11 of the EPC Agreement to the Authority's Requirements.

2.7.3 Calculations

1) Unless otherwise required by the Authority’s Engineer, calculations shall be submitted

together with the respective Design Package submissions.

2) A comprehensive set of calculations for the whole of the Technical Design and the
Construction Design and Technical Drawings / Construction Drawings (in the form
acceptable to the Authority’s Engineer) shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
Authority’s Engineer for consent as part of the relevant submittals.

2.8 Design Criteria

2.8.1 General

The design of the Works shall comply with the relevant Indian Railway standards,
Codes, Specifications, manuals and guidelines as published by Indian Railways /RDSO,
Indian Standards, Indian Road Congress (IRC) codes and specifications and other
International codes as specified and as applicable, and with the consent of the
Authority’s Engineer.

The Design Criteria shall be read in conjunction with the, Specifications and other
documents forming part of the Contract.

374
2.8.2 Alignment

A) Horizontal Alignment

(1) The minimum radius shall be as per approved “L” Section.

(2) For reverse curves, it is preferable to maintain a radius of 875 m or greater to enable
application of long welded rails.

(3) The actual radius of both the tracks shall remain same. This will be achieved by shifting
the centre of the curve suitably.

(4) Minimum length of straight length between adjacent curves:

(a) Desirable: 50m. In cases, where there is space constraint, both transitions can meet
each other by suitable extending the lengths ensuring that rate of change of cant and
versine along the two transitions so extended is kept the same.

B) Vertical Alignment

(1) Vertical curve shall be provided only at the junction of two grades where the algebraic

difference in change of grade is equal to or more than 0.4%.

(2) If a vertical curve is adopted, its radius shall be minimum 4000 meters.

(3) Vertical curves shall not coincide with horizontal transition curves but could coincide with

circular curves.

(4) Vertical curves shall not coincide with point and crossing work.

C) Gradients

The Ruling Gradient on the project is 1 in 150 i.e. 0.67% (Compensated). The limits for
Ruling Gradient shall be as follows:

(i) Maximum gradient for the Main Line : 1/150 i.e. 0.67% (Compensated)

(ii) The maximum gradient shall be reduced by considering the curve compensation. The
curve compensation shall be defined as follows:

Curve Copmensation = 70/R [%]

Where R: Horizontal curve radius [m]

(iii) No change of Gradient in transition curve and within 30m of any points and crossings

375
(iv) The approaches of all "Important Bridges" shall preferably be level for 100m from the
abutments. If for any constraint of unavailability of adequate space, the same can be
reduced with the consent of the Authority’s Engineer.

(v) In case of other "Major bridges", there shall not be any change of gradient within 40m
from either of the abutments. Only in very exceptional cases, like in flyovers, change of
gradient on the bridge can be permitted by the Authority’s Engineer with the approval of
the Authority.

D) Track Structure:

A) TABLE : Techincal Parameters of Track Structures

S.No. Techincal parameter Value

1 Gauge 1676 mm(BG)

2(a) Rails for main line and points and crossings UIC60KG,90 UTS

2(b) Rails for other than main line (i.e., for loop lines, non-running lines, sidings, connecting
lines) 60 Kg 2nd Hand Rails

2(c) Guard rails 60 kg (2 nos. for each track) for important bridges,Major
bridges,RFOs,RUBs and for tracks under ROBs

3 Points and crossings

3.1 Main line and running loops

1in 12 curved thick web switches with CMS crossings on PSC sleepers layout (In
straight portion)

1in 12 curved curve switches with CMS crossings on PSC sleepers layout (in Curvature
)

3.2 Minor loop lines and non-running lines/sidings

1in 8 ½ curved thick web switches with CMS crossings on PSC sleepers layout. (In
straight portion)

1in 8 ½ curved Curve switches with CMS crossings on PSC sleepers layout. (In
Curvature)

4 Check Rail clearance and level crossings

4.1 Minimum 51 mm

4.2 Maximum 57 mm

376
5 Minimum depth of space for wheel flange from rail level 38 mm

6 Ballast cushion below the bottom of sleeper at the rail seat

6.1 Main line and connecting lines 350 mm (minimum)

6.2 Loop line and connecting lines 250 mm(minimum)

7 SleeperPSC 60 kg wider base with 1 in 20 cant for the rail seat. The rail seat for PSC
sleeper will be able to cater to 60 kg/m and 52 kg/m rail sections by providing suitable
liners

7.1 Sleeper for steel bridges H-Beam/Composite Sleeper

8 Sleeper density (No. of sleepers per km)

8.1 Main line and connecting lines 1660

8.2 Loop lines and sidings 1540

9 Fastening Elastic rail fastening

10 Formation width (with minimum center to center distance of tracks as 6.5 m)

10.1 Embankmant & Cutting(excluding side drains)

a) for double track- 13.16 m

b) for single track- 7.85 m

E) For Track Structure on Steel Bridges,

The following additional parameters shall be adopted:

(a) Longitudinal profile of the Rails: Open web girders of 30.5m and above are provided
with camber. The tracks on these girders are to be laid correctly following the camber of
girder.

(b) Rail cant: the rails on the bridge should be laid with an inward cant of 1 in 20 by
continuing the same cant as on the approaches.

(c) Guard Rails: Guard rails should be provided on all Steel Girder bridges including the
bridges with ballasted deck in terms of Para 275 of IRPWM. A typical arrangement of
guard rails, with important dimensions are shown in sketch below.

Particlulars Sketch ref. DimensionLength

Clearance between G/Rail & Running rail “a “ 250+/-50 mm

377
Length of G/Rail outside ballast wall “L1” 1825 mm

Length of G/Rail to be sent and brought together at middle of track “L2” 4875 mm

The top table of the Guard Rail shall not be lower than the Running Rail by more than 25 mm.

(d) H-BEAM/Composite sleepers suitably designed for 25 MT axle load moving at

maximum speed of 130 Kmph shall be used for non-ballasted steel girders. The RDSO
drawing shall be used for guidelines .

F) Performance Requirements:

The track structure shall be suitably tamped deploying appropriate tamping units (so as
to ensure the track structure requires minimal intervention between the two tamping
cycles) for operation of 25 tonne axle load trains operating at a maximum permissible
speed of 130km/hr for the Main Line and Connecting Lines and 50km/hr for Loop
Lines. The maintenance tamping cycle will be 2 years or 100 GMT of traffic; whichever
is earlier.

2.8.3 Earthwork Design

2.8.3.1 For design of the embankment / earthwork the "Guideline and Specification for Design
of Formation for Comprehensive guidelines and Specification for Railway Formation
specification No. RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, Sept.-2020", issued by RDSO will be
followed . However following points shall be noted.

(1) Formations comprises of granular layer (Blanket) over prepared sub-grade/ top layer of
embankment fill and embankment fill;
(2) Cross fall slope to be at least 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%;
(3) Parameter of blanket (of thickness as specified in the RDSO Specifications are mandatory
provisions to be adopted;
(4) Cess width shall not be less than 900mm ;
(5) It is incumbent on the Contractor to identify the soft ground/BCS sub-soil locations as a first
step of starting the work and take up the earth work on priority at such locations, so that maximum
settlement takes place before "Integrated testing and commissioning".

2.8.3.2 Geometric Parameters and Design Principles

(a) The following table specifies the geometric parameters with regards to Earthwork Structure
of project.

TABLE : Geometric Parameters of Earthwork

S.No. Parameter Value

378
1. Formation width (with minimum center to 1) Double track- 13.16 m
center distance of tracks as 6.5 m)((For 2) Single track- 7.85 m
track centers greater than 6.5m, the
formation width shall be increased
proportionately)
(a) Emabankment and cutting

2. Slope gradient for embankment 2H:1V

3. Slope gradient for cut(general) 1H:1V

4. Thickness of blanket As per guidelines “

Comprehensive guidelines and
Specifications for Railway
Formation specification No.
RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004,
Sept.-
2020”
5. Thickness of prepared subgrade As per guidelines “
Comprehensive guidelines and
Specifications for Railway
Formation specification No.
RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004,
Sept.-
2020”
6. Width of berm 1500 mm(minimum)

7. Width of cess 900 mm(minimum)

(a) Embankment and cutting
8. Cross slope at top of blanket 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%

9. Cross slope at top of prepared sub grade 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%

10. Cross slope at top of embankment fill 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%

11. Cross slope at berm 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%

379
(b) Design Principles of Earthwork

RDSO's guidelines “ Comprehensive guidelines and Specifications for Railway

Formation specification No. RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, Sept.-2020”

2.8.4 Railway Bridges

2.8.4.1 Design Criteria : The design criteria for the railway bridges shall be as under:

(a) All the bridges shall be designed with ballasted deck except the special steel bridge
spans of the viaducts which shall be designed as open web welded through truss type
girders with open deck . Clearances below Rail Level shall be as per Schedule of
Dimensions for IR . This may be required to be increased for bridges on curved track ,
with girder spans being of straight geometry.

(b) Design shall be suitable for 25T Loading (25 tonne axle load) with PSC sleepers(wider
base) (H-BEAM/Composite for special steel bridge spans of viaducts) . Load condition
includes the live load, earth pressure and longitudinal forces due to braking and traction
considering the wind load etc. as per relevant codes .

(c) All bridges shall have simply supported spans and shall be designed to accommodate
curvature of the Trackalignment wherever required.

2.8.5 Design of Road Under Bridge(RUBs)/Pedastrian Subways

2.8.5.1 Vertical Clearances for RUBs / Pedestrian Subways

(1) The minimum vertical clearances for RUBs / Underpasses for different highways / roads
shall be as under;

National Highways- 5.5 meter

State Highways -5.0 meter

Village Roads and for non-vehicular traffic - 3.6 meter to 4.5 meter (subject to consent
of Authority’s Engineer)

(2) A reference to IRC 54 - 197 4 "Lateral and Vertical Clearances At Underpasses for
Vehicular Traffic" and IRC 11 - 1962 "Design and Layout of Cycle Tracks" may also be
made in this regard.

(3) In parallel section where RUB / Bridge is proposed for passage of vehicular / double
decker, it shall have a minimum Vertical Clearance as available under the bridge of
adjacent track.

(4) Vertical Clearance for Pedestrian Sub-ways: Minimum Clear Height of 2.5 meter shall
be provided for pedestrian crossings.

380
2.8.6 Design of Minor Bridge

(1) Design criteria: The design criteria shall be as follows:

(a) The Contractor shall carry out standardization of the sizes and undertake their design as
per the Design Philosophy and Design Criteria.

(b) Preparation of bed below the culvert shall be based on actual site conditions to achieve
the necessary Safe Bearing Capacity.

(c) Barrel length of the culvert shall be decided based on the fill height.

(d) Suitable Bed slope shall be provided

2.8.7 Wayside Signs

The Contractor shall design and install the Wayside Signs in accordance with the
requirements as specified in relevant IRS Codes and Manuals . The list of the Wayside
Signs indicated herein below and in the Reference Drawings is not exhaustive and the
Contractor shall provide all the Wayside Signs as per the IRS Codes and Manuals as
applicable. Details of these signs shall be developed and submitted to the Authority’s
Engineer as part of the Technical Design for consent. The Contractor shall take into
account the visibility of the signs (in particular by the locomotive drivers); their stability
(support post and foundations); durability and maintenance aspects. Design of reflective-
type signs, incorporating clear numerals, located on non-corrosive supports, with
parallel and perpendicular to the track as indicated in the Reference Drawings shall be
developed in accordance with the requirements of relevant IRS Codes and Manuals.

(1) Kilometer Post: Kilometer Posts shall be located at every km point along the alignment
on the left hand side of the track towards the termination of proposed line. The distance
from the Zero Chainage shall be shown in numerals increasing from Zero to the
termination engraved 6 mm deep on both sides of the post.

(2) Hectometer Post: Hectometer posts shall be located at every 100m between the
Kilometer Posts . Letters in numerals are engraved 6 mm deep on both sides of the post.

(3) Gradient Post: Gradient posts shall be located at every change of gradient along the
vertical alignment on the left hand side of the track toward the termination of proposed
line . Letters showing forthcoming gradients shall be engraved 6 mm deep on both sides
of the post as indicated in the Reference Drawings.

(4) Curve Board: Curve boards shall be located at the start/end point of a horizontal curve.
They shall include Curve Number, Radius of Curvature, Cant, Circular Curve Length
and Tangent Curve Length, which shall be embossed onto a metal plate, or similar as
indicated in the Reference Drawings.

(5) Transition Curve Post: Transition posts shall be located at the beginning and end of each
transition curve. Letters painted in white indicating "BTC" or "ETC" are engraved in

381
 front of a black- painted wooden post with the Chainage written on the back side in the
same way.

(6) Fouling Mark: Fouling marks shall be located between two converging tracks within the
ballast to indicate the safe stabling limit for trains approaching the convergence point.
This point shall ensure that no contact shall be made with a train passing on the adjacent
track. Its location shall be based on the width of the MMD as described in the
Specifications between the two track centre lines. The letters "FM" shall be engraved 6
mm deep on the marker as indicated in the Reference Drawings.

(7) Bridge Number Plaque: Bridge number plaques showing the bridge number which shall
be embossed onto a metal plate or similar shall be attached diagonally on the top surface
of the both abutments as indicated in the Reference Drawings.

(8) Inscription Plaques on Bridges : Inscription plaques on all bridges of span 3.0m and
above showing nature and depth of foundations shall be inscribed on cement concrete or
stone slab fixed on each pier and abutment as per Indian Railway Bridge Manual para
1103.4 .

(9) Flood Gauges : Flood gauges with marking of danger level and HFL shall be painted on
each of the abutment and every fourth pier in case of multi-span bridges as per IRS
Manuals.

(10) Rail Posts Indicating Tangent Points: On the inside of the curve, rail posts shall be
erected on each approach of the curve, to indicate the positions of the beginning and end
of transition curves. These rail posts may be painted in red and white colours
respectively.

(11) Indication of Cant on Track: Super-elevation or Cant shall be indicated by painting its
value on the inside face of the web of the inner rail of the curve and at every versine
station, beginning with zero at the commencement of the transition curve. The value of
Cant shall be indicated on the circular curve at its beginning and at the end. In the case
of long circular curve, the cant value shall be indicated at intermediate stations at a
distance not exceeding 250 metres.

(12) Whistle indicator: Whistle boards shall be provided at the rear of all places where the
view of the Drivers is obstructed by cuttings or tunnels or curves and where it is
necessary to give audible warnings of the approach of a train to those working on the
track. The whistle boards are fixed at a distance of 600 meters. The whistle indicator
shall consist of two 600 mm. square boards painted yellow and bearing letter ‘W’ in
black. Its height shall be 2100 mm. from the rail level to the underside and the post on
which it is fixed, painted with 300 mm. high bands in white and black.

(13) Whistle Indicator for Level Crossing (wherever level crossing is required): Whistle
Boards shall also be provided on the approach of all manned level crossings, where a
clear view is not obtained. These bear the letters 'W/L'. The details of these whistle
boards are described in Para 916(1) / Chapter IX- Level Crossings and Gateman of
IRPWM.

382
(14) Shunting Limit Boards: Shunting Limit Boards shall be provided at an adequate distance
in advance of the trailing points. This shall consist of 600 mm. x 1000 mm. rectangular
board painted yellow with a black cross on the top and words "shunting limit" written in
black below it. Its height should be 2 metres from the rail level to the underside of the
portion containing the cross and the post on which it is fixed, painted with 300 mm. high
bands in white and black. It shall be fitted with a lamp showing white light in both
directions.

(15) Switch Expansion Joint (SEJ) Boards

(16) Long Welded Rail (LWR) Boards

(17) Bridge Boards

(18) Engineering Restrictions Boards (if any)

(19) Section Limit Boards

(20) Road Sign Boards

(21) Project Sign Boards

(22) Anyother board as per the requirement of relevant IR codes/manuals

3 Latest Version

Latest version of the Manuals, letters, Specifications and Standards including the
amendments notified/published by the Base Date shall be considered applicable. Base
date for the latest version of the Manuals, letters, Specifications and Standards including
the amendments notified/published shall be date of floating of NIT

4 Terms used in Manuals

The terms [‘Inspector’, ‘AEE’, ‘DE’] used in the Manuals shall be deemed to be
substituted by the term “Authority’s Engineer”; to the extent it is consistent with the
provisions of the Agreement.

5 Absence of specific provision

In the absence of any specific provision on any particular issue in the aforesaid
Manuals, Specifications, or Standards, the following standards shall apply in order of
priority

[Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)

Euro Codes or British Standards or American Standards

Any other specifications/standards proposed by the Contractor and reviewed by the

Authority’s Engineer.]

383
6 Alternative Specifications and Standards

1.1 The requirements specified in the Manuals are the minimum. The Contractor shall,
however, be free to adopt international practices, alternative specifications, materials
and standards to bring in innovation in the design and construction provided they are
better or comparable with the standards prescribed in the Manuals. The specifications
and techniques which are not included in the Indian Railway Manuals/ RDSO
specifications shall be supported with authentic specifications and standards specified in
paragraph 5 above. Such a proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
Authority’s Engineer. In case, the Authority’s Engineer is of the opinion that the
proposal submitted by the Contractor is not in conformity with any of the international
standards or codes, then he shall record his reasons and convey the same to the
Contractor for compliance.

1.2 Provisions of any other relevant Codes: For items not covered by any of the above
standards and specifications sound Engineering Practices as approved otherwise shall be
followed. Decision of the Chief Administrative Officer (Construction), Western
Railway, Churchgate, Bombay, for the application of any other Code shall be final and
binding.

6.3 SPECIFICATION FOR ITMES TO BE OPERATED UNDER NON-SCHEDULE USSOR-

2019 ARE AS UNDER:

(A) PLACEMENT OF PRECAST RCC BOX SEGMENTS.

This item shall be operated for placement of RCC Box cast earlier away from the final
position on the river bed in the nearby area during mega block:

a. The tenderer/contactors are advised to visit the all bridge sites of work and ascertain for
himself/ themselves all the aspect of site conditions viz accessibility, availability of
approach road, nature of soil, availability of materials, extents of lead and lift involved
in the work, availability of skilled and unskilled labours etc. that may be encountered in
the course of execution of work. As the nature of work warrants to ensure the highest
level of dimensional precision & accuracy, tenderer should make it a point to understand
the work carefully and thoroughly before quoting the rate.

b. No extra payment will be made for dewatering/incidental dewatering work for

completion and execution of work.

c. The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement at his own cost for movement of
his vehicle, machinery like cranes, Poclain/Hitachi /JCB/Dumpers/ Other machinery etc.
to reach the work site. Making of temporary access to the work sites for the machinery
shall be done by the Contractor at his own cost and no extra payment shall be made for
these.

d. All the materials used during the execution should confirm to Railway specification.
Decision of engineer- in- charge will be final in this respect.

384
e. No condition with respect of technical specification will be entertained and if any
tenderer quotes any condition/conditions modifying the specifications, his tender is
liable to be rejected summarily.

f. Entire method for design mix concrete shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge and
each step should be followed strictly. All necessary arrangement and tests for concrete
mix design have to be done by contractor at his own cost. No any extra payment will be
made on this account.

g. If box is casting in segment, grouting of all joints after completion of placing boxes with
epoxy compound so as to make them water tight. There should be no leakage. No extra
payment will be made for this.

h. Launching/Laying of precast RCC box under the track involves following activities in
one block time.

i. If placement done in traffic block, De linking the track and track assembly including
sleepers and De-launching of existing Steel Girders are lifted by road crane and placed
on the side of track at suitable location as directed by engineer in charge. The rate of the
item is inclusive of De-Linking and De-launching of existing steel girder. The Carting
of steel Girders to be paid separately in relevant item of this tender schedule. One extra
crane should be kept available as stand by crane at site during execution, no payment on
this account shall be payable.

j. If placement done in traffic block, Ballast is removed up to formation level and

excavation is done by excavator.

k. If placement done in traffic block, Bed preparation, levelling by sand/stone grit dust
etc. The levelling equipment shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost and no
extra payment shall be made on this account.

l. Placing of RCC slab and portion of RCC box by lifting and placement with road crane
including tying with wire ropes for each boxes and placing gently to the line and level
and alignment. It shall be responsibility of contractor to provide sufficient no. of wire
ropes at site at his own cost and no extra payment shall be made on this account.
Necessary layout for accurate alignment shall be done by the Contractor.

m. After placing RCC box under the track, earth filling/quarry dust is done on side with
proper ramming, ballast is spread over it and track is placed back over the ballast
cushion with the help of road crane as directed by engineer in charge.

n. Equipment required during placement of segments of box.

If placement done in traffic block, For efficient management of traffic block, nos. of
machineries in good working order as per approved scheme to be arranged 2hrs before
the block.

385
o. Contractor can cast slab boxes at centralized location under Railway supervision, but
payment will be made only after precast box segments, slabs are brought to site and
placed in position. No extra payment for carting of the concrete structures shall be done.

p. Sufficient no. of cement bags filled with sand/earth/stone grit dust should be available at
site for emergency use.

q. The requirement of road roller is not warranted during traffic block, hence this item
need not form a part of T&P item during traffic block.

r. Execution of work shall be done as per approved drawing and schedule of work.

s. The land available with railway is limited and if due to any reason more land is required
for successful completion of work, the additional land required shall be hired or
arranged by the contractor at his own cost. The railway will not arrange such additional
land. Tenderer is, therefore, requested to visit all the sites before quoting the rates. No
extra payment what so ever shall be made by the Railway. If the land is to be
permanently acquired by the Railways, all necessary paper work shall be done by the
contractor. However, in the case of permanent acquisition, Railways shall bear the cost
of payment of land to the owner/State Government as per Land Acquisition act.

t. Contractor shall depute qualified technical staff / engineer for setting / laying out of the
work and for supervision of the work as per rules & shall maintain all pegs & marking
till the work is over.

u. If placement done in traffic block, Planning & prearrangement of works during block.

v. All works which are to be done under block shall be meticulously planned to avoid
bursting of blocks. Preliminary works prior to the block shall be completed within time
so that work is not delayed. Safety shall be ensured by providing necessary means to
avoid any accident at site. Medical facilities in the form of First aid box etc shall be kept
at site.

w. To ensure safety of the road vehicles, public and trains, barricading of the site with
fencings, signboards etc. as guided by the Engineer in charge or his representative shall
be done by the contractor without any extra payment.

(A) Uncoarsed hand - packed DRY RUBBLE FILLING / Soling:

(i) Uncoarsed hand-packed DRY RUBBLE FILLING in work like rubble filling behind
abutments, wings, returns etc. without any special dressing stones shall be done as per
Code of Practice for The Design Substructures and Foundation of Bridges.

(ii) The rubbles filling shall be consist of well hand packed boulders & cobbles to thickness
not less than 600mm with smaller size towards the back.

(iii) Payments shall be made on Cum basis actual work done.

386
1 Rubble Soling: This item is for providing hand packed rubble soling of required
thickness for bedding layer wherever required as per the direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge. The rubble shall be hand packed and consolidated by ramming or rolling as the
case may be where rubble soling is done in floors/aprons, it shall be rammed and in case
of road, it shall be rolled to required level and camber. The rate also includes supplying
and spreading of blinding material i.e. sand, Moorum over the rubble soling. No extra
payment shall be made.

2 The payment will be made by taking the mean of the top and Bottom area of rubble
filling multiplied by mean height.

3 Stone shall be hard, sound, durable and of approved quality. If more than 10% of stone
do not satisfy above specifi¬cation payment shall be made @ 70% of the accepted rate.

4 Any filling materials (including stone) which are re¬jected by the Engineer for any
reason before or after placing shall be re-excavated and removed from site at the
contractor’s expenses.

5 Any filling materials (including stone) which are re¬jected by the Engineer for any
reason before or after placing shall be re-excavated and removed from site at the
contractor’s expenses.

(B ) CC Apron Pithcing with CC grid pattern

Providing and laying of apron with cement concrete blocks cast in-situ and made with
nominal mix of 1:2:4 with a minimum cement content of 250 kg/cum. Payment to
be made for blocks only. Cost of cement and shuttering to be paid extra. This item will
be used in slope protection as per manual provision of Bridge and High and errodibble
strata bank.

(C) Item Providing Safety Fencing:

The work of Safety fencing is required to work as a guidance for defining limit beyond
which contractor’s machinery shall not ply (towards existing track). Accordingly, this
item is required to be executed before work of earthwork etc. starts. The distance from
centre line of track at which this barricading shall be provided shall be decided with
consultation with Engineer in charge or his representative.

Minimum height of 1.25m above ground level & sufficient depth below ground level
should be ensured.

The rate covers the required excavation and refilling & proper compaction with
excavated earth for erection of fencing.

The rate includes painting with three bands of yellow luminous paint in the width of
55mm on top, middle and bottom 500mm apart maintain in good condition for the entire
period of working.

387
 During execution of work if fencing has to be relocated as per site condition and
instruction of Engineer in charge or his representative, this shall be done and no extra
claim will be entertained. If safety fencing is no longer required as decided by Engineer
in charge, it should be removed and released material will be the property of Contractor.
The site should be cleared immediately after removing the Safety fencing.

The rate includes the supply of RCC posts of minimum section 125mm x 100mm x
0.55m long at bottom and 100 x 100mm in remaining length (with +- 10mm) as per
drawing approved by Engineer in charge.

This item includes all type of maintenance during the complete period of execution i.e.
right from erection to the final removing the fencing.

Mode of Measurement: The unit of measurement shall be RM.

( D ) Locating existing cable locations:-

This item is for locating existing cable locations either by excavating of suitable depth
and width or by means of any suitable instrument (cable locator). Approximate depth of
excavation may vary from 80 cm to 120 cm and width of excavation may be 30 cm.
Excavation shall be done manually and care should be taken that cable does not get
damaged during excavation.

Sketch shall be prepared by contractor’s authorized representative, which shall clearly

show the length of excavation done. That sketch will be verified and certified by
Authority.

(E) RCC – M40 Grade - Deck Slab :

• This item is for providing RCC Deck Slab, wearing course, crush barrier, footpath,
Parapet etc. to be provided on the steel girders as required at site as per direction of
Engineer in charge.

• Quality control and speci¬fication shall be as per specifications of USSOR 2019.

• Payment of cement and reinforcement steel shall be payable separately under relevant
items of respective schedule.

( F) Reinforced Cement Concrete( precast, casted near site) in M-35 grade.

• RCC work in M35 mix with 6mm to 20mm size graded broken stone aggregate (as per
railway's drawing and specifications) including tamping vibrating curing etc. complete
with form work including scaffolding centering shuttering all lead lift including cost of
aggregates sand tools plants etc. complete.

• RCC work shall be of grade M-35 mix proportion and as defined by design mix
approved by the Engineer in charge. Guide line given in lS No. 10262-1982 shall be

388
 followed for mix design of concrete. Minimum cementitious material content shall be as
per clause 5.4.5 of concrete bridge code-latest edition.

• The rate quoted shall include cost of all necessary labour and materials required for
successful completion of the work. The rate quoted shall also include lead and lift. The
quoted rate shall include finishing smooth the exposed surfaces in line and level.

• The rates quoted shall include the cost of leveling of ground and site clearing for precast
RCC box segment. The rates quoted shall also include providing CC/PCC for leveling
of bed for precast box segment and rates also include providing temporary approached
road for transportation of materials and movement of vehicle/heavy machinery etc. for
this nothing extra shall be paid.

• The ratio of cement sand and stone aggregate shall be as per mix design for the same be
submitted bythe contractor and got approved from the Railways.

• The rate quoted by the tenderer shall be deemed to include.

• Cost of labour and materials like sand and aggregate shuttering shoring scaffolding etc.
complete including use of mixers vibrators curing placing with all lead and lift etc. for
the successful completion of this item in all respects.

• Only machine crushed broken stone aggregate of size 6mm to 20mm size graded broken
stone aggregate (as per specifications) shall be used.

• The rate is not inclusive of excavation during traffic block or with or without speed
restriction cost of cement and reinforcement. These items shall be paid separately under
relevant USSOR items.

• Contractor has to ensure proper vibration and placement of concrete curing for a period
of minimum 28 days from the date of casting shall be done.

( G ) Alumino Thermit Welding (SKV Process): 60 Kg/52 Kg New/SH

(90UTS/110 UTS): (Single shot crucible type)

GENERAL: -
The contractor shall submit the list of RDSO approved welders along with duly attested
certificate issued by RDSO. Welding portions and single shot crucible shall be procured
through RDSO approved firms only. Order of Welding portions and single shot crucible
to RDSO approved firm shall be placed immediately after award of tender. Testing
certificate issued by RDSO shall have to be submitted to the Authority. Contractor will
also submit the bill copy of purchased portions and single shot crucibles, without which,
no payment shall be released. Looking to the urgency of work, separate welding teams
consisting of RDSO approved Welders shall be constituted. For smooth and effective
working, sufficient numbers of supervisors preferable Railway retired PWIs, shall be
got engaged by contractor.

389
 In respect of new firms, the approval procedure shall be as per clauses No. 18 to 21 of
IRS T-12/84 and shall be accord¬ed by the RDSO, Lucknow.

The inspection of Thermit portion for this work shall be carried out by RDSO, Lucknow
as per IRS-T-19/84.

The Thermit portions to be used for this work shall be obtained from firms approved by
RDSO and the portions shall be got inspected and certified by RDSO, Lucknow as per
IRS T-19-84. The contractor shall engage the team of trained welders certified by
RDSO.

The work shall conform to IRS No. T.19/84- Fusion welding of Rails by Alumino
Thermit Process with the latest amendments, which forms a part of this document. The
method of welding, precautions & steps to be taken before, during & after welding for
satisfactory weld joints should be as laid down in the “Manual for welding of Rail Joints
by the Alumino Thermit Process” - April 1987 published by the RDSO (latest version
with latest amendment).

DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

The work of Thermit welding of rail joints shall be done:

(i) Outside the track, on cess or in depot/station yard.

(ii) In situ, under traffic in block or with caution order on newly laid track (loops) as
deemed fit by the Railway or on non-running track.

In case of (ii) above, the contractor shall have no claim whatsoever on the Railway even
if suitable time under block or caution order is not available. However, all possible help
in arrangements of block or caution order shall be given by Railway.

The distribution of the work between cess and situ will be as per the site condition and
Railway’s requirement the con¬tractor shall have no claim on this account to this
change. However, the total quantities of welding work of a particu¬lar rail section will
be as specified in the schedule sub¬ject variation as per General Condition of contractor.

Satisfactory Performance:

The contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory performance of the welded joints.
For the guarantee period as specified in the specification and a sum equal to 1% of the
total amount billed of this item shall be kept as a security deposit for two years or the
extended period of three years. For every joint failing during the guarantee period, 2
times the cost of welding as paid to the contractor for one rail joint shall be recovered
from this sum, if the contractor does not re-weld the joint(s) free of cost.

All welds executed by the contractors shall be ultrasonical¬ly tested by the railway
within 90 days of its execution. Each joint marked defective shall be cut and re-welded
by the contractor at his own cost i.e cost of additional two welds due to defective weld

390
shall be borne by the contractor, however, payment of one weld initially done, shall be
payable.

The Railway shall only pay for one joint even in case where it becomes necessary to
make two joints for eliminating the defective/failed weld. No payment shall be made for
the failed/defective weld. In case the number of defective/failed-welded joints exceed
1% penalty as men¬tioned below shall be recovered from the contractor.

No recovery on account of the cost of work will be made from the contractor’s in case
of joints failed during the execu¬tion of work of joints marked defective by USFD upto
a limit of 1%, for failures beyond this limit a recovery shall be made from the
contractor’s bill at Rs. 1000/- per joint for supervision done by the Railway. Recovery
of losses of rails is made at the rate of two times of prevailing market rate for new and
@ 65 % of twice the rate of new rail for Second Hand rail.

No payment shall be made for sample welds, but the rails, required for testing shall be
supplied by Rail¬way free of cost. The contractor shall arrange to transport these joints
at his own cost from the site of work to the contractor’s workshop for testing. The test
pieces after testing shall be returned to Railway with his own transport.

In case any test joints picked up under clause No. IRS-T 19/84 fails; the guarantee
period of 2 years shall be ex¬tended for a further period of one year more for the
particular Km/Kms for which the representative joint had failed.

WORK TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR:

The contractor shall be responsible for using the “correct portion” for the type of rails to
be welded.

The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the rails are brought to the correct
alignment and level before welding.

The contractor shall be responsible for proper filing of the joints and their finish to the
specified tolerance after welding.

The contractor at his own cost shall supply the required welding equipment and
accessories, thermit mixture including dry mould suitable for welding rails by Alumino-
Thermic process using short preheat technique and other materials such as closing pin,
dry looting sand required for the work. The contractor shall also supply the files for
filing the welded joints at his own cost.

The contractor shall arrange for un-fastening of rail joints, where joints have been
provided with Fish plates, the fish plates and bolts shall be deposited to the nearest store
of Authority (i.e.PWI(C)).

For cess welding, the handling of rails shall be required to be done by contractor and
contractor shall ensure that the rails to be welded are brought to the correct alignment
and level before welding. No extra payment shall be made for this handling and it will

391
be deemed to be included in the rate for the welding of joints. The tenderer shall have to
lead out rails involving a max. lead of 500 M. No extra payment will be made on this
account. It may be ensured that rails of same metallurgy are welded with matching
welding portions.

Mechanical trimming of each and every weld shall be done by the use of weld trimmers
and filing will be done using profile grinders. Necessary equipments like weld trimmers
and profile grinders will be arranged by the contractor’s at his own cost at each site of
welding work. The manual trimming may however be permitted based on the specific
situations by the engineer-in-charge or his representative on case to case basis.

The contractor shall be responsible for proper trimming and filling of the joints and their
finish to the specified tolerance after welding.

The contractor shall not carry out any work between sunset and sunrise. He should make
his own arrangements to protect the work site against wind and weather during the
course of actual execution. Welding shall not be done during rains.

The contractor shall deploy sufficient number of welding supervisors molder (Thermit
welding) Trained welder and unskilled labour. Rate of joint shall include these labours
to be supplied by the contractor for carrying out the work. The contractor shall organize
the work at sufficient number of locations with adequate plant, equipment and la¬bour,
so as to obtain the prescribed progress of work.

The contractor shall also provide each welding party with metallic straight edges of 1 M
and 10 cm length and one set of filler gauge measuring in units of 0.1mm to 2mm for
checking the geometrical tolerance.

It should be ensured by the contractor that the work of filling and finishing of welding
joints keep pace with the welding. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that
the filing is within prescribed reference as per relevant clause of the Manual of welding
of rail joints by A.T. Process.

The contractor will ensure that the rails are set to correct alignment and level with
appropriate gaps between rail ends before welding either in track or in cess. All the
necessary arrangements for making appropriate gaps including cropping/cutting of rails,
pulling back of rails unfastens/fastening of tracks fittings, carting of new rails etc. shall
have to be made by the contractor. He shall be responsible for the proper filing and
grinding of both faces of joints and their finish after welding and for the satis¬factory
results of the welding. He shall remove all kinks and twist in the rails particularly within
2 M at ends. The contractor shall take full responsibility for the welding of rail joints
and for the satisfactory quality of the weld.

All welds shall be painted by the contractor using paint to specification No. IS-9862-
1981 or bituminous emulsion to IRS-P-30 Gr. I or equivalent as accepted by the
Railway specified in the procedure for painting of weld collars of Thermit welded joints
which is detailed below:

392
Procedure for painting of weld collar for new Thermit welded rail joints to protect
against corrosion.

SURFACE PREPARATION:

The dust, loose rust and mill scale shall be removed by wire brushing.

The welded area shall be scrubbed with water to make it free from slag and other water-
soluble compounds. The area should then be allowed to dry.

PAINTING:

One coat of ready mixed paint conforming to specifications I.S. 9862-81 of bituminous
emulsions to I.R.S. P.30 Gr. I shall be applied on welded area and upto 60 cm. on either
side.

After 8 hours of drying a second coat of the same paint shall again be applied.

The painting shall be carried out by brush.

DRY LUTING SAND:

Only dry luting sand shall be used for welding for which sufficient quantity of dry luting
sand manufac¬tured by using high silica white sand conforming to IS: 1987-74 Gr. A,
and inorganic binder and watering agent shall have to be supplied/arranged by the
contractor.

A comprehensive register shall be maintained by the contrac¬tor wherein; the records of

acceptance test including USFD tests as prescribed in the specification shall be kept.
The record shall be jointly signed by the contractor and the Railway representative and
submitted to the Authority as and when required.

The testing charges for estimating of aluminum by spectro¬graph method in Thermit

steel shall be borne by the contrac¬tor.

The Railway shall provide a permanent way official for supervision of the work at every
site of work.

The welding work shall be carried out by staff contained units at each location so that all
types of work concerning each joint i.e., lifting, leveling, alignment, luting, weld¬ing,
chipping shall be carried out by same party, for this purpose the contractor shall provide
the following labour for each self-contained units.

1. welder (Thermit welding/Trained welders) : 4 No. approx..

2. Khalasis/Gangmen : 16 No. approx..

393
3. Blacksmith : 4 No. approx..

For filling and finishing of joints also the contractor shall provide Khalasis. It should be
ensured by the contractor that the works of filling and finishing of welded joints keep
pace with the welding. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the filling is
within prescribed tolerances as per relevant clause of the Manual for welding of Rail
Joints by A.T. Process.

It shall however be ensured that the labour provided by the contractor is familiar with
the welding technique to be adopted. The contractor, shall therefore, arrange to afford
them the necessary training in the welding technique before posting them at site.

The contractor shall be responsible for providing his own technically qualified
supervisor who shall exercise expert supervision of the work during its progress so as to
ensure that the welds are executed within the prescribed tolerances.

The agency shall arrange wooden blocks for supporting and also for making wooden
wedges which are usually required for lifting/leveling or placing the rails in position for
welding purpose.

The Permanent Way Inspector (Supervisor) in-charge of the work shall make necessary
arrangements for safe working and traffic blocks/ caution order. The arrangements made
by the Railway for safe working shall not relieve the contractor of his liability for
indemnifying the Railway against all costs, damages, charges or expenses as per
relevant clauses of the General conditions of contract in case the Railway becomes
liable to cost, damages, charges or expenses due to the negligence of the contractor.

The contractors shall remove all kinks and twists in the rails particularly within 2
meters of each joint and before handing over to welding party.

The work of spreading of rails size wise is in the scope of contractor doing the work of
P. Way linking and Railway shall arrange spreading and pairing of rails on cess. The
work of handling of rails for aligning and leveling for facilitating welding work is to be
done in this contract. In case the linking contractor fails to spread and pair the rails, the
work of spreading and pairing shall be done in the present contract at mutually agreed
rates.

The facility of rail transport shall not be given free of cost for work of welding of rail
joint by Railway to the contractor. They have to arrange for transportation of their own
man and materials required for the work indolently by the road transport.

Arrangements shall also not be made by the Railway to trans¬port free of cost
contractor’s materials, tools and plant by the materials lorry between nearest station and
at the site of the work and between successive sites of work. The sites are mostly
approachable by the road as such all these activ¬ities will have to be carried out by the
contractor with his own road transport.

394
Posting of watchman/flagman, shall be carried out by Railway with their own separate
labour under direct supervision of Permanent way officials deputed for the purpose.

No suitable temporary accommodation for storage of contractor’s plant and tools and
consumable stores are available with the Railway as such, it cannot be provided to the
contractor. Suitable accommodation for contractor’s staff and storage of material at site
of work or nearby station will have to be arranged by contractor with his own means. In
case any separable accommodation is available, it can be provided to the contractor free
of cost on specific request. The contractor’s store shall always remain available to
Railway’s representative for inspection. Railway will not be responsible however for the
loss of contractor’s plant, tools and consumable stores due to theft, fire etc.

For welding of rail joint by SKV process, contractor will arrange petrol own cost for
welding works at site of work according to requirement per joint as given below.

REQUIREMENT OF PETROL PER JOINT FOR WELDING OF VARIOUS

RAIL SECTION:

Rail section: Petrol requirement per joint.

1) 60 Kg. / 52 Kg. 1.80 Liter

Cost of petrol consumed as per requirement shall be included in the rates quoted by
contractor.

Sales tax, Royalties & other duties, if any, that may be payable under any State
Govt./Local Bodies Act. of or rule, on any of the material that may be supplied or used
by the contractor on the work shall be payable by the contractor. The Railway shall
neither pay the taxes or duties nor be bound to compensate the contractor for any
amounts paid by him by way of these taxes/duties.

The unit of measurement shall be in Nos. of joints. The payment shall be made on
prorate basis i.e., as per actual work done satisfactory.

If Railway desire, Ultra Sonic Flaw Detecting (USFD) testing shall be done by the
contractor through R.D.S.O. approved USFD supervisor in presence of SSE(C) P. Way.
For testing of each joint, the payment shall be made @ 2 % of payment of weld per
joint.

Welding register shall be maintained as per the format of Welding manual with latest
correction slips if any. The welding register shall bear the signature of both Railway’s
supervisor and agency’s authorized supervisor duly test checked by AXEN(C)/ADI.
Without complete welding register as per welding manual/TMS data format, no
payment shall be made.

395
( H) Transportation of P. way materials (New Rails, SH Rails, PSC Sleepers, Rail Dolly
etc)

This item is for transportation of various types of P.Way materials to be utilised in this
work.

The contractor shall arrange for his own vehicles / Trailers, T & P (like Cranes etc.),
labour, fuel etc. in completing the work. The rate/s accepted against the tender shall also
include all charges for taxes, royalties toll tax etc. and such other charges. Railway is
not liable to pay any amount other than what has been accepted. Railway shall not
arrange for supplement such as material trolley, Dip lorry, Labour for safety measures
etc.

All the P. WAY materials new, SH, unserviceable are to be carted out on the shortest
possible distance. The contractor shall remain in touch with Railway’s officials; these P.
WAY materials are to be stacked at locations as directed by Engineer in charge at site.
Route shall be considered as shortest possible but feasible of the movement of
trucks/trailers/heavy machinery etc. Normally distance as worked out from state road
map shall be considered for the purpose of payment.

The P.WAY materials shall be placed / spread in such as way that there is no
infringement to running track and also these stacks should not be far away from the
track. The contractor shall do marking/numbering on the each sleeper with his own
paint.

Manual handling of PSC sleepers is not permitted and shall be handled by mechanical
means only. The PSC sleepers have to be transported in contractor’s own truck/trailers,
cranes, labourers, plants and equipment. The rate shall be inclusive of all types of taxes
and nothing extra shall be payable other than the rate accepted. Beside these special
conditions, the contractor shall be bound to follow the P.WAY manual and conditions as
laid down in the chapter of mechanical handling of PSC sleepers. Rails to be handled as
per guide lines as stipulated in IRPWM and LWR and as directed by Engineer in charge.

During transportation, no damage to PSC sleepers, Rails, fittings and any other P. WAY
materials carted by contractor should take place.

The distance and weight (Theoretical) as worked out by Railway shall be final and
binding on contractor and no claim whatsoever be entertained on this account.

Fittings are to be deposited at decided by Engineer in charge.

All the materials have to be duly accounted for by the contractor as per the quantities
mentioned in challans. Payment only shall be released when the materials have duly
accounted for by the PWI(C) and entries have been made in tally book.

Mode of Payment / Measurement:-

396
 The payment for the material transported as per items shall be arranged based on actual
receipt of materials duly accounted for by the Railway representative. For this purpose,
theoretical weight stipulated in track manuals, IRPWM and other Railway manuals shall
be followed for arriving at the total quantity/ weight of material
transported/loaded/unloaded. In case unit weight is not available in any of the Railway
manuals/ codes, average weight of 10(ten) similar items shall be taken by the Railway
representative in presence of the contractor/his authorized representative on weighing
machine and shall be signed by both the representatives of Railway and contractor/s in
token of having accepting the same. No compensation/claim shall be entertained either
in regard to the theoretical weight follow as per the manuals or average weight so
arrived by carrying out the sampling as described above where no weight is stipulated in
the manuals/codes. In case of second hand materials, weight shall be arrived at 95% of
the theoretical weight shown in the manuals/codes.

Distances against items arrived at from the road map covered via the shortest possible
feasible route are meant to guide lines only.

No extra payment shall be allowed in case of crossing of Railway tracks.

The payment shall be made on actual work done at site. The rate is inclusive of all tools
and plants, machinery, crane, trailer, truck, labourers, all types of taxes. Nothing extra
shall be payable on whatsoever account i.e. hike in petroleum products etc.

While stacking / transporting of P. way material from the block section and station yard
to be done in presence of stock holder and actual lead chart to be prepared before the
work starts and duly signed by authorized representative of contractor and stock holder.

Unit of measurement shall be as mentioned in the respective item of schedule.

(I) Fabrication of 60 Kg/52 Kg in situ glued joints –

This item is for fabrication of 60 Kg/52 Kg in situ glued joints. The work may be
carried out with/without traffic block. For carrying out work in traffic block, contractor
shall carry out suitable safety precautions. No extra payment shall be made for carrying
out works under traffic block.

For in situ fabrication of Glued insulated Rail joints to be adopted as mentioned in

Manual for Glued Insulated Rail Joint -RDSO-(Revised-1998) along with up-to-date
correction slips.

Under this contract contractor shall manufacture 60kg (UIC) rail glued joints as per
drawing No. RDSO/T-671 / relevant RDSO Plans with updated correction slips if any,
having end post thickness of 6mm namely G3(L) type having six bolts.

The required materials for fabrication of glued joints shall only be procured from RDSO
approved suppliers only.

Glued joints shall be fabricated/assembled in a clean, dust free and well-lit area.

397
The rail piece shall be cut in the middle with a rail cutting machine. It shall be ensured
that the cut is square and the rails are square, plane and smooth

The edges of the rail end at the out shall be finished smooth with a flat file. All burrs
shall be removed properly.

Holes in the rail pieces shall be drilled at locations following the relevant drawing with
a precision drill using jigs to ensure accuracy. It shall be ensured that the holes drilled
are not skew.

The burrs around holes shall be removed. The edges of the drilled holes shall be
chamfered using the appropriate chamfering tools.

The fish plates shall have correct profile as per standard drawing so that contact with
rail on the fishing surface and web is proper. Drilling of holes in fish plates shall be
done by a precision drill using jigs. The edges of drilled holes shall be cleaned of burrs.
It shall be ensured that the holes drilled are not skew.

The marking of rail designation, rolling details etc., occurring in the zone of contact of
rail and fish plates, shall be ground with a grinder so as to merge with the parent
profile/contour, and perfectly aligned both laterally and vertically. The two rails shall
than be held firmly in position by clamps. The distance between two rail ends shall be
marginally more than the thickness of the end post to be used to enable insertion of the
end post.

The application of the glue shall be commenced only when the finished mils and fish
plates have been properly cleaned & have dried completely.

The resin and hardener shall be mixed as per supplier’s/Manufacturer’s instructions in a

suitable container. The constituents shall be thoroughly mixed to get a homogenous
mixture. The glue shall be used within its pot life prescribed by the supplier.

A thick layer of the glue shall be applied on kittling surface of the fish plates
simultaneously by two teams of workmen.

One piece of clean glass cloth carrier shall be placed on the fish plates and evenly
pressed so that the glue squeezes out through the glass cloth. The oozing glue shall be
uniformly spread over. A layer of glue shall than be applied on the inside of the
insulating liners followed by their placement on the glued glass cloth carrier on the two
fish plates.

A layer of glue shall then be applied on the outside of the insulating liners and a clean
piece of glass cloth carrier shall be laid. The oozing glue shall be uniformly spread over.

Glue shall be applied to both the faces of the end post, before placing it between the two
rail ends. Adequate pressure shall then be applied by using screw clamps at the rail ends
so that no gaps is left between the end post and the rails.

398
 The insulating bushes duly dipped in glue shall be placed in the rail holes. The bonding
surfaces of the rails shall then be coated with a layer of the glue and the fish plates made
ready as described in para 13 to para 15 above, shall be placed in position in contact
with the rail web.

Both washers and nuts shall then be placed in position and tightened with a torque
wrench. The torque shall be increased gradually on all the bolts in stages of 35 kg-m per
bolt. Care should be taken to tight inner bolts first and then the outer bolts. Finally, all
the bolts shall be tightened with a torque of 105 kg-m.

About 20 minutes after the initial tightening of bolts, the bolts shall be retightened with
a torque wrench until a torque of 105 kg-m is attained.

Every fabricated/assembled joint shall be checked for vertical and lateral alignment with
1m long straight edge. The tolerance permitted shall be as under;-

(i) Vertical alignment; - Variation at the joint shall be within +1mm and -0mm measured at
the end of 1m straight edge placed at the top of rail head.

(ii) Lateral alignment; - Variation at the joint shall not be more than +.5mm measured at the
end of 1m straight edge placed along the gauge face

All the other tests shall be carried out only if the joints are dimensionally satisfactory.

Each joint shall be subjected to insulation resistance test in dry condition. A meggering
voltage of 100 volt D.C. shall be applied across the joint, the value of the insulation
resistance shall not be less than 25 mega ohms.

Pull out test ;- Only of the joint found satisfactory in dimension check para 20 (i) & (ii)
above and insulation resistance test in dry condition in para 22 above, the pull out test
shall be conducted.

a. The pull out test shall be conducted by suitably gripping the two rail pieces of the joint
and subjecting the joint to axial tension.

b. One method of the conducting the test is to hold on end of the glued joint with the help
of the fish plates as fixed end. The other end of the glued joint is held to a moving frame
with the help of a wedge inserted in slot cut in the glued joint through the moving frame
brackets as per the manual for glued insulated rail joints issued by R.D.S.O.- Lucknow
1998 edition with latest amendments.

c. The other method of conducting the test is to hold the glued joint with the help of fish
plates at both the ends of the testing frame. One end of the testing frame remains fixed
and the other is moved with the help of two hydraulic jacks operated simultaneously as
per the manual for glued insulated rail joints issued by RDSO-Lucknow 1998 edition
with latest amendments. Manufacturer can adopt any other method also with the prior
approval of RDSO.

399
d. The pull-out test joints shall be dismantled soon after the inspection, fish plates may be
reused in subsequent fabrications of their condition is satisfactory.

e. Para 3.4.4 of manual for glued insulated rail joints issued by RDSO-Lucknow 1998
edition with latest amendments stands modified as under in term of CTE- CCG’s letter
No. W/632/0(Policy) Vol. VII dated 23.05.2013.

f. On a lot of each 50 joints or part thereof one test piece glued joint shall be fabricated by
agency at site on cess with similar material and quality control measures and with same
set of equipments. This test piece will be subjected to pull out test as explained in Para
3.4.1 of Manual for Glued Insulated Rail Joint (Revised-1998). If strength of test piece
is found passed as per Para 3.4.3 of Manual for Glued Insulated Rail Joint (Revised-
1998) then full payment shall be made. In case joint fails at load less than prescribed
then following procedure shall be adopted.

i) If strength is 99 to 80% of desired then 80% payment of full lot of 50 joints or part
thereof shall be made.

ii) If strength found< 80% then no payment shall be for complete lot of 50 joints or part
thereof.

The test joint shall be treated part of lot and will be paid accordingly to agency. The
expenditure of testing including transportation to be borne by contractor.

DISPOSAL OF REJECTED LOT:-.Each joint of rejected lot shall be marked with two
nos. “O” marks with yellow paint on web of rail both side. So that Authority
maintenance can keep them under observation.

Specification of Materials;-

FISH PLATES: - Steel of fish plates shall confirm to IRST-I. The dimension of fish
plates shall confirm to the relevant drawing of the glued joint.

HTS BOLTS AND NUTS:- HTS bolts and nuts shall comply with the following
specification. The Hex bolts shall be as per IS-1363 conforming to property clause 10.9
of IS-1367. The Hex nuts shall be as per IS-1363 conforming to property clause 12 of IS-
1367.

PUNCHED WASHERS;- Steel of punched washers shall conform to IS-2062.

INSULATING BUSHES/SLEEVES, LINERS AND END POSTS:- The insulating

components viz. bushes/sleeves, liners and end posts shall be made as per the manual
for glued insulated rail joints issued by RDSO-Lucknow 1998 edition with the latest
amendments.

GLASS-CLOTH CARRIER REINFORCEMENT;- Glass-cloth carrier reinforcement shall

conform to IS:11273:1992 clause 4,5 type C for the properties not covered below

400
 (a) Nominal weight: - 360+36 gm/sq.m.

(b) Nominal thickness :- 300+-30 microns

(c) Construction :- ends per inch :15.5+-2.5% picks weave per inch :14+-2.5% plain

A detailed record for the traceability of each Glued joint must be kept as per the format
shown under:

Sr Date of Location Line Block Name Name of Name of

Resistance Sign of
No. fabrication as per UP/ time of Supervisor Railway
value of Railway
TMS DN Agency of Supervisor
G/Joint in Superviso
guide lines /SL
Agency dry r
condition in
Megaohms)

If 60Kg/52 Kg Glued joints will be fabricated on cess in Rail panels to avoid AT welds
as per instructions of Engineer in charge, then payment will be made @ 90% of
accepted rates.

Rail will be given at depot for fabrication at side of track by Railway, which the
contractor shall collect at his own cost / own means of transport.

Glued Joints provided in situ shall also be got tested by S&T staff and agency shall
make all arrangements for testing of glued Joints provided in situ.

No material shall be given by the Railway unless otherwise stated in the tender. Rails 60
Kg shall be given by the Railway, if Glued Joints fabricated on cess and in case of in
situ fabrication, existing rail as provided in track shall be utilized.

( J) Providing Boundary mattams and Fouling mark etc.

This item is for providing and fixing the Boundary Mattams & fouling marks etc cast in
M-25 grade with contractor’s own materials including cement and reinforced steel.

The contractor shall paint the post with an approved type of paint.

(K ) Providing temporary shed:-

This item is for providing temporary shed required during TWO/NI of the work. The
entire work shall be done as per specifications laid down in the item.

(L) Fabricating, bending, cutting, drilling and fixing etc. of guard rails.

The scope of work under this item includes cutting of rails to required length and
bending of flare portion (for guard rails, 1 left and 1 right for each bridge), cutting
notches in foot of guard rails for fixing to sleepers including vertical bend as required.
The guardrails shall extend beyond the length of Girder Bridge from abutment face and

401
flaring shall start at a specified distance from face of abutment. The whole work of
guard rail shall be as per specifications given in the IRPWM.

Rails and fittings will be supplied by Railways free of cost. The rail section to be used
for fabricating guard rail shall be of 60 kg/52 kg as decided by engineer in charge and
fixing of the same can be on bridge timbers or special PSC guard rail sleepers with all
fittings complete in all respect.

Rate includes preparing, drilling in running rail & guard rail and fixing, oiling and
greasing of fitting including all labour, taxes etc. For transporting of guardrails to bridge
site, payment is admissible under relevant NS items. Guard rail shall be fixed by MS
Galvanised cleats and payment for manufacturing and providing galvanized cleats.

( M ) SUPPLY OF 50 mm CRUSHED STONE BALLAST.

Item covered under this schedule is for the supply of 50 mm machine crushed stone
ballast.

Ballast Plot will be prepared by the contractor with his own labourers at locations as
specified by the Engineer in charge or his Rly’s supervisors. Each plot will be
properly leveled and dressed for stacking of ballast by the contractor at his own
cost.

The Ballast register will be prepared by the authorized representative of

contractor at site which will be jointly signed by the Railway’s supervisor and
AXEN(C)/XEN(C) at site. This shall be kept in custody of Railway’s Engineer in
charge. All the ballast shall be stacked only at nominated ballast plots. This register
shall be jointly signed by the Contractor’s authorized representative and Railway’s
supervisor as well as AEN(C)/XEN(C). Any register considered necessary by
Engineer, shall also be maintained by the contractor and he will have to sign. All the
register, proforma, charts etc. shall be the property of Railway.

After plots are approved, the contractor will clean the plots off the weeds, grass,
organic matter, bushes, level the ground and mark the plots with white line with lime
powder for stacking purpose.

The ballast shall be supplied as per detailed specifications, which are as under.

DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS:

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF TRACK BALLAST:

The Standard Specification of materials as laid down in Works Hand Book Part-III -
1984 as amended by correction slips up to No. 2 dated 3-11-2002 for machine crushed
ballast and Latest Specifications for Track Ballast (IRS – GE– 1, June 2004 with
correction slips 1, 2 & 3) issued by RDSO- LKO vide letter No: RS/F/7/4 DATED 25-6-
2004. CAO(C) CCG’s letter No. WNC.40/0 (Dup) dated 30.11.2004. Other instructions
for ballast supply issued by Railway Board vide letter No. 2006/CE-

402
II/MB/2 Dated 25.05.2007 circulated by Dy. CE/TM vide letter No. W.40/0/A Vol. V
dated 14.06.2007 for cess supply should be followed and correction slip no. 1, 2 &3.

BASIC QUALITY :

The ballast should be hard, durable and as far as possible angular along
edges/corners, free from weathered portions of parent rock, organic impurities and
inorganic residues.

PARTICLE SHAPE :

Ballast should be cubical in shape as far as possible. Individual pieces should not be
flaky and should have generally flat faces with not more than two rounded/sub-
rounded faces.

MODE OF MANUFACTURE :

Ballast for all BG main lines and running lines, except on “E” routes but including “E”
special routes, shall be machine crushed. For other BG lines and NG/NG routes
planned/sanctioned for conversion, the ballast shall preferably be machine crushed.
Hand broken ballast can be used in exceptional cases with prior approval of Chief
Track Engineer/CAO/C. Such approval shall be obtained prior to invitation of tenders.

Q U AL IT Y

The ballast shall be obtained only from good quality stones/boulders and should
not be inferior to the approved ballast samples/Test Report.

The ballast shall not contain any inorganic or organic residues, and shall be free from
inferior or harmful substances, the decision of the Engineer in this regard being final
and conclusive.

Where the supplies are made from a central quarry the stone used for crushing into
ballast shall exclude top layer weathered and shall be extracted only from those
locations specifically approved by the Engineer from time to time whose decision in this
regard being final & conclusive.

In above case, not-with-standing the approval of the Engineer of the locations for
extracting the stone for crushing, the quality of the parent rock/boulder material shall be
tested for the initial approval of the parent rock/boulder stone before the commencement
of the contracted work, the subsequent test for the quality control being carried out at
the discretion of the Engineer whose decision in this regard being final and
conclusive.

Only machine crushed ballast shall be acceptable.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES:

403
The ballast sample should satisfy the following physical properties in accordance
with IS: 2386 Part IV 1963 when tested as per the procedure given in Annexure - 1 & 2.

Description BG, NG & (Planned /sanctioned

For conversion)
Aggregate Abrasion value 30 % max.
Aggregate Impact value 20 % max
Water Absorption 1 % max

404
The Water Absorption tested as per IS: 2386 Pt. III-1963 following the procedure give in
the Annexure – III should not be more than 1%.

SIZE AND GRADING

The stone ballast should satisfy the following size and gradation:

Retained on 65 mm square mesh 5 % Maximum

Retained on 40 mm square mesh Between 40 % to 60 %

Retained on 20 mm square mesh Not less than 98 % for machine crushed stone ballast

The range of maximum 5 % to be retained on 65 mm mesh shall be strictly followed and in case
any variation, the stack shall be accepted as mentioned for payment under oversize ballast.

The range of 40 % to 60 % to be retained on 40 mm square mesh shall be strictly followed

and in case if there is any variation, the stack shall be accepted as mentioned for payment
under oversize ballast.

The ballast shall be treated as Undersized and shall be rejected as as mentioned for payment
under undersize ballast.

The quality of ballast shall be tested as specified therein initially before thecommencement of
the supplies and thereafter as determined in terms of the relevant clause mentioned below.

After the approval of the material, the size and grading of the ballast shall be checked.

OVERSIZE BALLAST:

A maximum of 5 % ballast retained on 65 mm sieve shall be allowed without deduction in rate

for making payment.

In case ballast retained on 65 mm sieve exceeds 5 % but does not exceed 10%, the payment at 5
% reduction in contracted rate shall be made for full stack. Stacks having more than 10 %
retention of ballast on 65 mm sieve shall be rejected.

In case ballast retained on 40 mm square mesh sieve exceeds 60 % limit prescribed in 2.3.1
(b) above, payment at the following reduced rates shall be made for the full stack in addition to
the reduction worked out at I) above.

5 % reduction in contracted rates if retention on 40 mm square mesh sieve is between 60 %(

excluding) and 65 % (including).

10 % reduction in contracted rates if retention on 40 mm square mesh sieve is between 65

%(excluding) and 70 % (including).

In case retention on 40 mm square mesh sieve exceeds 70 % the stack shall be rejected.

405
UNDER SIZE BALLAST:

The ballast shall be treated as undersize and shall be rejected if

Retention on 40 mm square mesh sieve is less than 40 %.

Retention on 20 mm square mesh sieve is less than 98 % (machine crushed).

METHOD OF SIEVE ANALYSIS:

Sieve sizes mentioned in this specification are nominal sizes. The following tolerances in the
size of holes for 65, 40 and 20 mm nominal sizes shall be permitted.

65 mm square Mesh Sieve Plus Minus 1.5 mm

40 mm square Mesh Sieve Plus Minus 1.5 mm

20 mm square Mesh Sieve Plus Minus 1.0 mm

Mesh sizes of the sieves should be checked before actual measurement. The screen for sieving
the ballast shall be of square mesh and shall not be less than

100 cm in length, 70 cm in breadth and 10 cm in height on sides.

While carrying out sieve analysis, the screen shall not be kept inclined, but held horizontally
and shaken vigorously. The pieces of ballast retained on the screen can be turned with hand to
see if they pass through but should not be pushed through the sieve.

The percentage passing through or retained on the sieve shall be determined by weight.

The screens, weighing machine shall be arranged by the tenderer/s at his/their own cost.

For quality control the samples of ballast will be tested at least for every 2000 cum or part
thereof to ensure that the ballast is being supplied as per specification. The samples
will be tested for impact value, Water Absorption and abrasion value. In case of failure
of the sample as per the prescribed tests, three more samples shall be got tested and if any one
of these fails, the entire quantity (i.e. lot for which samples were tested) will be rejected.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:

Stack measurement:

Stacking area should be level, firm and with good drainage. Written permission for
stacking shall be certified by PWI/C (Random test check by AXEN/XEN (C) / on the ballast
passing register. Each stack shall be so formed that ratio of longer to smaller side does not
exceeds 2.5 except for areas where there is constraint of land width in which case the ratio up to
3.5 may be permitted. The height of stack shall not be less than 1.00m except in hilly areas

406
where it may be 0.5m. The height of stack shall not be more than 2.0m. The side slopes of stack
should not be flatter than 1.5:1 (Horizontal: Vertical) and the cubical contents of each stack
shall not be less than 30 Cum in Plain areas and 15 Cum in hilly areas.

The collection and stacking of ballast should be complete in all respect in a TP length before
measurements are taken i. e measurement for ballast supplied in particular TP length shall be
taken only once during the currency of a contract. Measurement of ballast should be done
following generally the provision as described in the Paras below.

The details of measured ballast stacks shall be entered in a stack measurement register/ Ballast
passing register, which should have columns for measurement and properties check by SE/ JE,
AXEN (C) / XEN (C). The register shall be an authentic initial record in the form of
measurement book with machine numbered pages and instruction for prevention custody etc.
manuscript ruled registers should be used by proper machine numbering the pages.

The ballast register should bear the following information:

Reference to Agreement No.,

Date of measurement,

Stacks No.

Measurement as recorded indicating the different dimensions and volume, Results of the
quantity check and qualitative check as per sieve analysis over size, quantity, dust, etc.

There should be no over writing in the register, if any correction is required, the old entry
should be struck off by drawing a line and a fresh entry made and initialed. No blank line
should be left while recording. The recordings done at a time should be properly boxed by
drawing a line at the start and close of the measurements. As entries passed in ballast passing
register should be entered in measurement book, which shall form the basis for the
contractors’ bill.
No measurement should be done for part stack(s). After measurement of a stack is done, it
should not be disturbed except for training out.

The contractor or his authorized representative shall sign the ballast passing register as well
as the measurement book in token of acceptance of measurements taken by AXEN (C) /
XEN (C). After the stack is passed and measured, the stack number should be clearly marked
on the stack either by lime or by placing a board. In addition lime should be sprinkled along all
the edges of the stack to indicate that the stack has been accepted.

The bills for payments to the contractors should be prepared on the basis of the measurements
recorded in the stack measurement Registers/ Ballast Passing Register. These details shall
be copied in the MBs giving the dates and other details of measurements and checks and the
bills prepared.

407
MEASUREMENTS IN METRIC UNITS :
Measurements and payment will be made in metric units in two decimals. Average Length =
L = [L1+L2+L3+L4]/4 = 0.00 m
Average Width = B = [B1+B2+B3+B4]/4 = 0.00 m
Average Height = H = [H1+H2+H3+H4+H5+H6….Hn]/n = 0.00 m
Qty = L x B x H = 0.00 Cum
In the case of items regarding measurements, the measurements will be rounded off to the
second place of decimal for working out payment as per universal mathematics rules, i.e.
second digit with one plus if third digit 5 or more than 5.

Wagon Measurement:

In case ballast supply taken by direct loading in to wagons, a continuous white line should be
painted inside the wagon to indicate the level to which ballast should be loaded. The cubical
content in cubic meter corresponding to white line should also be printed on both sides outside
the wagon.

In addition to painted line, mentioned in Para 4.7.1, short pieces of flats (cut pieces of tie bars
or otherwise) with cubical contents punched shall be welded at the center of all the four sides as
permanent reference .In case the supply is taken in general service wagon, actual measurements
will be taken.

Welded flat
White
line

Cum 28.85

SHRINKAGE ALLOWANCE: Payment shall be made for the gross measurements in

stacks without any deduction for shrinkage voids. However, when ballast supply is made in
wagons, shrinkage upto 8% shall be permitted at destination while verifying the booked
quantities by the Consignee.

SUPPLY OF BALLAST IN STACKS

408
Tenderer/s shall have to make approach road at his/their own cost wherever required.
The size and location of each plot for stacking ballast will be decided by the SE/SSE/C.
Tenderer/s shall have to make the plots levelled by cutting and filling and making level
grounds at his/their own cost and shall get the levelled plots approved by the Engineer-in-
charge before stacking the ballast on the same. Ballast stacked outside demarcated plots shall
not be accepted.

For Depot supply

Demarcation post shall be erected by the Contractor between ballast plots. Only the rails
required for such posts shall be issued by Railway on free of charge. All cutting and fixing of
such posts shall be done by the Contractor for which no separate payment shall be made. These
rails shall returned to the Railway after completion of the work.

Any excavation or filling at the site offered for stacking or in the proximity thereof is strictly
forbidden after a plot is approved. Any attempt to do so, will render the contract liable to
summary termination and the ballast collected and/or stacked upto that time will be rejected
without any compensation and such stacks, around or near which raising or excavation of
existing ground has been attempted shall have to be made good/removed from the
Railway premises.

Stacks shall be closely packed and built up on the stacking site in the manner ordered by the
Engineer or his representative on his behalf, so as to contain the minimum of voids. If the
Engineer or his representative is deputed to measure the stacks is not satisfied that
stacking has been done to secure minimum voids, he is at liberty to refuse to measure such
stacks until the stacks are broken up and re-stacked. The Railway shall not be responsible for
the custody of the ballast till such time the ballast is measured and taken over by the Railway.

After the stacks are measured, they shall be sprinkled with lime in the form of a cross on all the
sides by the supplier at his own cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer or his representative in
this behalf.

It is understood that the accepted rates for ballast are for materials which conform in
all respects with these specifications. If the Engineer or his representative deputed to
measure the ballast supplied is not satisfied that any of above conditions and specifications
have been fully complied with, he is at liberty to:-
Refuse to measure the ballast supplied after communicating his reasons in writing and/or
Call upon in writing to bring the ballast upto these speci- fications by either re-screening
the ballast to conform to the specified sizes and grading or to proper shape and size to
enable re-inspection and measurement.

Cess Supply.
For Ballast collection along cess & its running out, instruction as given in Para 267 of IRPWM
shall be adhered to.

409
The plots for ballast stacks should be selected by SE/ JE in charge and approved by
AXEN/XEN and should be on level ground and at such locations from where lifting and
leading of the ballast in to track required minimum effort. The supply contractor should
level the area at his own cost before stacking the ballast.
In case of cess supply, cess supply sketch similar to depot sketch shall be drawn as mentioned
in Para 4.4 above by SE/JE in charge of the section. The diagram shall reflect all the stacks
available on the section clearly indicating the following by different coloured/ hatching.
i. Stacks measured on date and yet to be paid for,
ii. Stacks measured earlier but not yet disturbed,
iii. Stacks measured earlier and already disturbed, and
iv. Stacks where the supply is in progress.

These diagram should also be signed by contractor’s representative and AXEN (C) /
XEN (C) duly certifying that position of stacks on the date of measurement is correctly
incorporated in the diagram. Availability of cess supply diagram shall be a pre-requisite for
processing of the bill for payment in the DY.CE. (C) Office.
In case of cess supplies taken along the cess, ballast passed by the AEN/XEN should not be put
into the track till the bill is passed by the DY.CE. (C) and a lapse of further seven days and
the ballast is accounted for in the ballast ledger by the sub ordinate in charge and has been
collected for 1 Km continuous length, unless a special written personal dispensation is given
by the DY.CE. (C) to put the ballast into the track in urgent cases. But in all cases
authorization shall specify the date on which the distribution is permitted. This date shall not
be earlier than 15 days after the date of initial measurement.

There should be a buffer of at least one Km between the locations of collection and
running out of ballast. Any deviation of the stipulations shall not be allowed except by specific
written approval of the DY.CE. (C) for the reasons to be recorded in writing and if he is the
passing officer for payments, then deviation being approved by CPM

SAMPLING AND TESTING :

In order to ensure supply of uniform quality of ballast, the following forms shall be followed
in respect of sampling, testing and acceptance. A minimum of (3) three samples shall be
taken for measurement done on a particular date even if the numbers of stacks to be measured
are less than three.

On supply of the first 100 cum, the tests for Abrasion value, Impact value and Water
Absorption shall be carried out by Railway. Further supply shall be accepted only after this,
ballast satisfies the specifications for these tests. Railway reserves the right to terminate this
contract as per GCC at this stage itself in case the ballast supply fails to conform with
any of these specifications.

Subsequent tests shall be carried out as follows :-

Description Supply in stacks Supply in

410
 For each stacks of For each stacks of Wagons
volume less than volume more than 100
100 Cum Cum
a) Size and
Gradation Tests One for each One for each stack One for each
No of Tests stack wagon.
** 0.027 Cum for every
Size of One 100 Cum or part ** 0.027
sample **0.027 Cum Thereof. Cum
b) Abrasion One for every 2000 cum
value, Impact
Value and Water
Absorption Test
@ Testing
Frequency
** This sample should be collected using a wooden box of internal
dimensions 0.3m x 0.3m x 0.3m from different parts of the stack/wagon.
@ These tests shall be done for the purpose of maintaining quality during
supply. In case of the test results not being as per the prescribed specifications at any
stage, further supplies shall be suspended till suitable corrective action is taken and
supplies ensured as per specifications.
The above tests may be carried out more frequently if warranted at the
discretion of Railways.
All tests for Abrasion value, Impact value and Water Absorption conducted
subsequent to award of contract shall be done at approved laboratory. If carried
out other than Railway’s Laboratory or SBI Workshop.

The contractor/s will have to employ labour in full strength commensurate

with working areas available. He will also arrange for equipments to complete the job
most expeditiously within the stipulated completion period. The Engineer’s
decision as to what is full strength will be final.

No material shall be supplied by the Railway.

411
 Annexure “A”

AGGREGATE ABRASION VALUE

(Based on IS: 2386 part IV-1963)

1. APPARATUS:

1.1 The abrasion test for track ballast shall be carried out using Los-Angeles
Machine
1.2 The abrasive charge shall be of 12 Nos. cast iron or steel spheres approx.
48mm dia and each weighing between 390 and 445 gms ensuring total weight of charge as
5000(+/-)25 gms.
1.3 IS sieves of sizes 50mm, 40 mm, 25 mm and 1.70 mm.
1.4 Drying oven.

2. TEST SAMPLE :

2.1 The test sample of 10,000 gms shall consist of clean ballast conforming to the following
grading :
Passing 50mm and retained on
40 mm square mesh sieve 5000 gms @ Passing 40 mm and retained on
25 mm square mesh sieve 5000 gms @
@ A tolerance of (+/-)2 % permitted.
2.2 The sample shall be dried in oven at 100-110 oC to a constant weight and weighed
(Weight ‘A’).

3. TEST PROCEDURE:

3.1 The test sample and the abrasive charge shall be placed in the Los-Angeles abrasion
testing machine and the machine rotated at a speed or 20 to 33 revolutions/minute for
1000 revolutions. At the completion of test, the materials shall be discharged and sieved
through 1.70 mm IS sieve.

4. ANALYSIS AND REPORTING OF THE RESULT:

4.1 The materials coarser than 1.70 mm IS sieve shall be washed, dried in oven at 100-
110o C to a constant weight and weighed (Weight ‘B’).
4.2 The proportion of loss between weight ‘A’ and weight ‘B’ of the test sample shall be
expressed as a percentage of the original weight of the test sample. This value shall be
reported as: A-B
Aggregate Abrasion Value = —— X 100
A

412
Two such tests shall be carried out and the mean of results shall be reported to the nearest
whole number as the Aggregate Impact Value if the tested materiel.

413
 ANNEXURE –“B”
AGGREGATE IMPACT VALUE (Based on IS: 2386 Part IV-1963)

414
415
416
417
 Annex - I

(Schedule-D)
Specifications and Standards for Construction19

1 Specifications and Standards

All Materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the following
manuals:

1.1 For civil works:

(a) Indian Railways Permanent Way Manual, Flash Butt Welding Manual, AT
WeldingManual, Manual of Long Welded Rails, Manual for Ultrasonic Flaw
Detection, OnTrack Machine Manual, Small Track Machine Manual, RDSO
Specification &Drawings for P. Way &Works Materials with up to date
Addendum & Corrigendum
(b) Indian Railway Bridge Manual, , Foundation & Sub Structure Code of IR, IR
BridgeRules, IRS Concrete Bridge Code, RDSO Spec.B1 2001 for Structural
Steel & IR Stee&welded Bridge Codes with up to date Addendum &
Corrigendum Slips
(c) Indian Railway Schedule of Dimensions with upto date Addendum &
Corrigendum slips
(d) All Relevant IS Codes for works & Materials
(e) Specifications of Works of Western Railway and CE circulars etc.
(f) Indian Railway Track Manual Vol. I &II with latest Amendments.
(g) Indian Railway Works Manual with up to Addendum & Corrigendum.
(h) Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials), 2010 –
Volume-I (Chapter 1 to 10)- 2010
(i) Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials), 2010 –
VolumeII (Chapter 10 to 26)- 2010
(j) Latest RDSO guidelines to be used while designing earth work and
blanketinglayer; Rationalisational of Formation Layer Thickness, including
Blanketing will be done as per specification no. RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, of
September 2020 for 25 T Axle loading.
(k) In case of any contradiction in the various codal provisions, the order of
precedence shall be as follows:-

a) Provisions of this Annex I.

b) IRS Codal provisions

c) IRC Codal provisions

d) IS (BIS) Codal provisions

418
1.2 For electrification works:

(a) Indian Railways Manual AC Traction, Volume-II Part-I and Volume-II Part-II.

(b) Manual of Standards & Specification for Railway Electrification

(c) Indian Railways Standards of Dimension

2 Deviations from the Specifications and Standards

419
 Annex - II
(Schedule-D)

(See Clause 10.2.7(c))

Time Schedule for Review of Drawings by the Authority:

Authority’s
Sl. Prepa- Review by Open Line/
Item Review with
No. ration RDSO
time limit
1. Alignment plan - - Approved copy
enclosed with RFP.
2. L Section - - Approved copy
enclosed with RFP.
3. LWR Plans Contractor CE/C (45 days) Copy to CTE to give
remarks in 30 days, if
any.
4. Design basis report for Contractor CE/C (60 days) CBE and RDSO to give
important bridges remarks in 45 days.
5. GAD of important bridges Contractor CE/C (45 days), Contractor to submit
CBE and RDSO GAD after clearance of
to give remarks design basis report.
in 30 days
6. GAD of major and minor Contractor Division to Copy to CBE to give
bridges, affecting the approve in 30 remarks in 30 days, if
existing bridge (requiring days any.
load sharing or imposition CPM or CE/C
of SR during construction) (60 days)
7. GAD of major and minor Contractor Division to
bridges (without any approve in 30
reduction in waterway/ days
vertical clearance and not CPM or CE/C
affecting the existing (60 days))
bridge)
8. Structural drawings of Contractor CPM or CE/C
important and major (60 days)
bridges
9. Structural drawings of Contractor Dy.CE/C
minor bridges (30 days)
10. GADs of RUBs Dy.CE/C CE/C and GAD of RUB will be
State Authority provided within 60
days from the
appointed dated.
11. Structural Drawings of Contractor CE/C (30 days)
ROBs/RUBs
12. GADs of FOB Contractor CE/C (45 days) Copy to CBE and
DRM to give remarks
in 30 days, if any.

420
 Authority’s
Sl. Prepa- Review by Open Line/
Item Review with
No. ration RDSO
time limit
13. Structural Drawings of Contractor CE/C (30 days)
FOBs
14. Engineering Scale Plans - - Approved copy
(ESPs) enclosed with RFP.

15. Building Plans - - Approved copy

enclosed with RFP.
16. Drainage Plans Contractor Dy.CE/C
(30 days)
17. Protection Work Design Contractor CPM/ CE/C (45
and Drawings days)

421
 Time Schedule for Review of Drawings by the Authority for electrification works:
(NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)

Authority’s
Sl. Prepa- Review by Open Line/
Item Review with
No. ration RDSO
time limit
1. Final Layout Plan Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
E (21 days)
2. Cross Sectioning Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
Drawings E (21 days)
3. Structure Erection Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
Drawings E (21 days)
4. Long Section drawings of Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
OHE under over line E (21 days)
structures and overhead
crossings
5. Other design and drawings Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
where there is any E (15 days))
deviation from RDSO
standards
6. As erected SED and CSD Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
E ( 30 days)
7. Any special arrangement, Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R CEE of the concerned
including bridge masts, E (45 days) Railway. CBE in case
FOB/ROB modification, of bridge masts,
or structural modifications. FOB/ROB, engineering
structure modification (
CEE or CBE to review
and return to
CEE(C)/CPD/REwithin
30 days)
8. All PSI Drawings/Designs Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R NIL
E (21 days)
9. Relay setting calculation Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R Sr DEE (TRD) of
of TSS E (21 days) concerned Division. (
Review to be returned
to CPM/RE within 14
days)
10. HT Crossing and LT Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R Sr DEE(TRD) of
crossing modifications E (45 days) concerned Division (
Review and return to
CPM/RE within 30
days).
11. Bonding Plan of Yard Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R Sr DEE(TRD) of
Area E (28 days) concerned Division (
Review and return
within 21 days to
CEE(C)/CPD/RE)

422
12. SWR and Appendix G Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/R Sr DEE(TRD) & Sr
E (28 days) DOM of concerned
Division ( Review and
return within 21 days to
CEE(C)/CPD/RE)
13. Signalling Plan for each - - Approved copy
interlocked station, enclosed with RFP.
including interlocked level
crossings situated outside
station limits and inter
locked mid-section
sidings.
14. Locking Table and locking Contractor CSTE Divn/HQ of concerned
diagrams for each ( 45 days) Railway. ( within 75
interlocking frames, days to
station master’s slide
control, frame,
interlocking key box,
power frame with
mechanical locking.
15. Selection Table for each Contractor CSTE Remarks to be given
EI/Relay Interlock Station (14 Days) within one month of
submission and
approval by Railways,
to be furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission
of compliance of
remarks by contractor.
16. All other Contractor CSTE ( 60 days) Remarks to be given
Signalling/Telecom within one month of
Drawings/Designs submission and
approval by Railways,
to be furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission
of compliance of
remarks by contractor.
17. All other drawings not Contractor 21 days where As per the case.
mentioned above, where CPD/RE is
mandatory review by approving
Railway is necessary to Authority. 45
comply with provision of days where
Manuals/Codes. approval has to
be taken from
Open Line
Railway.

423
Note:All other drawings/designs which are not mentioned herein will fall under the review of
Authority Engineer ( Dy. CEE/ Dy. CE/ Dy. CSTE as the case may be) and the time limit
thereof will be as per the terms and conditions mentioned in the Contract Document.
******

424
 SCHEDULE - E
(See Clause 3.1.6(a))
APPLICABLE PERMITS

1 Applicable Permits

1.1 The Contractor shall obtain, as required under Applicable Laws, the following
Applicable Permits:

(a) Permission of the State Government for extraction of boulders from quarry;

(b) Permission of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for installation
of crushers;

(c) Licence for use of explosives;

(d) Permission of the State Government for drawing water from river/reservoir;

(e) Licence from inspector of factories or other competent Authority for setting up
batching plant;

(f) Clearance of Pollution Control Board for setting up batching plant;

(g) Clearance of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for setting up
asphalt plant;

(h) Permission of Village Panchayats and State Government for borrow earth; and

(i) Any other permits or clearances required under Applicable Laws.

1.2 Applicable Permits, as required, relating to environmental protection and conservation

shall have been or shall be procured by the Authority in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement.

425
 SCHEDULE - F

(See Clauses 7.1.1, 7.5.3 and 17.2)

FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE

Annex-I
(See Clause 7.1.1)
Performance Security

FA and CAO( Construction)/ I

Western Railway.
Mumbai
WHEREAS:

(A) ……………………………………(insert name and address of the contractor)

(hereinafter called the “Contractor") and (insert name and address of the project
authority), (hereinafter called the“Authority”) have entered into an agreement
(hereinafter called the “Agreement”) for the construction of the new railway line
between ……..-…….. in the .................... Railway zone on Engineering, Procurement
and Construction (the “EPC”) basis, subject to and in accordance with the provisions
of the Agreement
(B) The Agreement requires the Contractor to furnish a Performance Security for due and
faithful performance of its obligations, under and in accordance with the Agreement,
during the {Construction Period/ Defects Liability Period } (as defined in the
Agreement) in a sum of Rs….. cr. (Rupees ………..….. crore) (the “Guarantee
Amount”).

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the “Bank”) have
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the“Guarantee”) by way of
Performance Security.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees

and affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the dueand faithful
performance of the Contractor’s obligations during the {Construction Period/ Defects
Liability Period}under and in accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and
undertakes to pay to the [mention Finance of Authority], upon its mere first written
demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest, and without
any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to an aggregate sum of the
Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the Authority being required
to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or for the sum specified
therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank of [***in
the ***]Railway, that the Contractor has committed default in the due and faithful
performance of all or any of its obligations under and in accordance with the
Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees

426
 that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in
due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the Agreement and its
decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final and binding on the Bank,
notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and the Contractor, or any
dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other
authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.

3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to act as if the
Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of the Contractor
and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or corporation or
otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or obligation of the Bank
under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the Authority
to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its demand under this
Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Agreement or to extend the time or period for the compliance with, fulfilment and/ or
performance of all or any of the obligations of the Contractor contained in the
Agreement or to postpone for any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and
powers exercisable by the Authority against the Contractor, and either to enforce or
forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement
and/or the securities available to the Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from
its liability and obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the
liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the
Contractor or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the
Authority or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to
sureties and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its liability and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives
all of its rights under any such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or

security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating
to the Agreement or for the fulfilment, compliance and/or performance of all or any of
the obligations of the Contractor under the Agreement.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under this
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the
Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from
its liabilities hereunder.

427
8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on **** $. Unless a demand or claim
under this Guarantee is made in writing before expiry of the Guarantee, the Bank shall
be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with the
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that it
has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so on
behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by post
addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have been
duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and if
sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the envelope was so posted shall
be conclusive.

11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain in force
and effect for up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier
by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of ……….., 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)

NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.

$
Insert date being 2 (two) years from the date of issuance of this Guarantee (in accordance with Clause 7.2 of
the Agreement).

428
 Annex – II
(Schedule - F)
(See Clause 7.5.3)
Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money

FA and CAO( Construction)/ I

Western Railway.
Mumbai
WHEREAS:

(A) [insert name and address of the contractor] (hereinafter called the “Contractor") has
executed an agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) with the [name and
address of the project authority), (hereinafter called the “Authority”) for the
construction of the new railway line between ****-**** in the **** Railway zone on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the “EPC”) basis, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

(B) In accordance with Clause 7.5.3 of the Agreement, the Contractor may withdraw the
retention money (hereinafter called the “Retention Money”) after furnishing to the
Authority a bank guarantee for an amount equal to the proposed withdrawal.

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the “Bank”) have
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the “Guarantee”) for the
amount of Rs. ………… cr. (Rupees ............... crore) (the “Guarantee Amount”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees and
affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay to the Authority,
upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse,
contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to
an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the
Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or
for the sum specified therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank of [*** in
the ***Railway], that the Contractor has committed default in the due and faithful
performance of all or any of its obligations for under and in accordance with the
Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees
that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in
due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the Agreement and its
decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final, and binding on the Bank,
notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and the Contractor, or any
dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other
authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.

3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to act as if the
Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of the Contractor

429
 and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or corporation or
otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or obligation of the Bank
under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the Authority
to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its demand under this
Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Retention Money and any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Authority against
the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and
conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the Authority,
and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation under these presents
by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid
or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other forbearance,
indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other matter or thing
whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors would but for this
provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability and obligation under
this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or

security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating
to the Retention Money.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under this
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the
Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from
its liabilities hereunder.

8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect 15 (fifteen) days after the date of
the Completion Certificate specified in Clause 12.4 of the Agreement.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with the
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that it
has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so on
behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by post
addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have been
duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and if
sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the envelope was so posted shall
be conclusive.

430
11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain in force
and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier by
the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of ……….., 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Designation)

(Code Number)

(Address)

NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.

431
 Annex – III
(Schedule - F)
(See Clause 17.2)
Form of Guarantee for Advance Payment

FA and CAO( Construction)/ I

Western Railway.
Mumbai
WHEREAS:

(A) [name and address of the contractor] (hereinafter called the “Contractor”) has
executed an agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) with the [name and
address of the project authority], (hereinafter called the “Authority”) for the
construction of the new railway line between ***in the ***Railway zone on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the “EPC”) basis, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
(B) In accordance with Clause 17.2 of the Agreement, the Authority shall make to the
Contractor advance payment (herein after called “Advance Payment”) equal to 10%
(ten per cent) of the Contract Price; and that the Advance Payment shall be made in
two installments subject to the Contractor furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional
guarantee by a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred and ten percent)
of such installment to remain effective till the complete and full repayment of the
installment of the Advance Payment as security for compliance with its obligations in
accordance with the Agreement. The amount of {first/second} installment of the
Advance Payment is Rs. ……cr. (Rupees ……crore) andthe amount of this Guarantee
is Rs. …… cr. (Rupees …… crore)(the“Guarantee Amount”)$.

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the “Bank”) have
agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the“Guarantee”) for the
Guarantee Amount.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees and
affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and faithful
repayment on time of the aforesaid instalment of the Advance Payment under and in
accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to the Authority,
upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse,
contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to
an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the
Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand and/or
for the sum specified therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank of [***in
the ***Railway], that the Contractor has committed default in the due and faithful

$
The Guarantee Amount should be equivalent to 110% of the value of the applicable installment.

432
 performance of all or any of its obligations for the repayment of the instalment of the
Advance Payment under and in accordance with the Agreement shall be conclusive,
final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees that the Authority shall be the
sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in due and faithful performance of
its obligations during and under the Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is
in default shall be final and binding on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences
between the Authority and the Contractor, or any dispute between them pending before
any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the
Contractor for any reason whatsoever.

3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to act as if the
Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of the Contractor
and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or corporation or
otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or obligation of the Bank
under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the Authority
to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its demand under this
Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and conditions of the
Advance Payment or to extend the time or period of its repayment or to postpone for
any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and powers exercisable by the
Authority against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any
of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available
to the Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation
under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to
the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other
forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors
would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability and
obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any
such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other guarantee or

security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in respect of or relating
to the Advance Payment.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank under this
Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will remain in
force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand or claim in
writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all rights of the
Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be relieved from
its liabilities hereunder.

433
8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on ****.$ Unless a demand or claim
under this Guarantee is made in writing on or before the aforesaid date, the Bank shall
be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with the
previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares and warrants that it
has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has full powers to do so on
behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent by post
addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed to have been
duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof forthwith, and if
sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when it ought to have
been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice, when given by post, it
shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was posted and a
certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the envelope was so posted shall
be conclusive.

11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain in force
and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released earlier by
the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of …….. 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)
NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the Bank as well
as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing branch.

$
Insert a date being 90 (ninety) days after the end of one year from the date of payment of the Advance payment
to the Contractor (in accordance with Clause 17.2 of the Agreement).

434
 EPC-PTD-BDRN-01
SCHEDULE - G
(See Clauses10.1.4 and 17.3)
Contract Price Weightages

1.1 The Contract Price for this Agreement is Rs. 194,74,06,280.00

[For works consisting of civil works]

Civil and track works 100 % of the Contract Price

Proportions of the Contract Price for different stages of Construction of the Railway Project shall be as specified below:

1. Civil and Track Works-

Item Weightage in Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure

percentage to the weightage
Contract Price
1 2 3 4 5
1.0 100 %
Item Weightage in Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure
percentage to the weightage
Civil Price

1.1 1.1.1 Earthwork in embankment/ 30% (a) Unit of measurement is linear length. Payment of each
Earthwork 21.58 % cutting including compaction up to H*/4 stage shall be made on pro rata basis on completion of
from ground level complete in all a stage in a continuous length of minimum 50 m.
respects.
(b) Provided that payment for the blanketing layer shall be
1.1.2 Earthwork in embankment/ made on completion of minor bridges including
cutting including compaction from H/4 30% slab/RCC box(item no 1.4)/pipe culverts (item 1.5) in
to H/2 from ground level complete in all the length for which stage payment is claimed. For the
respects. avoidance of doubt, payment for minor Bridges shall be
payable separately in accordance with item 1.4 and pipe
1.1.3 Earthwork in embankment/ 20% culverts shall be payable separately in accordance
cutting including compaction from H/2 with item 1.5.
to 3H/4 from ground level complete in
all respects *H = Height of formation from ground level miunus
blanketting thickness
1.1.4 Earthwork in embankment/ 20%
cutting including compaction from 3H/4 Note:- The whole Project length may be divided in
level to H from ground level complete in sections depending on average Formation Height/depth
all respects. Upto 3 m, 3 to 6 m, 6 to 9 m and 9 m and above. In
each section Km number shall be grouped according to
average formation Ht and separate EW payment
milestone may be made as it is made for item No. 1.1. (
i.e. 1.1A, 1.1 B, 1.1C, 1.1D)

100%
1.2 5.71 % 1.2.1 Blanketting work complete in all 60% Unit of measurement is linear length. Payment of each
Blanketing respect stage shall be made on pro rata basis on completion of a
stage in a continuous length of minimum 50 m.
1.2.2 Slope Protection by Turfing of 7%
formation Slope

1.2/3 Pitching of Formation Slope 8%

1.2.4 Retaining wall/toe wall and other 25%

misc works.

Total 100%
1.3. NA 1.3.1 Foundation: Completion of the (a) Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro rata
Important foundation work including pile caps/ well basis with respect to the total linear length of the
Bridges caps and foundations for wing and return Important Bridges.
walls, and testing.
(b) In case a particular component of a bridge is not
1.3.1/a Foundation of pier/ Abutment. [***%] complete in full linear waterway, Cost of each
individual component of that bridge shall be
1.3.1 /b Fundation of return/ wing [***%] determined in proportion to that particular span with
wall respect to the full linear waterway of that bridge.

(c) Payment shall be made on completion of each

1.3.2 Sub-structure: Completion of component/stage of an Important Bridge as per the
abutment/piers including bed blocks weightage given in this schedule.
(without bearings).

1.3.2/a Pier/Abutment shaft.

[***%]

1.3.2 /b Pier/Abutment cap (d) For item no 1.3.4 if a bridge is constructed using pre-
[***%]
cast concrete element/composite girders/plate
1.3.3 Completion of the wing walls, girders/open web girdersetc : 60 % payment shall be
return walls in all respects released upon finishing casting of concrete pre-cast
elements/Assembled plate girders/Assembled open
1.3.4 Super-structure: Completion of the
[***%] web girders etc & transportation to site
super structure except deck slab and
bearings
 (e) For item no 1.3.1/a and 1.3.1/b if a bridge is
1.3.5 Completion of the deck slab, constructed with pile/well foundation : 70%
bearings/ expansaion joints and making payment shall be released upon finishing the
bridge ready for track linking including [***%] piling/well sinking actvitity.
Bearings.

1.3.6 Miscellaneous works: Completion of [ For the purpose of calculation of quantity item No.
the remaining works including hand rails, [***%] 1.3.1/a and 1.3.1/b, the cost of each foundation shall be
walls, all protection works, pitching, determined by dividing total cost of the foundation of all
turfing, river training works, if any, tests, the bridges by number of piers and abutments/return wall
etc., complete in all respects and fit for of all bridges, for item No. 1.3.2/a and 1.3.2/b cost of
use. each sub-structure shall be determined by dividing total
cost of the sub-structure of all the bridges by number of
piers and abutments of all the bridges , for item no 1.3.3
cost of each set of wing and return wall shall be
determined by dividing total cost of the wing and return
wall of all the bridge by number of abutments of all the
bridges, for item no 1.3.4 and 1.3.5 cost of each span
shall be determined by dividing total cost of the super
structure of all the bridge by number of spans of all the
bridges, for item no 1.3.6 cost of misc works shall be
determined by dividing total misc. cost of the bridge of all
the bridge by number of all the bridges - These
instructions are to be deleted after customisation].
Total 100%
a. Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro
1.4.1 Foundation: Completion of the
rata basis with respect to the total linear length of
foundation work including pile caps/ well
caps and foundations for wing and return the Major Bridges.
walls, and testing.
b. In case any component of bridge is not complete
1.4 Major in full, then Cost of each component of
3.74% 1.4.1/a Foundation of pier/abutments
Bridges 10% individual bridge shall be determined on pro rata
basis with respect to the total linear length of that
1.4.1/b Fundation of return/ wing
10% bridge.
wall
c. Payment shall be made on completion ofeach
component/stage of an Major Bridgeas perthe
 weightage given in this schedule.
1.4.2 Sub-structure: Completion of
abutment/piers including bed blocks d. For item no 1.4.4 if a bridge is constructed using
(without bearings). pre-cast concrete element/composite
girders/plate girders/open web girders etc : 70%
1.4.2 /1 Pier/Abutment 20% payment shall be released upon finishing casting
of concrete pre-cast elements/Assembled plate
1.4.2/b Pier/Abutment cap 10% girders/Assembled open web girders etc &
transportation to site
1.4.3 Completion of the wing walls, return e. For item no 1.4.1/a and 1.4.1/b if a bridge is
walls in all respects 15% constructed with pile/well foundation : 70%
payment shall be released upon finishing the
piling/well sinking actvitity.
1.4.4 Super-structure: Completion of the
super structure except deck slab and 20% [ For the purpose of calculation of quantity item No.
bearings 1.4.1/a and 1.4.1/b, the cost of each foundation shall
be determined by dividing total cost of the
1.4.5 Completion of the deck slab, foundation of all the bridges by number of piers and
bearings/ expansaion jointsand making abutments/return wall of all bridges, for item No.
bridge ready for track linking including 10% 1.4.2/a and 1.4.2/b cost of each sub-structure shall
Bearings. be determined by dividing total cost of the sub-
structure of all the bridges by number of piers and
1.4.6 Miscellaneous works: Completion of
abutments of all the bridges , for item no 1.4.3 cost
the remaining works including hand rails, 5% of each set of wing and return wall shall be
walls,all protection works, pitching, determined by dividing total cost of the wing and
turfing, river training works, if any, tests, return wall of all the bridge by number of abutments
etc., complete in all respects and fit for of all the bridges, for item no 1.4.4 and 1.4.5 cost of
use. each span shall be determined by dividing total cost
of the super structure of all the bridge by number of
spans of all the bridges, for item no 1.4.6 cost of
misc works shall be determined by dividing total
misc. cost of the bridge of all the bridge by number
of all the bridges - These instructions are to be
deleted after customisation].

Total 100%
1.5 8.40% 1.5.1 On completion of the RCC boxes, 80% (a) Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro rate
Minor Abutments, pier & slab for slab basis with respect to the total clear span of the Minor
Bridges bridges including Wing wall and Bridges.
Return wall.
(b) Payment shall be made on completion of each
1.5.2 On completion of Balance works of component/stage of an Minor Bridgeas perthe
apron, cuttain wall, drop wall and 20% weightage given in this schedule.
other protection works in all
respects [For the purpose of calculation of quantity of item No.
1.5.1, the cost of each RCC boxes, Abutments, pier & slab
for slab bridges shall be determined by dividing total cost
of the RCC boxes, Abutments, pier & slab for slab
bridges of the bridge by number of Minor bridges, for
item No. 1.5.2, the cost of each Return /wing wall shall be
determined by dividing total cost of the Return/wing wall
of all bridges by number of Minor bridges and for item
No. 1.5.3, payment shall be made on completion of the all
stages of Bridge on prorate basis-].

100 %
1.6 Pipe NA 1.6 Pipe culvert Cost of each pipe culvert shall be determined on pro rata
Culverts basis with respect to the total barrel length (in linear metre)
of the culverts. Payment shall be made on completion of a
formation above culvert in a continuous length of
minimum 100 m.

1.7. ROB NA 1.7.1 Foundation: Completion of the (a) Cost of each ROB shall be determinedon pro rate
foundation work including pile caps/ well basis with respect to the total linear length of the ROB.
caps and foundations for wing and return
walls ( in any), and testing. (b) In case any compent of bridge is not complete full,
then Cost of each component of
1.7.1/a Foundation of pier/abutment [***%] foundation/substructure of ROB shall be determined
 on pro rate basis with respect to the total linear length
1.7.1 /b Foundation of return/wing wall [***%] of the individual ROB.

1.7.2 Sub-structure: (c) Payment shall be made on completion ofeachstage of a

Completion of abutment/piers including ROBasperthe weightage given in this schedule.
bed blocks (without bearings).
(d) For item no 1.7.1/a and 1.7.1/b if a bridge is
1.7.2 /a Pier/abutment shaft constructed with pile foundation : 70% payment shall
be released upon finishing the piling actvitity.
1.7.2/b Pier/Abutment cap [***%]
[ For the purpose of calculation of quantity item No.
1.7.2/cReturn/wing wall [***%] 1.7.1/a and 1.7.1/b, the cost of each foundation shall be
determined by dividing total cost of the foundation of all
1.7.3 Super-structure: Completion of the [***%] the bridges by number of piers and abutments/return wall
super structure of all bridges, for item No. 1.7.2/a , 17.7.2/b and 1.7.2/c
cost of each sub- structure shall be determined by dividing
1.7.3/a Construction of Super strutiure total cost of the sub-structure of all the bridges by number
except deck slab, expansion joint , bearings of piers and abutments/return wall of all the bridges , for
item no 1.7.3/a and 1.7. 3/b cost of each span shall be
1.7.3 /b Construction of deck slab, [***%] determined by dividing total cost of the super structure of
expansion joint, bearings and making all the bridge by number of spans of all the bridges, for
superstrutre fit for laying road carpeting item no 1.7.4 cost of misc works shall be determined by
dividing total misc. cost of the bridge of all the bridge by
1.7.4 Miscellaneous works: Completion [***%] number of all the bridges, for item no 1.7.5 cost of
of the remaining works including approaches works shall be determined by dividing total
bearings, hand rails, walls, all protection approaches works cost of the bridge of all the bridge by
works, pitching, turfing, load tests, etc., number of all the bridges - These instructions are to be
complete in all respects [***%] deleted after customisation].

1.7.5 Completion of approaches in all

respect and fit for offering the asset for
CRS inspection..

[***%]

Total 100%
1.8 25.54 % 1.8.1 On completion of the RCC boxes 75% (a) Cost of each RUB/LHS shall be determined on pro
RUB/LHS barrel/Abutments, pier & slab for rate basis with respect to the total clear span of the
slab bridges, wing wall/Return RUB/LHS.
wall, retaining wall etc.
(b) Payment shall be made on completion of ea ch
1.8.2 On completion of Retaining wall of component/stage of an RUB/LHS as per the weightage
Approach Roads and Road works in 15% given in this schedule
all respect
[For the purpose of calculation of quantity of item No. 1.8.1,
1.8.3 On completion height gauge, the cost of each RCC boxes, Abutments, pier & slab for slab
Roofing of approaches, drainage bridges shall be determined by dividing total cost of the
arrangement and allother ancillary 10% RCC boxes, Abutments, pier & slab for slab bridges of all
works in all respects RUB/LHS by number of ROB/LHS, , the cost of each
Return /wing wall shall be determined by dividing total
cost of the Return/wing wall of all RUB/LHSs by number
of RUB/LHS and for item No. 1.8.3, the cost of each
Retaining wall of Approach Roads shall be determined by
dividing total cost of Retaining wall of Approach Roads for
all RUB/LHS by number of ROB/LHS and for item No.
1.8.4, the cost of each height gauge, Roofing of approaches,
drainage arrangement and allother ancillary works shall be
determined by dividing total cost of height gauge, Roofing
of approaches, drainage arrangement and allother ancillary
works for all RUB/LHS by number of ROB/LHS These
instructions are to be deleted after customisation].

Total 100%
1.9. NA 1.9.1 Foundation: Completion of the a. Cost of each flyover shall be determined on pro rate
Flyovers foundation work (open foundations/pile basis with respect to the total linear length of the
foundations including pile caps) and flyovers.
testing.
b. In case any compent of Flyover is not complete full,
1.9.1 /a Foundation work of abutment/piers [***%] then cost of each component of foundation/substructure
of flyover shall be determined on pro rate basis with
1.9.1/b Foundation work of return walls respect to the total linear length of the individual
[***%] flyover.
1.9.2 Sub-structure:
 Completion of substructure, c. Payment shall be made on completion of each stage of a
abutment/piers including bed blocks flyover as per the weightage given in this schedule.
(without bearings)
d. For item no 1.9.1/a and 1.9.1/b if a bridge is
1.9.2/a Pier/abutment shaft constructed with pile foundation : 70% payment shall
be released upon finishing the piling actvitity
1.9.2/b Pier/abutment caps [***%]
e. For item no 1.9.3 if a bridge is constructed using pre-
1.9.2/c return walls [***%] cast concrete element/composite girders/plate
girders/open web girders etc : 70% payment shall be
1.9.3 Super-structure: Completion of the [***%] released upon finishing casting of concrete pre-cast
super structure ready for track linking elements/Assembled plate girders/Assembled open web
including bearings. girders etc & transportation to site
1.9.3/a Casting /launching of super str [For the purpose of calculation of quantity of item No.
without deck slab and baering 1.9.1/a and 1.9.1/b, the cost of each foundation shall be
[***%] determined by dividing total cost of the foundation of all
1.9.3/b Casting of deck slab, expansion the Flyovers by number of piers and abutments of all the
joints and fixing bearings and making Flyovers, for item No. 1.9.2/a and 1.9.2/b cost of each sub-
bridge fit for track linking [***%] structure shall be determined by dividing total cost of the
sub-structure of all Flyovers by number of piers and
1.9.4 Miscellaneous works: Completion of abutments/return wall of all the Flyovers, for item no
the remaining works, hand rails, walls, all 1.9.3/a and 19.9.3/b cost of each span shall be determined
protection works road works etc., by dividing total cost of the super structure of all Flyovers
complete in all respects and fit for use [***%] by number of spans of all the Flyovers, for item No. 1.9.4
the cost of each remaining works, hand rails, walls, all
protection works road works shall be determined by
dividing total cost of remaining works, hand rails, walls, all
protection works road works for all Flyover by number of
all Flyovers - These instructions are to be deleted after
customisation].
Total 100%

1.10 Track works 22.54 % 1.10.1 Supply of ballast and staking 40% (a) Unit of measurement is cum for item
No. 1.10.1 cum. [80% ] payment may be
1.10.2 Bed Ballast laying, compacting initial layer of 200 10% will be relased after taking indeminity
mm to facilitate mechanized track laying. bond. The unit of measurement of cum
ballast is only for releasing interim
1.10.3 Mechanized track laying in block section between payment. After completion of track work
station limits on PSC sleepers complete in all respects qty of ballast will be reconciled on basis
including laying [ 60 Kg] PSC sleepers at sleeper density of 10% of minimum ballast cushion of [350]
[1660/km], laying of rails, supplying and fixing switch mm on main line and [250] mm on loop
expansion joints, glued joints, guard rails, check rails, along line.
with welding of rails, supply and fixing all rail sleeper
fittings etc. complete linkage of track as per track diagram. (b) Unit of measurement is linear length.
For items from 1.10.2 to 1.10.4.
1.10.3/a Skelton linking without supplying and fixing Payment of each stage shall be made on
switch expansion joints, glued joints, gaurd rails, check pro rata basis on completion of a stage in
rails, along with welding of rails, supply and fixing all rail 5% a continuous length of minimum 100
sleeper fittings etc. complete linkage of track m.
(c) For item no 1.10.3 Payment shall be
1.10.3 /b Supplying and fixing switch expansion joints, made on completion of a track work in
glued joints, gaurd rails, check rails, along with welding of 5% block section on pro rata basis with
rails, supply and fixing all rail sleeper fittings etc. complete reference to the total length of main
linkage of track lines.
1.10.4 Mechanized Track laying in yards (within station
(d) For item no 1.10.4 Payment shall be
limits) on PSC sleepers complete in all respects including made on completion of a yard on pro
supply of new [60 kg] PSC sleepers, laying of sleepers at rata basis with reference to the total
sleeper density of [1600/km on main line and 1540/Km on 10%
length of all loop lines in all the yards.
loop line], providing and laying points and crossings, switch
expansion joints, glued joints, derailing switch in all lines in (e) On supply of complete T/O sleepers sets
yards etc. complete to ensure continuous and complete payments of [***%] of item No. 1.10.4/a
linkage of track in the yard as per yard plan. and 1.10.4/b will be relased on prorate
basis after taking indeminity bond.
1.10.4/a Skelton linking without providing and laying
points and crossings, switch expansion joints, glued joints,
derailing switch in all lines in yards etc. complete to ensure 5% (f) On supply of T/O switches , Xings and
continuous and complete linkage of track in the yard as per fittings, payments of [***%] of item No.
yard plan. 1.10.4/a and 1.10.4/b will be relased on
prorate basis after taking indeminity
1.10.4/b providing and laying points and crossings, switch
bond.
expansion joints, glued joints, derailing switch in all lines in 5%
yards etc. complete to ensure continuous and complete Note: In case option of item No. 1.10.1 is
 linkage of track in the yard as per yard plan. not operated,then this item will be added in
item No. 1.10.2 and 1.10.5
1.10.5 Ballast laying to facilitate lifting of track, making of
full ballast cushion and profile, distressing of long welded 10%
rails, machine tamping of track.
Total 100%
1.11. Tunnels NA 1.11.1 Oncompletion of tunnel portals including protection [***%] (a) Costofeach tunnel
of earth slopes above and around portals. shallbedeterminedon pro rate basis with
respect to the total linear lengthof all
1.11.2 Oncompletionoftunnelling including all activities of [***%] tunnels.
drilling, blasting or use of TBM etc. complete with final
lining. (b) Payment shall be made on completion
ofeachstage of a tunnelas perthe
1.11.3 On completion of tunnel safety works and tunnel [***%] weightagegiveninthisschedule.
ventilation works.

1.11.4 On completionoftrack works inside the tunnel. [***%]

100%
Total
1.12 Other 9.49 % 1.12.1(a) Construction of platforms including platform 15% For 1.12.1(a), (b), (c) unit of measurement is
Engineering works fencing/Wall but excluding items mentioned in item no square metres, Payment shall be made on pro
1.12.1(b) and (c) as per yard diagram. rata basis on completion of each platform.

1.12.1(b) Surfacing of platform with [kota stone/ CC] 12% 1.12.2 Unit of measurement is number.
including passenger amenities. Payment of each level crossing shall be made
on completion on prorate basis with respect
1.12.1(c) Provision of platforms including shelters 10% to total number of level crossings

1.12.2 Railway level crossings and gate lodges including 1.12.3 Unit of measurement is linear length
water supply, sewer line, approach road, fencing and 7% including landings and stairs. Payment shall
electrification. be made on completion of a foot over bridge
on pro rata basis with respect to total length
1.12.3 SUBWAY on railway stations and pedestrian foot 12% of all foot over bridges.
over bridges at other locations
1.12.4 Unit of measurement is plinth area in
1.12.4 Construction of railway station buildings and service square metres. For the buildings having more
buildings complete in all respects including fixing doors, 12% than one storey, the total area shall be found
windows, sanitary, water supply works, electrification, lifts, out by adding the area of each storey. Unit
escalators and all other specified and incidental works cost shall be determined on pro rata basis
with respect to the total area of all stations
1.12.5 Construction of staff quarters complete in all respects and service buildings.
including fixing doors, windows, sanitary, water supply 10%  50% Payment shall be paid after
works, electrification, lifts, escalators and all other specified completion of structural works i.e beam,
and incidental works columns & slab in case of framed structure
or walls & slabs in case of other buildings
and
1.12.6 On completion of circulation area, parking area,
boundary wall, internal roads, drainage, water supply works 8%  30% Payment shall be paid after
including bore well, pump house, power supply, lighting, completion of finishing and
landscaping and all other incidental works in railway
station/colony area.  20% Final completion of works in all
respects ready for use.
1.12.7 Boundary walls, boundary pillars, fencing, roads,
footpaths in block sections 1.12.5 Unit of measurement is plinth area in
square metres. For the staff quarters having
1.12.7.1 Boundary walls 3% more than one storey, the total area shall be
1.12.7.2 Boundary pillars 1% found out by adding the area of each storey.
1.12.7.3 Fencing 1%
1.12.7.4 Roads 4% Unit cost shall be determined on pro rata
1.12.7.5 Footpaths 1% basis with respect to the total area of all staff
quarters. 50% Payment shall be paid after
completion of structural works i.e beam,
columns & slab in case of framed structure or
2% walls & slabs in case of other buildings and
1.12.8 Signage, information boards and posts 50% Final completion of works in all
respects ready for use.

1.12.6 Payment shall be made on pro rata

basis on completion of these works for the
area and buildings covered as completed
1.12.9 Drainage along the railway line 2% works for stage payment under Items 1.12.4
and 1.12.5.

1.12.7 Unit of measurement is linear length.

 Payment shall be made on pro rata basis with
respect to the total length on completion of
work in a block section.
1.12.8 Unit of measurement is linear length.
Payment shall be made on pro rata basis with
respect to the total length on completion of
installation of all signage, boards and posts in
a block section.
1.12.9 Unit of measurement is linear length.
Payment shall be made on pro rata basis with
respect to the total length on completion of
work in a block section.
1.13 0.50% 1.13 Transportation/shifting of Rails 100% The payment shall be made on basis of actual
work done as per [ SOR] rates. The details of
rates are mentioned in annexure-I ofschedule-
B

1.14 Inventory for 1.00% 1.14 Supplyof material as per the inventory 100% On completion of supply of full inventory at
civil & track least three months before the issue of the
works Provisional Certificate.

1.15 Integrated 1.50% 1.15 Successful completion of Integrated testing and 100% On issue of Completion Certificate. In case
testing and commissioning. the Completion Certificate is for part of the
commissioning. Railway Project, the payment shall be made
for the route km covered by the Completion
Certificate pro rata to the total route km for
the Project.
Total 100%

Note – The Above list is illustrative and may require modification as per the scope of the work
[ Railway Electrification Works] (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS CONTRACT)
 SCHEDULE - H
(See Clause 10.2.7)
DRAWINGS

1 Drawings

In compliance of the obligations set forth in Clause 10.2 of this Agreement,

the Contractor shall furnish to the Authority Engineer, free of cost, all
Drawings listed in Annex-I of this Schedule-H.

2 Additional Drawings

If the Authority Engineer determines that for discharging its duties and
functions under this Agreement, it requires any drawings other than those
listed in Annex-I, it may by notice require the Contractor to prepare and
furnish such drawings forthwith. Upon receiving a requisition to this effect,
the Contractor shall promptly prepare and furnish such drawings to the
Authority Engineer, as if such drawings formed part of Annex-I of this
Schedule-H.

449
 Annexure-I

(Schedule-H)
List of Drawings

List of Drawings and Documents to be furnished by the Contractor shall

include, but not be limited to:

1. General & Civil Engineering:

(a) General map of the country traversed by the Project, scale about 20
km to 1 cm;
(b) Index map, scale about 1 km to 1 cm;
(c) Index Plan and Sections prepared in accordance with the terms of
Engineering Code;
(d) Schematic Plans of Station Yards;
(e) General arrangement drawings of Structures; and
(f) River training/ Protection work.
(g) Details of level Crossing and RUB/LHS and RFOs.
(h) Station Yard Layout including details of connectivity with existing
yards
(i) Station Building including cabins, approach connectivity etc.
(j) Details of Track Structure & its component.
(k) Details of Integrated Maintenance Depots (IMD & ISMD) if any.
(l) Details of existing utilities in Row and plan for their shifting.

450
2. Electrical Engineering (Traction): (NOT APPLICABLE IN THIS

CONTRACT)

(a) General arrangement of the Traction substation for (2 x 25 KV)

system single transformer and the double transformer with
incoming as 220 KV or 132 KV 3 phase. (These substations will be
remotely controlled and operated)
(b) General arrangement of SP (Sectioning Post) with the
autotransformer. (These substations will be remotely controlled
and operated)
(c) General arrangement of the SSP (Sub sectioning post) with the
autotransformer. (These substations will be remotely controlled
and operated)
(d) Power supply arrangement for (2 X 25 KV) AT system and
Sectioning drawing for the traction arrangement.
(e) Power supply arrangement for the signals at the stations
(Auxiliary transformer and the arrangement of 230 volt supply)
(f) Typical layout of the control room at the traction substation SP,
SSP.
(g) Typical layout of the remote control centre.
(h) General arrangement of the implementation of the SCADA
system.
(i) Earthing arrangement at the TSS, SP and SSP.
(j) Location plans for TSS/SP/SSPs
(k) Typical arrangement of the regulated OHE for (2 X 25 KV) system
with the feeder arrangement.
(l) Power supply arrangement with IR at interface point.
(m) Latest Employment schedule
(n) OHE Layout Plan (LOP)
(o) CSD
(p) SED
(q) As Erected Drawings
(r) Wiring Diagram
(s) Other diagrams/ designs as required for erection of the OHE/TSS
(t) Diagrams/designs as listed in ACTM.

451
2. Electrical (General Power supply):

(a) General Arrangement drawings of 11/33 KV Track Crossings- NA

(b) Wiring diagrams for each Station and Service buildings
(c) General arrangement of the 11/33/66 KV substations for the
station and the service buildings -NA.
(d) General arrangement of the distribution of the 415 V 50 Hz
supply to various loads.

3. Tabulated details which shall consist of important characteristics of the

railway or a portion of railway to be constructed, which shall, as may be
applicable, include, but not be limited to the following:

(a) Curve Abstract;

(b) Gradient abstract;
(c) Bridge abstract;
(d) Important bridges-particulars of waterway and construction;
(e) Ballast and permanent way;
(f) Station and station sites;
(g) Station accommodation;
(h) Station machinery;
(i) Level crossing abstract;
(j) Brief particular of tractions installations;
(k) Power supply installation abstract;
(l) Traction maintenance depot abstract;
(m) Restricted overhead equipment clearance abstract; and
(n) Electrical crossing over railway track abstract;

452
 SCHEDULE - I
(See Clause 10.3.2)
PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE

[1 Project Completion Schedule

During Construction period, the Contractor shall comply with the

requirements set forth in this Schedule-I for each of the Project Milestones
and the Scheduled Completion Date. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of
each Project Milestone, the Contractor shall notify the Authority of such
compliance along with necessary particulars thereof.

2 Project Milestone-I

2.1 Project Milestone-I shall occur on the date falling on the [100th (one
hundred)] day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-I”).

2.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-I, the Contractor shall have
commenced construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the
Authority duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an
amount not less than 10% (ten per cent) of the Contract Price.

3 Project Milestone-II

3.1 Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the [480th (four
hundred and eightieth)] day from the Appointed Date (the “Project
Milestone-II”).

3.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-II, the Contractor shall have
continued with construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the
Authority duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an
amount not less than 55% (thirty five per cent) of the Contract Price.

4 Project Milestone-III

4.1 Project Milestone-III shall occur on the date falling on the [520th five
hundred and twentieth)] day from the Appointed Date (the “Project
Milestone-III”).

4.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-III, the Contractor shall have
continued with construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the
Authority duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an
amount not less than 70% (seventy per cent) of the Contract Price.

Commissioning of 1st phase from Adrajmoti to Limbodra (17.00 kms)

5 Scheduled Completion Date

5.1 The Scheduled Completion Date shall be the [650th (Six hundred and
Seventieth)] day from the Appointed Date.

Commissing of 2nd phase of 22 kms will be on 610th day tentative

453
5.2 On or before the Scheduled Completion Date, the Contractor shall have
completed construction in accordance with this Agreement.

6 Extension of time

Upon extension of any or all of the aforesaid Project Milestones or the

Scheduled Completion Date, as the case may be, under and in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, the Project Completion Schedule shall
be deemed to have been amended accordingly.]

454
 SCHEDULE - J
(See Clause 12.1.2)
Tests on Completion
1 Schedule for Tests

1.1 The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely
completion of construction, notify the Authority Engineer and the Authority
of its intent to subject the Railway Project to Tests, and no later than 10 (ten)
days prior to the actual date of Tests, furnish to the Authority Engineer and
the Authority detailed inventory and particulars of all works and equipment
forming part of Works.

1.2 The Contractor shall notify the Authority Engineer of its readiness to subject
the Railway Project to Tests at any time after 10 (ten) days from the date of
such notice, and upon receipt of such notice, the Authority Engineer shall, in
consultation with the Contractor, determine the date and time for each Test
and notify the same to the Authority who may designate its representative to
witness the Tests. The Authority Engineer shall thereupon conduct the Tests
itself or cause any of the Tests to be conducted in accordance with Article 12
and this Schedule-J.

2 Tests

2.1 Visual and physical test: The Authority Engineer shall conduct a visual and
physical check of construction to determine that all works and equipment
forming part thereof conform to the provisions of this Agreement. The
physical tests shall include all such tests which are on component
materials/finished samples in accordance to various codal provisions for
allthe works under the scope of this agreement.

2.2 Integrated Testing of system followed by a period of trial running. The test
sequence may be as shown below:-

a) Tests on Equipment
b) Installation Test and sub-system individually
c) System Integrated Test
d) Final Acceptance Test
e) Trial Running

2.3 Sanction of Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) is required before

opening of track in terms of Chapter XIII of Indian Railway Permanent Way
Manual.

2.4 [Riding quality of track and recording of various track parameters on

electronic track recording car will be arranged and run by the Authority. This
run will be scheduled after the floating parameters recorded are found to be
within acceptable limits. The TGI value of this trial run shall be more than
(specify value)].

455
2.5 Tests for bridges: All major and minor bridges shall be subjected to the tests
as prescribed in Specifications and Standardsin Schedule D.

2.6 Other tests: The Authority Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out
or cause to be carried additional tests, in accordance with Good Industry
Practice, for determining the compliance of the Railway Project with
Specifications and Standards.

2.7 Environmental audit: The Authority Engineer shall carry out a check to
determine conformity of the Railway Project with the environmental
requirements set forth in Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.

2.8 Safety Audit: The Authority Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried
out, a safety audit to determine conformity of the Railway Project with the
safety requirements and Good Industry Practice.

3 Agency for conducting Tests

All Tests set forth in this Schedule-J shall be conducted by the Authority
Engineer or such other agency or person as it may specify in consultation
with the Authority.

4 Completion Certificate

Upon successful completion of Tests, the Authority Engineer shall issue the
Provisional Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Article 12. For
the avoidance of doubt, the Completion Certificate shall not be issued by the
Authority Engineer unless authorisation of the Commissioner for Railway
Safety has been obtained.

456
 SCHEDULE - K
(See Clause 12.2 and 12.4)
1. PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE

1 I/We, ....................................... (Name of the Authority Engineer), acting as

the Authority Engineer, under and in accordance with the Agreement dated
……………. (the “Agreement”), for construction of the section (km
....to km ...) in the State of ........in ........-........ Railway (the “Railway
Project”) on Engineering, Procurement andConstruction (EPC) basis through
………………………… (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests
in accordance with Article 12 of the Agreement have been undertaken to
determine compliance of the Railway Project with the provisions of the
Agreement.
2 Certain minor works are incomplete and these are not likely to cause material
inconvenience to the Users of the Railway Project or affect their safety or the
movement of rail traffic in any manner. These works have been specified in
the Punch List appended hereto, and the Contractor has agreed and accepted
that it shall complete all such works in the time and manner set forth in the
Agreement.
3 In view of the foregoing, I/We am/are satisfied that the Railway Project from
km ........ to km ........ can be safely and reliably placed in service of the
Authority for railway freight and passenger traffic, subject to authorisation by
the Commissioner of Railway Safety in accordance with Applicable Laws. In
terms of the Agreement, the Railway Projectis hereby provisionally declared
fit for entry into operation on this the ………… day of ……….. 20…...

ACCEPTED, SIGNED, SEALED SIGNED, SEALED AND

AND DELIVERED DELIVERED
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
CONTRACTOR by: AUTHORITY ENGINEER
by:

(Signature) (Signature)

457
 2. COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

1 I/We, ……………………. (Name of the Authority Engineer), acting as the

Authority Engineer, under and in accordance with the Agreement dated …………
(the “Agreement”), for construction of the ........section (km ........ to km ) of
……………………in the State of ........ in ........-........ Railway (the “Railway
Project”) on Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) basis through
…………………. (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in accordance
withArticle 12 of the Agreement have been successfully undertaken to determine
compliance of the Railway Projectwith the provisions of the Agreement,and the
authorisation by the Commissioner for Railway Safety under Applicable Laws has
been obtained.

2 It is certified that, in terms of the aforesaid Agreement, all works forming

part of Railway Projecthave been completed, and the Railway Projectis hereby
declared fit for entry into operation on this the ……… day of ……… 20…..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of

the Authority Engineer by:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Designation)

(Address)

458
 SCHEDULE - L
(See Clause 16.1.1)

SELECTION OF AUTHORITY ENGINEER

1 Selection of Authority Engineer

1.1 Generally, a railway officer of Selection Grade (SG)/Junior Administrative

Grade (JAG)/Project Management Consultant (PMC) shall be appointed as
Authority Engineer.

2 Terms of Reference

The Terms of Reference for the Authority Engineer (the “TOR”) shall
substantially conform with Annex 1 to this Schedule L.

459
 Annex – I
(Schedule - L)

DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES FOR AUTHORITY ENGINEER

1 Scope

1.1 These Duties & Responsibilities (DR) shall apply to construction and
maintenance (wherever applicable) of the Railway Project.

2 Definitions and interpretation

2.1 The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not
defined herein but defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to
the context, the meaning respectively assigned to them in the Agreement.

2.2 References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this DR shall, except where
the context otherwise requires, be deemed to be references to the Articles,
Clauses and Schedules of the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall
be deemed to be references to Paragraphs of this DR.

2.3 The rules of interpretation contained in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the
Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this DR.

3. General

3.1 The Authority Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and
efficient manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional
integrity and Good Industry Practice.

3.2 The Authority Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining
prior written approval of the Authority (where Authority Engineer is
designated as the Authority, the compliance of these conditions have to be
ensured by him/her) before determining:

(a) any Time Extension;

(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;

(c) the Termination Payment;

(d) providing Power Block or Traffic Blockto the Contractor;

(e) approval of signalling plan and signalling plan and route control
chart;

(f) approval of disconnections for modification of signalling and telecom

works;

460
 (g) any other matter which is not specified in (a) to (f) above and which
creates an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding
Rs.5,000,000/- (Rupees fifty lakh).

3.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once
every month, to the Authority in respect of its duties and functions assigned
to him for the project. Such reports shall be submitted by the Authority
Engineer within 10 (ten) days of the beginning of every month.

3.4 The Authority Engineer shall aid and advise the Authority on any proposal
for Change of Scope under Article 13.

3.5 In the event of any disagreement regarding the meaning, scope and nature of
Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement, the
Authority Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing
a reasoned written statement relying on Good Industry Practice and authentic
literature.

3.6 The Authority Engineer shall verify the as built drawings submitted by the
Contractor after completion of the works. These drawings will be signed by
the Authority Engineer after due verification.

4. Construction Period

4.1 During the Construction Period, the Authority Engineer shall review the
Drawings furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including
the geo-technical and hydrological investigations, characteristics of materials
from borrow areas and quarry sites and topographical surveys. The
Authority Engineer shall complete such review and send its observations to
the Authority and the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such
Drawings; provided, however that in case of an Important Bridge, a Major
Bridge or Structure, and interlocking and telecom switching equipment the
aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended up to 30 (thirty) days.
In particular, such comments shall specify the conformity or otherwise of
such Drawings with the Scope of the Project and Specifications and
Standards.

4.2 The Authority Engineer shall review any revised Drawings sent to it by the
Contractor and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such
Drawings.

4.3 The Authority Engineer shall review the Quality Assurance Plan submitted
by the Contractor and shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a
period of 21 (twenty-one) days stating the modifications, if any, required
thereto.

4.4 The Authority Engineer shall complete the review of the methodology
proposed to be adopted by the Contractor for executing the Works, and
convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from
the date of receipt of the proposed methodology from the Contractor. The
Authority Engineer shall draw the non-interlocking programme for works

461
 involving existing yards and issue a jointly agreed NI programme for each
such yard.

4.5 The Authority Engineer shall grant written approval to the Contractor, where
necessary, for interruption and diversion of the flow of traffic in the existing
lane(s) of the Railway Project for purposes of maintenance during the
Construction Period in.

4.6 The Authority Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished
by the Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Authority and the
Contractor within 7 (seven) days of receipt of such report.

4.7 The Authority Engineer shall inspect the Construction Works and the
Railway Project and shall submit a monthly Inspection Report bringing out
the results of inspections and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in
respect of Defects or deficiencies.

4.8 The Authority Engineer shall conduct the pre-construction review of

manufacturer's test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials,
and such other Materials as the Authority Engineer may require.

4.9 For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the
Authority Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be
carried out, tests at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified
in the Agreement and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality
assurance. For purposes of this Paragraph 4.9, the tests specified in *****
Manuals or any modification/substitution thereof shall be deemed to be tests
conforming to Good Industry Practice for quality assurance.

4.10 The Authority Engineer shall test check prescribed in this agreement for
each category or type of test for quality control by the Contractor.

4.11 The timing of tests referred to in Paragraph 4.9, and the criteria for
acceptance/ rejection of their results shall be determined by the Authority
Engineer in accordance with the Quality Control Manuals. The tests shall be
undertaken on a random sample basis and shall be in addition to, and
independent of, the tests that may be carried out by the Contractor for its own
quality assurance in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

4.12 In the event that results of any tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish
any Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Authority Engineer shall
require the Contractor to carry out remedial measures.

4.13 The Authority Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work
which is urgently required for the safety of the Railway Project, whether
because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in
case of any work required on account of a Force Majeure Event, the
provisions of Clause 19.6 shall apply.

4.14 In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones,
the Authority Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of

462
 construction and identify potential delays, if any. If the Authority Engineer
shall determine that completion of the Railway Project is not feasible within
the time specified in the Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicate
within 15 (fifteen) days the steps proposed to be taken to expedite progress,
and the period within which the Project Completion Date shall be achieved.
Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor, the Authority Engineer shall
review the same and send its comments to the Authority and the Contractor
forthwith.

4.15 The Authority Engineer shall obtain from the Contractor a copy of all the
Contractor’s quality control records and documents before the Completion
Certificate is issued pursuant to Clause 12.4.

4.16 Authority Engineer may recommend to the Authority suspension of the

whole or part of the Works if the work threatens the safety of the public and
pedestrians. After the Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the
Authority Engineer shall inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make
a report to the Authority recommending whether or not the suspension
hereunder may be revoked.

4.17 In the event that the Contractor carries out any remedial measures to secure
the safety of suspended works and the public, and requires the Authority
Engineer to inspect such works, the Authority Engineer shall inspect the
suspended works within 3 (three) days of receiving such notice, and make a
report to the Authority forthwith, recommending whether or not such
suspension may be revoked by the Authority.

4.18 The Authority Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the
Tests specified in Schedule-J and issue a Completion Certificate or
Provisional Certificate, as the case may be. For carrying out its functions
under this Paragraph 4.18 and all matters incidental thereto, the Authority
Engineer shall act under and in accordance with the provisions of Article 12
and Schedule-J.

5. Determination of costs and time

5.1 The Authority Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their
reasonableness, that are required to be determined by it under the Agreement.

5.2 The Authority Engineer shall determine the period of Time Extension that is
required to be determined by it under the Agreement.

5.3 The Authority Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of
determination in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16.5.

6. Payments

6.1 The Authority Engineer shall withhold payments for the affected works for
which the Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the
Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.2.7 (d).

463
6.2 Authority Engineer shall -

(a) within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from
the Contractor pursuant to Clause 17.4, determine the amount due to
the Contractor and recommend the release of 80 (eighty) percent of
the amount so determined as part payment, pending issue of the
Interim Payment Certificate; and

(b) within 20 (twenty) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment

Statement referred to in Clause 17.4, deliver to the Authority and the
Contractor an Interim Payment Certificate certifying the amount due
and payable to the Contractor.

7. Other duties and functions

The Authority Engineer shall perform all other duties and functions as
specified in the Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous

8.1 A copy of all communications, comments, instructions, Drawings or

Documents sent by the Authority Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this
TOR, and a copy of all the test results with comments of the
Authority’sEngineer thereon, shall be furnished by the Authority’sEngineer
to the Authority forthwith.

8.2 The Authority Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings
and Documents received by it, including ‘as-built’ Drawings, and keep them
in its safe custody.

8.3 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Authority
Engineer shall obtain a complete set of as-built Drawings, in 2 (two) hard
copies and in micro film form or in such other medium as may be acceptable
to the Authority, reflecting the Railway Project as actually designed,
engineered and constructed, including an as-built survey illustrating the
layout of the Railway Project and setback lines, if any, of the buildings and
structures forming part of Project Facilities; and shall hand them over to the
Authority against receipt thereof.

8.4 The Authority Engineer shall inform the Authority and the Contractor of any
event of Contractor’s Default within one week of its occurrence.

464
 SCHEDULE - M
(See Clauses 17.4.1, 17.6.1, and 17.6.1)
Forms of Payment Statements

1. Stage Payment Statement for Works

The Stage Payment Statement for Works shall state:

(a) the estimated amount for the Works executed in accordance with
Clause 17.3.1 subsequent to the last claim;
(b) amounts reflecting adjustments in price for the aforesaid claim;
(c) the estimated amount of each Change of Scope Order executed
subsequent to the last claim;
(d) amounts reflecting adjustment in price, if any, for (c) above in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 13.2.3 (a);
(e) total of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;
(f) Deductions:
(i) Any amount to be deducted in accordance with the provisions
of the Agreement except taxes;
(ii) Any amount payable by the Contractor to the Authority under
the provisions of the Agreement; and
(iii) Any amount towards deduction of taxes at source under
Applicable Laws.
(iv) Total of (i) to (iii) above.
(g) Net claim: (e) – (f) (iv);
(h) The amounts received by the Contractor up to the last claim:
(i) For the Works executed (excluding Change of Scope orders);
(ii) For Change of Scope Orders, and
(iii) Taxes deducted at source under Applicable Laws

2. Contractor’s claim for Damages

Note: The Contractor shall submit its claims in a form acceptable to the Authority.

465
 SCHEDULE - N
(See Clause 18.1)
INSURANCE

1. Insurance during Construction Period

1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost, from the Appointed
Date till the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the following
insurances for any loss or damage occurring on account of Non Political
Event of Force Majeure, malicious act, accidental damage, explosion, fire
and terrorism:

(a) insurance of Works, Plant and Materials and an additional sum of [15%
(fifteen per cent)] of such replacement cost to cover any additional costs of
and incidental to the rectification of loss or damage including professional
fees and the cost of demolishing and removing any part of the Works and of
removing debris of whatsoever nature; and

(b) insurance for the Contractor's equipment and Documents brought onto the
Site by the Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement
at the Site.

1.2 The insurance under paragraph 1.1 (a) and (b) above shall cover the
Authority and the Contractor against all loss or damage from any cause
arising under paragraph 1.1 other than risks which are not insurable at
commercial terms.

2. Insurance for Contractor’s Defects Liability

The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance cover for the Works from
the date of issue of the Completion Certificate until the end of the Defects
Liability Period for any loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable and
which arises from a cause occurring prior to the issue of the Completion
Certificate. The Contractor shall also maintain other insurances for
maximum sums as may be required under Applicable Laws and in
accordance with Good Industry Practice.

3. Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property

3.1 The Contractor shall insure against its liability for any loss, damage, death or
bodily injury, or damage to any property (except things insured under
Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Schedule) or to any person (except persons
insured under Clause 18.9), which may arise out of the Contractor's
performance of this Agreement. This insurance shall be for a limit per
occurrence of not less than the amount specified below with no limit on the
number of occurrences.
The insurance cover shall be not less than: Rs. [ ............... ]

466
3.2 The insurance shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to
the Authority’s property arising out of the Contractor’s performance of this
Agreement excluding:
(a) the Authority's right to have the construction works executed on, over, under,
in or through any land, and to occupy this land for the Works; and

(b) damage which is an unavoidable result of the Contractor's obligations to

execute the Works.

4. Insurance to be in joint names

The insurance under paragraphs 1 to 3 above shall be in the joint names of
the Contractor and the Authority.

467
 SCHEDULE - O
(See Clauses 4.6 &4.7)
Provisionof Traffic Blocks and Power Blocks

1. Provision of Traffic Blocks Power Blocks and Disconnections

1.1 The authority shall provide Power Blocks or Traffic Blocks or Power Blocks,
or both, during day or night, as the case may be, to enable the Contractor to
execute the construction works of overhead equipment, or such other work as
may be determined by the Authority Engineer. The maximum aggregate
duration of blocks for the Railway Project shall be 1050 hours.

(1) Max. Aggregate Traffic cum Power block duration during execution of works
other than PreNI & NI works – 600 Hours

(2) Max. Aggregate Traffic cumPower block duration during PreNI – 150 Hours

(3) Max. Aggregate Traffic cumPower block duration during NI – 150 Hours

(4) Power Block – 150 Hours

1.2 The Contractor is entitled to execute the construction work within the block
period specified in this Schedule-O. The total duration of Power Block or
Traffic Block or both, as the case may be, shall not exceed 20% of the period
specified in this Agreement. In case such total duration exceeds 20% the
Contractor shall pay Damages at the rate of Rs.1000 per hour or part thereof
for the exceeded Block periods.

1.3 The Authority shall arrange for disconnections of S&T system as determined
by Authority Engineer, to enable the Contractor to execute the construction
work which affects existing Singalling and Telecommunication installations.

468
 SCHEDULE - P
(See Clauses 4.4)
Machinery and equipment

1. The Authority shall provide the following machinery and equipment to the
Contractor at the daily rates shown againsteach machinery and equipment:

Particulars of each Unit Daily Rate in Rupees in Qty

SN type of machinery Rounded figures.
and equipment
1 T/Express Km Rs. 1,04,018/- 80.10
2 CSM Km Rs. 1,04,018/- 40.05
3 DUOMATIC Km Rs. 1,04,018/- -
4 UNIMAT Points Rs. 51,492/- per T/out 54
5 DTS Km R.s 1,04,986/- 120.15
Points Rs. 2,70,752/- per -
6 T-28 T/out

i) The fuel will be provided by EPC contractor for above machinery

other than Track Machine as well as Track machines.
ii) The rates are included with operator for Track Machines whereas
the rates of operator for Other than track machine will be born by EPC
contractor on actual basis.
iii) The rates are exclusive of fuel charges. Fuel charges as per actual
consumption shall be borne by the Contractor. The rates of track
machines are approximate.

The approximate tentative requirement of various machines during the

work will be as under :
Type of Machine and Requirement Rate Per Day
SN
equipment in Days
1 T/Express /CSM / Duomatic 30 Rs. 1,04,018/-
2 DGS / DTS 30 Rs. 1,04,986/-
25 Rs. 51,492/- per
4 UNIMAT T/out

Note:For Machines and T&P whose hire charges on not mentioned above, the
monthly rate for those machines/ equipment shall be equal to 2% (two per cent) of
the cost of such machine or equipment, as published in the latest Pink Book of
Ministry of Railways. If the cost of any machine or equipment has not been
published in the latest Pink Book, then the last purchase price thereof, shall be
applicable for determining the charges for such machine or equipment.

469
 The Authority shall provide the following machinery and equipment
to the Contractor at the daily rates shown against each machinery
and equipment:

Serial No. Particulars of each typeof Daily rate inrupees

machinery and equipment in rounded figures.
1 8 wheeler Tower Wagon 2,000
2 Diesel Loco 2,000
3 BRN wagon 1,000
4 Conventional non-ac coach 1,000
5 BRN mounted 5 MT 1,000
RailCrane

Note: For Machines and T&P whose hire charges on not mentioned
above, the monthly rate for thosemachines/ equipment shall be equal
to 2% (two per cent) of the cost of such machine or equipment, as
published in the latest Pink Book of Ministry of Railways. If the cost
of any machine or equipmenthas not been published in the latest Pink
Book, then the last purchase price thereof, shall be applicable for
determining the charges for such machine or equipment.

OR

Note:-In case of Erection Crane with BFR is provided by railway for

erection of Mast/ Portal, then 75% of Erection rates shall be paid.

Note: 1) Tower wagon shall be made available for final checking of

OHE prior to commissioning. In case of wiring train /8 Wheeler-Tower
wagon is provided by railway for wiring, 75% of Erection rates of
overhead equipment shall be paid.

470
The End of Schedules.

471
Appendices

472
 APPENDIX-I

LIST OF BID-SPECIFIC CLAUSES$

A. Clauses with non-numerical ($) footnotes:

1. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligation relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

2. Clause 13.5.1 : Power of the Authority to undertake works

3. Article 26 : Definition of Consortium/Joint Venture

4. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item (C)-8

5. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item (B) and Item (C)-8

B. Clauses with curly { } brackets:

1. Recital : Para 2

2. Clause 1.5 : Joint and several liability

3. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligations relating sub-contracts and any other agreements

4. Clause 5.1 (l) : Representations and warranties of the Contractor

5. Article 26 : Definition of “Affiliate”, “Consortium/Joint Venture” and “Lead

Member”

6. Contract Agreement : ‘Signature’ page

7. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item (B) and Item (C) 1

8. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item (B)

C. Clauses with Blank Spaces (..... ), (***)

1. First line of the Concession Agreement

2. Recital : Para 2

3. Recital : Item A, B, C and D

4. Clause 3.9 : Training of Authority’s Personnel

5. Clause 17.1.1 : Contract Price

6. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item A, B and C

473
 7. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Signing Date

8. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Item A and C

9. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Signing Date

10. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item A, B and C

11. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Signing Date

12. Schedule-L, Annexure-I : Clause 1.1 : Scope

$
This Appendix-I contains a list of clauses that would need to be suitably modified for
reflecting bid-specific provisions after the contractor has been selected. This Appendix-I
may be included in the draft EPC Agreement forming part of the bid documents. It may,
however, be deleted when the Contract Agreement is to be executed.

474
 APPENDIX-II

LIST OF PROJECT SPECIFIC CLAUSES20

A. Clauses with serially numbered footnotes

1. First line of Contract Agreement (footnote no.1)

2. Recital : Para 2 (footnote no.2 & 3)

3. Recital : Para 2 : Item A (footnote 4 & 5)

4. Clause 3.9.2 : Training of Authority’s Personnel (footnote no.6)

5. Clause 4.1.3(b) and (c) : Obligation of the Authority (footnote no. 7 & 8)

6. Clause 4.3 : Environmental and forest clearances (footnote no.9)

7. Clause 4.4.3 : Machinery and equipment (footnote no.10)

8. Clause 4.5 : Electricity transmission lines (footnote no.11)

9. Clause 7.1.1 : Performance Security (footnote no.12)

10. Clause 7.5 : Retention Money (footnote no.13)

11. Clause 17.2.1 : Advance Payment (footnote no.14)

12. Clause 17.8.4 : Price adjustment for the works (footnote no.15)

13. Schedule-A, Annexure-I : Site (footnote no.16)

14. Schedule-B, Annexure-I : Description of Railway Project (footnote no.17)

15. Schedule-C : Project facilities (footnote no.18)

16. Schedule-D, Annexure-I : Specifications and standards for construction

(footnote no.19)

B. Clauses with square [ ] parenthesis:

1. Recital : Para 1

2. Recital (B)

3. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

4. Clause 3.4.1 : Contractor’s Personnel

5. Clause 3.9 : Training of Authority’s Personnel

475
6. Clause 4.1.3(c) : Obligations of the Authority

7. Clause 4.1.4 : Obligations of the Authority

8. Clause 4.4.1(c) : Machinery and equipment

9. Clause 4.5 : Electricity transmission lines

10. Clause 4.7 : Provision of power blocks and traffic blocks

11. Clause 8.1(a) : The Site

12. Clause 10.3.1 : Construction of Railway Project

13. Clause 10.4.1(a) : Extension of time for completion

14. Clause 12.2.1 : Provisional certificate

15. Clause 15.1.2 : Defects liability period

16. Clause 17.8.4 : Price adjustment for the works (formulae for price
adjustment)

17. Clause 18.1.6 : Insurance for works

18. Clause 20.1 : Governing Law and Jurisdiction

19. Clause 25.13(a) and (b) : Notices

20. Article 26 : Definitions

“GAD” or “General Arrangement Drawings”

“Project Assets”

21. Signature of the Authority on the last page of the Agreement

22. Schedule-A, Annexure-I : Site

23. Schedule-A, Annexure-II : Date for providing Right of Way

24. Schedule-A, Annexure-III : Alignment Plans

25. Schedule-B, Annexure-I : Description of Railway Project

26. Schedule-C : Project Facilities

27. Schedule-D, Annexure-I : Specifications and Standards for Construction

28. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Form of Bank Guarantee for Performance Security

29. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention

Money

476
 30. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Form of Guarantee for Advance Payment

31. Schedule-G : Contract Price Weightages

32. Schedule-I : Project Completion Schedule

33. Schedule-J : Tests on Completion

34. Schedule-N : Insurance

35. Schedule-O : Provision of traffic blocks and power blocks

20
This Appendix-II contains a list of clauses that would need to be suitably modified prior
to issue of bid documents for reflecting project specific provisions. This Appendix-II
should be omitted before issuing the draft Concession Agreement, forming part of the bid
documents.

477